Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

42nd Annual Convention; Downtown Chicago, IL; 2016

Program by Day for Tuesday, May 31, 2016


 

Special Event #384
ABAI Business Meeting
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Domain: Theory
Chair: Martha Hübner (University of São Paulo)
Panelists: CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom and Florida Institute of Technology), JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates), RONNIE DETRICH (The Wing Institute), MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington), MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International), M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech), MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago), M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

This is an annual ABAI Business Meeting where the leadership of the Association will provide an update of on-going activities and major developments in the Association. Attendees will learn from ABAI's president the direction of the ABAI Council and from the ABAI's CEO the status of finances and administration. Attendees will also hear from the board coordinators including Science, Education, Practice, Program, Membership, Affiliated Chapters and Publications.

CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom and Florida Institute of Technology)
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales)
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
RONNIE DETRICH (The Wing Institute)
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech)
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University)
 
 
Symposium #385
CE Offered: BACB
Developing Social Repertories with Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership)
CE Instructor: Joseph H. Cihon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder have qualitative impairments in social behavior, which can range from withdrawing from others to a failure to develop meaningful friendships. These impairments in social behavior can lead to negative long term outcomes such as loneliness, depression, and, in the most extreme cases, thoughts or attempts of suicide. In this symposium, three papers will be presented that evaluated different interventions to improve the social behaviors for individuals diagnosed with autism. The first paper will describe a modified teaching interaction procedure to teach specific social skills to individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and who had an intellectual disability. The second paper evaluated the effects of conditioning social reinforcement to individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The third paper evaluated the methodological soundness of previous studies evaluating social stories, opinions of several behavior analysts on social stories, and, finally, comparing social stories to the cool versus not cool procedure. Throughout the entire symposium, the authors and discussant will provide clinical recommendations and ideas for future research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): condition reinforcement, social stories, teaching interactions
Target Audience:

BCBAs, graduate students

Learning Objectives: Pending
 

Using Teaching Interactions to Teach Social Skills to Children With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities

Aubrey Ng (St. Cloud State University), CHRISTINE MILNE (Autism Partnership Foundation), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have qualitative impairments in social behavior which can range from rejecting others to failure to develop meaningful friendships. Thus, it is important for researchers to evaluate various methodologies that engender social behavior. One methodology which has been implemented with may children diagnosed with autism, and has a growing body of empirical support, is the teaching interaction procedure (TIP). The TIP consists of labeling and describing the behavior, providing a meaningful rationale, breaking the skill into smaller components, teacher demonstration of the behavior, the learner role-playing the behavior, and the provision of the feedback. This study implemented a modified TIP to teach social skills to three children diagnosed with ASD and an intellectual disability. A multiple baseline design across social skills, replicated across participants, was utilized to evaluate the effects of the modified TIP. The results showed the TIP resulted in acquisition, maintenance, and generalized of the targeted social skills for all participants. Clinical implications and future directions will be discussed within the presentation.

 

Changing Preference From Tangible to Social Activities Through an Observation Procedure

JEREMY ANDREW LEAF (Autism Partnership), Misty Oppenheim-Leaf (Behavior Therapy and Learning Center), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have qualitative impairments in social interactions and often prefer food or tangible reinforcement to social reinforcement. Therefore, therapists working with children diagnosed with ASD often utilize food or tangible items as reinforcers to increase appropriate behaviors or decrease aberrant behaviors. The goal of the present study was to shift childrens preference from a highly preferred tangible item to an initially non-preferred social reinforcer using an observational conditioning procedure. Participants observed a known peer engage in a simple task and select the social reinforcer that was not preferred by the participant. The observation procedure resulted in a shift of preference toward the social reinforcer with all participants. Maintenance data demonstrated that although the preference change did not endure for one of the participants, it was quickly re-established with additional observational trials. Results provided further support for the use of observational procedures to alter preferences. Clinical implications and future directions will be discussed within the presentation.

 
The Never Ending Story: A Methodological Review, Clinical Usage, and Evaluation of Social Stories
ERIN MITCHELL (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Misty Oppenheim-Leaf (Behavior Therapy and Learning Center), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract: This symposium will take a closer look at the methodological soundness of previous studies evaluating social stories, opinions of several behavior analysts on social stories, and, finally, comparing social stories to the cool versus not cool procedure. First, 41 studies were reviewed which evaluated social stories for individuals diagnosed with autism. Results of this analysis showed the majority of studies either showed a partial demonstration or no clear demonstration that the social story procedure was responsible for observed behavior change. Second, we sent surveys to over 500 BCBA’s or BCaBA’s on their use of social stories and their perception of the research on social stories. Results of this survey revealed widespread use and mixed perceptions on the research on social stories. Finally, we compared social stories to the cool versus not cool procedure for individuals diagnosed with ASD. Using an adapted alternating treatment design we taught each participant three social skills with each procedure. The cool versus not cool procedure resulted in rapid skill acquisition while the social stories resulted in no skill acquisition. Clinical implications and future research will be discussed
 
 
Symposium #386
CE Offered: BACB
Interventions for Toddlers and Preschoolers With Autism and Other Delays: A Focus on Food Selectivity, Pretend Play, and Generative Language
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
CE Instructor: Ilene S. Schwartz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Early intervention for young children with autism spectrum disorder and other delays is essential. With the increased prevalence of autism and the ability to diagnose children at very young ages, interventions designed specifically for toddlers and preschoolers are requisite. Interventions, focused on food selectivity, play, and generative language, are vital skills to address in programming for this young population. Three interventions designed to target each of these areas will be presented. The first intervention increased food interactions in three toddlers through an antecedent treatment package. The second intervention increased pretend play skills in three preschoolers with autism through a system of least prompts. The third intervention increased receptive language skills by programming for generative language in young children with autism. With these three findings, implications for practice will be discussed with a focus on the developmental needs of toddlers and young preschoolers. Additionally, suggestions for future research will be presented.

Keyword(s): autism, food selectivity, generative language, play
 
The Effects of an Embedded Food Play Intervention on Food Selectivity in Infants and Toddlers
YEVGENIYA VEVERKA (University of Washington)
Abstract: Food selectivity is a common cause of concern in the preschool years. Persistence of food selectivity may put children at risk for inadequate caloric intake and nutritional deficiencies. Selectivity is also associated with conflict within a family and caregiver stress. Though food selectivity is typically reported to occur in the first 18 months of life, intervention usually begins much later once challenges become severe. The purpose of the current study was to consider the effects of an antecedent-based intervention package embedded into a classroom setting for infants and toddlers showing signs of food selectivity. A multiple baseline design across participants was used with three children in an infant and toddler classroom. The antecedent treatment package, called “food play,” consisted of pairing target foods with preferred foods and play activities and embedding the food play activities into the classroom free choice time. Probes were conducted during snack time to show interaction with target foods during baseline and intervention. Visual analysis of the data showed an increase in food interactions during the intervention phase in all three participants. A social validity survey indicated that classroom teachers were satisfied with the implementation of the intervention and the outcomes.
 

The Effects of the System of Least Prompts on Pretend Play Skills for Children With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities

KATHERINE BATEMAN (University of Washington)
Abstract:

This study investigates the system of least prompts, an antecedent teaching based strategy, to increase the amount of pretend play of preschoolers with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in a classroom setting. Three preschool students diagnosed ASD and enrolled in an inclusive preschool program participated in this study. Data was collected looking at the percentage of intervals participants engaged in independent, appropriate types of play during unstructured play time (free choice) in the classroom. Intervention was implemented with 100% procedural fidelity through brief training sessions prior to free choice using the system of least prompts to increase appropriate play actions. Data collection continued in free choice and demonstrated that this intervention was successful for all three participants. Percent of non-overlapping data points for all three participants was 94%, showing a high level of overall effectiveness.

 

Programming for Generative Receptive Language in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Matrix Training Approach

EMILY CURIEL (The Ohio State University/Summit Pointe), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

This study investigated the use of a matrix training approach to program for the occurrence of generative receptive language in young children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other language delays. Matrix training is a teaching procedure that can establish recombinative generalization, thus leading to generative language. A matrix of action/object instructions were designed for each of the four participants. They were systematically taught specific action/object instructions, as outlined in the matrix, and probes were conducted to determine if the other action/object instructions were occurring without any teaching. Although recombinative generalization was partial, approximately 3050% of the learned action/object instructions occurred through direct teaching while the other 5070% occurred without direct teaching. Matrix training provided a systematic teaching layout that programmed for the occurrence of generative language. This is a teaching strategy that can be used in early intervention programs and other settings to increase acquisition of teaching targets.

 
 
Symposium #387
CE Offered: BACB
An Evaluation of Pivotal Response Treatment Parent Training Models for Young Children With Autism
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Amy Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center)
Discussant: Amy Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center)
CE Instructor: Amy Kenzer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Parent involvement in early intervention services is considered best practice for children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (National Research Council, 2001). Pivotal Response Treatment, in particular, places emphasis on the naturalistic implementation of intervention and including parents as providers of treatment. Training parents to implement intervention with fidelity can maximize the intensity of treatment and extend beyond time, locations, and contexts of professionally provided services. Research has demonstrated that caregivers can be taught to implement Pivotal Response Treatment with fidelity in both group-based and individual formats (Symon & Koegel, 2002; Minjarez, Williams, Mercier, & Hardan, 2011). However, it is only recently that specific components of these programs have begun to be systematically evaluated or explained. While some parents succeed in short-term training programs, others make minimal gains with variable outcomes observed across families. Following effective parent training programs, skill maintenance can also be variable across time and participants. The presentations in this symposium will provide information about variables contributing to increased skill performance and maintenance for short-term parent training programs teaching Pivotal Response Treatment using community-based service models. These variables include parent measures of self-efficacy prior to a parent-training program, the provision of follow-up training sessions, and compliance with on-going training.

Keyword(s): early intervention, parent training, PRT
 

Maintenance of Implementation Following an Intensive Parent Training Program

ALEXIS N. BOGLIO (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Daniel A Openden (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center), Christopher Smith (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center)
Abstract:

Parent involvement is a critical component of effective interventions for children with Autism Spectrum Disorders with limited access to professional providers. Several short-term training models have demonstrated efficacy in teaching caregivers to implement evidence-based interventions (Koegel, Symon, & Koegel, 2002). However, recent research suggests that for caregivers who attain fidelity of implementation, approximately half of the participants do not maintain those skills over time (Gengoux et al., 2015). In the current study, 42 parent-child dyads participated in a week-long, intensive training model in a clinic setting (Koegel et al., 2002) with 17 dyads randomly selected to receive remote coaching follow-up sessions across a 12-week period. Results indicate that 9 dyads (53%) completed all scheduled follow-up sessions. Of these 9 dyads, 8 dyads obtained fidelity of implementation during the one-week training period. Following completion of follow-up sessions, 7 dyads maintained fidelity of implementation while 1 dyad achieved the fidelity criterion for a total of 8 out of 9 dyads (89%) demonstrating fidelity 12-weeks post-training. These results further support the short-term training model and suggest that follow-up sessions may enhance skill maintenance. Practitioners offering short-term parent training services may consider this practical, remote-coaching follow-up model to improve maintenance of fidelity for participants.

 

JumpStart Program: Parent Training in Pivotal Response Treatment and Predictors of Success

BEATRIZ ORR (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center), Nicole Matthews (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center)
Abstract:

Many behavioral treatment models for autism spectrum disorder include a parent training component (Steiner et al., 2012). JumpStart is a 20-hour education and empowerment program for parents of young children considered at-risk or recently diagnosed with autism. Caregivers receive didactic instruction, guided observation, and in-vivo coaching in Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) in addition to didactic instruction about the autism diagnosis, Applied Behavior Analysis, and navigating funding and service systems. Upon completion, many parents are able to successfully implement PRT, however, there is considerable variability in parent fidelity of implementation. The current study examined parent fidelity of implementation of PRT, child responsivity to parent-implemented intervention, parenting self-efficacy scales, and depression measures for 31 parent-child dyads. Findings indicate increases in child responsivity, parent fidelity of implementation, and self-efficacy, with decreased measures of depression following completion of the program. Additionally, initial parenting self-efficacy measures predicted positive change in child responsivity and parent fidelity of implementation. These results suggest that meaningful outcomes can be achieved with minimal training and that parenting self-efficacy measures may influence the effectiveness of parent-training programs.

 
 
Panel #388
CE Offered: BACB
Treatment of Feeding Problems in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Mary Ellen McDonald, Ph.D.
Chair: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University)
HESTER BEKISZ (Eden II Programs/The Genesis School)
STACEY J. AGOSTA (NSSA)
JAMIE ARNOLD (Eden II Programs)
Abstract:

Feeding disorders occur frequently among individuals with autism spectrum disorders. Parents often report difficulties around mealtime. This panel will discuss several case studies and the interventions that were used in treating food refusal, limited repertoires of foods, and selective intake of certain food categories across individuals. Data collection procedures, behavioral interventions, determining the function of the feeding problem and generalization of skills to other settings and people will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #389
CE Offered: BACB
Technically Flexible: Using Basic Behavioral Procedures to Detect Areas of Psychological Flexibility and Inflexibility
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Victoria Diane Hutchinson (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Michael Bordieri (Murray State University)
CE Instructor: Michael Bordieri, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Some clinical behavioral analysts have suggested that psychological flexibility may be a fundamental aspect of psychological well-being and a mechanism of change in clinical behavior analysis. A mid-level term, psychological flexibility is often defined in the clinical context as involving open, ongoing awareness to private events in such a way as to decrease avoidance and facilitate effective, values-based behavior. This symposium includes two papers that link mid-level conceptualizations of psychological flexibility with basic behavioral principles. Each explores potential methods of measuring psychological flexibility directly rather than relying on self-report measures. The first paper explores potential relationships between performance on two behavioral measures of body image flexibility the Body Image Flexibility Assessment Procedure (BIFAP) and the Body Image Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). The second paper explores qualities of derived relational responding as indicative of flexibility and inflexibility and investigates the IRAP as a tool for predicting inflexibility in certain domains of living.

Keyword(s): ACT, body image, IRAP, psychological flexibility
 

Assessing Body-Relevant Behavior: Examining Convergence Between Two Behavioral Measures of Body Image Flexibility

GARRET M CANTU (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jessica Auzenne (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Grayson Butcher (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Gina Boullion (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael Bordieri (Murray State University), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Body image flexibility has been described in the non-behavioral literature as the capacity to experience the body fully and intentionally while pursuing effective action in important life domains. Self-report measures of body image flexibility are psychometrically sound, but limited in their validity as they rely on the responders honesty and ability to tact their private experiences and reactions thereof. The current study aimed to explore potential relationships between performance on two behavioral measures of body image flexibility the Body Image Flexibility Assessment Procedure (BIFAP) and the Body Image Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). The BIFAP was designed to measure body image flexibility, while the IRAP was developed to measure brief immediate relational responses (a.k.a., implicit cognitions), and was adapted for this study to measure responses to body image. Responses on both tasks are considered in terms of response latencies, and rate of correct responses. Aspects of both divergence and convergence speak to the complexity of assessment of private events. Implications for assessment in clinical and research domains will be discussed.

 

Where Are You Stuck? Use of Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure Analyses to Identify Relative Flexibility and Inflexibility With Specific Verbal Stimuli

SARAH WILSON (University of Mississippi), Emmie Hebert (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) has most often been used to examine differences between the performances of groups of people with a particular set of stimuli and between specific trial-types. The present study is a continuation of several previous studies that examine the possibility of using analyses of the IRAP to identify relatively strong verbal repertoires at the level of the individual. These repertoires may be clinically relevant for the participating individual or for his/her community. They may also be seen as areas of psychological inflexibility. This paper examines multiple methods for examining IRAP outputs. Undergraduate students who participated for course credit chose IRAPs from an array of topics that they viewed as being related to areas of difficulty and areas of ease. The participants showed marked variability in IRAP performance across IRAPs and trial types. The discussion focuses on the potential to predict and develop interventions for specific domains for individuals where high levels of bias, rigidity, or fusion are present.

 
 
Paper Session #390
Applications of Behavioral Medicine: Anorexia Nervosa and Exercise Pain
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM
Chair: Kate Happel Krautbauer (Eastern Michigan University)
 
A Behavior Analytic Conceptualization of Anorexia Nervosa
Domain: Theory
KATE HAPPEL KRAUTBAUER (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Anorexia nervosa, the seemingly voluntary restriction of food intake, has the highest mortality rate of any behavioral disorder (estimates range from 5% to 13%), thus posing an urgent behavioral challenge. Despite the prevalence of food restriction (.4% among young women; subclinical restriction likely much higher), current understanding of anorexia’s etiology is limited, and evidence is lacking regarding consistently effective therapeutic interventions. The goal of this review is to detail and integrate conceptualizations across sociocultural, physiological, and behavior analytic levels of analyses to inform the development of effective and principle-based interventions for anorexia. We will provide a brief introduction to anorexia and explore theories of anorexia’s etiology along with sociocultural and vernacular understandings of the disorder. Then we will formulate a comprehensive behavior analytic conceptualization, considering models of activity anorexia, functional analyses of severe food restriction and its effects, and the potential shortfalls of existing therapeutic approaches. Finally, suggestions for treatment development are offered that directly emerge from this clinical behavior analytic framework.
 

The Relation Between Exercise, Pain, Verbal Behavior, and Coaching

Domain: Theory
PARSLA VINTERE (Queens College, City University of New York)
 
Abstract:

In the past few decades there has been an increase in the emphasis on importance of physical activity as one of the key factors affecting health. People often start engaging in physical activity following the no pain, no gain motto, which serves as a rule for behavior. While this rule may motivate a person, it also may prevent the operation of other contingencies that would be effective in the absence of this rule. In motor-skill activity, some discomfort may be helpful in some instances and harmful in others. It is difficult to discriminate between the two. Over time, faulty movement patterns may be developed - movements either involve unnecessary effort or pain leading to negative consequences. In some instances, pain leads to a deterioration of ones health, poor self-perception and quitting physical activity. The purpose of the present paper is to examine the relation between exercise, pain, verbal behavior and coaching practices. A case study of the faulty movement pattern change in a 55-year-old male is reported. Possible adjustments in the coaching and therapy practice are discussed.

 
 
 
Paper Session #391
Staying Ethically Grounded in Challenging Contexts With Supervisors, Agencies, and Interdisciplinary Teams
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Area: CSE
Chair: Teresa Camille Kolu (Cusp Emergence)
 

Ethical Approaches to Bridging the Gap Between Applied Behavior Analysis and Other Interdisciplinary Approaches

Domain: Service Delivery
AMY RACHEL BUKSZPAN (Services for the Underserved), James G. O'Brien (Services for the Underserved), Vivian A. Attanasio (Services for the Underserved)
 
Abstract:

Often times, Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) are asked to treat adults with both behavioral and medical complications. These BCBAs work within interdisciplinary teams that include medical practitioners, psychiatrists, and a smorgasbord of other professionals. The work of these teams is subject to significant organizational pressures and regulatory constraints. Working within such settings can pressure BCBAs to act beyond the purview of their certifications, and complicate the implementation of effective and sustainable treatment. The presenter will discuss a specific case of the ethical concerns faced by a BCBA working under such conditions. This BCBA served an individual in a residential setting with developmental disabilities, comorbid psychiatric diagnoses, and severe medical conditions. The discussion will cover the implementation of interventions while minimizing personal rights restrictions, evaluating appropriate treatment strategies, and working alongside professionals from other disciplines who have different sets of clinical objectives and ethical requirements. Strategies for navigating these interactions will be discussed.

 

How to Engage in Ethical Practice When One's Supervisor or Agency is Unethical

Domain: Service Delivery
TERESA CAMILLE KOLU (Cusp Emergence), Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
 
Abstract:

The title of this talk reflects one of many prevalent, alarming, and real life student-generated scenarios provided to the author and instructor during a certification-board approved online course sequence in behavior analysis. Recent growth in online programs reflects an influx of non-behavior analysts to the field hired, in many cases, faster than certification (and training) programs can keep up. In the wake of fluctuating funding streams and new legislation, how can the community of behavior analysts plan to protect against ethical drift and prepare for new challenges? In order to explore this growing concern, we will review issues from the past 5 years of practice in diverse settings in Colorado, a state relatively new to behavior analysis and to insurance-mandated behavior analysis. Case studies and sets of potential solutions will be presented from several distinct practice contexts, including: Instructing new behavior analysis students with varying previous experiences and advanced degrees; supervision in clinical settings new to behavior analysis; and community behavior analysis settings supporting learners with autism, developmental disabilities, or needs addressed by state-reimbursed early intervention programs. Some implications are discussed for each area of practice, ending with a call to action.

 
 
 
Symposium #392
CE Offered: BACB
The Assessment and Treatment of Automatically Maintained Pica
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: James Chok (Melmark Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Tanya Mouzakes (Melmark New England)
CE Instructor: Timothy Nipe, M.A.
Abstract: Abstract The ingestion of inedible substances may result in serious medical complications including lead poisoning, intestinal obstruction, infection and even death. There is a reported prevalence of pica within individuals with developmental disabilities between 5.7% and 25.8% (Ashworth, et al., 2009). The high incidence and high risk of this form of self injury highlights the need for effective functional assessment and function-based treatment, however pica has been described as being both treatment resistant and maintained in the absence of social consequences (Piazza, et al. 1998). When pica is found to be maintained by sensory consequences, there are significant challenges to designing effective treatments. The studies described within this symposium describe effective functional analyses and subsequent treatment analyses. Furthermore, these changes in behavior are shown to persist across individuals, settings and inedible items.
 
Functional and Treatment Analyses in the Development of a Home-Based Pica Intervention
KATHERINE MERRILL (Simmons College/ABACS, LLC), Meghan Clausen (ABACS, LLC), Ashley Williams (ABACS)
Abstract: Pica, or the ingestion of inedible items, is a dangerous and potentially life-threatening challenging behavior that may be emitted by individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. In the present study, pica in a ten-year-old female with autism was treated in a home-based setting using a thoroughgoing analysis that included a modified standard functional analysis, treatment analysis, and use of a function-based treatment. Both the functional analysis and treatment analysis were conducted using multi-element designs, and the effectiveness of the intervention was evaluated using a reversal design. The results of the functional analysis indicated that the pica was maintained by automatic reinforcement, and thus, the treatment analysis that was conducted evaluated the manipulation of four treatment options that all considered this function. The intervention was designed based on the results of the treatment analysis, and was implemented by direct support therapists in the home, with plans to transition the treatment to parents. The findings of this study illustrate the utility of functional and treatment analyses in development of effective, function-based treatments.
 

Reducing Pica by Differentially Reinforcing the Exchange of the Inedible Item

TIMOTHY NIPE (Melmark/Endicott College), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark), Rebekah Lush (Melmark), Amanda Gill (Melmark), Lauren M. Palmieri (Melmark)
Abstract:

The ingestion of inedible substances may result in serious medical complications including lead poisoning, intestinal obstruction, infection and even death. Pica has been described as being both treatment resistant and maintained in the absence of social consequences (Piazza, et al. 1998). The current study involves a six-year-old male who engages in pica and was admitted to a residential treatment facility with elevated lead levels. A competing items assessment was conducted and found that edible items competed with pica far more effectively than tangible items. However, these items were not successful in effectively suppressing rates of pica when provided on a continuous schedule during five minute sessions. The current study examines the effectiveness of differentially reinforcing the exchange of inedible items with edible items that have been shown to effectively compete with pica. This intervention was found to have reduced instances of pica to near zero levels across multiple inedible items. This study then attempts to extend the existing research in this area to include information regarding the thinning of the schedule of reinforcement in a socially significant manner, as well as generalization of the exchange across novel inedible items and settings. In addition, unit data is presented to illustrate the perseverance of this behavior over time in more natural settings then the one in which it was first learned.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #393
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Implementing an Evidence-Based Intervention Worldwide: Collaboration as the Core of Sustainable Fidelity

Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Per Holth, Ph.D.
Chair: Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
MARION FORGATCH (Oregon Social Learning Center)
Marion Forgatch’s professional interests blend basic research, intervention, and wide-scale implementation. She joined the group that would become Oregon Social Learning Center in 1970. Her intervention work includes families of youth referred for problems ranging from childhood aggression to chronic delinquency and parents referred for child abuse/neglect. She has designed and tested preventive interventions for at-risk families based on Parent Management Training – Oregon Model (PMTO). Dr. Forgatch founded Implementation Sciences International Inc. in 2001 to disseminate PMTO. Forgatch and her team have conducted large-scale PMTO implementations including: statewide in Michigan and Kansas; nationwide in Norway, Iceland, the Netherlands, and Denmark; countywide in Detroit/Wayne County; and citywide in New York City and Mexico City. Forgatch’s program Parenting through Change (PTC) has been adapted and tested with diverse populations: Spanish-speaking Latinos in the US, mothers living in homeless shelters and supportive housing, parents with severely emotionally disturbed children, parents whose children have been placed in care, military families reintegrating after war, and war-displaced mothers in Uganda. Forgatch has co-authored journal articles, book chapters, books, and audio and video tapes. A fellow of the Association for Psychological Science, her awards include Friend of the Early Career Prevention Network and the Award for International Collaborative Prevention Research from Society for Prevention Research, and the Distinguished Contribution to Family Systems Research Award, from the American Academy of Family Therapy.
Abstract:

Parent Management Training–Oregon Model (PMTO) is an evidence-based intervention that prevents and treats child and adolescent behavior problems by teaching parents strategies that reduce coercion and increase positive parenting practices (Forgatch & Patterson, 2010; Patterson, 2005). The intervention, which was developed by the group of colleagues led by Gerald Patterson, has emerged over several decades with a programmatic focus on families with youngsters with externalizing problems such as aggression, antisocial behavior, and delinquency. PMTO's staying power over nearly five decades is likely tied to the continuing integration of theory, science, and practice with a focus on improving outcomes at every level. In the last fifteen years, PMTO has been implemented internationally. Reliable and valid data using multiple method and agent assessment from U.S. and international PMTO implementations illustrate the challenges of making empirically-supported interventions routine practice in the community. Technological advances that break down barriers to communication across distances, the availability of efficacious programs suitable for implementation, and the urgent need for high quality mental health care provide strong rationales for prioritizing implementation. The next challenge is to reduce the prevalence of children's psychopathology by creating science-based delivery systems to reach families in need, everywhere.

Target Audience:

This lecture will be of interest to applied researchers interested in mechanisms of behavior change and of implementation of evidence-based programs, and to practitioners who work in a variety of applied settings, particularly those who work with children with aggressive and other antisocial behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe basic elements of parents' strategies that reduce coercion and increase positive parenting practices; (2) describe important challenges of making empirically supported interventions routine practice in the community; (3) describe some ideas regarding how to create science-based delivery systems to reach families in need, everywhere.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #394
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Syncretic Analysis of Behavior (SAB)

Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D.
Chair: Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage)
PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
Dr. Peter Killeen is professor of psychology at Arizona State University, and has also been visiting scholar at the University of Texas, Cambridge University, and the Centre for Advanced Study, Oslo. He is a Fellow of the Society of Experimental Psychologists, has held a Senior Scientist Award from the National Institute of Mental Health, has been president of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior (from which organization he appropriately received the Poetry in Science Award in 2002), held the American Psychological Association F. J. McGuigan Lectureship on Understanding the Human Mind, and received the Ernest and Josephine Hilgard Award for the Best Theoretical Paper (Killeen & Nash, 2003). Dr. Killeen has made many highly innovative and fundamental contributions to the experimental and quantitative analysis of behavior. His major work includes the development of incentive theory, culminating in the mathematical principles of reinforcement (Behavioural and Brain Sciences, 1994), and the behavioral theory of timing (Psychological Review, 1988). He is the author of 80 peer-reviewed papers, many of which have been heavily cited. He has served on the boards of editors of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioural Processes, Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, Psychological Review, Brain & Behavioral Functions, and Comparative Cognition & Behavior Reviews. Dr. Killeen's quantitative and conceptual developments have enriched behavior analysis and the world beyond.
Abstract:

Any perturbation of the stream of behavior has numerous effects. Delivery of a food reinforcer will activate approach and alimentary responses, elicit search modes, and instigate species typical foraging or predation repertoires. Any correlated stimuli will become conditioned--as an occasion-setter, conditioned stimulus, discriminative stimulus, or conditioned reinforcer. If the correlation is positive those stimuli will be approached; if negative avoided. Theories of conditioning have focused on one or another of these factors; that is called analysis. Synthesis requires understanding the development of these processes, each at its own rate, and as each interacts with the others. The resulting system is complex, in that it involves dynamic networks of interactions. The degree to which responses support or compete with each other, and each with higher-level organizations, may be described with the Price Equation. The evolution of dynamic and average steady states requires other models. This lecture provides an introduction to this next step in the evolution of the experimental analysis of behavior, toward the Syncretic Approach to Behavior, SAB.

Target Audience:

Researchers in both basic and applied behavior analysis who are wondering "where next?".

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) outline in a few sentences the syncretic approach to behavior; (2) apply the syncretic approach to situations of interest to them, in laboratory or classroom; (3) discuss with peers how the syncretic approach unifies the various threads of learning theory; (4) relate the price equation to field theories such as Kantor's.
 
 
Paper Session #395
Recent Advances in the Study of Operant Variability
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Zurich D, Swissotel
Area: EAB
Chair: Josele Abreu Rodrigues (Universidade de Brasilia)
 

Is Variability an Operant Dimension of Behavior?

Domain: Basic Research
REUT PELEG (Oslo and Akershus University College), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Neil T. Martin (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
 
Abstract:

Behavioral variability was characterized as an operant dimension of behavior (Page & Neuringer, 1985). Three studies examined the effects of reinforcement and extinction on three-response sequences under lag reinforcement schedules. Resistance to change of each response position was measured under lag 3 and lag 5 schedules. Variability increased under lag schedules as expected. However, contrary to what would be expected based on temporal contiguity of each response position with the reinforcer, backward progression of extinction was observed, as the first and not the last response was the most resistant to change. As responding did not cease, it was concluded that an interaction between both reinforcement and extinction is involved in the variability observed under lag schedules.

 
 
 
Paper Session #396
Theory and Data in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Zurich FG, Swissotel
Area: EAB
Chair: Nadia Santillán (UNAM)
 

Effect of Instructions on a Small-Scale Covert Operant

Domain: Basic Research
NADIA SANTILLÁN (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Carlos Alexis Perez Herrera (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Ximena Escutia (Universidad de Chapultepec)
 
Abstract:

A classic study by Hefferline, Keenan and Harford (1959) showed that thumb movement can be established by avoidance and/or scape contingencies, while participants are unaware of the contingencies in effect. A systematic replication of the experiment was performed by changing the instructions used. A semi-descriptive instruction (this is an experiment on muscle movement), as used in the original study, and a distracting instruction (this is an experiment on relaxation) were presented to two groups of participants. Thumb movement was recorded using a glove equipped with a flexion sensor connected to an Arduino-Visual Basic interface. Movements of the right thumb were reinforced with a continuous reinforcement schedule. Points earned, a happy image, and a phrase were presented on the screen contingent on movements that reached a criterion. At the end of the session, money was delivered in exchange for earned points. Evidence of response acquisition was observed only in the participants in the semi-descriptive instructions group. Response-induction gradients and cumulative responses were analyzed and compared to those reported by previous studies. Even though participants were unaware of the reinforced response with the two sets of instructions, instructions apparently guided responses towards the criterion for reinforcement.

 
Building a Backward Bridge: Evolving a Natural Science of Behavior by Reversing the Relationship Between Experimental and Applied Behavior Analysis
Domain: Theory
NICHOLAS M. BERENS (Fit Learning), Kimberly Nix Berens (Fit Learning), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Turning the principles and laws of basic research into clinical practice has been a fruitful activity for the field of behavior analysis and society. The current paper posits that for the field to continue to evolve and have the impact it was designed for, the traditional relationship of translating experimental research into practice may need to be evaluated. A clinician oriented to the proper units with a sensitive measurement system is in the best position to make new discoveries. The decade of work at Fit Learning will be used to clarify how the use of the standard celeration chart combined with a Relational Frame Theory orientation has produced new information regarding the relationship between behavior, environment and behavioral history. Specifically, the importance of a measurement system that provides a clinician with a high frequency of contact with the phenomena of interest will be highlighted. According to the proposed model, it is now the job of the basic behavioral researcher to refine the knowledge gained from said clinical contact.
 
 
 
Symposium #397
CE Offered: BACB
Promoting Effective Communication With Students With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders in Schools
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonathan Burt (University of Louisville)
Discussant: Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Paula Chan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) can face difficulties in many aspects of life. They often have weak social skills (Gresham, Sugai, & Horner, 2001), poor academic performance (Trout, Nordness, Pierce, & Epstein, 2003), more restrictive school placements (Yell, 1995), and more frequent suspensions or expulsions (Department of Education, 2013). One method for improving outcomes for students with EBD may be to explicitly teach students how to communicate with peers and adults in their lives. The purpose of this symposium is to present research about communication interventions for students with EBD. The first paper will present the results of a comprehensive literature review of functional assessment based interventions for students with EBD to determine the extent to which the interventions employed meet the technical definition of functional communication training (FCT). Of the studies using FCT, participant characteristics, intervention components, and general outcomes will be discussed. The second paper will present findings from a research study designed to teach students how to effectively communicate about their behavior by reporting antecedents, behaviors, and consequences. Authors will discuss results, and implications for research and practice.

 

Functional Communication Training for Students With Emotional and/or Behavioral Disorders: A Review of the Literature

ALEXANDRA HOLLO (West Virginia University), JONATHAN BURT (University of Louisville)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is a technique used to reduce problem behavior through systematic training of a communicative response serving an equivalent function as the target behavior (Carr & Durand, 1985). It is most often used for individuals with limited or no vocal language. Of 204 participants in a recent review of FCT, all but six had intellectual, developmental, or autism spectrum disorders (Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). FCT has been used to remediate problem behavior of individuals with high-incidence disabilities such as ADHD or emotional/behavioral disorders (EBD). However, a review limited to these cases is difficult due to inconsistent terminology: Researchers in EBD use procedures congruent with FCT but do not typically label the procedures as such. Before the efficacy of FCT for students with EBD can be analyzed, it must first be determined which functional assessment-based interventions are, in fact, FCT. The purpose of this review is to determine the extent to which and how FCT is used for this population. Participant characteristics, intervention components, and intervention outcomes will be discussed.

 

Evaluating the Effects of an Explicit Instruction Intervention on Students? Identification of Antecedents, Behaviors, and Consequences

PAULA CHAN (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

One way to increase student involvement in their educational programming is to give them the opportunity to contribute during the functional behavior assessment process. Unfortunately, current research shows that that without training, some students are unable to accurately report on their behavior (e.g., Chan & Cannella-Malone, under review; Murdock, O'Neill, & Cunningham, 2005). One way to increase meaningful student engagement may be to explicitly teach students to identify antecedents, behaviors, and consequences. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of an explicit instruction package designed to teach students to identify antecedents, behaviors, and consequences using video clips of challenging behavior scenarios. Results indicated that students learned to accurately report what happened in the video clips; however, they struggled to generalize the skills to reports about their own behavior. Authors will make recommendations for future research and discuss implications for practice will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #398
CE Offered: BACB
Celeration and Behavioral Agility: Meaningful Measures for Skill Acquisition
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ashley E. Bennett (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Ashley E. Bennett, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts continuously seek to identify efficient and effective procedures to teach novel skills to fluency. Fluency can be measured in terms of celeration, or change in frequency across time, or behavioral agility as measured on the standard celeration chart (SCC). Behavioral agility has been measured as the change in celerations across the acquisition of skills, which can include steeper slopes, rising bottoms, and fewer timings to reach aims (goals). The first study evaluated the effects of differential consequences on the fluency and celeration of learning the endangered Hawaiian language within the stimulus equivalence framework. The second study evaluated the effects of self-management procedures, specifically self-charting, on measures of self-control in addition to changes in celerations, bottom frequencies, and the number of timings to fluency for a series of skill slices. Participants from both studies were typically developing. Outcomes will be discussed in terms of applicability within and across populations, skillsets, settings, and areas for future research.

Keyword(s): behavioral agility
 
Effects of Differential Outcomes on the Celeration of Learning the Hawaiian Language
AUTUM HARMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The extinction of the Hawaiian language will result in the lack of maintaining language variations, the loss of a unique source of human knowledge, and a decrease in the variability of human cultures. Stimulus equivalence is the ability to treat and act towards different stimuli as being “the same” and occurs as a result of conditional discriminations which emerge within a match-to-sample program. Research indicates the ability to learn a second language is strongly associated with an individual’s ability to learn stimulus equivalence relations. The purpose of the present study examined the effect of differential consequences on the fluency and celeration of learning the Hawaiian language within the framework of stimulus equivalence with adults. Stimulus equivalence was used to teach Hawaiian words using a computer-based program. A combination of A-B within and between subjects experimental design was implemented to analyze the use of differential consequences on the five dependent variables. Analogous to earlier research, the results of this study supports the use of stimulus equivalence procedures for teaching a second language, obtaining more learning by the learner for less instructional time, and is likely a necessary and sufficient condition for learning some component skills relating to second languages.
 

Effects of Self-Charting Versus Teacher-Charting of Participant Performance on Behavioral Agility and Measures of Self-Control for Typically Developing Children

ASHLEY E. BENNETT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ashley Whittington-Barnish (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current investigation was to explore whether self-charting or teacher-charting would produced steeper celerations, rising bottom frequencies, and/or fewer timings to fluency (i.e., behavioral agility) for typically-developing children between the ages of 4 and 6. In addition, the purpose of this study was to identify if there was a relationship between measures of behavioral agility and measures of self-control during delay probes in which participants waited to consume highly preferred edibles. Participants were separated into three groups: experimental self-charting, control teacher-charting only, and control temporal delay probes only. Results did not provide evidence that self-charting was more beneficial than teacher-charting in producing indicators of behavioral agility. In addition, the data did not show a clear relationship between measures of self-control and charting. However, all participants who received instruction became fluent in multiple slices of instruction across multiple programs. In addition, five out of seven participants across experimental and control groups improved their performance on waiting for a large portion of a highly preferred edible when having free access to the item. Findings should be considered with caution due to the small sample size, and future research should continue to explore ways to increase the rate of student learning and possible avenues to measure correlations between self-control and self-management.

 
 
Symposium #399
CE Offered: BACB
Instruction-Based Interventions to Improve Students' Academic and Social Behaviors
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kwang-Sun Blair (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Kwang-Sun Blair, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Instructional strategies that incorporate more opportunities for active student responding have been shown to increase student academic and social outcomes. Response cards and student response systems (e.g., clickers) are two effective and efficient ways for teachers to increase opportunities for active student responding. In this symposium, the study by Khan, Miltenberger, and Singer examined the effects of response cards on student disruptive behavior, percentage of questions answered, and accuracy of questions answered while alternating the number of teacher-directed questions across sessions. As a result of using response cards, the investigators found decreases in disruptive behaviors and increases academic behaviors. The second study by Horne and Blair examined the effects of an electronic student response system to improve student behaviors across two classrooms. Although limited, the results indicated that the classroom teachers implemented the electronic student response system with fidelity, and their implementation of the intervention resulted in reduced disruption and increased academic engagement. Social validity data indicated that both interventions were acceptable to teachers, effective, and most students enjoyed using the alternative method to respond to a teacher?s question. Victoria Fogel will serve as discussant and provide comments on each of the papers.

Keyword(s): Active Responding, Classroom Interventions, Clickers, Response Cards
 
Effects of Response Cards and the Number of Teacher-Directed Questions on Classroom Behaviors
NEELAM KHAN (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Leslie Singer (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Active student responding increases student academic outcomes and on-task behaviors. Response cards are an effective and efficient strategy for increasing active student responding. This study examined the effects of response cards on student disruptive behavior, percentage of questions answered, and accuracy of questions answered while alternating the number of teacher-directed questions across sessions. An alternating treatments design was used with five teacher-nominated students. During baseline (BL), the teacher used her standard lecture format, having students raise their hand when responding to a question. During the response card (RC) intervention, the teacher asked students to write responses on their white boards. Following BL, 3 conditions were rapidly alternated across sessions. Conditions included BL, RC in which the teacher asked 6 questions, and RC in which the teacher asked 12 questions. During the RC conditions, there was a decrease in disruptive behavior and an increase in the percentage and accuracy of responding.
 

An Evaluation of an Electronic Student Response System in Improving Class-Wide Behavior

Ashley Horne (University of South Florida), KWANG-SUN BLAIR (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

A student response system is a technology that allows an entire classroom of students to respond to questions and receive immediate feedback from teachers during instruction. However, little research has examined the use of student response systems to support student behavior in elementary schools. This study focused on using an electronic student response system to improve class-wide behavior in two general elementary school classrooms. An ABAB and ABA reversal designs embedded within a multiple baseline design across classrooms was employed to evaluate the outcome of the intervention. Although limited, the results indicated that the classroom teachers implemented the electronic student response system with fidelity, and their implementation of the intervention resulted in reduced disruption and increased academic engagement. Social validity data indicated that the electronic response system intervention was acceptable to both teachers and students to some degree.

 
 
Paper Session #400
Process, Culture, and Generalization Considerations Within Organizational Behavior Management
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM
Chair: Jason Lewis (Florida Institute of Technology)
 
Antecedent Manipulation and Feedback to Increase Morning Task Completion
Domain: Applied Research
JASON LEWIS (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
 
Abstract: There is some debate within the field of organizational behavior management as to whether feedback is a consequential manipulation (Daniels & Bailey, 2014) or an antecedent manipulation that functions as goal setting (Locke et al., 1981). One aspect of feedback that has not been studied as extensively is how well feedback generalizes to pinpointed behaviors not associated with the contingency. The present study examined the effects of an antecedent intervention alone, and an antecedent intervention paired with feedback, on increased morning tasks completed by 15 behavior technician employees at a private school. We also measured generalization effects, from the intervention for tasks completed, to the pinpoints of tardiness and latency to work. Results indicate that the antecedent intervention slightly improved completion of morning tasks, before decreasing to near-baseline levels. The most notable effects on the completion of morning tasks occurred when employees received feedback in combination with the antecedent intervention. These results did not generalize to the pinpoints of tardiness and latency.
 

Integrating Behavioral Systems Analysis, Metacontingencies, and Self-Organization: Can't We All Just Get Along?

Domain: Theory
JONATHAN KRISPIN (Valdosta State University)
 
Abstract:

In organizational behavior management (OBM), Behavioral Systems Analysis (BSA) has been advocated as a complementary approach combining principles from general systems theory with operant contingencies governing at the level of individual behavior, leading to improved results in organizational interventions beyond what might be achieved using either approach in exclusion. Numerous researchers have suggested that effective organizational interventions must account for higher-level and often delayed consequences for behavior stemming, for example, from contingencies associated with the selection of a product by external consumers, and from organizational strategies, goals, and policies. Similar suggestions have recently been observed in discussions of metacontingent analysis and the role that behavioral interventions may play in affecting cultural change. Mattaini (2004; 2006) cautioned that recent developments in a particular area of systems theory, specifically related to self-organizing systems, may ultimately limit the efficacy of interventions that might stem from either behavioral systems or metacontingent analyses. Self-organizing systems, for example, construct their own boundaries and have much of their behavior determined by internal dynamics rather than external contingencies, potentially thwarting the effectiveness of designed interventions. Krispin (submitted for review) outlined necessary and sufficient conditions that have been defined for the emergence of self-organization and extrapolated them to cultural systems. The present paper first considers the impact that these conditions may have on the design of organizational interventions, and secondly highlights principles and criteria for increasing the effectiveness of such interventions through the application of these conditions, potentially leading to enhanced adaptive capabilities within organizations.

 
 
 
Panel #401
PDS: Fact Versus Fad: How to Help Teachers and Practitioners Differentiate Between Science and Pseudoscience
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marnie Nicole Shapiro (The Ohio State University)
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University)
KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell College)
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract:

It is important for educators to select efficacious treatments so that children meet the goals on which they are working. This progress occurs with the selection of evidence-based practices. With the increase in the number of children diagnosed with a developmental disability (e.g., autism), however, there has been a corresponding increase in the number fad treatments disseminated to the public. Given the rapid proliferation of alternative unproven treatments, teachers and practitioners face serious challenges in identifying empirically-validated treatments models. Unfortunately, far too many well-meaning professionals continue to incorporate pseudoscientific strategies into their daily practice. Fad treatments, popularized in the media and often endorsed by celebrities, waste money that can be used in providing effective treatments to children with developmental disabilities, and whereas some fad treatments may be ineffective, others may be out right dangerous. In this panel, we will discuss (1) strategies to help teachers and practitioners differentiate between science and pseudoscience, (2) some of the questionable interventions that have been promoted in the media, and (3) potential reasons why behavioral professionals may choose to implement alternative unsupported treatments.

 
 
Paper Session #402
Cultural Issues in Behavior Analysis Practice
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA
Keyword(s): Cultural Issues
Chair: Karen R. Wagner (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc; TheBehaviorAnalyst.com)
 
Parenting Style and Culture: Implications for ABA Practitioners
Domain: Service Delivery
TERRENCE BRYANT (Kaplan University)
 
Abstract: Abstract The research literature has traditionally indicated four parenting styles including authoritarian, authoritative, permissive, and neglectful. These different styles are often viewed from the perspective of developmental psychology from the perspective of predicting child outcomes that result from various parenting approaches. A large amount of research also links parenting style to cultural considerations in parenting practices. Parenting style and cultural values are important considerations in the delivery of effective behavior analysis services. Much of the research literature on parenting style in the field of applied behavior analysis has focused on service delivery to families of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder with limited focus on families from various cultural perspectives. The purpose of this paper is to review the research on barriers that exist for ABA practitioners in the delivery of effective services that are consistent with parenting style. A review of traditional cultural parenting practices that fall under the four traditional parenting styles is highlighted. A review of the literature on parenting style and the impact on behavior analysis services is conducted. Implications for ABA practitioners are presented as well as considerations for tailoring interventions that fit within the four traditional parenting styles and cultural contexts.
 

How New LGBT Marriage Rights Impact Practice for Employers, Therapists, and Recipients

Domain: Service Delivery
KAREN R. WAGNER (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc; TheBehaviorAnalyst.com)
 
Abstract:

In 2015, the United States Supreme Court legalized marriage for everyone. This long-awaited, ground-breaking ruling allows everyone, for better or worse, to live openly as the person they are, legally married to the person they love. However, lower courts are slower to catch up, and service provision is impacted on several fronts. What are the responsibilities of employers to their Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transsexual (LGBT) therapists? What are the obligations of providers towards the LGBT parents of the individuals they serve? What are the obligations of the provider towards the individual they serve, when the individual identifies as LGBT? Explore the moral, ethical and legal dimensions of practice when recipients and their families are still living in "grey areas" in the society and culture in which they live. Areas such as adoption, divorce, parenthood, and employer/employee rights, will be discussed, as well as common terms within the national LGBT community. *Every effort will be made to obtain the latest national and state-specific LGBT legislation prior to the presentation.

 
Keyword(s): Cultural Issues
 
 
Paper Session #403
Developing and Evaluating Curricula and Programs for Individuals With Autism
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA
Chair: Kristi L. Miller (STE Consultants)
 
Building an In-House Curriculum of Skills Acquisition Programs: Steps Taken, Lessons Learned, and Final Results
Domain: Service Delivery
PAUL W. HEERING (May Institute), Ashley Kate Abbott (May Institute), Kimberly Irwin (May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), Antonia Fiddner (May Institute)
 
Abstract: All agencies strive to provide the best services possible and do this in the most efficient way possible. In order to increase the quality of services and the efficiency of service delivery many organizations providing behavior analysis services have taken steps towards using a library or curriculum of skills acquisition programs. The decision that many agencies are faced with is between purchasing a pre produced curriculum of programs or developing their own curriculum of programs. Each option contains it’s own advantages and disadvantages. This presentation will discuss these advantages and disadvantages and will also present data collected by a large organization as they went through the process of creating their own in-house curriculum. The steps taken in the process, lessons learned along the way, and final product will be discussed. Finally, advantages and disadvantages to being a large organization in this process as well as implications for others will also be discussed.
 

The Use of Evaluation in Treatment Programs for Children With Autism or Adults With Developmental Disabilities

Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTI L. MILLER (ESS)
 
Abstract:

Program evaluation is the use of planned activities to monitor process, outcomes, and impact of a health program or intervention. The application of program evaluation to behavioral analytic treatment programs for children with autism or similar programs for individuals with disabilities is a useful and necessary activity to inform practitioners and funders of the efficacy of these programs and to promote adherence to best-practice treatments. A survey of providers and search of the literature revealed that the practice of program evaluation is underutilized among providers of behavioral services. Current organizational practices involve primarily reporting on program participants goals. The purpose of this presentation is to inform the audience of more robust evaluation procedures including clearly defining the population served, describing the program and intervention, selecting evaluation goals and objectives (including process goals, outcome goals, and impact goals) and reporting. Identifying and overcoming barriers to performing a program evaluation and ethical considerations will also be discussed.

 
 
 
Panel #404
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Faculty Research Productivity in Graduate Training Programs in ABA: How Important Is It?
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, Ph.D.
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
SHARON A. REEVE (Caldwell College)
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Dixon et al. (2015) ranked graduate programs in behavior analysis on the basis of their faculty research productivity. Although controversial, this paper prompted a number of responses from researchers and practitioners in ABA on the important of research in graduate ABA training and how to appropriately rank graduate programs according to the productivity of their faculty. The purpose of this panel is to continue that discussion in an open forum. The panel includes three members with experience in both research and practice in ABA. The panel will discuss the importance of research in graduate ABA training, the importance of formal ranking systems for graduate programs in ABA, whether programs should be ranked on additional factors, such as the research productivity of its students and / or graduates, and the relationship between research productivity and clinician competency. The panel will be chaired by a fourth participant with an interest in this topic.

 
 
Symposium #405
CE Offered: BACB
Four Applications of Behavioral Reduction Procedures to Decrease Problem Behaviors in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder at an Outpatient Treatment Clinic
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Elizabeth Fontaine (The Chicago School/ KGH Consultation and Treatment Inc.)
Discussant: Elizabeth Fontaine (The Chicago School/ KGH Consultation and Treatment Inc.)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Fontaine, M.A.
Abstract:

Intervention programs based on the science of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have repeatedly been shown to be effective in reducing problem behaviors in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or intellectual or developmental disabilities. This symposium includes four presentations that depict how the principles of applied behavior analysis can be effectively used in a clinical setting to reduce behaviors that impede learning in children of varying ages whom are diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The first presentation describes the assessment and treatment of rumination in a nine-year-old male that was conducted in collaboration with Dr. David Wilder of the Florida Institute of Technology. The second presentation discusses the effectiveness of an intervention aimed at decreasing the stereotypy of a four-year-old male while simultaneously increasing his self-monitoring skills. The third presentation presents the effects of a feeding intervention on decreasing food refusals and increasing food tolerance in a 13-year-old male. The fourth and final presentation depicts the effects of a response-cost intervention that was put in place for a three-year-old who engaged in high levels of spitting. The social significance of each topic will be addressed and data based outcomes will be discussed.

Keyword(s): Behavior Reduction, Feeding Intervention, Response Cost, Self-Management
 
The Assessment and Treatment of Rumination in a Clinical Setting
SAMANTHA SOHNGEN (KGH Consultation and Treatment Inc.)
Abstract: Rumination is defined as the regurgitation, chewing, and re-swallowing of previously ingested food. This behavior has serious health implications, including damage to the esophagus, malnutrition and weight loss, electrolyte imbalance, and damage to tooth enamel. In addition, this behavior may cause social isolation. The current study investigated rumination behavior in a 9-year-old male diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Other Health Impairment. The participant received Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) therapy at a clinic where this study was conducted. Baseline measures of frequency, duration, and latency to first occurrence of rumination were collected and shared with Dr. David Wilder of the Florida Institute of Technology. Baseline data showed an average of 7.5 occurrences of rumination per session both during and after a snack or meal (range 0-50). Data indicated that the frequency of rumination at the clinic increased after the participant began eating dinner during treatment sessions. After determining the function of this behavior, an intervention was implemented by clinicians in collaboration with Dr. Wilder.
 
The Effects of Video Modeling and Self-Monitoring in Decreasing Stereotypy
MARISSA FAYE BENNETT (KGH Consultation and Treatment and Global Autism Project)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that video modeling and self-monitoring can be effective in decreasing stereotypy in children. This case study focused on decreasing stereotypy and increasing self-monitoring skills for a four-year-old boy with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), using self-monitoring and video feedback training. An intervention was warranted due to the fact that the behavior was occurring for a large percentage of time and it proved to be a barrier for learning. Five phases were used to collect data and they included; baseline, training the identification and self-recording response using video modeling, generalizing from video to real life identification and self-monitoring, and schedule thinning and maintenance over time. Partial interval data were collected with 30-s intervals for two hours at a time. The boy was able to learn how to self-record when observing the target behavior on video. He was then able to generalize the self-recording skill from video to real life situations which resulted in a decrease in the stereotypy and an increase in his self-awareness of the target behavior. Furthermore, the decrease in stereotypy behavior has maintained over time.
 

The Effects of Program Modification and Desensitization Procedures in a Feeding Intervention for an Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JENNA CATHERINE LOSCH (KGH Consultation and Treatment Inc.)
Abstract:

The acceptance of a variety of foods is a necessary skill in order to receive proper nutrition to keep ones body healthy. This skill is also socially valid in that loud and repeated food refusals not only distinguish a child from his or her peers, but also cause unnecessary and unwanted attention in public situations. The participant in this case study is a 13-year-old male with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) who demonstrated a limited repertoire of foods and extreme refusals when presented with non-preferred food items. Previously, his feeding program involved contingent reinforcement while rotating between over 30 different types of food. It was determined that food refusals were not decreasing due to the fact that the participant was not contacting the same food at a high enough frequency. Once the number of different foods that were presented concurrently during each session were decreased, food refusals also began to decrease and tolerance for new food items increased. This outcome was consistent when probed in maintenance trials.

 

The Effects of a Response-Cost Intervention to Reduce Spitting Behavior in a Young Male Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KATARZYNA KEDRYNA (KGH Consultation and Treatment Inc.), Samantha Malek (KGH Consultation and Treatment Inc)
Abstract:

An assessment and function-based treatment intervention was utilized to address the spitting behavior of a three- year- old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). An intervention was warranted as the behavior was serving as a barrier to learning, it was unsanitary, and it was also rapidly increasing in frequency. After determining that spitting appeared to be maintained by automatic reinforcement, the team assessed the effects of non-contingent access to one or more items and non-contingent access to a preferred item with contingent removal of the item following the target behavior. Results indicated that the clients spitting behavior maintained at high levels when he was given free access to preferred toys and to a preferred Pediasure shake. When the Pediasure shake was removed contingent on emittance of the spitting behavior, however, the frequency of this behavior decreased to near-zero levels. Furthermore, this decrease in spitting was maintained across different environments and time with continued implementation of the response cost procedure.

 
 
Symposium #406
CE Offered: BACB
Considering Discrimination Ability: Assessment of Stimulus Control in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
Discussant: Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University)
CE Instructor: Michael D. Hixson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Despite demonstrations of treatment efficacy, research suggests some learners fail to make significant gains in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) programs, particularly in the domain of language acquisition. A possible explanation for insufficient progress is that some children do not have the prerequisite skills to effectively benefit from language and social skills instruction. Discrimination ability and assessment of stimulus control are often overlooked when assessing and choosing intervention targets, and the failure to identify these important foundational skills can lead to the introduction of beginning targets that are too difficult for the learner. The following symposium examines the impact of discrimination ability, as assessed by the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities-Revised, on rate of learning in EIBI, focusing on the role of auditory discrimination in echoic acquisition. In light of the above findings and an examination of learning trajectories of typically developing children, preliminary treatment modifications for early learners in EIBI will be discussed, with a focus on identifying prerequisite skill areas that are critical for a child to master prior to teaching language. By attending to discrimination ability and prerequisite skill acquisition, we can better teach early learners in EIBI settings important language and social skill repertoires.

Keyword(s): ABLA-R, Auditory Discrimination, EIBI, Stimulus Control
 
The Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities: Echoic Acquisition and Rate of Learning
TERYN BRUNI (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: The Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities-Revised (ABLA-R) measures the ease or difficulty with which a learner acquires simple motor, visual, and auditory discrimination tasks in a limited number of learning trials. This study evaluated the ability of the ABLA-R and AAIM/AANM tasks to predict acquisition of echoic behavior and rate of progress in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) programs among children with ASD. Participants included 34 children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder sampled from four EIBI providers across Michigan. Using prediction accuracy statistics, receiver operating characteristic curve, and correlation analysis, it was found that the ABLA-R was an excellent predictor of echoic responding in terms of sensitivity, specificity, positive prediction, classification accuracy, and AUC values. Data from participants’ EIBI programs revealed better participant performance on tasks at or below their ABLA-R level than on tasks above. Similarly programming identified as appropriate by the ABLA-R was positively correlated with progress ratings by service providers. The results have implications regarding the possible role of auditory discrimination as an important component skill or even a behavioral cusp for more advanced language. Future research should further examine the role of auditory discrimination training in the acquisition of important listener repertoires.
 
Matching Task Difficulty to Learning Ability Using the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities-Revised
GENEVIEVE N. ROY-WSIAKI (Université de Saint Boniface), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills-Revised (ABLLS-R) is used in many Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) programs. The Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities-Revised (ABLA-R) is a robust indicator of discrimination learning ability. Failed ABLA-R levels are difficult to teach and tasks mismatched to a client’s highest-passed ABLA-R level result in more aberrant behaviors than matched tasks. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether the difficulty of the training tasks taught to children enrolled in an EIBI program matched the learning abilities of the children, using retrospective assessment data. First, observers who were knowledgeable about the ABLA-R reliably categorized 99 of the 544 ABLLS-R tasks into individual ABLA-R levels. For a random sample of those 99 ABLLS-R tasks, autism consultants averaged 90.5% agreement that those tasks were taught at their categorized ABLA-R levels. Additionally, across a sample of 14 children, 81% of their training tasks were mismatched to each child’s highest-passed ABLA-R level. Across their 31 maladaptive behavior assessments, 61% of the assessments had elevated levels of maladaptive behavior. Finally, rates of acquisition of new training tasks were lower for mismatched tasks than for matched tasks. These findings have important implications for potentially improving EIBI services.
 
The Effects of Auditory Matching Acquisition on Subsequent Echoic Performance: Two Case Studies
JORDAN P. BOUDREAU (Autism Centers of Michigan)
Abstract: There are many children enrolled in EIBI programs who are missing important prerequisite skills, impacting their ability to learn even the most basic language skills. Some studies suggest that auditory discrimination ability could be a critical prerequisite skill for learning basic verbal repertoires including echoics and naming. The following case studies examine the relationship between teaching auditory discrimination and echoic acquisition for two children attending an EIBI program in Michigan. The children included in this case study demonstrated minimal or zero progress with current intervention strategies for teaching echoics and had missing auditory discrimination skills as identified by the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities-Revised (ABLA-R). Auditory-auditory matching was then taught directly to each participant while still engaging in regular echoic programming. Consistent with research findings, both clients made marked progress with their concurrent echoic programing, following successful acquisition of auditory matching. Implications for an assessment that allows for more effective and efficient guidance when choosing intervention strategy will be discussed.
 

Focusing on Early Developmental Discrimination Skills to Improve Treatment Outcomes for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KRISTA M. CLANCY (University Pediatricians Autism Center)
Abstract:

When implementing intensive intervention plans for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), we tend to see two profiles of children, those who are in the best outcome group and those who are not. The typical profile of a child in the best outcome group is one with some basic language, imitation and a multitude of available reinforcers. Auditory discrimination has been linked to the development of these early learning skills. By using the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities Revised (ABLA-R) to assess a childs ability to discriminate we can determine if they are likely to respond well to a typical ABA curriculum. If a child does not discriminate, it will be necessary to teach earlier developmental skills in visual and auditory discrimination, that when missing, are likely to hinder a childs response to treatment. This presentation will focus on preliminary treatment modifications aimed to teach early discrimination skills identified from comparison studies between children with ASD and those that are typically developing between the ages of 0-1. If these early developmental discrimination skills are targeted in treatment before working on language, imitation and play skills, children with poor discrimination skills may more readily respond to intensive ABA treatment intervention techniques.

 
 
Symposium #407
CE Offered: BACB
Instructional Programs for Children With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Regan Weston (Baylor University)
Discussant: David M. Richman (Texas Tech University)
CE Instructor: Christina Fragale, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Effective instructional programs are critical for children with intellectual and developmental disabilities; however, many factors are involved in developing effective instructional programs. This this symposium, we present research regarding recent advancements in instructional programs. The first presentation will address considerations of mand topographies on functional communication training (FCT). Results indicate that mand proficiency should be considered when selecting mand topographies during FCT addressing problem behaviors that serve multiple functions. The second presentation will discuss the effectiveness of a discrimination training procedure to teach participants when newly-aqauired mands would be honored. Results suggest mands acquired during FCT can be successfully placed under stimulus control while maintaining low levels of challenging behavior. The third presentation will address the effects of preferences incorporated into non-preferred tasks on task engagement and indices of happiness. Results indicate incorporating preferences into tasks will increase behavioral indicators of happiness. The final presentation will discuss the effectiveness of two error correction procedures within a discrete-trial instructional program. Results suggest that error correction with and without vocal feedback produce similar rates of skill acquisition and problem behavior. The final discussion will summarize these studies, highlight the applied value of the results, and discuss future research.

Keyword(s): communication training, discrete-trial, discrimination training, happiness indicies
 

Further Evaluations of High and Low Proficiency Mands During Functional Communication Training to Treat Problem Behavior With Multiple Functions

CAYENNE SHPALL (The Univeristy of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Raechal Ferguson (University of Texas at Austin), Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Georgia), Samantha Swinnea (the Univeristy of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Although functional communication training (FCT) has been demonstrated in myriad studies to be an effective treatment of problem behavior, less is known about the possible influence of specific mand topographies on treatment outcomes. One exception, Ringdahl et al. (2009, found that high-proficiency mand topographies were more effective when targeted during FCT relative to low-proficiency mand topographies. Whereas Ringdahl et al. targeted single functions, no studies have evaluated the influence of proficiency across multiple functions of problem behavior. We conducted mand proficiency assessments with children who engaged in multiply maintained problem behavior. The results suggested that proficiency varied with mand topographies within and across functions of problem behavior. Next, we conducted FCT using high and low-proficiency mands across all demonstrated functions of problem behavior. Results varied within and across functions of problem behavior in terms of the effects of high and low-proficiency mand topographies. Implications regarding the selection and targeting of mand topographies during FCT when multiple functions of problem behaviors are indicated will be discussed.

 

Discrimination Training of Manding Following FCT Training to Decrease Challenging Behavior

CHRISTINA FRAGALE (The University of Texas, The Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk), Angel Filer (Bluebonnet Trails Community MHMR Center)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is an evidenced--based treatment of challenging behaviors in which an individual learns to appropriately request reinforcers as an alternative to engaging in challenging behaviors. However, there are situations in which the mand simply cannot be honored because the reinforcer is unavailable, resulting in the reemergence of challenging behavior. Few studies have empirically demonstrated methods to deal with these applied situations. In the current clinical investigation, stimulus control of the mand was established for 2 children with autism spectrum disorder to decrease challenging behavior. First, reinforcers for challenging behaviors were identified for each child and the children learned appropriate mands to functionally replace the challenging behavior. Next, the children entered into discrimination training in which colored cards indicated when appropriate mands would be honored (i.e., green card) and put on extinction (i.e., red card). Challenging behavior and appropriate mands were measured and an AB with multielement single--case design was utilized to evaluate discrimination training. Results showed that both children learned to mand when the green card was present but not when the red card was present. In addition, challenging behaviors remained low in both conditions.

 
Preferred Contexts as Motivating Operations for Indices of Happiness and Task Engagement
JESSICA EMILY SCHWARTZ (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Nicole H. Lustig (The University of Iowa), Jessica Detrick (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Historically, there has been reluctance in behavior analysis to study ‘happiness,’ likely because of the difficulties in operationalizing the construct (Wolf, 1978; Dillon & Carr, 2007). However, practitioners seek to provide interventions that not only reduce problem behavior, but improve quality of life. Green and Reid suggested that the first step in addressing this socially important and under-investigated issue is to operationalize indicators, or “indices,” of happiness. Their research suggests indices of happiness can be defined, reliably measured, and increased by access to preferred stimuli (Green & Reid, 1996; Green et al., 2005). Typically, in operant research, preferences are delivered as reinforcers for desirable behaviors. Alternatively, preferences can be incorporated as antecedents within otherwise non-preferred contexts, potentially altering motivation to participate in those contexts (Dunlap & Kern, 1996; Piazza et al., 2002). The current study investigated this approach within an outpatient clinic by measuring the effects of preferences incorporated into non-preferred tasks on indices of happiness and task engagement. Results show differentiation in these dependent measures associated with preference. The attached data show results for an initial participant, with whom we investigated the effects of preference for the type of activity within which was the task was embedded.
 
Evaluation of the Effects of Vocal Feedback During Error Correction on Skill Acquisition
MADISON CLOUD (Baylor Univeristy), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Regan Weston (Baylor University), Abby Hodges (Baylor University), Lauren Uptegrove (Baylor University), Tasia Brafford (Baylor University), Laura Phipps (Baylor University), Stacey Grebe (Baylor University)
Abstract: Variations in the error correction procedure of discrete-trial instructions exist across the literature. However, the effects of vocal feedback during error correction on skill acquisition have yet to be empirically evaluated. The present study evaluated the effects of two error correction procedures, one with and one without vocal feedback, on skill acquisition and challenging behavior were evaluated using an alternating treatment design. A constant time delay imbedded within a discrete-trial instruction procedure was utilized to teach participants with intellectual and developmental disabilities novel tasks. Contingent upon an error or no response, instructors prompted participants to produce the correct response. During error correction with vocal feedback, the instructor said “no” just before prompting the correct response. During error correction without vocal feedback, the instructor only prompted participants to produce the correct response. Additionally, effects of vocal feedback in isolation were evaluated before and after the use of error correction with vocal feedback. For most participants, the procedures result in equal rates of skill acquisition and challenging behavior. Clinical implications and areas for future research will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #408
CE Offered: BACB
Verbal Functions: From Learning Names to Writing Algorithms
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kieva Sofia Hranchuk (Columbia University)
Discussant: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We present four papers related to the establishment of complex verbal functions. The papers will cover a range of learned verbal functions from learning the names of things to learning to write complex algorithms to solve math problems. The first paper traces the conditioning process that allows individuals to learn more stimuli relations. The second paper tests the presence of naming for Mandarin Chinese phonemes in monolingual English-speaking preschool children. The third paper tested the effects of a social learning condition on the acquisition of writing as both direct and indirect reinforcement. The fourth paper tests the effects of a writing and peer-editing package on the acquisition of problem-solving repertoires in fourth grade students. Together, these four papers show the reinforcement sources for function in verbal behavior.

Keyword(s): algorithm writing, naming, reinforcement sources, verbal functions
 

How the Presence of the Listener Half of Naming Leads to Multiple Stimulus Control

CRYSTAL LO (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

I tested for the presence of Naming in six preschool students with developmental delays. Participants were presented with Naming experiences in which they had opportunities to observe a visual stimulus, an auditory non-spoken stimulus and an auditory spoken stimulus (i.e., the name of the stimulus). Probes were then conducted to test for the 1) presence of the listener half of Naming for visual stimuli, 2) the speaker half of Naming for visual stimuli, 3) the listener half of Naming for auditory stimuli, and 4) the speaker half of Naming for auditory stimuli. All participants demonstrated the listener half of Naming for visual stimuli. Next, I repeated the probe sequence in the same order, and participants emitted increasing numbers of correct responses. Following 3-4 sessions, all participants met criterion (80%) for each of the four responses.

 
The Effects of Echoic Training on the Emergence of Incidental Learning of Chinese by Monolingual English-Speaking Preschool Children
YU CAO (Teachers College Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: I conducted 3 experiments to investigate incidental language learning of Chinese by monolingual English-speaking preschool children who demonstrated Naming in English non-contrived stimuli. In Experiment 1, I tested for the presence of full echoic responses in Chinese with 30 monolingual English-speaking children. The participants were randomly assigned into two groups. Group I received echoic probes in Chinese phonemes with English approximations, while Group II received echoic probes in distinctive Chinese phonemes. Participants in both groups were probed for their echoic responses in English. Results showed that Group I outperformed Group II in the numbers of correct echoic responses in Chinese phonemes, suggesting that the numbers of correct echoic responses in Chinese were affected by the distinctiveness of the phonemes as well as participants’ echoic responses in English. Experiment II consisted of three probes to determine the presence of incidental learning of Chinese phonemes, Chinese non-contrived stimuli, and English contrived stimuli with 8 monolingual English-speaking preschool children who demonstrated Naming in English non-contrived stimuli. Results showed that none of the students demonstrated Naming in any of the probes. Three participants demonstrated listener component of Naming in Chinese phonemes, and 7 participants demonstrated listener component of Naming in Chinese non-contrived stimuli.
 
The Effect of Social Learning Conditions on the Establishment of Direct and Indirect Conditioned Reinforcement for Writing by Second Graders
JENNIFER LEE (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: I used two designs where pre and post-intervention probes were used as a functional analysis of conditioned reinforcement for writing (indirect) and automatic (direct) reinforcement value of writing. Participants were exposed to a social learning condition where they were deprived of opportunities to write. I first used a concurrent alternating treatments design to determine if the opportunity to write reinforced 3 second graders’ responding to performance tasks. Next, I used a delayed multiple baseline across participants design to determine if opportunities to write reinforced learning and if a social learning procedure could condition writing as a new reinforcer. In the indirect reinforcement for performance test, 2 treatment conditions were implemented where a known reinforcer or opportunities to write were delivered. In the indirect reinforcement for learning test, participants were given immediate access an opportunity to write upon correct responses to tact presentations. Results showed writing did not reinforce performance behaviors. Following the social learning procedure, automatic reinforcement for writing increased and opportunities to write reinforced both performance and acquisition of new operants for 2 participants, with marginal increases for 1 participant. The ability to acquire new reinforcers via social learning as a prerequisite for some higher order operants is discussed.
 

The Effects of Mastery of Editing Peers' Written Math Algorithms on Producing Effective Problem-Solving Algorithms

JENNIFER WEBER (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

I tested the effects of a writing and peer-editing package on the acquisition of problem solving, as measured by the outcome of how to solve a problem, with fourth grade students, using a delayed multiple probe design across dyads with counterbalanced stimuli. In Experiment 1, 4 participants in the fourth grade (ranging in age from 8 to 10 years) participated in the experiment and were selected because they could not write about solving multi-step word problems. Participants were placed in a dyad that consisted of a problem solver (writer) and a listener (peer editor as the target participant). The problem solver and listener interacted in a written topography in order to solve the problem. The writer produced an effective algorithm and the editor edited the algorithm using a checklist. Each dyad competed against a second dyad, using a peer yoked contingency game board as a motivating operation. The results of Experiment 1 demonstrated that a written dialogue, the role of peer editing (with the use of an algorithm), and the establishing operation of competition through the peer yoked contingency game board through peer editing (with the use of an algorithm), increased participant's writing about their word problem responses, which may be an indicator of problem solving.

 
 
Symposium #409
Making Behavior Meaningful: Behavior Analytic Studies in Values
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: VBC/OBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Ryan Albarado (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Coming into contact with values and engaging in behavior that’s consistent with one’s chosen values has been associated with many positive outcomes including increases in physical well being, mental health and overall increases in quality of life Increasing behaviors that are consistent with one's chosen values have been deemed as the primary purpose of multiple interventions. The data on basic processes underlying valued action, and the applicability of primary value-based interventions in different contexts is fairly limited. This symposium will expand upon the literature base on values and values-based interventions. The first paper examines the impact of derived values functions on behavioral flexibility and sensitivity to changing contingencies of reinforcement. The second paper transfer of organizational values functions through relational networks. The third paper examines the impact of values based interventions on levels of physical activity. The fourth paper examines the effect a values based protocol on implementation integrity of key parenting skills learned in a Behavioral Parent Training workshop. Implications for future directions and further interventions will be discussed.
Keyword(s): Derived Relations, Physical Activity, Relational Networks, Values
 
Be Cool, Stay in School: The Role of Derived Relational Responding in University Commitment and Values Convergence
MADISON GAMBLE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Benjamin Ramos (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Garret M Cantu (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Students commit a minimum of four years to the pursuit of a college degree; the reasons for doing so vary among individuals. Universities strive for excellence in academic performance and progressive research - so when student efficacy falters due to burnout symptoms, the university concurrently struggles. Meyer and Allen’s (1997) three-component model of organizational commitment is a common tool for discussing work performance and employee or student wellbeing. Some levels of commitment are correlated with higher risks of burnout than others. In theory, universities or organizations could see an increase in success rates if all of its members were affectively committed, pursuing their values through performance, and were psychologically flexible. Research supports that greater psychological flexibility can put students in better contact with values centered contingencies of positive reinforcement (Bond, 2006). Using an original RFT based computer program, this pilot study aimed to demonstrate the transfer of organizational values functions through relational networks of arbitrary stimuli making a contribution to potential interventions for employees and student well-being and organizational efficacy.
 

Values and Behavioral Flexibility: What Are the Effects of Valuing on Sensitivity to Contingencies of Reinforcement?

GINA BOULLION (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Values have long been vital to the psychological flexibility model and valuing has been the topic of countless papers in the Contextual Behavioral Science community; however, relatively little investigation has been done in regards to how valuing effects behavioral variability and sensitivity to changing contingencies. It is thought that holding rigid ideas about what values one must pursue and how one must pursue them can create fused values, which can result in inflexible behavioral repertories and lowered ability to contact present contingencies of reinforcement. The current study examined behavioral flexibility and sensitivity to changing contingencies of reinforcement by having participants engage in a game, the point of which was to amass the most points by clicking on different stimuli (i.e. chosen value words, meaningless words, non-sense syllables, and arbitrary stimuli), while the point value associated with each stimulus changed periodically. Preliminary data suggest that sensitivity to reinforcers may be inhibited in the presence of values. Implications of contingency sensitivity in the presence of values and future directions will be discussed.

 

Investigating the Use of an Acceptance and Commitment Training to Enhance a Behavioral Parent Training With Parents of Children With Autism

JILL DEFREITAS (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Behavioral Parent Training (BPT) is an effective teaching package that is often used to teach new parenting skills. It has been found to be effective in teaching these to mastery, but performance often returns back to baseline levels due to competing contingencies and histories of ineffective practices. In an effort to positively affect treatment integrity across time, this study examined the effect an Acceptance and Commitment Training protocol may have on implementation integrity of key parenting skills learned in a BPT workshop. The parent was exposed to a behavioral parent training workshop targeting four parenting tools using a standard behavioral skills training procedure. Follow up measures were collected on implementation integrity and rate of parental coercive behaviors. When mastery of implementation and a low rate of parental coercives were observed, both of these returned toward baseline levels after a period in which no training was in place. Following this, the parent participated in an Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACTr) workshop consisting of experiential exercises, metaphors, and homework assignments. After the workshop, implementation integrity of parenting tools increased further, and frequency of negative parent-child interactions decreased, as well.

 
Evaluating the Effectiveness of Values Based Training to Impact Physical Activity in Adults
JESSICA SYKES (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This study aimed to investigate the use of values based training with typically developing adults to affect levels of physical activity recorded by Fit Bit Flex technology in the form of step count. Traditional approaches have shown promise but with mixed results. Interestingly, one must look outside of behavior analysis for interventions attempting to affect control by an individual’s covert verbal behavior. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been shown to be effective in various behavior change areas by using a values based approach that focuses on the control of rules and their motivative functions. An ACT training protocol (ACTr) consisting of values identification, present moment training, and committed action (goal setting) was implemented across four sessions to teach various tools in an effort to relate personal values to physical activity and create short-term and long-term goals with respect to those values. Results show small to moderate increases in physical activity during intervention with continued increases seen in follow-up. These results support the potential of using values based training to increase physical activity levels.
 
 
Paper Session #410
Assessments for Developing Comprehensive Behavior Analytic Therapy Programs: Where's the Research?
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:20 AM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA
Chair: Kira Austin (Whitworth University)
 

Assessments for Developing Comprehensive Behavior Analytic Therapy Programs: Where's the Research?

Domain: Service Delivery
KIRA AUSTIN (Whitworth University)
 
Abstract:

The use of criterion based assessments to establish baseline skills for developing ABA program goals has been a long established practice. However, in recent years there has been growing use of two specific assessments in the field: the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills- Revised (ABLLS-R) and the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP). Despite the widespread use of these assessments there is little published research documenting the reliability and validity of these measures. This presentation will share initial pilot data on the reliability and validity of each measure as well as convergent validity between measures. This session will take an in-depth look at the alignment and overlap in items between the two measures and how they are conceptually similar and different in their construct of verbal behavior. Participants will also be provided with recommendations for assessment use, practical strategies for enhancing consistency amongst assessors, and sample fidelity checklists.

 
 
 
Symposium #411
CE Offered: BACB
Pre-Session Pairing: Procedural Development and Experimental Evaluation of a Commonly Recommended Practice in Early Intervention
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Ashley Marie Lugo, Ph.D.
Abstract: Pre-session pairing (PSP) is a procedure designed to function as an antecedent intervention to decrease challenging behavior exhibited during structured teaching (e.g., discrete trial teaching). Pre-session pairing consists of multiple topographies of interactions between a therapist and client in an unstructured format (e.g., play). Literature on the verbal behavior approach to teaching language suggests the use of PSP at the onset of treatment and as a component of ongoing therapy. Procedures are described as a therapist delivering preferred tangible items and/or activities to a client prior to introducing demands (Barbera, 2007; Sundberg & Partington, 1998). However, such resources lack technological precision to promote reliable procedural implementation across clinical service providers. This symposium will first review pre-session pairing and rapport literature and operationally define behaviors that pre-session pairing encompasses. Following a review and introduction of pre-session pairing, methodology to train staff to implement pre-session pairing will be introduced and the final presentation will examine the effects of pre-session pairing on child behavior.
Keyword(s): Early Intervention, Pre-Session Pairing, VB Approach
 
What is Pre-Session Pairing? Developing a Procedure to Reflect Clinical Recommendations
ASHLEY MARIE LUGO (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Pre-session pairing and rapport are referenced as important components to successful early intervention programming (Barbera, 2007; Smith, 2001; Sundberg & Partington, 1998). However, little research has been conducted examining pre-session pairing. Given the importance of quality rapport between service providers and clientele, efforts should be made to operationally define rapport and experimentally evaluate its effects. During this presentation, literature referencing pre-session pairing and rapport will be reviewed, the clinical rationale for PSP in early intervention will be presented, and a technological PSP procedure will be introduced.
 
A Comparison of Procedures to Train Staff to Implement Pre-Session Pairing
Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), LAUREN STROKER (Florida Institute of Technology), Natalie Rose Mandel (Florida Institute of Technology), Regina Nastri (Florida Institute of Technology), Marilynn Vanessa Colato (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Popular curriculum guides on EIBI for children with autism often recommend that staff conduct “pairing” sessions prior to running skill acquisition programs. It is unclear whether the descriptions provided in these treatment manuals are sufficient to evoke the desired behaviors among staff. The purpose of the present study is to examine the effects of three training approaches in a sequential fashion: first, staff read a published description of the procedure. If that was not sufficient to evoke the desired behaviors, Behavioral Skills Training (instructions, modeling, practice and feedback) was delivered. If the accuracy criteria were still not achieved, the trainees were then asked to self-monitor their behavior. Experimenters collected data on staff performance on each step of a task analysis depicting the pairing procedure. In addition to treatment integrity data, inter-observer agreement data were collected. A combined reversal and non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants was used to evaluate the effects of training on accurate implementation of pairing procedures. Data collection are ongoing at the present time; however, pilot data with three participants indicate that Behavioral Skills Training is effective at achieving the desired level of accuracy on implementation of the pre-session pairing procedure. We anticipate that data collection for all components of the study will be completed by the end of December.
 
Effects of Pre-Session Pairing on Child Behavior and Preference for Alternative Therapeutic Conditions
Ashley Marie Lugo (Saint Louis University), JANELLE PECK (University of Nebraksa Medical Center), John Lamphere (Little Leaves Behavioral Services)
Abstract: Pre-session pairing is a procedure referenced by professional literature on the Verbal Behavior Approach to build rapport and increase compliance of children with autism (e.g., Barbera & Rasmussen, 2007; McGreevy, 2009; Sundberg & Partington, 2008). There is limited empirical evidence describing pre-session pairing in a technological manner and a scarcity of data demonstrating the effects of said pairing procedures on child behavior. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of pre-session pairing and alternative therapeutic conditions on compliance with instructions and negative vocalizations. Participants were exposed to three conditions using a multielement design: pre-session pairing prior to DTT, free play prior to DTT, or immediate onset of DTT. A concurrent chain arrangement was used to assess preference for therapeutic conditions. Treatment integrity and inter-observer agreement were calculated across both phases of the study. Responding across dependent variables indicated differentiation in the pre-session pairing condition. Subsequent allocation of responses in the concurrent chain arrangement showed differentiation of the pre-session pairing condition from the free-play and DTT conditions. Data from additional participants and implications for future research will be discussed. Data collection is expected to be complete by December 2015.
 
 
Symposium #412
Children With Autism and Shelter Cat Volunteers Get Closer to Dogs, or Not
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

Should I approach this dog? Whether children with autism or animal shelter volunteers approaching a member of canis familarius, steps should be taken to reduce fear in and to recognize risk to homo sapiens. At least 29.8% of individuals diagnosed with autism are diagnosed with a clinical phobia such as a fear of dogs. Behaviorally, phobias may involve exposure to a highly aversive stimulus that elicits negative emotional behavior (e.g., crying, increased heart rate, etc.) and/or occasions excessive escape/avoidance. In this symposium, respondent and operant conditioning were used to teach three children with autism to approach dogs. In a different study, shelter volunteers that exclusively worked with cats, were taught using videos, then real dogs, to recognize dogs that, for safety’s sake, they should not approach.

Keyword(s): contact desensitization, discrimination training, dogs, shelter volunteers
 
Teaching Shelter Cat Volunteers to Discriminate Canid Ethological Correlates of Aggression
TERRI M. BRIGHT (MSPCA Angell)
Abstract: Animal shelter volunteers typically spend time with the species of animal they prefer. However, they are continuously exposed to other species with whose ethological signals they are unfamiliar. If cat volunteers were more familiar with signs of dog fear and/or aggression, they could expand their volunteer capabilities and have increased safety as they moved though the shelter environment. Training each volunteer individually, or holding separate training classes costs shelter personnel precious time. Instead, in this experiment, cat volunteers were recruited to be trained in a pilot program whereby they learned canine body language via instructional video. After viewing a video containing 17 short clips of dog body language, they were asked to describe what they observed. They were then trained via photographs, textual descriptions, and videos to recognize 5 typical canid signals correlated with fear/aggression. They then observed the same series of videos and once again described what they observed. When they met the criteria of describing all clips correctly, they were tested on real dogs as to their ability to recognize these canid signals.
 

Contact Desensitization Plus Operant Reinforcement for Approach Responses in the Treatment of Dog Phobia With Children With Autism

SHANNON LEIGH TYNER (HOPE Foundation/Florida Institute of Technology), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), Meghan M. Pangborn Helman (Project Hope Foundation), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

At least 29.8% of individuals diagnosed with autism are diagnosed with a clinical phobia (Van Steensel & Bogels, 2011). Behaviorally, phobias may involve exposure to a highly aversive stimulus that elicits negative emotional behavior (e.g., crying, increased heart rate, etc.) and/or occasion excessive escape/avoidance. In our practice, several groups of parents reported their child with autism avoided dogs and would often exhibit emotional behaviors. The childrens dog phobia prevented parents from going on walks with their child around the neighborhood, to the park, and to play dates with peers that owned a dog. Moreover, parents that expressed an interest in owning a dog could not do so until their childs dog phobia was treated. Using a multiple baseline design, we evaluated the effects of contact desensitization plus operant reinforcement on approach toward a dog in three children with autism. During baseline behavioral avoidance tests, none of the children approached the dog. Our results show that the treatment package produced clinically-significant changes in approach towards dogs; mean IOA was 100%. All three children interacted with dogs in analog and natural settings, and parents/caregivers provided high ratings of consumer satisfaction regarding the goals, treatment, and outcomes.

 
 
Panel #413
CE Offered: BACB
Insurance and Autism Providers: Putting the Pieces Together
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Teresa M. Boussom, M.S.
Chair: Howard Savin (Autism Services Group)
TERESA M. BOUSSOM (Beacon Health Options)
ADRYON KETCHAM (Goals for Autism)
Abstract:

The emergence of insurance funded Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) benefits has introduced new requirements and complexity for providers of ABA services. Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) are finding themselves in a new contractual relationship with health care plans without prior experience with utilization management and submission of claims. Managed care plans apply traditional insurance principles including medical necessity to the authorization of autism services to ensure appropriate treatment is being provided. They also demand knowledge of insurance terminology, billing practices and information sharing that may be outside the realm of a BCBA practitioners historical practice. The panelists will address the barriers that can arise between a managed care plan and ABA providers and focus on steps for facilitating the development of a collaborative relationship between provider and health plan. The panel will include professionals from managed care organizations that will discuss the importance of using data to inform and direct treatment progress, keys to obtaining authorization for treatment and critical information that is consistently reviewed by care managers. Other panelists will be ABA service providers who will share their perspective as to lessons learned and effective strategies used in their work with managed care organizations.

Keyword(s): autism providers, insurance, service delivery
 
 
Symposium #414
CE Offered: BACB
Engineering Behavioral Cusps for Verbal Behavior Development
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN)
Discussant: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
CE Instructor: Richard E. Laitinen, Ph.D.
Abstract: Verbal behavior development requires not only the acquisition of the major functional classes (tact, mand, intraverbal, etc) but the acquisition of mediated behavioral cusps that support the generative use of established verbal behavior capacities. The first paper presented here will explore the sequential attainment of primary verbal operants throughout the course of several years during intensive verbal behavior instruction. The second paper will demonstrate the application of shaping technology to establish direct line of sight, “visual regard,” as a propaedeutic behavioral cusp for the further development of more complex and multiply determined joint attending capacities. The presentation of these studies will be followed by a discussant.
 
A Functional Analysis of Primary Verbal Operants on the Continuum of Language Development
Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN), SARA GARBARINI (David Gregory School)
Abstract: The purpose of these series of longitudinal studies was to show the gradual and sequential attainment of primary verbal operants during the teaching of functional language in several young children within the autism spectrum disdorder. The children were taught language following the Verbal Behavior Curriculum™. Prior to teaching verbal operants we taught basic core programs to obtain instructional control, generalized imitation and listener repertoire. Each verbal operant was taught in isolation. Data were collected and analyzed on each verbal operant taught. The analysis of the data indicated that (1) the acquisition of a listener repertoire was needed before primary verbal operants were acquired and (2) the acquisition of ecoic repertoire was needed before mands and tacts were acquired.
 

Shaping Visual Regard as a Behavioral Cusp

RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Educational and Developmental Therapies, San Jose), Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to demonstrate the application of shaping technology to establish direct line of sight, visual regard, as a propaedeutic behavioral cusp for the further development of more complex and multiply determined joint attending capacities. The participants were three boys classified with autism with ages ranging between three and five years old. All three learners attended an ABA-based special needs school for children with autism. A multiple probe design across participants was used to document the impact efficacy of the procedure, which consisted of several systematically applied steps, with some variations, per learner. Visual regard was observed in different settings and at different times to determine maintenance and generalization of the skill.

 
 
Symposium #415
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Increasing Children’s Physical Activity
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Abstract: As the prevalence of overweight and obesity continues to increase in children, researchers are focusing on strategies to increase children’s physical activity to decrease weight and promote health. This symposium includes three papers evaluating interventions for increasing children’s physical activity. In the first paper, Heather Zerger describes an intervention implemented in an elementary school to increase physical activity during recess. The intervention, consisting of peer competition and feedback implemented in an ABAB design, increased the number of steps as measured by pedometers. In the second paper, Bryon Miller describes a pedometer-based intervention consisting of comparative feedback between two teams of students, with additional self-monitoring, goal setting, and reinforcement components, to increase physical activity during recess in an elementary school. Self-monitoring and feedback increased steps over feedback alone and the addition of rewards increased steps over goal setting, feedback, and self-monitoring. In the third paper, Matthew Eckard describes an intervention consisting of heart-rate feedback for increasing moderate to vigorous physical activity in children. The results showed that heart rate feedback increased physical activity to a greater extent than did instructions alone, but that rewards may also be necessary in some cases.
Keyword(s): children, feedback, physical activity, self-monitoring
 

Evaluating the Effects of Peer Competition on Physical Activity During School Recess

HEATHER ZERGER (University of South Florida), Bryon Miller (University of South Florida), Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was evaluate the effects of peer competition and feedback during recess on childrens step counts. Participants were exposed to a comparative feedback intervention according to an ABAB reversal design. During baseline, participants wore a pedometer during the recess period of the school day. However, the device was sealed and therefore no feedback was available from the pedometer. Additionally, no performance feedback was made available to the participants. During intervention, participants with higher step counts, identified during baseline, were paired with participants with lower step counts. Once placed into teams, participants were allowed to look at their pedometers and share their step counts with their partners, as well as other teams. Results of the study demonstrated an overall increase in step count from baseline to intervention. These results suggest that childrens steps during recess can be maximized by being placed into small teams and receiving immediate feedback about their performance on the playground.

 

Evaluating Public Posting and Goal Setting to Increase Physical Activity During School Recess

BRYON MILLER (University of South Florida), Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida), Heather Zerger (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Many schools have scaled back or completely removed their physical education programs. Therefore, promoting physical activity during times of the day when children have the opportunity to be physically active, such as recess, is increasingly important. We evaluated a pedometer-based intervention consisting of comparative feedback between two teams of students, with additional self-monitoring, goal setting, and reinforcement components, to increase the physical activity level in an elementary school classroom. We found that in the absence of self-monitoring, performance feedback alone did not increase activity levels above those observed during baseline. Additionally, higher levels of physical activity were observed when goal-setting was introduced, with the highest levels of activity observed when raffle tickets could be earned for exceeding a specified step-total goal. We will discuss classroom, team, and individual data, and their implications, in terms of responders and non-responders to the intervention.

 
Utilizing a Biofeedback Approach to Increase Physical Activity in Children
MATTHEW LELAND ECKARD (West Virginia University), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Hana Kuwabara (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Approaches to combat the growing problem of childhood obesity include recommendations that children engage in beneficial moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA). In this study, we assessed the efficacy of a novel feedback procedure in increasing physical activity (PA) levels on various exercises at a local YMCA as indicated by changes in heart rate (HR). First, target HRs indicative of MVPA were identified for four individuals by having them alternatively walk, jog, and be still. Next, individual baseline HR levels were determined as participants used various exercise equipment at the YMCA. Prior to biofeedback training, participants were given a verbal instruction to exercise at a level similar to when they were jogging, which was insufficient in increasing HR to vigorous PA (VPA) levels for three of the four participants. Finally, biofeedback on HR was provided to two participants during exercise, which targeted the individualized VPA HR zone for each participant. Results showed that biofeedback increased HR to VPA levels for both participants, although, for one participant, tangible reinforcement for increased HR was necessary. These data suggest that providing feedback to children with respect to exercise behavior can help them reach beneficial levels of PA.
 
 
Symposium #416
If I Were You and You Were Me: Clinical Applications of Perspective Taking Protocols
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Alyson Giesemann (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Perspective taking is an important skill in the interaction of humans. Perspective taking can be defined as the ability to understand ones own experience as separate from another individuals experience. It is typically studied in developmental psychology using Theory of Mind Tasks. Relational Frame Theory offers a behavioral conceptualization of perspective taking as based in deictic relational responding relational responses that involve discrimination of a particular perspective (i.e., here vs. there, or now vs. then). This symposium explores deictic relational responding in children on the autism spectrum, individuals who are deaf, or individuals with traumatic brain injury. The first paper will extend previous research on the convergence between deictic relational responding and true and false beliefs in children with autism. The second paper will present data on teaching perspective taking skills to adults with TBI through established protocols, which utilize deictic relational frames. The third paper will review the literature on perspective taking in the Deaf and will offer an overview of the adaptation of the Deictic Relational Task for use with deaf individuals.

Keyword(s): autism, brain trauma, deaf community, perspective taking
 

Examining the Effects of Deictic Relation Training on Advanced Theory of Mind in Children With Autism

SAMANTHA BRODERICK (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (Tandem Behavioral Health & Wellness)
Abstract:

Perspective taking is a pivotal behavioral repertoire essential for social functioning, and is what some recognize as a hallmark deficit of the Autism Spectrum Disorder. Relational Frame Theory conceptualizes perspective taking in terms of deictic relational responding, or the ability to relate events based on the discrimination of a particular perspective. Advances in the study of deictic relational responding have included the development of a perspective taking training protocol shown to improve performance on false belief tasks in typically developing children; however, there has been little research on the generality of these findings in children with ASD. The role of deictic relational responding in social interaction is also undetermined. The following data extend on previous findings of the role of deictic relational responding on true and false belief and lend support to their application on advanced Theory of Mind tasks. Implications for promoting social skills in children with autism are also discussed.

 

Teaching Perspective Taking to Adults With Traumatic Brain Injury

JACQUELINE COHEN (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (Tandem Behavioral Health & Wellness)
Abstract:

Each year in the U.S., around 1.7 million people sustain a TBI and of those, approximately 52,000 die, 275,000 are hospitalized, and 1.365 million are treated and released from an emergency department. There are several factors which contribute to potential outcomes for people with TBI related disabilities, including the age at which the person sustained the injury, amount of time since the injury occurred, and the severity of the injury. Behavior analytic approaches to TBI recovery generally include basic behavior change programming involving both reduction and acquisition. One repertoire known to be severely affected after brain injury is perspective taking. The ability to take the perspective of another greatly contributes to social interactions and involves a complex set of skills. To date, behavior analysis has not shown the ability to adequately affect the re-acquisition of this repertoire. A small number of studies have attempted to train perspective taking skills in populations lacking the ability, but none with people with TBI. This study aimed to teach perspective taking skills to adults with TBI through established protocols, which utilize deictic relational frames.

 
Do You Hear What I See: Perspective Taking and Deictic Relational Responding in the Deaf
REBECCA COPELL (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Perspective taking is the ability to understand one’s own experience, thoughts, and ideas as separate from another individual’s experience, thoughts, and ideas. In developmental psychological research, perspective taking is conceptualized in terms of Theory of Mind. In short, perspective taking is thought to be individuals’ understanding that others have minds. Tasks to assess theory of mind include but are not limited to the Sally-Anne test and false-photograph test. Data comparing Theory of Mind in Deaf vs. hearing individuals is mixed. This inconsistency may be attributable to cultural or language differences rather than actual perspective taking abilities. Relational Frame Theory offers a behavioral conceptualization of perspective taking as based in deictic relational responding – relational responses that involve discrimination of a particular perspective (i.e., here vs. there, or now vs. then). The Deictic Relational task was developed to assess perspective taking in terms of deictic relational responding. This paper will review the literature on perspective taking in Deaf individuals, and provides an overview of the adaptation of the Deictic Relational Task for use with Deaf individuals. Implications for further assessment and treatment development targeting perspective taking in the Deaf will be discussed.
 
 
Panel #417
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Risky Business Part Deux: Ethics and Applied Interventions in the Area of Sexuality
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Area: CSE/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Brigid McCormick, M.A.
Chair: Brigid McCormick (Precision ABA, LLC)
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change)
BOBBY NEWMAN (Room to Grow)
RACHEL LOFTIN (AARTS Center, Rush University Medical Center)
Abstract:

In general, when we as Applied Behavior Analysts carry out behavioral interventions, we must look carefully to address or eliminate potential ethical concerns. When working with sexual behaviors in particular, potential ethical concerns abound, especially when those we work with have intellectual or developmental disabilities. There are also legal implications of which we must be cognizant when working in the delicate domain of sexual behavior. Using research and clinical case examples to illustrate their points, members of this panel will address some of the legal and ethical concerns and themes that commonly arise when clinicians are called upon to address issues related to sexual behavior in applied settings. Panelists will also discuss reasons why behaviors that are sexual in nature may warrant targeted behavior change efforts through empirically verified sex education curricula and behavior reduction programming, as well as situations in which it would be unethical to target such behaviors.

Keyword(s): community, ethics, safety, sex ed
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #418
CE Offered: BACB

Stereotypes Can Kill: Processes of Injustice in Criminal Trials

Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Todd A. Ward, Ph.D.
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC)
JOHN HAGEDORN (University of Illinois at Chicago)
John Hagedorn is professor of Criminology, Law, and Justice at the University of Illinois at Chicago. He has conducted research on gangs and violence for the past 30 years. He has written three books and edited two books on gangs: People & Folks, A World of Gangs, The In$ane Chicago Way: The Daring Plan by Chicago Gangs to Create a Spanish Mafia, Female Gangs in America, and Gangs in the Global City. Additionally, he has written many scholarly and popular articles. He has consulted on more than 65 criminal trials, a majority concerning gang-related homicides. His website, gangresearch.net, has the motto of “research not stereotypes.” Before earning his Ph.D. in Urban Studies, he was a civil rights and peace activist and organized against police abuse. He and his wife live in Milwaukee and have 6 children and 8 grandchildren.
Abstract:

Judges and juries easily accept information that is consistent with stereotypes but tend to resist information that is inconsistent with them. When groups like gangs, terrorists, or prostitutes are demonized the facts become framed in a manner that a guilty verdict or severe sentence becomes likely. Experience in dozens of gang-related trials is drawn on to confirm how stereotypes can produce processes of injustice. Language from police interrogations, prosecutor's arguments, and Hagedorn's court testimony are examined to explain how in gang-related criminal trials it is often the frames that matter not the facts. When the frames are hard, Lakoff says, the facts sometimes bounce off.

Target Audience:

Certified Behavior Analysts and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: Pending.
 
 
Symposium #419
CE Offered: BACB
New Horizons in Training Parents of Children With Autism
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Evelyn R. Gould (FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Evelyn R. Gould, M.A.
Abstract:

Ample research has demonstrated that behavioral interventions implemented directly with children with autism are effective in producing a large variety of socially meaningful behavior changes. However, parents will always be the ones who have the greatest influence on the outcome of their children. Parent training, therefore, continues to be a major priority, if behavior change is to be broad and enduring. This symposium brings together two presentations that push the envelope of standard behavioral parent training. The first presentation, by Taira Lanagan, consists of an evaluation of a tele health approach to training parents to treat their children's food selectivity. The second presentation, by Evelyn Gould, consists of an evaluation of a acceptance and commitment-based approach to training parents of children with autism. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Karen Kate Kellum.

Keyword(s): ACT, feeding, parent training, telehealth
 

A Telemedicine Approach to Training Parents to Treat Their Child's Food Selectivity

TAIRA LANAGAN (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), Courtney Tarbox Lanagan (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
Abstract:

Ample research has established the effectiveness of behavior analytic approaches to treating feeding disorders in children with autism. However, very few experts in feeding disorders are available to provide treatment. Therefore, methods for disseminating expertise more broadly are needed. This presentation consists of a study that evaluated a telemedicine approach to training parents to treat their child's food selectivity. Overall, parents were amenable to training at great distances and child gains resembled that which is normally obtained with behavior analysts directly implementing treatment.

 

Acceptance and Commitment Approach to Training Parents of Children With Autism

EVELYN R. GOULD (FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Behavioral parent training is a critical component of effective treatment for children with autism, however, practitioners frequently encounter challenges with respect to parent involvement and the delivery of parent training. The potential role of covert verbal behavior in parenting interactions and compliance with treatment protocols has not been addressed significantly by the behavioral parent training literature. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is a behavior analytic intervention that seeks to increase adaptive, flexible responding by decreasing the influence of problematic private events, such as overly rigid rule-deriving and rule-following. ACT has been shown to be effective with a wide-range of populations and issues, however, research involving parents of children with ASD is currently in its infancy. This ongoing study will examine the effects of a brief ACT-based parent training protocol on involvement (e.g., attendance and participation in team meetings), treatment adherence, and child problem behavior. In addition, this study will assess the feasibility and benefits of implementing this brief protocol within the context of community-based ABA service delivery.

 
 
Symposium #420
Experimental Analysis of Invertebrate Behavior
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Zurich FG, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Chris Varnon (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract:

Although the experimental analysis of behavior often seeks to generalize the principles of behavior to a diverse range of species, invertebrate research is still relatively uncommon. This is unfortunate as invertebrates are good candidates for many experimental paradigms and invertebrates are more practical subjects in terms of cost and maintenance than many traditional vertebrate subjects. This symposium will discuss several experiments in behavior analysis using invertebrates as subjects. The first will discuss the ability of honey bees to use social stimuli in an aversive conditioning paradigm, the second will discuss a chaining task in honey bees that is analogous to some vertebrate problem solving tasks, and the third will discuss an olfactory sign-tracking experiment in hissing cockroaches. The presentations will relate the findings to the behavioral ecology of the subject species, and compare and contrast the trends in invertebrate behavior analysis with what is commonly observed in traditional vertebrate subjects.

Keyword(s): comparative psychology, insect, Invertebrate
 
Social Discriminative Stimuli in Aversive Conditioning in Honey Bees
CHRIS VARNON (Oklahoma State University), Christopher Dinges (Oklahoma State University), Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract: In this experiment, 355 honey bees (Apis mellifera) were divided into 18 groups to assess if bees were able to use a hive mate or a Polistes exclamans paper wasp as a discriminative stimulus in an aversive conditioning paradigm. Subject bees were shocked if they entered one side of a shuttle box. A hive mate or a paper wasp placed in a chamber at one end of the shuttle box acted as a discriminative stimulus. Subjects were shocked either when they entered the half of the shuttle box with the discriminative stimulus, or when they entered the opposite half of the shuttle box as the discriminative stimulus, depending on group. Traditional spatial discrimination groups, where no discriminative stimulus was used, and color discrimination groups, where a blue or yellow color acted as a discriminative stimulus were also included. General findings indicate that bees did not perform much better when a hive mate or paper wasp acted as discriminative stimulus as they did in spatial discrimination conditions, even when a hive mate or paper wasp should provide more information about the contingency than a pure spatial discrimination task. This may suggest that honey bees have difficulty responding to multiple simultaneous stimuli, or that honey bees have difficulty using hive mates and paper wasps as discriminative stimuli in this type of aversive conditioning paradigm.
 

Operant Conditioning in Honey Bees (Apis mellifera): The Cap Pushing Response

CHRISTOPHER DINGES (Oklahoma State University), Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract:

Honey bees were trained to perform a cap pushing task developed by Abramson, Dinges, & Wells (manuscript in preparation). The bees were trained to gather sucrose from a food dish. Following multiple independent visits, the bees were shaped to press a cap to gain access to the reward. Nave bees were unable to perform the task without shaping. Following training and acquisition of steady state responding, a physically distinct cap was introduced to cover the sucrose well and the previously trained cap was moved to the side to present the bee with a discrimination task. Honey bees returned to and pushed the previously trained cap even in the absence of food reward. Error rates rapidly reduced over consecutive trials. A second introduction of a new cap resulted in recovery of erroneous responding that quickly disappeared over consecutive trials. Introduction of multiple caps resulted in pushing of previously trained caps only. These results indicate that bees can be trained to perform arbitrary tasks to access food reward; in this case, the cap pressing response and food reward are associated. Behavior that can be interpreted as problem solving or insightful are the result of prior experience as bees absent training do not perform the cap pushing response. More complex cognitive faculties that direct insightful behavior, such as object permanence or an understanding of the physical and mechanical nature of objects, are absent.

 

Sign-Tracking and Goal-Tracking in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach

ELIZABETH HARRI-DENNIS (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Sign-tracking is the response we sometimes see when repeated presentations of a signal stimulus indicate the availability of a preferred stimulus. The organism then learns the association so well that it responds to the signal stimulus, even if it jeopardizes the organisms ability to obtain a preferred stimulus. Hearst and Jenkins (1974) identified several variables that influence sign-tracking. Principally, sign-tracking has been shown with environmental arrangements that include a correlation between the presentation of signal stimulus and the availability of a preferred stimulus, a localizable signal stimulus that does not create additional cues, and a dependent measure of an approach response towards the signal stimulus (Hearst & Jenkins, 1974). However, the majority of these studies were performed with rats and pigeons (Hears & Jenkins, 1974). This study investigates the relevant arrangements with the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (MHC) in a cross-species replication. Determining stimulus saliency and preference in the MHC are the key elements of this investigation. Pilot investigations have shown associative learning in the MHC with scent as the conditioned stimulus. Sign-tracking will be demonstrated by stability criteria, and persistence in responding to the signal stimulus when the spatial distance of the signal stimulus from the preferred stimulus is increased in successive trials.

 
 
Symposium #421
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Methods and Laboratory Infrastructure to Better Understand Human Behavior
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Zurich D, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
CE Instructor: Matthew L. Johnson, M.S.
Abstract:

As costs and bureaucratic considerations have diminished the existence of traditional animal labs in the study of the basic processes underlying behavior, advances in the research of non-traditional organisms have advanced considerably over the past decade. The symposium will discuss how to build an invertebrate laboratory in behavior analysis graduate programs, evaluate the use of robotic technology in application with aquatic vertebrates, and discuss the past, present, and future of the use of animal models in behavior analytic research. Together, these talks will highlight a method for building an animal laboratory when resources may not be available to maintain traditional laboratory arrangements, as well as discuss the idiosyncratic advantages associated with each of the species examined.

Keyword(s): Animal Laboratory, Aquatic Invertebrates, Robotic Technology
 
Becoming Invertebrate Researchers: Starting a Laboratory, Building Apparatuses, and Studying the Behavior of Organisms
MATTHEW L. JOHNSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ashley Shayter (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Recently, there has been a good deal of discussion about alternatives to conventional animal learning and research laboratories. Many of these discussions have been conceptual in nature including topics such as economic and logistic considerations, the utilization of nontraditional model organisms, and alternatives to expensive commercial equipment. While these discussions have provided the behavioral community with a number of practical suggestions, it is rarely the case that the practice of actually creating a laboratory, especially one that is nonconventional, is given much attention. It seems to be the case that this skill is assumed to be in the repertoire of behavior analysts without ever having been explicitly taught. The behavioral community would likely benefit from a discussion of this topic as it is important for the future of the field that this skill not be lost as older behavior analysts pass the torch. Therefore, the purpose of this presentation is to elaborate on the process of creating a new laboratory while considering previously discussed downsides associated with traditional laboratories for the experimental analysis of behavior.
 
The Robotic Aquatic Operant Lab: Reducing Cost and Increasing Access to Animal Research for All
SEAN DRISCOLL (Florida Institute of Technology), Katherine Kavanaugh (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Rats and pigeons are the basis of many of the discoveries and elucidation of behavioral principles. Many behavior analytic programs incorporate pigeon or rat labs into their courses on the experimental analysis of behavior in addition to conducting research with them. However, the development and maintenance of a basic animal laboratory with rats and pigeons is costly. At Florida Tech, we have had an aquatic operant lab as a more economic alternative, using goldfish as the studied animal. We have also let geographically distant students access our lab space and explore the use of it over a fast internet connection. One of the biggest barriers we have faced in scaling this solution is the fact that a human is needed in the lab at the time that a distant student wants to engage. Moreover, moving fish from home tank to experimental chambers introduces numerous potential confounds which may affect behavior changes. Our solution is inspired by other lab solutions we have encountered: we flipped the situation by housing the animals and bringing the “chamber” to the fish. By using automated robotic systems to bring the operant chambers to fish instead, eliminating the need for human workers to move the gold fish also reduces costs of wages. A convenient byproduct of this process is increased accessibility, such that anyone with a computer can design and run experiments without having physical access to an animal laboratory.
 

Back to the Future: Animal Laboratories: Where Are We Now?

KATHERINE KAVANAUGH (Florida Institute of Technology), Sean Driscoll (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Scientists have used animals to better understand the natural world as early as the ancient Grecians, and this practice continues today. One of the earliest types of animal research conducted by scientists was the dissection of animals to try and understand how the body works. Our science, behavior analysis, also began with animal research from dogs, to cats, and most famously, rats & pigeons. These latter species were the conduit through which much of our understanding of behavioral principles were discovered. Skinner first described the effects of varied schedules of reinforcement after hundreds of sessions with rats in an operant chamber. Today, most in the field have an applied focus, solving real world problems with principles of behavior, and sometimes the training programs forego any exposure to animal labs. A trending area in our field, translational research, includes the parallel investigation of phenomena both in a basic laboratory as well as in applied settings, this has been tremendously valuable to the progress of our science, and promises to be critical to our future. As such, it becomes more and more apparent that animal labs are critical for the training of graduate students as well as the continued growth of our understanding of behavioral phenomena. Unfortunately, the number of animal labs in our field seem to be shrinking as costs and bureaucratic hurdles overwhelm the resources allocated. This paper will discuss the state of our animal labs in the US and propose a solution in the form of non-traditional species.

 
 
Symposium #423
CE Offered: BACB
Effects of Home Language on Responding: Advances in Research With English Language Learners
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri)
Discussant: Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland)
CE Instructor: Casey Clay, M.S.
Abstract:

Determining what language we use with English Language Learners (ELLs) is an important research endeavor as findings have implications for inclusion in bilingual education programs, may influence academic achievement, and provide evidence for home language support. This symposium will include recent research on how language can influence responding. The first study presents a protocol for evaluating preference for a specific language in which praise is given. Specific language praise is then examined in a reinforcer assessment to determine reinforcing efficacy of praise in different languages. A second study examines the effect of listener language on the number of child initiations and mean length utterance (MLU). This study also replicates previous research examining the conditions under which children adjust their language to match the language of their listener. Predictive validity and utility of language proficiency assessments will be discussed. Effects of home language and English language usage for increasing responding and providing second language supports in educational settings will also be discussed.

 

Assessing Preference for Home Language or English Praise in English Language Learners With Disabilities

CASEY J. CLAY (University of Missouri), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Chase Callard (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Assessing preference for stimuli has been shown to be of value when determining potential reinforcers for individuals with disabilities. This study conceptualized different languages as different types of social stimuli. Assessing preference for languages may be of use to identify forms of social reinforcement that can be used with English Language Learners (ELLs) with disabilities. Five ELLs with disabilities between the ages of 10 and 17 years old participated in the study. We conducted a paired-stimulus preference assessment for specific language praise statements in English and Spanish to determine the language in which the participants preferred praise. Following the preference assessment, we conducted a concurrent-chains reinforcer assessment to determine reinforcing efficacy of praise in each language. We found two of five participants preferred Spanish praise to English praise. Three of five participants preference was undifferentiated between Spanish and English praise. All participants preference assessments predicted, to a degree, the results of their reinforcer assessments. From these results we concluded our paired stimulus preference assessment was effective for evaluating preference for different types of praise. Preference was also indicative of reinforcing efficacy of praise.

 
La Lengua del Oyente: Some Effects of Listener Language on Spanish-Speaking Preschoolers’ Verbal Behavior
Gerardo Castillo II (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida), CLAUDIA CAMPOS (University of South Florida), Sindy Sanchez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Bilingual children represent a large population of preschool and school-aged children in the United States. Challenges may arise when the verbal community in which a child spends most of his or her time does not reinforce his or her primary language. Previous research has shown that children adjust their language to match the language of their listener (Genesee, Boivin, & Nicoladis, 1996). It is possible that having a native-language communication partner at school would improve child engagement, as measured by child mean length of utterance and quantity of child initiations. The purpose of this study was to examine whether listener language has an effect on number of child initiations and mean length of utterance (MLU). A secondary purpose is to replicate and extend previous research on children matching their language to that of their listener in Spanish-speaking preschoolers. Four preschoolers who were exposed to Spanish at home and English in their instructional setting were recruited. Their language proficiency was assessed with the preLAS and they were exposed to Spanish-speaking and English-speaking communication partners in a multielement design. Results suggest that the language of the listener had implications for amount of child initiations and MLU. This was not always predicted by the language proficiency assessment. Also, children were more likely to use their dominant language in the non-dominant language context than use the non-dominant language in the dominant language context. These results may have implications for best practices in educational settings for Spanish-speaking preschoolers.
 
 
Symposium #424
CE Offered: BACB
Examination of Training to Enhance Safety Skills of Children With and Without Disabilities
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Gregory Richmond Mancil (Louisiana Tech University)
CE Instructor: Gregory Richmond Mancil, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Safety skills are important for children with and without disabilities. Children with autism typically have difficulties with safety skills often related to problems with communication and problem solving. The first presenters evaluated the effects of video modeling and programming for common stimuli on children with autism answering or making a FaceTime call on an iPhone 6 or exchanging an identification card when approached by an employee or after approaching an employee when lost. Results demonstrated that children with autism can learn and generalize low-and high-tech help-seeking behaviors. The second group of presenters examined the use of video modeling for teaching children with autism to use the telephone to call someone for help. Results of the study suggest that teenagers diagnosed with autism can be taught problem solving skills by breaking down problem solving scenarios into task analyses and using video modeling strategies. Typically developing children also have issues with safety skills, particularly regarding abduction. The third presenter focused on the differential effects of verbal instructions, social stories, video modeling, and practice on child responses during in-situ abduction assessments. Results demonstrated that each participant performed better following practice compared to verbal instructions, social stories, and video modeling.

Keyword(s): child safety
 

Teaching Help-Seeking When Lost to Individuals With Autism

KELLY A. CARLILE (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Linda S. Meyer (Linda S. Meyer Consulting, LLC)
Abstract:

Deficits in safety skills and communication deficits place individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) at increased risk of danger. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of video modeling and programming for common stimuli to teach low- and high-tech help- seeking responses to children with autism when lost using a multiple probe across participants. All of the participants with autism acquired the skills of answering or making a FaceTime call on an iPhone 6 or exchanging an identification card when approached by an employee or after approaching an employee in a contrived setting, generalized the skills to novel community settings, and maintained the skills over a one and two- week follow-up. Normative data were collected with typically developing peers (i.e., without a diagnosis of a developmental disability) across the dependent variables during pre-baseline and post-intervention phases, with all participants being able to seek help when lost. Additionally, social validity measures showed that the procedures, goals, and outcomes of the study were acceptable to direct consumers, indirect consumers, immediate community members, and extended community members. Results demonstrate that children with ASD can learn and generalize low-and high-tech help-seeking behaviors.

 

Teaching Problem Solving Skills to Teenagers With Autism

ELIZABETH GARRISON (Clarity Service Group), Kathleen Bailey Stengel (Clarity Service Group)
Abstract:

For many teenagers diagnosed with autism, problem solving can be a complex skill to teach. Research indicates that using video modeling can be successful when teaching children with autism skills such as reciprocal conversation and play, but few studies address video modeling to teach problem solving skills. This study utilized a multiple baseline research design, to teach three teenagers diagnosed with autism the skill of using the telephone to call someone for help. During intervention, video modeling was introduced for each step of the problem solving task analysis, then faded as participants demonstrated the skill independently. For all participants, maintenance probes were completed one year after the initial training. Following intervention, all three participants completed 100% of the problem solving task analysis independently. One year later, two out of three participants maintained the skill at 100% of the task analysis. Results of the study suggest that teenagers diagnosed with autism can be taught problem solving skills by breaking down problem solving scenarios into task analyses and using video modeling strategies.

 

An Examination of the Effectiveness of Instructional Modalities on Child Abduction Prevention Related to Family and Friend Confederates

SUZANNE MANCIL (Louisiana Tech University), Gregory Richmond Mancil (Louisiana Tech University)
Abstract:

Family members or friends of the family commit the majority of child abductions (National Center for Missing and Exploited Children, 2015). Much of past research has focused on conducting in-situ assessments with novel confederates to determine if abduction prevention training was successful (Beck & Miltenberger, 2009, Johnson et al., 2005). The purpose of this abduction prevention analysis was to analyze the differential effects of verbal instructions, social stories, video modeling, and practice on the responses of children. A multi-element design was used to examine the differential effects of the various instructional modalities on child responses during in-situ abduction assessments. Four participants, two female and two male, participated in this study. They were all typically developing and ranged in age from four years of age to seven years of age. Following each instruction period, the in-situ assessment was done with an adult friend of the parents who the child knew. Results demonstrate that each participant performed better following practice compared to verbal instructions, social stories, and video modeling. Verbal instructions had no positive effects during the in situ assessments. Social stories and video modeling had mixed results as indicated on the graphs.

 
 
Symposium #425
Recent Research in Applied Behavior Analysis and Dance Training
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mallory J. Quinn (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Dance training historically focuses on training methods of a coercive nature which lack the use of behavioral coaching procedures with positive reinforcement (involving praise and specific feedback). This symposium covers three papers which provide the first behavioral data based observations of dance teacher training methods, as well as the development and testing of the application of three behavior analysis training methods (public posting, video modeling, and video modeling and video feedback), to novel populations within a dance studio context.

Keyword(s): dance, feedback
 

A Descriptive Analysis of Behavioral Dance Instructor Training Methods

MALLORY J. QUINN (University of South Florida), Lori Greenberg (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Taylor Narozanick (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study identified antecedent behaviors and behavior specific consequences dance instructors use during competitive dance classes to train their students. Data was collected at over 12 studios within a 20-mile radius from the University of South Florida. Antecedent behaviors observed on behalf of instructors included instructions and modeling. Behavior specific consequences observed included: ignore, hands on correction, positive physical contact, specific and general verbal correction, specific and general praise, specific and general yelling, rehearsal, and coercive statements. Data was collected via a continuous recording method. All classes were scored continuously for the duration of the class (55 minutes). No experimental manipulations were conducted and the instructors did not receive feedback at any point during the study on results of the data collection. However, instructors were debriefed at the conclusion of the study that consisted of informing them which antecedent behaviors and behavior specific consequences were observed by data collectors including a summary of the results across all sites. Results informed us that dance instructors use high amounts of specific verbal corrections, general praise, and coercive statements during their classes. Very small amounts of specific praise were provided. The results did not differ greatly among studios of different locations in urban and rural settings or within the type of dance instructed. These results demonstrate that while dance instructors are well-versed at providing specific verbal correction, very rarely is specific feedback provided for specific correct elements of performance. Implications of these results and how they should direct future behavioral research will be discussed.

 

An Evaluation of Public Posting and Graphical Feedback to Enhance the Performance of Competitive Dancers

MALLORY J. QUINN (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Aracely Abreu (University of South Florida), Taylor Narozanick (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the use of public posting and feedback to enhance dance movements for adolescent dancers on a competition team. Four dancers, each performing two or three dance movements (a turn, kick, and/or leap) had their scores posted on a bulletin board at their studio. Dance movements were scored as a percentage correct by using a 14- to 16-step task analysis checklist. Intervention was evaluated in a multiple baseline across behaviors design. The students received graphical feedback on their performance from the previous weeks and saw the scoring sheet that reviewed the incorrect and correct aspects of their performance. This study found that public posting and feedback enhanced each of the dance movements for all participants. Implications and suggestions for future dance research will be discussed.

 

An Evaluation of the Use of Video Modeling and Video Modeling With Video Feedback to Enhance Dance Performance of Competitive Dancers

Mallory J. Quinn (University of South Florida), TAYLOR NAROZANICK (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Lori Greenberg (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the use of video modeling and video modeling and video feedback to increase the proficiency of dance movements for students on a competition team. Specifically, this study evaluated the effectiveness of video modeling and video modeling and video feedback in teaching dance skills to children in a competitive dance class on a ballet movement (a brise). Video modeling was used as an antecedent procedure where students were shown a video of a technically perfect execution of a dance movement and directed to salient elements of the move and then attempted the movement during the session. In video modeling and video feedback phases, video modeling was used as an antecedent procedure and video feedback as a consequence procedure the participant was shown her video side by side with the expert video. The student received specific verbal praise and specific verbal corrections for her performance as compared to the expert. For the participant who has not improved from either intervention, the perspective of the video will be altered and re-tested since dancers typically learn movements mirrored in the context of a dance classroom.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #426
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Relational Frame Theory, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy: What Are the Connections?

Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Dermot Barnes-Holmes, Ph.D.
Chair: Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University)
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University, Belgium; National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University)
Dr. Dermot Barnes-Holmes graduated from the University of Ulster in 1985 with a B.Sc. in Psychology and in 1990 with a D.Phil. in behavior analysis. His first tenured position was in the Department of Applied Psychology at University College Cork, where he founded and led the Behavior Analysis and Cognitive Science unit. In 1999 he accepted the foundation professorship in psychology and head-of-department position at the National University of Ireland Maynooth. In 2015 he accepted a life-time senior professorship at Ghent University in Belgium. Dr. Barnes-Holmes is known internationally for the analysis of human language and cognition through the development of Relational Frame Theory with Steven C. Hayes, and its application in various psychological settings. He was the world's most prolific author in the experimental analysis of human behavior between the years 1980 and 1999. He was awarded the Don Hake Translational Research Award in 2012 by the American Psychological Association, is a past president and fellow of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, is a recipient of the Quad-L Lecture Award from the University of New Mexico and most recently became an Odysseus laureate when he received an Odysseus Type 1 award from the Flemish Science Foundation in Belgium.
Abstract:

Relational frame theory (RFT) is sometimes said to provide a foundation in basic behavior analysis for acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), and ACT is said to be part of cognitive behavior therapy (CBT) writ large. This lecture will consider the potential role that RFT could play in grounding ACT, and perhaps some CBT concepts, in more functionally based theorizing. The first part of the lecture will argue that the so-called “middle-level terms” employed in ACT, such as acceptance, defusion, values, and self-as-context, may be seen as lacking the (functional) analytic precision that many concepts in traditional CBT also lack. This lack of functional precision is entirely understandable for CBT, given its explicitly mentalistic origins, but it could be seen as placing a question mark over the functional-analytic “credentials” of ACT. The second part of the lecture considers the argument that RFT can “rescue” ACT from its apparent lack of functional precision, and concludes that it cannot do so without additional substantive conceptual development of the theory itself. A brief outline of how this conceptual development might be realized is presented in the form of a multi-dimensional, multi-level (MDML) framework for analyzing the dynamics of relational framing as generalized relational operant behaviors.

Target Audience:

Individuals with an interest in conceptual issues pertaining to translational research, particularly in the domains of clinical behavior analysis, and human language and cognition.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) articulate why relatively functionally imprecise "middle-level" terms are employed in acceptance and commitment therapy; (2) understand some of the similarities and differences between middle-level terms and mentalistic concepts employed in traditional cognitive behavioral therapy; (3) appreciate the need for relational frame theory to develop conceptually in order to provide increased functional-analytic precision in some of the concepts employed by both ACT and CBT.
 
 
Invited Panel #427
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
VBSIG Award Winners Discuss Jack Michael's Influence on Theory, Research, and Practice
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, Ph.D.
Panelists: MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates), DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College), HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, LA)
Abstract:

Among the behavior analysts who first appreciated the scope and power of Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior, Jack Michael has been by far the most influential. In addition to having trained many of the most prominent figures in the field, Jack relentlessly refined and sharpened Skinner's analysis over the course of five decades. In honor of his unparalleled contributions, the Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group annually acknowledges a prominent figure in the field with the Jack Michael Award. The first three winners of the award will speak about Jack's influence on their work and on the field as a whole. Among the topics they will discuss are multiple control, establishing operations, automatic reinforcement, recall, and private events.Dr. Jack Michael was born in 1926 in Los Angeles and entered UCLA in 1943, majoring in chemistry. He served two years in the US army and returned to UCLA in 1946 as a psychology major. He obtained a B.A., M.A., and Ph.D. at UCLA, finishing in 1955. As a graduate student, his main interests were statistical methodology, physiological psychology, and learning theory. During his first teaching job (Kansas University), he was much influenced by B. F. Skinner’sScience and Human Behaviorand, throughout his teaching career, he was primarily involved in teaching behavioral psychology (Kansas University, University of Houston, Arizona State University, and from 1967, at Western Michigan University). In 1957, as a result of influence by the rehabilitation psychologist, Lee Meyerson, Jack Michael began to apply Skinner’s approach to individuals with developmental disabilities, mental illness, and physical disabilities. During the next several years, “behavior modification” was in a period of rapid expansion and Dr. Michael contributed with his teaching, writing, and public presentations. He spent much of his academic career concerned with the technical terminology of behavior analysis, basic theory regarding motivation, and verbal behavior. He contributed to the founding of the Association for Behavior Analysis (International) in 1974 and served as its President in 1979. Among his many awards are: 1989 Western Michigan University’s Distinguished Faculty Scholar; 2002 Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: ABAI; 2008 The Murray Sidman Award for Enduring Contributions to Behavior Analysis: Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy; 2009 Ellen P. Reese Award: Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies; 2012 Victor Laties Lifetime of Service Award: Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (SEAB); and in 2012, he was the first recipient of the award named in his honor: The Jack Michael Outstanding Contributions in Verbal Behavior Award from the Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group at ABAI.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and others interested in Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior, its theory, research, and practice.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, the participant will be able to: (1) discuss several topics related to Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior, which Jack Michael has refined and sharpened; (2) describe how a single stimulus change can have multiple effects on verbal, nonverbal, and respondent behaviors; (3) discuss how the concept of automatic reinforcement can explain the rapid shaping of verbal behavior in children even in environments in which explicit instruction by caregivers is rare.
MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates)
Mark L. Sundberg, Ph.D., BCBA-D, received his doctorate degree in Applied Behavior Analysis from Western Michigan University (1980), under the direction of Dr. Jack Michael. He is the author of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), and the initial developer and co-author of the ABLLS and the book Teaching Language to Children with Autism or Other Developmental Disabilities. He has published over 50 professional papers and 4 book chapters. He is the founder and past editor of the journal The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, a twice past-president of The Northern California Association for Behavior Analysis, a past-chair of the Publication Board of ABAI, and has served on the Board of Directors of the B. F. Skinner Foundation. Dr. Sundberg has given hundreds of conference presentations and workshops nationally and internationally, and taught 80 college and university courses on behavior analysis, verbal behavior, sign language, and child development. He is a licensed psychologist with over 40 years of clinical experience who consults for public and private schools that serve children with autism.  His awards include the 2001 “Distinguished Psychology Department Alumnus Award” from Western Michigan University, and the 2013 “Jack Michael Outstanding Contributions in Verbal Behavior Award” from ABAI’s Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group.
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College)
With undergraduate degrees in geology and English, Dave Palmer knew nothing about behaviorism until he stumbled on Skinner’s Walden Two. He was electrified and soon became a public nuisance trying to persuade all and sundry of the merits of a behavioral interpretation of human problems. After a decade of fruitlessly attempting to start an experimental community, he turned to graduate school. He studied inter-response times and conditioned reinforcement in pigeons at the University of Massachusetts under John Donahoe in the early 1980s. Upon graduation, he took a job teaching statistics and behavior analysis at Smith College, where he remains today. His interests in behavior analysis are broad, but his main contributions have all been attempts to extend Skinner's interpretive accounts of human behavior, particularly in the domains of language, memory, problem solving, and private events. Together with John Donahoe, he authored the text, Learning and Complex Behavior, which attempts to offer a comprehensive biobehavioral account of such phenomena. He still thinks Skinner was right about nearly everything.
HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, LA)
Henry D. (Hank) Schlinger Jr. received his Ph.D. in psychology (applied behavior analysis) from Western Michigan University under the supervision of Jack Michael. He then completed a two-year National Institutes of Health-funded post-doctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology with Alan Poling. He was a full tenured professor of psychology at Western New England University in Springfield, MA, before moving to Los Angeles in 1998. He is now professor of psychology and former director of the M.S. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis in the Department of Psychology at California State University, Los Angeles. Dr. Schlinger has published numerous scholarly articles and commentaries in 25 different journals. He also has authored or co-authored three books, Psychology: A Behavioral Overview (1990), A Behavior-Analytic View of Child Development (1995) (which was translated into Japanese), and Introduction to Scientific Psychology (1998). He is a past editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and The Behavior Analyst, and on the editorial boards of several other journals. He also serves on the Board of Trustees of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies.
 
 
Symposium #428
CE Offered: BACB
Translational Approaches to the Analysis of Animal Behavior in Zoological Settings
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Zurich C, Swissotel
Area: AAB/TPC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Timothy J. Sullivan (Chicago Zoological Society-Brookfield Zoo)
CE Instructor: Christy A. Alligood, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will focus on current issues in the applied analysis of animal behavior in zoological settings while covering conceptual, theoretical, and methodological considerations of behavior analysis. Thus, while experimental in format, this symposium emphasizes translational work. The first presentation is mainly theoretical/methodological (with data-based examples) and concerns the application of single-case methodology to the evaluation of environmental enrichment efficacy in research and practice. The second presentation is data-based with theoretical implications of two widespread animal care strategies and will discuss a comparison of zoo animals choices for participating in positive reinforcement training or enrichment strategies. The remaining two presentations and the discussants remarks will comment on the content of these two presentations. These presenters will provide commentary on the two presentations from different perspectives and different areas of expertise, including experimental, translational, and applied analyses of behavior. By bringing together presenters with different areas of expertise, we hope to draw an audience that might not typically attend applied animal behavior presentations and offer perspectives that audiences at AAB presentations might not typically hear.

Keyword(s): environmental enrichment, operant conditioning, preference assessment, single-subject
 
Applying Behavior-Analytic Methodology to the Science and Practice of Environmental Enrichment in Zoos and Aquariums
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom and Florida Institute of Technology), Katherine A. Leighty (Education and Science, Disney's Animal Kingdom)
Abstract: Environmental enrichment in zoos and aquariums is often evaluated at two overlapping levels: published research and day-to-day institutional record keeping. Several authors have pointed out ongoing challenges with small sample sizes in between-groups zoological research and have cautioned against the inappropriate use of inferential statistics (Koene, 2013; Shepherdson, 2003; Shepherdson et al., 2013; Swaisgood, 2007; Swaisgood & Shepherdson, 2005). Multi-institutional studies are the typically-prescribed solution, but these are expensive and difficult to carry out. Kuhar (2006) provided a reminder that inferential statistics are only necessary when one wishes to draw general conclusions at the population level. Because welfare is at the individual level, we believe evaluations of enrichment efficacy are often an example of instances in which inferential statistics may be neither necessary nor appropriate. In recent years there have been calls for the application of behavior-analytic techniques to zoo behavior management, including environmental enrichment (e.g., Bloomsmith et al., 2007; Tarou & Bashaw, 2007). Single-subject designs (also called single-case, or small-n) provide a means of designing evaluations of enrichment efficacy based on individual behavior. We will discuss how these designs might apply to research and practice at zoos and aquariums, contrast them with standard practices in the field, and give examples of each.
 
Is Positive Reinforcement Training Preferred Over Environmental Enrichment? New Extensions of Preference Assessments in Zoos
LINDSAY RENEE MEHRKAM (Oregon State University), Nicole R. Dorey (University of Florida), Jay Tacey (Sea World Parks and Entertainment)
Abstract: Environmental enrichment (EE) and positive reinforcement training (PRT) are both essential components to animal welfare initiatives in zoological institutions. Whether or not PRT can be considered enriching to captive animals, however, has recently become a topic of debate (e.g., Melfi, 2013; Westlund, 2014). The aims of the present study were a) to test the feasibility of using paired-stimulus preference assessments to measure an animal’s preference for engaging in a trained behavior and b) to determine whether or not individual wolves prefer to participate in PRT for versus a previously encountered EE stimuli in four captive wolves housed at Wolf Haven (Busch Gardens Theme Park, Williamsburg, VA). The results indicated that two of the four subjects preferred PRT, whereas the remaining two subjects preferred EE. This study sheds light on captive animals’ relative preferences for PRT and EE and demonstrates that preference assessments can be used to measure preference for PRT in captive animals, allowing for animals to voluntarily choose which husbandry strategy to participate in. Although future research is needed, our results suggest that this preference depends upon the individual animal, rather than being a fixed preference among species or zoo animals in general.
 
Analysis of Animal Behavior in Zoos: Theoretical, Experimental, and Methodological Perspectives
PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
Abstract: In recent years, methodological concerns have been a topic of discussion amongst researchers studying animal behavior in zoos. Typically these discussions center around (a) the use of behavioral measures of indicators of welfare and welfare components, and (b) issues surrounding the application of inferential statistics to studies involving small sample sizes. The experimental analysis of behavior perspective has been under-represented in this conversation. These issues are of great importance in addressing theoretical questions surrounding environmental enrichment and animal welfare, as well as practical questions surrounding best practices in daily animal care in zoological settings. The Alligood/Leighty and Mehrkam/Dorey presentations will address the theoretical and practical importance of these issues, and Dr. Killeen will then provide commentary. Dr. Killeen’s expertise in the science of behavior, and particularly in the use of single-case methodology to elucidate basic processes in animal behavior, will allow him to comment on the theoretical and methodological issues raised by the Alligood and Mehrkam presentations.
 
Analysis of Animal Behavior in Zoos: Basic, Applied, and Translational Perspectives
ALAN D. POLING (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: There has been increased discussion amongst behavior analysts in recent years regarding the facilitation of diverse applications of the science of behavior. These discussions have included applications to animal behavior for several different purposes, including improving animal behavior that is important to humans (e.g., obedience training) and animals (e.g., facilitating species-typical behavior), training animals to engage in behavior that directly benefits humans (e.g., detecting land mines and tuberculosis), examining behavioral phenomena of applied significance, and training humans to work with animals. The Alligood/Leighty and Mehrkam/Dorey/Tacey presentations both represent elements of the wider effort to broaden the scope of applied behavior analysis by applying behavior-analytic methodology to questions and challenges in the zoological setting. Dr. Poling’s expertise in translational work, particularly in the application of operant learning to socially significant animal behavior, will allow him to comment on the experimental, theoretical, and applied issues raised by the Alligood/Leighty and Mehrkam/Dorey/Tacey presentations.
 
 
Symposium #429
What's Up Doc? Integrating Acceptance and Commitment Training in Medical Training and Healthcare Settings
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute)
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACTraining) is a non-psychotherapeutic variation of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). The methodology involves experiential exercises which aim to: loosen one's rigid adherence to rule governance, promote response variability, and contact the natural contingencies of living according to one's "values." ACTraining studies have been shown to be effective in a wide variety of settings with a wide variety of populations including: mental health and innovation, stigma, stress, burnout, sick leave, physical and psychological well-being, absenteeism, college performance, and worksite distress. This symposium will provide an overview of applied research pertaining to implicit behavioral assessment and ACTraining with the focus on healthcare practices. The primary research topics will include: weight loss management, training interprofessional communication skills between nursing and medical students, implicit behavioral assessment pertaining to burnout, and integrating ACTraining into a medical school curriculum.

Keyword(s): ACT, Healthcare
 
The Additive Effects of Online Values Clarification and Goal-Setting Training on Measures of a Weight Management System
Daniel Reimer (University of Nevada, Reno), STEVEN ANBRO (University of Nevada Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Amber Marie Candido (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Obesity in the United States is an urgent issue that the nation must address. Current estimations indicate that overweight and obesity trends are increasing, resulting in increases of morbidity and mortality. Therefore, it is important to develop strategies to make weight management more effective. One approach is to add components to already successful weight management programs in order to boost their long-term effectiveness. A combination of goal setting and values clarification training can have a significant effect on long-term behavior change. Adding a goal setting and values clarification training component to an already successful weight management program has been shown to increase the success of the program. The purpose of the current study is to determine the additive effects of online values clarification and online goal setting procedures on measures of weight management and behavior change of individuals in a weight management program. This presentation will outline the current trends in American obesity, show the impact of the values and goal setting modules compared to clinic averages and differences between different clinically significant outcomes, and examine whether the participants achieved their weight loss program’s “triple imperative,” a measure of overall adherence to the weight loss plan.
 

Lets Talk Teams: Examining the Impact of ACTraining on an Interprofessional Communication Intervention in Future Healthcare Providers

AMBER MARIE CANDIDO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Human-induced medical error results in 210,000-440,000 American fatalities annually. Faulty teamwork and communication amongst healthcare providers has been identified as the root cause of such adverse events. To enhance teamwork, communication, and as a result patient safety, the incorporation of interprofessional education (IPE) into healthcare training has been advised. Introduced in June 2011, the I-PASS handoff bundle curriculum is one evidence-based technology currently used in IPE settings. Interprofessional teams who have completed the I-PASS handoff curriculum demonstrate improved communication, coordination, and leadership skills within groups. One component that remains missing, however, is the psychological training of individual values and perspective-taking skills. Within behavior analysis, a methodology known as ACTraining exists to address these psychological deficits. Given this information, the current study will implement of a comprehensive IPE program (based on the I-PASS curriculum and ACTraining literature) into a medical and nursing school. Behavioral measures related to interprofessional communication (e.g., simulated patient handoffs) will be taken before, during, and after exposure to the curriculum intervention.

 

The Adaptation of the Implicit Behavioral Assessment Technology to Guide Curriculum Development

Gregory Scott Smith (Chrysalis, Inc.; University of Nevada School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Carolyn Brayko (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), MELISSA PIASECKI (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Debra Kuhls, M.D. (University of Nevada School of Medicine)
Abstract:

The impact of medical practitioners� implicit biases on the quality of care provided to patients perceived as different from themselves has been well documented.� Medical education has frequently addressed these biases in classroom settings, but there is evidence that in some cases, simply teaching about cultural differences may only reinforce some negative stereotypes.� Therefore, understanding the nature of implicit biases and acknowledging the potential negative effect on doctor-patient relationships may offer an effective approach to enhancing the cultural competence curriculum in medical education.� At the University of Nevada School of Medicine (UNSOM), a variation of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure has been developed to determine areas of implicit bias in the student population, with the intent of shaping the curriculum to address these biases.�This presentation will discuss the process of developing this assessment tool for UNSOM, and ways by which the data have been utilized in guiding curriculum development at UNSOM.

 

Determining the Effects of ACTraining on Measures of Implicit Attitudes and Burnout: A New Spin on Curriculum Training in Medical Education

ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Carolyn Brayko (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Gregory Scott Smith (Chrysalis, Inc.; University of Nevada School of Medicine), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Piasecki (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Debra Kuhls (University of Nevada School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Medical schools seek curricular elements that increase resiliency, self-compassion, and empathy towards diverse patients to combat these effects. Previous studies have shown that the likelihood of stress, burnout, and depression tends to fluctuate depending on students degree of academic progression. By using a curriculum-based intervention, all students in a medical school, over time, are taught skills to prevent burnout and depression when the inevitable stressors set in. Understanding the effects of ACTraining in medical school settings may increase students compassion and resilience to burnout and depression. This presentation will discuss the development of modules teaching each of six essential components of ACTraining as a means of decreasing the likelihood of medical student burnout and increasing compassion for medical students. Both implicit and explicit measures of attitudes related to empathy, compassion, and bias will be discussed and explained from a behavior analytic perspective as a means of assessing the effectiveness of an ACTraining approach.

 
 
Symposium #430
Research, Pop Psychology, and Motivation: The Controversy and Real-World Application of Motivational Theories
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM/TPC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Daniel B. Sundberg (ABA Technologies)
Discussant: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Motivation and the source of control of behavior is a topic of great interest for many, both within and outside of behavioral science. One sub-domain of cognitive psychology advocates for distinguishing motivation based on its supposed source. Advocates suggest that “intrinsic motivation” comes from within the individual, and is independent of outside sources of control, and “extrinsic motivation” which comes from external sources. There has been a resurgence of interest in the topic of intrinsic motivation being applied to business, much of which can be attributed to the 2009 New York Times bestselling book Drive: The surprising truth about what motivates us by Dan Pink. The impact of this book and the theory of intrinsic/extrinsic motivation on applied practice will be discussed, as well as ways that behavior analysts can use and discuss this research in a proactive manner. The talk will conclude with a case study of an organization that has taken a behavior-based approach to applying some of the suggestions from Pink’s book.
Keyword(s): Intrinsic/Extrinsic Motivation, Motivation theories, OBM, Overjustification effect
 

It All Started With Monkeys and Raisins: The History of the Intrinsic/Extrinsic Motivation Debates

MERRILYN AKPAPUNA (Western Michigan University), Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Scientists have long studied the motivation to perform certain behaviors. Motivation has been proposed as a way to explain why people engage in goal-directed behaviors and is sometimes invoked as an explanatory construct/fiction. Behavioral scientists often avoid the problems associated with such constructs by conceptualizing motivation in terms of antecedent and consequences that impact goal-directed behavior. A long-standing debate emerged many decades ago about how to best motivate behavior and this debate has been one of the centerpieces in the divide between behavioral and non-behavioral perspectives. Although many theories such as the cognitive evaluation theory and the overjustification effect have been proposed, the argument comes down to one key issue: Do rewards/reinforcers provided by external forces harm ones natural interest in performing certain behaviors? How this question is answered has profound implications for business, education, or any other settings where it is important to manage the behavior of others. Six decades worth of objections to external rewards will be summarized, along with their counterarguments and the implications for organizational practices. Understanding this contentious history is important in order to critically evaluate the more recent variations of this debate, such as the arguments outlined in popular books such as Drive.

 

Evaluations of the Overjustification Effect: A Replication of Deci

KERRI P. PETERS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The utility of reinforcement-based procedures has been well established in the behavior analysis literature. The overjustification effect is one commonly cited criticism of programs that use tangible rewards. The overjustification hypothesis suggests that the delivery of an extrinsic (socially mediated) reward contingent on engagement with an activity that previously occurs at some level without apparent socially mediated reinforcement will result in a reduction in the amount of engagement in that activity from baseline levels when the reward phase is discontinued. One of the most commonly cited series of studies on the overjustification effect was conducted by Deci (1971). Deci evaluated the effects of money and verbal praise on undergraduate students performances on a puzzle task. Deci concluded that intrinsic interest decreased when money was used as a reward. This study is a direct replication of the landmark study evaluating the overjustification hypothesis conducted by Deci. The subjects were undergraduate psychology students. The findings did not replicate those obtained by Deci, and the results did not provide support for the overjustification hypothesis. Additional investigations of the overjustification effect with first grade children will also be presented leading to implications for the use of rewards in child behavior management will be discussed.

 

Throwing the Baby Out With the Bath Water? The Surprising Implications of Dan Pink's Drive

DANIEL B. SUNDBERG (ABA Technologies), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University), Manuel Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract:

In 2009 Dan Pink published what would become a New York Times best-selling book for 159 weeks, thereby rekindling the longstanding debate over intrinsic and extrinsic motivation, and the adverse effects of reinforcement on performance. This talk will build on the foundational overview of the research presented in previous talks, and will discuss the implications of Pinks book, and contemporary debate around motivational theories. This talk will critique Pinks arguments and conceptual analysis of extrinsic and extrinsic motivation, the research base of his book, and his contentions that if-then rewards are out of place in todays creative workplace. Implications of this perspective will be discussed, particularly in the context of Organizational Behavior Management, including a discussion of why we as behavior analysts should not be too hasty to dismiss out of hand all of the suggestions made by Pink. The talk will conclude by suggesting ways that behavior analysts can make practical use of Pinks book, both as a source of data, and a method for addressing organizational performance.

 

A Behavior Analysts Approach to Autonomy, Mastery, and Purpose: A Case Study

BRET MIXON (JG Management Systems, Inc.)
Abstract:

Despite the debate around the history and theory of Dan Pink's conceptualization of motivation, his notions of Mastery, Autonomy and Purpose can be put to use in the workplace by applied practitioners. This framework can easily be broken down into behavioral principles and procedures, and used as an approachable toolset. For example, Mastery and Autonomy are facilitated through meaningful goal-setting during an evaluation period, the use of shaping techniques for successive approximations of independent functioning, intermittent feedback on worker performance, and dependent and independent group contingencies for team project completion. Purpose is established and maintained via the articulation of the organizations mission and values, the explanation of individual employees role in this mission, and the crafting of setting events that easily connect an individual employees behavior to the organizations mission. This talk will present a case study to demonstrate to audience members how Pinks approach has been integrated with the principles and procedures of ABA in both a school setting, and a human resource setting in a non-behavior analytic government contracting firm.

 
 
Symposium #431
CE Offered: BACB
Current Advances in Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Problems
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Laura J. Seiverling (St Mary's Hospital for Children)
Discussant: Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Laura J. Seiverling, Ph.D.
Abstract: The following presentations address several important areas within the field of pediatric feeding disorders. Two studies examine the effects of innovative interventions for treating food refusal and teaching chewing skills while one study compares the effects of two interventions for food refusal and the final study examines the effects of a caregiver training package on both caregiver and child behavior. In the first study, authors examined the role of a visual cue in the treatment of a child's food refusal. In the second study, authors used modeling, positive reinforcement, shaping, fading, and physical prompting to teach tongue lateralization and biting to establish chewing. Across the course of treatment, the child moved from consuming pureed food only to table food. In the third study, authors used an alternating treatments design to compare the effects of differential reinforcement and response cost treatment packages on percentage of bites/drinks accepted and interruptions in a child with food refusal. Lastly, the fourth study examined the effects of combining behavioral skills training and general-case training to teach caregivers how to implement a food selectivity intervention with their children.
Keyword(s): caregiver training, chewing, food refusal, visual cue
 
Examining the Role of a Visual Cue in the Treatment of Food Refusal
Whitney Harclerode (Penn State Medical Center), Laura Creek (Penn State University--Harrisburg Campus), Katherine Riegel (Penn State Milton S. Hershey Medical Center), KEITH E. WILLIAMS (Penn State Hershey Medical Center)
Abstract: Food refusal in a nine-year-old boy was addressed using interventions consisting of in-meal reinforcement, a visual cue, fading, and praise. Across the course of treatment, the participant increased his intake of both solids and liquids, learned to chew crunchy foods, and decreased his tube feeding by 54%. Multi-element designs were used to assess the most efficient method of drinking and to compare his consumption of soft table foods versus crunchy table foods. An ABCBADC reversal design was used to conduct a component analysis to assess the effectiveness of a visual cue which signaled post-meal reinforcement in increasing food consumption. The data showed that neither the in-meal reinforcement nor visual cue and post-meal reinforcement alone were sufficient to increase the number of bites consumed, but an intervention consisting of both in-meal reinforcement and the visual cue did result in increased bites consumed suggesting a multiplicative effect. Many interventions for feeding problems consist of “treatment packages” or combinations of several intervention components. This study showed that the necessity of having more than one component in an effective treatment for food refusal.
 
Teaching Tongue Lateralization and Biting to Establish Chewing
Whitney Harclerode (Penn State Medical Center), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center), KATHERINE RIEGEL (Penn State Milton S. Hershey Medical Center), Shannan Lamparski (Penn State University--Harrisburg Campus)
Abstract: Chewing was taught to a seven-year-old girl whose diagnoses included autism and intellectual disability through the use of a multi-component treatment package including modeling, positive reinforcement, shaping, fading, and physical prompting. Shaping was used to teach her to both lateralize food from her tongue to her teeth and to repeatedly bite through foods. Initially, these skills were taught in separate sessions and when she met criteria for each skill, then these two skills were combined into a single chain of behaviors. A multiple probe treatment design was used to access treatment efficacy. Assessments were used to determine skill levels for tongue lateralization and biting of different textures of foods. Across the course of treatment, the child moved from consuming pureed food only to table food. Maintenance of her chewing skills was also demonstrated. This study was unique in its direct instruction of tongue lateralization and the integration of tongue lateralization into the instruction of chewing.
 

A Comparison of Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behaviors and Response Cost in a Treatment Package for Food Refusal

CHRISTINA ALAIMO (St. Mary's Hospital for Children), Laura J. Seiverling (St Mary's Hospital for Children), Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York), Kisha Anderson (St Mary's Hospital for Children)
Abstract:

Food refusal is a severe feeding problem in which children refuse to eat all or most foods which often leads to insufficient caloric intake and malnutrition. Food refusal can be effectively treated using a variety of multicomponent intervention packages. The purpose of the present study was to use an alternating treatments design to compare two intervention packages-- differential reinforcement (DRA) with escape extinction and response cost (RC) with escape extinction for treating food refusal in a 2-year-old boy with developmental delays and failure to thrive (FTT). There were not differences across conditions in the childs level of acceptance and interruptions initially; however, the childs acceptance was consistently higher and percentage of interruptions were consistently lower in the DRA condition after implementation of a phase in which empty spoons were presented in both treatment conditions. In addition, the childs total volume of solids and liquids was greater in the DRA condition. Potential explanations for results as well as suggestions for future researchers will be discussed.

 

The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training and General-Case Training on Caregiver Implementation of a Food Selectivity Intervention With Their Children

Christina Alaimo (St. Mary's Hospital for Children), LAURA J. SEIVERLING (St Mary's Hospital for Children), Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York), Jaimie Sarubbi (Queens College (City University of New York))
Abstract:

This study used a multiple baseline design to examine the effects of a combined behavioral skills training (BST) and general-case training (GCT) package for teaching caregivers how to implement an intervention to treat food selectivity in their children. Following baseline during which caregivers were given written instructions of the intervention, experimenters implemented BST training which involved instructions, modeling, rehearsal and feedback as well as GCT which involved the experimenter following scripts which simulated the range of child responses (e.g. accepting bites, expelling, refusal, etc.) caregivers could encounter during post-training sessions with their child. The food selectivity intervention involved having caregivers implement single-bite taste sessions with several target foods using exit criterion. Following training, all caregivers increased their percentage of correct steps performed of the intervention compared to their performance in baseline. In addition, all children demonstrated increases in the cumulative number of bites accepted under 30 s during post-training compared to baseline.

 
 
Symposium #432
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Teaching Behavior Analysis in Higher Education Settings
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah J. Pastrana (University of British Columbia)
Discussant: Christine Hoffner Barthold (George Mason University)
CE Instructor: Sarah J. Pastrana, M.S.
Abstract: The number of students and programs in behavior analysis has steadily increased over time (M. Nosik, personal communication October 12, 2015). Previous studies have applied the principles of behavior analysis to inform the instructional strategies used in higher education settings (Saville & Zinn, 2006, 2009). This symposium will include four presentations related to teaching behavior analysis in higher education settings. The first study examined the effect of active student responding (clickers) on exam performance. The second study investigated the effect of supplemental instructional materials from Autism Training Solutions on quiz scores. The third study evaluated the use of readiness assessment tests on attendance, class participation, and exam performance. The final study is a content analysis of the syllabi of course sequences approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board for the fourth edition task list. We will discuss the implications of the studies in terms of teaching behaviour analysis and other content in higher education settings.
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, higher education, online learning, teaching
 
Electronic Response Systems (Clickers): Educational Panacea or Snake Oil?
James Morrison (Western Michigan University), HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: One of the most technologically advanced methods of implementing active student responding is the electronic response system (Judson & Sawada, 2002). This technology is known under several names including audience response system, classroom response system, and colloquially as clickers (Smith, Shon, & Santiago, 2011). To accurately assess the impact of clickers on learning performance and classroom achievement, more quantitative analysis and systematic replication of studies was needed (Kay & LeSage, 2009). This study examined the effects of ASR questions on exam performance in two sections of an undergraduate organizational psychology class for majors and non-majors. This study used a multiple reversal design, which due to randomization mimicked an alternating treatment design. A social validity questionnaire was also administered to assess student perceptions of using clickers and whether the ASR questions helped them prepare for exams. The results of the study showed no significant difference in performance between the two conditions. The questionnaire found that most students did not feel that the ASR questions helped them perform better on exams but that most students felt more engaged when in the ASR condition.
 

Evaluation of an Online Textbook as a Supplement in a Graduate Level Applied Behavior Analysis Course

GABRIELLE LEE (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

University programs in applied behavior analysis (ABA) have increased at a rapid rate in the past 5 years, with minimal empirical information about optimal practices used to teach ABA content to college students. This study will examine whether using an online textbook (Autism Training Solution, ATS) improves student quiz scores when compared to a standard textbook only condition (i.e., students read Cooper, Heward, & Heron, 2007) in a fully online graduate course in applied behavior analysis. A total of 22 first year graduate students in special education and behaviour analysis participated in this study. This was the participants first graduate course in ABA. An alternating treatments design was used to compare a condition consisting of assigned readings and guided notes only with a second condition consisting of assigned readings, guided notes, and ATS. The outcomes provide information about the effects of a comprehensive online learning resource, ATS, on student demonstration of knowledge via weekly quizzes.

 
An Evaluation of Readiness Assessment Tests in a College Classroom: Exam Performance, Attendance, and Participation
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Carrie K. Zuckerman (Auburn University), Danielle Cravalho (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: This study evaluated the use of frequent, online assessments due prior to lecture, known as readiness assessment tests (RATs), in two sections of a psychology course. The study compared the efficacy of RATs on students’ exam performance, in-class participation, and attendance using a nonequivalent control group design. Students’ self-report of study behavior and preference for RATs using a satisfaction survey were also measured. Results indicated significantly higher average unit exam grades, a higher level of attendance, and more reports of active study behavior for students exposed to RATs compared to the control group, but no significant differences in student participation were found. Students also reported a preference for RATs over frequent, in-class quizzes. Overall, the results support that RATs may be an effective and preferred assessment strategy to improve students’ overall exam grades and promote active study behavior. Recommendations for assessment in higher education and future research are discussed.
 

Essential Readings in Behavior Analysis: A Content Analysis From Universities With Approved BACB Course Sequences

SARAH J. PASTRANA (University of British Columbia), Tyla M. Frewing (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia), Melissa R. Nosik (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Maria Turner (University of British Columbia), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

The number of universities offering course sequences approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) has grown steadily over the years (M. Nosik, personal communication October 12, 2015). With the development of new programs, it may be helpful for schools developing new training programs if the readings assigned by successful programs are disseminated. Saville, Beal, and Buskist (2002) surveyed former and current board members of journals in behavior analysis to develop a list of essential readings for graduate students. The goal of the present study was to extend the work of Saville et al. by performing a content analysis of the readings included in the syllabi of BACB-approved course sequences for the fourth edition task list. Inclusion in the study required that schools had a BACB-approved course sequence, at least six students that completed the 2014 certification examination, and an average pass rate of 80% or higher. Readings listed on each syllabus were categorized by topic (e.g., ethics, concepts and principles, single subject research), and reading type (e.g., empirical studies, discussion papers, books). We analyzed the data to generate a list of the most commonly assigned readings in each topic area. We identified the top 10 readings for each of the 12 different topics. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 100% of the coded data. Disagreements about reading type and category were resolved through a consensus process. The results will be discussed in terms of teaching behavior analytic content in higher education settings.

 
 
Symposium #433
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Discussing the New Behavior Analyst Certification Board's Compliance Code
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
St. Gallen, Swissotel
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: David J. Cox (University of Florida)
Discussant: Gina Green (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts)
CE Instructor: Steven Woolf, Ph.D.
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) has recently announced a change in the ethical guidelines for credentialed behavior analysts. Specifically, a new enforceable compliance code (i.e., Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts) was developed and will take effect in January 2016. The new Code is intended to more clearly present ethical expectations and expand the range of professional conduct (BACB, 2014). Given the new Code and its intent for creation, it seems reasonable that the new Code would affect current behavior analytic services in various settings. For example, do previously trained behavior analysts have the prerequisite skills to understand and follow the Code. The purpose of this symposium is to provide an overview of four different behavior analytic service programs and how each program is handling implementation of the new Code. Presenters are from varied service programs specializing in early intervention and challenging behavior in community and university-based clinics.
Keyword(s): Compliance Code, Ethics, Supervision, Training
 
University Early Intervention Practitioner Training and Management Under the New BACB Ethical Compliance Code
TYRA P. SELLERS (Utah State University)
Abstract: Preparing and managing Early Intervention Practitioners requires some specific considerations related to establishing professional and ethical behavior. Specifically, families may develop close ties to professionals providing services to their young children. This is likely due, in part, to the frequency of services (up to 40 hours per week) and that services may occur (to varying degrees) in the home setting. This discussion will address some of the important aspects of training and managing EI clinicians, teachers, and therapists. Special attention will be paid to preparing training sites and provider agencies to address relevant changes in the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts that the BACB will being enforcing January, 2016.
 

Applied Ethics for Current Behavioral Practitioners

STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

The funding and monitoring sources for behavior analysts have changed over the last five with the introduction of behavior analyst licensure and health care coverage for families affected by ASD. Additionally, the number of BACB certificants continues to grow nationally. Due to the high number of new BACB certificants, new licensing laws, and increased health-care funding sources for ABA treatment, behavior analysts must be responsive to pertinent field based ethical issues associated with the practice of behavior analysis in homes and communities. This discussion will introduce the topic of applied ethics as to identify the common ethical issues encountered by practicing proving home/communizing based ABA services. Furthermore, the discussion will address cross reference these identified ethical concerns with the BACB compliance code and behavior analysts licensing regulations across the country. Finally, the presenter will recommend the best course of action based on established case law when behavior analysts encounter these ethical dilemmas.

 

Ethical Considerations in Behavior Analysis: Analysis of "the Code" for Unique and Challenging Circumstances

ABRAHAM GRABER (Western Illinois University), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Effective January of 2016, the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (the Code) outlines the expectations of professional and ethical behavior for individuals practicing in the field of behavior analysis. Despite its intentions, behavior analysts are likely to encounter ethical dilemmas that may not be fully resolved with application of the Code. For example, based upon the Code, behavior analysts are obligated to tailor behavior-change programs to the uniquegoals of each client. However, with nonverbal adult patients there is a unique challenge in determining their goals. New, but similarly complex ethical dilemmas are likely to develop as a result of changes to the landscape of fee-for-service models. For example, accountable care organizations, which have been established under the auspices of the Affordable Care Act, employ a pay-for-performance reimbursement model that may compel behavior analysts to develop performance metrics for behavioral interventions. This talk explores ethical questions for behavior analysts that may challenge the Code and provides a breakdown of such questions from the perspective of an ethicist and a practicing behavior analyst.

 

Ethical Considerations for Providing Services in Rural Settings With Diverse Populations

ANDREW W. GARDNER (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract:

BCSNA currently offers services based on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) principles including: skill acquisition for young children with ASD and other neurological disabilities and disorders, functional behavior assessments and analyses for individuals demonstrating challenging behavior, parent training, school consultation, supervision services, etc. One of the recent services requested of BCSNA by the state of Arizona (motivated by cost containment issues) includes a Placement Stability Package (PSP) to assess, treat/stabilize children and adults in their home settings prior to transferring them to an inpatient facility in another state. The PSP is a program where parent and care provider training is vital to keeping the individual stable and abate the need to send them out of state. As licensed Behavior Analysts in Arizona (under the Board of Psychological Examiners), BCBAs are held to both the APA and BACB ethical guidelines. Issues and challenges surrounding how services are provided to rural culturally and linguistically diverse minority health populations will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #434
Sustainable Interventions: From Both Sides
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michelle L Zube (Caldwell College)
NOOR YOUNUS SYED (Teachers College, Columbia University)
EMILY BOSHKOFF (Global Autism Project)
MAHARANI PUTRI (Hi5 for Special Needs Children)
Abstract:

The Global Autism Project, headquartered in Brooklyn, New York, partners with individual centers for children with autism in the under-served communities of Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic, Jakarta, Indonesia, Nairobi, Kenya, and Chandigarh, India. The Global Autism Project specifically partners with centers run by local individuals who seek to establish evidenced-based behavior analytic principles to schooling for those in need. There are currently 70 million people in the world with autism, 85% living in developing countries without access to proper treatment and where limited understanding of autism spectrum disorder is evident. Instead of giving centers resources the Project uses a bottom-up approach to work alongside the centers, helping them to develop tools allowing for self-reliance and sustainability. While the Global Autism Project offers training for BCBA Supervision, a training protocol for the teachers in these centers is emergent. This paper outlines a behavior analytic teacher training protocol developed with the Centre in Jakarta allowing teachers to create tools evaluating parent workshop effectiveness and subsequently analyzing data. This study is pioneer in behavioral research with therapists that work with children with special needs in under-served communities in under-resourced communities and is the beginning of teacher training protocols that will be used around the world.

Keyword(s): autism, international training, training protocols
 
 
Panel #435
CE Offered: BACB
A Follow-up: Are We Meeting Our Obligation to Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder Transitioning to Adult Services?
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Jill E. McGrale Maher, M.A.
Chair: Jill E. McGrale Maher (Autism Intervention Specialists)
JILL E. MCGRALE MAHER (Autism Intervention Specialists)
PETER F. GERHARDT (EPIC School)
PAUL MAHONEY (Amego)
Abstract:

The current service model for learners with ASD is falling short of the goal to provide skills required to transition seamlessly into adult life. It is critical that practitioners rethink the current model of 1:1 or 1:2 staff to student ratios prior to students "aging out." Additionally and more critically, as the incidence of ASD has recently increased by 30%, with further predictions that in 5 years 122,493 students will turn 22 nationwide at an annual cost of $3,623 million dollars. Clearly the current model falls short of the goal to provide learners with skills required to transition more effortlessly into adult life. We need to consider preparation for next environments as a primary obligation of service provision. Working in groups, working independently, identification of relevant outcome measures, targeting functionally relevant skills and working with minimal and reduced supervision must be explicit goals for learners with ASD. Furthermore, we must develop creative and cost-effective methods to more efficiently prepare, teach, support and monitor adults with ASD in community and employment settings. Moreover, identification of relevant outcome measures and targeting functionally relevant skills must take precedence. The panel will discuss the topic and possible solutions within behavioral frameworks.

Keyword(s): Transition
 
 
Symposium #436
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies for Identifying Effective Communication Systems Using Comparative and Component Analyses
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Croner (Melmark)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Croner, M.S.Ed.
Abstract:

Identifying effective communication systems is a top priority in service provision to individuals with developmental disabilities. It is routine for communication modalities to be selected based on a clinicians expertise or the learners history instead of on individually relevant characteristics that might influence success with the system. The current literature supports the use of a number of communication modalities for people with disabilities, but does not provide comparative studies or clinical assessment methods. These papers will present unique methods for identifying effective systems on an individual basis. Data will be presented on relative rates of acquisition, indices of preference, and evidence of discrimination across different modalities. In addition, a model for analyzing specific elements of an identified communication system that could enhance its utility will be discussed. The papers will present varied models to help make these decisions in data-based ways, and will highlight ways for effective collaboration across disciplines.

Keyword(s): Communication Modality
 
Determining Success in the Selection of a Communication Modality: Focusing on Acquisition, Preference, and Discrimination
SAMANTHA SMITH (Melmark), Jennifer Croner (Melmark), Samantha Russo (Melmark), Krystina Cassidy (Melmark), Jessica Woods (Melmark), Mary Jane Weiss (Melmark)
Abstract: Communication deficits are prevalent in at least fifty percent of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (Frankel, Leary, & Kilman, 1987). A variety of communication modalities are trialed with these children, including sign language, vocal output, speech output devices, and picture exchange. Although there are multiple modalities available, there is not a standard clinical practice to identify the best option for an individual to communicate. The present study is a three-part assessment to determine the most efficient and most preferred modality of communication for an individual, assessed using an alternating treatments design. The third phase of the assessment focused on discrimination within analogue and natural environments. The modalities assessed vary depending on the individual’s repertoire and learning history. The data suggest that there is not a singular modality that is effective for all students. However, each student should be evaluated on an individual basis to determine the most effective mode of communication.
 
Evaluating Acquisition and Spontaneous Use of Communicative Responses Across Modalities
IAN MELTON (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: Communication deficits affect many individuals diagnosed with autism and other intellectual disabilities (APA, 2000). It is a hallmark deficit of autism spectrum disorders (DSM-5). Among these individuals, it has been estimated that nearly 50% of children with autism do not acquire functional speech (Frankel, Leary & Kilman, 1997). Learning to imitate adult vocalizations is an important skill many learners with autism and other developmental disabilities fail to acquire (Esch, Carr, Michael, 2005). For such individuals, it is essential to identify an alternative means for functional communication. Team members, including behavior analysts, speech and language pathologists, other multidisciplinary team members, and parents work diligently everyday to teach effective functional communication to individuals with autism (Koegel & Koegel, 1995; Hartas, 2004; Rogers & Dawson, 2010). The goal of the current research project was to evaluate for individual clients the most effective communication modality to target. Using an alternating treatments design, individuals were evaluated for sign, PECS, and vocal communication. Data on acquisition and spontaneous use will be presented.
 

Identifying a Communication System Utilizing a Component Analysis

Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark), AMANDA GILL (Melmark), Tracy Chin (Melmark), Claire Lovero (Melmark), Rebekah Lush (Melmark)
Abstract:

Carr and Durrand (1985) evaluated communication modalities for functional communication training (FCT) as a way to reduce and replace problem behavior for individuals with developmental disabilities. However, there is minimal empirical research evaluating the most appropriate mode of communication for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, especially in regard to discrimination across modalities. As discussed by Tiger, Hanley, and Bruzek (2008) the main areas of research examining the selection of a communication modality include: a) response effort; b) the social recognition of the response; and c) the rate of acquisition. The current study looked to expand on current research by examining the rate of acquisition and accuracy of discrimination. The modalities examined included a button press, picture exchange system, sign, vocal responding, and three-dimensional objects. This study also further examined an individuals communication system by manipulating possible variables that influenced his accuracy of communication. These variables included pre-exposure, board positioning, and icon placement.

 
 
Symposium #437
CE Offered: BACB
Taking the Next Steps: Targeting Physical Activity Levels in Adults and Children
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Matthew P. Normand, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In both children and adults, physical activity has positive health benefits on overall health. However, according to the CDC, only 48% of adults engage in the recommended 150 minutes a week of physical activity. They also note that fewer than 30% of children get the recommended 60 minutes of moderate to vigorous intensity physical activity a day. The World Health Organization estimates that globally, 3.2 million people die from health conditions due to physical inactivity per year. The development of behavioral interventions to increase physical activity could therefore have direct impacts on individual health, and potentially ease great financial burdens of physical inactivity in healthcare systems. The papers in this symposium target physical activity in children and in adults by altering activity choice or delivering reinforcers for improvements in physical activity. Specifically, the three papers address: 1) effects of activity choice on physical activity in children 2) using intermittent monetary reinforcement to increase walking in underactive adults, and 3) using tokens to increase walking in adults with intellectual disabilities.

Keyword(s): Exercise, Fitness, Inactivity, Physical Activity
 
Providing Young Children the Opportunity to Choose an Activity Does Not Result in More Physical Activity
MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific), Verena Boga (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to conduct a multi-element functional analysis to identify outdoor activity contexts that engendered higher levels of moderate to vigorous physical activity (MVPA) relative to a control condition, and to determine if providing an opportunity to choose an activity context would influence the amount of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity moderate to vigorous physical activity exhibited by six preschool-aged children. Results of the functional analysis demonstrated that, overall, fixed equipment and open space engendered the most moderate to vigorous physical activity across participants. The effect of activity choice was evaluated using an A-B-A-B design, with the results indicating that choice did not influence levels of moderate to vigorous physical activity and that the activity contexts chosen varied between and within participants. These results suggest that the type of outdoor activity context provided is more important than who chooses it.
 

Use of Intermittent Reinforcement of Money to Increase Walking in Adults: What Predicts Outcomes?

AMANDA DEVOTO (Western Michigan University/University of North Carolina), Kaitlyn Proctor (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Matthew Taylor (James Madison University/University of North Carolina Wilmington), Heather Fleuriet (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Less than half of United States adults meet the physical activity guidelines given by the Centers for Disease Control (CDC). Interventions can be designed to increase physical activity, but may not work for everyone. The goals of the current study were to 1) develop a successful intervention to increase step counts in adults who walked fewer than 10,000/day during a baseline period and 2) investigate which individual and behavioral variables predict intervention outcome. An ABA changing criterion design was used during the five-week intervention. During the one week baselines, ten participants wore a Fitbit device that tracked activity but no goals or monetary reinforcement were given. During the three-week intervention phase, participants were given step goals based on their previous performance using a percentile schedule. If their goals were met, they could draw a ticket out of the prize bowl. Half the tickets were winners, and monetary prizes ranged from $1.50 to $50. Finally, a one-week return to baseline condition occurred. On average, there was ~41% improvement in step counts during the intervention phase. Delay discounting, age, baseline physical activity, exercise motivation, expectation of success, and percent body fat were investigated for predictive utility

 

Using Token Reinforcement to Increase Walking for Adults With Intellectual Disabilities

HALEY KRENTZ (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Adults with intellectual disabilities (ID) are at risk for negative health conditions due to high levels of sedentary behavior. Research is limited in evaluating physical activity interventions for this population. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a token reinforcement intervention for increasing distance walked for adults with mild to moderate ID at an adult day training center. An ABAB reversal design was used with five participants to evaluate a token reinforcement intervention where participants earned tokens for walking 50 m laps, and exchanged tokens for backup reinforcers identified through preference assessments. Token reinforcement resulted in a noticeable increase from baseline in laps walked for four participants. Baseline levels were recovered once the intervention was removed, and treatment effects were replicated during the second treatment phase, demonstrating experimental control in 4 out of 5 participants.

 
 
Symposium #438
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethics in Transition Programming
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Area: CSE/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Laura Bassette (Ball State University)
CE Instructor: Laura Bassette, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Achieving the best outcomes for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities in adulthood begins with an early interdisciplinary teamwork including multiple types of activities related to transition. Practical and ethical considerations should include who should be involved, what skills should be taught, where these services should be offered, when they should be delivered, how services should be delivered, and why they should be taught. This symposium will address ethical considerations involving interagency collaboration across the lifespan, creating a balance in teaching academic, functional, and self-determination skills, the need to consider community settings and programming for generalization across settings, and how technology can facilitate skill acquisition across settings. There is a need for practitioners to consider these areas when working with children as they transition through various services with a mindful approach about factors related to adult outcomes including quality of life, sustainability of naturally occurring contingencies, resources allocated, and both individual and societal benefits. The symposium will present the various ethical considerations associated with selecting skills that are most relevant to long-term goals, precursory skills, and environmental factors related to the utilization of those skills.

Keyword(s): ethics, self-determination, technology, transition
 
Ethical Concerns, Applications, and Contrast in Transitional Programming Scenarios
FRITZ KRUGGEL (Indiana Mentor)
Abstract: Early, on-going, conscientious effort must be taken to ensure that the individuals being served remain at the forefront of any transitional programming effort. Appropriate support delivered in a collaborative, interpersonal and interagency approach is critical to ensuring successful transition outcomes for people with intellectual and developmental disabilities (I/DD) in intensive clinical and post-secondary settings. The efficacies promoted as a consequence of these factors can be enhanced via programming and skill development strategies that balance concerns related to “dignity of risk”, organizational regulations, and contingencies both present and absent in the terminal transition environment. Furthermore, the 2016 Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts emphasizes, among other concerns, the need for interagency collaboration. This presentation will discuss how behavior analysts can uphold and advance their ethical obligations through interagency collaboration, programming for generalization, focusing on the sustainability of naturally occurring reinforcement, and how these will ultimately benefit both the individuals’ served and their surrounding community.
 
The Practical and Ethical Considerations for Using the FITT Model to Promote Independence in Transition
EVETTE A. SIMMONS-REED (Ball State University), Jennifer Marie Cullen (Ball State University)
Abstract: Using technology to empower students with intellectual and developmental disabilities to become self-determined adults starts with a good match. Successful transition outcomes for young adults with disabilities can be enhanced through universal and assistive technology. The long and short-term benefits of the Self-determined Learning Model of Instruction (SDLMI) include: providing a self-directed process to facilitate assessment, teaching, and evaluating how supports promote independence for students with disabilities. Universal and assistive technology was used to help students acquire skills (e.g., academic, employment); however, environmental factors (e.g., specific job, course content) frequently determine the technology selected and used. The Facilitating Independence through Technology (FITT) model encompasses the SDLMI and outlines the process of matching appropriate tools and apps. Specifically, the FITT model identifies how to find the right technology based on individual preferences, interests, needs, strengths, and overall daily activities. Through facilitating assessment, instruction on use of the process in employment settings, trying it on for size, and tweaking, students are able to maximize the tools to facilitate independence across settings and activities. This presentation will discuss the FITT model, how it can be implemented, and follow-up steps to enhance independence that result in successful employment and educational outcomes.
 
Ethical Considerations in Skill Selection for Transition-Aged Students
LAURA BASSETTE (Ball State University)
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and other developmental disabilities (e.g., autism) continue to face significant challenges in independent living, employment, and community access as they transition from school-based entitlement services into eligibility-based adult service systems. It is critical for behavior analysts to consider the types of skills being taught to students and the behaviors addressed to ensure relevancy in inclusive real-world settings. While the question of what to teach should be individualized with the client at the center, it is critical to find a balance between functional (e.g., activities of daily living), meaningful (e.g., recreational activities), and academic (e.g., mathematics) skills during instruction to ensure the best possible post-school outcomes. The purpose of this presentation will be to review instructional strategies to effectively address these skills. Additionally, an example of a behavioral-based intervention that utilized technology to teach safety skills to students with a moderate intellectual disability during community-based instruction using a multiple probe across participant will be reviewed. The ability to efficiently, effectively, and economically identify and teach skills to assist individuals with I/DD in achieving ideal quality of life outcomes will be discussed.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #439
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Behavioral Treatments When Extinction is Not an Option
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Eric Boelter, Ph.D.
Chair: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Presenting Authors: : TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The research on treatment of behavior disorders shows clearly that treatments are more effective when they contain an extinction component. However, clinical situations arise wherein the extinction component is not an option. Some examples of situations in which the extinction component is not an option include but are not limited to: a) the client is too large, fast, or strong to guide through a task in the case of escape behavior, b) the behavior is too dangerous to "ignore" in the case of attention-maintained behavior, and c) the specific source of reinforcement is unknown in the case of some automatically reinforced behavior. In addition, factors such as poor treatment integrity and dangerous extinction bursts at times compromise the extinction component even when it is prescribed as a part of the intervention. The presenter will review some of his own research and other literature on concurrent reinforcement schedules, differential reinforcement, and noncontingent reinforcement in order to suggest partial solutions to the extinction problem.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts and Behavior Psychologists

Learning Objectives: 1.At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to identify at least two situations in which the use of extinction may not be a viable option as a treatment component. 2.At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to identify at least two dimensions of reinforcement that can be manipulated during differential reinforcement to partially overcome the absence of an extinction component. 3.At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to identify at least two variations of noncontingent reinforcement that may temporarily render the need for an extinction component moot.
 
TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida)
Timothy R. Vollmer received his Ph.D. from the University of Florida in 1992. From 1992 until 1996 he was on the psychology faculty at Louisiana State University. From 1996 to 1998 he was on the faculty at the University of Pennsylvania Medical School. He returned to the University of Florida in 1998 and is now a Professor of Psychology. His primary area of research is applied behavior analysis, with emphases in autism, intellectual disabilities, reinforcement schedules, and parenting. He has published over 130 articles and book chapters related to behavior analysis. He was the recipient of the 1996 B.F. Skinner New Researcher award from the American Psychological Association (APA). He received another APA award in August, 2004, for significant contributions to applied behavior analysis. He is also currently the Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is the Principal Investigator for the Behavior Analysis Research Clinic at the University of Florida.
Keyword(s): differential reinforcement, extinction, noncontingent reinforcement
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #440
CE Offered: PSY

Self-Recognition in an Ecological Context: Lessons From Avian Host-Parasite Interactions

Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Mark Hauber, Ph.D.
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
MARK HAUBER (Hunter College, City University of New York)
Dr. Mark E. Hauber is professor and director of the Animal Behavior and Conservation program in the Department of Psychology at Hunter College of the City University of New York. He is a native of Hungary, a graduate of Yale and Cornell Universities, and received postdoctoral training as a Miller Fellow at UC Berkeley. Previously Mark taught at the University of Auckland's School of Biological Sciences. A recipient of NSF and Human Frontier Science grants, Dr. Hauber has published over 200 peer-reviewed articles, and penned the University of Chicago Press' The Book of Eggs (2014).
Abstract:

The development of the recognition of self-like individuals, including relatives and conspecifics, often relies on critical experience with parents, siblings, and other predictable referents during early life. For example, in birds, exposure to conspecifics in the nest reliably cues species-recognition for flocking and mating. How then so brood parasitic birds, that lay their eggs in other species' nest, develop conspecific referents when raised by foster parents? And how do hosts recognize and reject foreign eggs and chicks in the nest if they have not yet laid a clutch before? The presenter’s research focuses on the experimental analysis of self-recognition in both parasites and hosts through phenotypic manipulation of the available cues for species recognition during development. The results reveal how a long-hypothesized mechanism, namely self-referenced phenotype matching, enables the evolution of brood parasitism in birds, and perhaps contributes to the ecological flexibility of recognition systems under socially unpredictable conditions in general.

Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) define the terms "conspecific" and "heterospecific"; (2) name at least two species of brood parasitic birds; (3) state at least two parallels between the reproductive and communicative behaviors of birds and humans.
 
 
Panel #441
PDS: Fame, Fortune, and Fixed-Interval Schedules: Promoting the Future of Basic and Translational Research in University Settings
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tyler Nighbor (West Virginia University)
MIRARI ELCORO (Armstrong State University)
CARLA H. LAGORIO (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Although basic behavioral research was one prevalent, numerous factors have contributed to the current scarcity in basic research programs in university settings. However, ensuring the future of behavior analysis will certainly require the training of basic behavioral scientists. Panelists will be asked to share their experiences in training students (undergraduate and graduate) in basic and translational research. Additionally, panelists will be asked to provide recommendations for future researchers on how to obtain and maintain their own animal labs and get students interested in basic and translational research at both the graduate and undergraduate level. Panelists will discuss how to incorporate basic and translational research components into existing programs, even programs with a currently heavily applied focus. Panelists will also be asked about their predictions about the future of basic behavior analytic research, and will be asked to provide advice for researchers interested in pursuing a career in basic and translational research.

Keyword(s): Basic Research, Translational
 
 
Paper Session #442
Effects of School-Wide Applied Behavior Analysis and Positive Behavior Support
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC
Keyword(s): Positive Behavior
Chair: Jeremy H. Greenberg (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
 
The Cost of Excellence on School-Wide Applied Behavior Analysis
Domain: Applied Research
JEREMY H. GREENBERG (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
 
Abstract: The cost of excellence on school-wide Applied Behavior Analysis can be measured. Using the learn unit as a basic unit or measure of teaching, schools can self-monitor their effectiveness and efficiencies while remaining accountable to their stakeholders. Special Instruction using Applied Behavior Analysis with primary students with special education needs can be both effective and efficient using the learn unit as the basic unit of teaching. This present study reports on multiple years of special instruction across five areas of the school's curriculum. The outcome data is assessed and reported in terms of cost of the learn unit and cost of instructional objectives met by the students using a cost benefit analysis. Additional data is included that shows outcomes and saving for those students who no longer needed special instruction as they were successfully transitioned to a general education setting.
 
The Effects of Positive Behavior Support Intervention on Classroom Behavior and Social Interaction of Young Children in Inclusive Settings
Domain: Applied Research
Mijum Choi (Kongju National University), EUNHEE PAIK (Kongju National Univ.), SoYoung Park (National University of Transportation), ByoungIn Lee (Dankook University), Hyouja Lee (National University of Transportation)
 
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of Positive Behavior Support(PBS) intervention on classroom behaviors and social interaction behaviors of young children with and without disabilities in inclusive settings. The subjects of this study for the universal support were selected two classrooms of inclusive preschools in Gyeonggi-do. The participants of this study for the individual support were three 5-year old children with developmental delays that showed a high frequency rate of class disturbance behaviors in spite of intervention in the universal support. For the universal support pretest-posttest control group design were utilized as a research design of this study. In other words, a pretest-posttest control group as used to explore the changes of children�s classroom engagement behavior, disturbance behavior, and social interaction behavior in inclusive classrooms. The difference between pre-test and post-test of experimental group and of control group was analyzed by using two dependent samples t-test and the data were analyzed with ANCOVA. For the individual support research design of this study, multiple baseline design across subjects was utilized. The classroom engagement behaviors, disturbance behaviors, and social interaction behaviors were measured by using the partial-interval recording system. The results of this study are as follows: First, a PBS in the universal support was proven to be effective for positively changing classroom engagement behaviors, disturbance behaviors and social interaction behaviors of the children in the inclusive classrooms. First of all, when comparing pre and post test results of the children in the inclusive classrooms, the classroom engagement behaviors, disturbance behaviors and social interaction behaviors in the experimental group were changed significantly in the post-test compared to the pre-test. Second, a PBS in the individual support was proven to be effective for positively changing classroom engagement behaviors, disturbance behaviors and social interaction behaviors of three children with developmental delays in the inclusive classroom. The effects of intervention were maintained for 3 weeks after the completion of the interventions. Third, PBS in the individualized support after the intervention of universal support changed more positively classroom engagement behaviors and disturbance behaviors of three children with developmental delays in the inclusive classrooms. Systematic in
 
Keyword(s): Positive Behavior
 
 
Invited Panel #443
CE Offered: PSY
The Real Evolutionary Psychology: Nature-Nurture, Behavior Analysis, and the Systems Approach
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: TPC/DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (University of the Pacific)
CE Instructor: Susan M. Schneider, Ph.D.
Panelists: SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (University of the Pacific), TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College), HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, LA)
Abstract:

Nature and nurture always work together. Genetic determinism in any form is not a viable concept. Evolution is a continuous process. Do contemporary "evolutionary psychologists" give these facts more than lip service? Some talk as if human behavior is determined (somehow) by genes that were selected 10,000 years ago and unchanged since then. Many evolutionary psychology observations can be explained more parsimoniously by the principles of behavior, mediated by a nervous system, that have been selected for just such plasticity. Indeed, behavior is both a product and a driver of evolution. Then, there are the implications of the immense flexibility in the larger biobehavioral system. The "systems" approach offers an evidence based alternative encompassing everything, including the many complex, nonlinear interactions across all levels of behavior and its development. This panel discussion compares the typical views of evolutionary psychologists with the systems approach and explores where behavior analysis fits in.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and others interested in evolutionary psychology.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe scientific weaknesses in typical evolutionary psychology claims; (2) explain how systems theory encompasses the entire biobehavioral system, including complex, nonlinear interactions across all levels; (3) describe how behavior principles influence and are influenced by the other system variables; (4) describe the similarities between behavior analysis and the systems approach.
SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (University of the Pacific)
Schneider's involvement in behavior analysis goes back to high school when she read Beyond Freedom and Dignity and wrote B. F. Skinner, never dreaming that he would reply.  They corresponded through her master's degree in mechanical engineering at Brown, her engineering career, and her stint in the Peace Corps.  At that point Schneider bowed to the inevitable and switched careers, obtaining her Ph.D. in 1989 (University of Kansas).  A research pioneer, she was the first to apply the generalized matching law to sequences and to demonstrate operant generalization and matching in neonates.  Her publications also cover the history and philosophy of behavior analysis and the neglected method of sequential analysis.  Schneider has championed the inclusive "developmental systems" approach to nature‑nurture relations, culminating in reviews in JEAB and The Behavior Analyst, and she has served on the editorial boards for both of those journals.  Her book, The Science of Consequences: How They Affect Genes, Change the Brain, and Impact Our World, summarizes the field of operant behavior, its larger nature-nurture context, and its full range of applications.  It earned a mention in the journal Nature, was a selection of the Scientific American Book Club, and won the 2015 SABA Media Award.
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College)
Tim Hackenberg received a B.A. degree in Psychology from the University of California, Irvine in 1982 and a doctorate in Psychology from Temple University in 1987, under the supervision of Philip Hineline. He held a post-doctoral research position at the University of Minnesota with Travis Thompson from 1988-90. He served on the faculty in the Behavior Analysis program at the University of Florida from 1990-2009, and is currently a Professor of Psychology at Reed College in Portland Oregon. He has served on the Board of Directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, as Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, as President of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, as the Experimental Representative to the ABAI Council, and as the Director of the ABAI Science Board. His major research interests are in the area of behavioral economics and comparative cognition, with a particular emphasis on decision-making and social behavior. In work funded by the National Science Foundation and the National Institutes of Health, he and his students have developed procedures for cross-species comparisons of behavior. He is blessed with a talented cadre of students, and has the good fortune to teach courses he cares about.
HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, LA)
Henry D. (Hank) Schlinger Jr. received his Ph.D. in psychology (applied behavior analysis) from Western Michigan University under the supervision of Jack Michael. He then completed a two-year National Institutes of Health-funded post-doctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology with Alan Poling. He was a full tenured professor of psychology at Western New England University in Springfield, MA, before moving to Los Angeles in 1998. He is now professor of psychology and former director of the M.S. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis in the Department of Psychology at California State University, Los Angeles. Dr. Schlinger has published numerous scholarly articles and commentaries in 25 different journals. He also has authored or co-authored three books, Psychology: A Behavioral Overview (1990), A Behavior-Analytic View of Child Development (1995) (which was translated into Japanese), and Introduction to Scientific Psychology (1998). He is a past editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and The Behavior Analyst, and on the editorial boards of several other journals. He also serves on the Board of Trustees of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies.
Keyword(s): Evolution
 
 
Symposium #444
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluations of Pairing Procedures to Increase Social Responses Among Children With Autism
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Catalina Rey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Catalina Rey, M.S.
Abstract:

Pavlovian pairing procedures are often used in practice to condition reinforcers. However, applied pairing studies have produced mixed results. This symposium will cover a review of the research on stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures and some empirical studies evaluating the effects of different pairing procedures.

Keyword(s): Conditioning reinforcers, Pairing procedures, response-stimulus pairing, stimulus-stimulus pairing
 
A Review of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedures to Facilitate Early Language Acquisition
APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College), Vanessa Oller (The School of Professional Psychology at Forest Institute)
Abstract: The speed and accuracy of verbal behavior acquisition depends on the strength of an individual’s echoic repertoire. The echoic repertoire develops quickly for most children but, for those with developmental disabilities, sometimes explicit training is required. Without such training, children who have difficulties acquiring language often are observed to have higher rates of problem behaviors. Problem behaviors and avoidance of the setting where training is conducted also can occur when the child fails to acquire the echoic repertoire. The stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) procedure may be an alternative to direct echoic training. This procedure pairs adult-emitted sounds, words, or phrases with delivery of conditioned and unconditioned reinforcers, eliminating the response requirement. The result can be an increase in modeled as well as novel sounds and the eventual acquisition of echoic and mand repertoires. Unfortunately, implementers of the procedure have had mixed results, which could be due to significant discrepancies in how the procedure is implemented. The purpose of this review is to analyze the specific components of SSP in the hopes of uncovering the most effective parameters with which to implement the procedure as well as to determine for whom it is likely to be most effective.
 
Comparing Social and Tangible Reinforcers During Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing
AIMEE GILES (University of South Wales), Gemma Bond (University of South Wales), Cynthia Ewers (University of South Wales), Jayne Snare (University of South Wales)
Abstract: Communication deficits are a core characteristic of autism and there is a sub group of children with autism that do not develop vocal speech. Stimulus-stimulus pairing increases the frequency of speech sounds by pairing specific sounds with reinforcing items or interactions (Partington & Sundberg, 1996). One variable that may affect stimulus-stimulus pairing outcomes is the type of reinforcer during pairing (i.e., social versus tangible reinforcers; Stock, Schulze, & Mirenda, 2008). Kelly, Roscoe, Hanley, and Schlichenmeyer (2014) identified procedures for identifying and empirically validating social reinforcers for individuals with autism. The purpose of the proposed study was to evaluate if the social stimuli assessment procedures (Kelly et al. 2014) could identify social reinforcers for young children with autism. In addition, we compared the effectiveness of stimulus-stimulus pairing using tangible and social reinforcers. Three children with autism participated in the study. Following social and tangible preference assessments, an alternating treatments design was used to compare stimulus-stimulus paring with tangible or social reinforcers to a control condition. Results were idiosyncratic across participants. Future research should consider evaluating the relative reinforcing effectiveness of stimuli included in stimulus-stimulus pairing.
 

Effects of Using a Response-Stimulus Pairing Procedure to Teach Children With Autism to Respond to Their Names

Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Catalina Rey (Florida Institute of Technology), Chelsea Moore (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology and Nemours Children’s Hospital), Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology), SANDRA BEATRIZ CASTELLON (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Children with autism often display deficits in social interaction and communication. One of the first signs of autism is lack of eye contact and responding to ones name. Given these behaviors are often prerequisite for additional social interactions, it is critical that they are targeted during early intensive behavioral intervention. Unfortunately, it is often the case that commonly used teaching procedures such as prompting and prompting fading strategies are ineffective. In the current study, we used a response-stimulus (R-S) pairing procedure to condition participants names as reinforcers. We then evaluated whether the name acquired discriminative control over the response of looking at the researcher. During test probes we presented the participants name and recorded whether he responded by looking at the researchers face. During pairing sessions, following every instance of eye contact, the researcher used a delayed pairing procedure to condition the name with a preferred edible. Results suggest that this procedure may be an effective alternative to more traditional prompting strategies.

 

Conditioning Peers as Reinforcers and the Effects on Mand Training With Preschool-Aged Children

NICOLE M. HANNEY (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University), Samantha Lee (Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Programming that simultaneously targets communication and social deficits is common in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention. Previous literature has taught children to mand for preferred items from peers, targeting communication and social skills (e.g., Kodak, Paden, & Dickes, 2012; Taylor et al., 2005). The pairing trials that occur during mand training with peers may mimic conditioning procedures and could establish peers as reinforcers. Several studies have evaluated using response-stimulus (RS) pairing and stimulus-stimulus (SS) pairing to condition neutral social stimuli as reinforcers; however, results have been idiosyncratic. In the current study, Experiment 1 compared SS pairing procedures and RS pairing procedures in conditioning preschool-aged peers as reinforcers. Response-stimulus pairing may be more effective and efficient than SS pairing (i.e., 3 of 6 participants had a successfully conditioned peer using RS pairing). Experiment 2 evaluated the effects of peers as conditioned reinforcers or peers with a history of pairings on the acquisition of manding to peers. Mand training to conditioned peers was just as effective as to novel peers for 3 of 4 participants.

 
 
Symposium #445
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Clinical Behavior Analysis
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Richard T. Codd (Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy Center of WNC, PA)
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium presents an overview of important new research and conceptual foundations for a behavior analytic approach to complex clinical issues. In the 1970s work at the University of Chicago’s Behavior Analysis Research Laboratory directed by Israel Goldiamond pioneered an exciting new approach to understanding and intervening in complex human problems. This approach had its its roots in the consideration of disturbing behavior as being an adaptive outcome of normal behavioral processes and not maladaptive or pathological. This Constructional Approach formed the basis for interventions that included the consideration of alternative sets of consequential contingencies resulting in what became known as Topical and Systemic interventions. The approach treats emotions as indicators of contingencies and works to sensitize patient behavior to them in terms of the contingencies they reflect, and harnessing them in a problem solving strategy that is primarily patient/client directed. Patient verbal behavior is likewise treated as the sensible outcome of consequential contingencies, including the tendency of response bias to enter into self-descriptions and reports. The work presented in this symposium provides clinical case studies involving complex behavioral problems, new formal research concerned with helping parents of autistic children, research on the potential for response bias when using surveys in clinical research, and experimental laboratory contributions to the study of Constructional Change Therapy and Mentoring.
Keyword(s): Autism, Clinical, Constructional, Therapy
 
Need Results Fast? Use Your Imagination: Response Bias in Questionnaire Reports
RUSSELL LAYNG (Scout My Style)
Abstract: In a classic study Azrin, Holtz, and Goldiamond (1961) raised the issue of the role response bias may play in survey research. They found response patterns obtained by means of questionnaire almost completely predictable on the basis of response bias. Despite the implications of their findings, questionnaire reports with no control for response bias remain prevalent; further, these results are often treated as dependent variables in clinical studies. The research presented here examines the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ-II), “which assesses the construct referred to as, variously, acceptance, experiential avoidance, and psychological inflexibility” (Bond et al, 2011). The study investigated whether the pretreatment to post treatment results obtained by this questionnaire may be a product of response bias. Participants, without knowledge of the purpose of the study, were drawn from a pool of online survey responders and given prompts designed to reflect the likely "demand characteristics" implicit in the administration of the AAQ-II. Pretreatment prompts produced questionnaire responses reflecting high psychological inflexibility, while post treatment prompts produced responses showing significant improvement (p < .01). No treatment was provided. The present findings suggest that questionnaire responses may be independent of the behavior being studied, and unreliable indicators of clinical change.
 

Toward Happiness: A Constructional Approach to Improving the Lives of Parents With Children Diagnosed With Autism

TIMOTHY ALLEN LIDEN (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Parents of children diagnosed with autism face a variety of stressors. Parents who are unable to successfully cope with these stressors are often given labels such as anxious, angry or depressed. The typical treatment approach is pathological and focuses on the problem, often through counseling, behavioral therapy, tutoring, and/or drugs. This presentation will show data from a study that assessed an alternative approach, the constructional approach (Goldiamond, 1974). Three parents were taught how to build off of their strengths and assets and how to analyze their life, formulate goals, and develop programs to reach these goals. Teaching this new repertoire enabled the parents to make changes in their lives and reach their goals. Also, for each parent, the percentage of time each day during which she felt happy increased. Each parent was able to reduce or eliminate her stressors by analyzing the circumstances and focusing on her ideal outcome, rather than focusing on her psychological deficits and misfortunes of life. The results suggest that the use of a constructional program is very effective in helping parents develop a new repertoire that will ultimately improve their overall quality of life.

 
Complex Constructional Change: Topical vs. Systemic Clinical Intervention
T. V. JOE LAYNG (ChangePartner Healthcare)
Abstract: In “topical intervention” the presenting complaint is either treated directly, or its function is determined and intervention proceeds accordingly. One may also consider the consequences contingent not only on the disturbing pattern, but the consequences contingent on its alternatives as well. This type of topical intervention seeks to understand the behavior by attending to the matrix of outcomes (costs and benefits) of both the disturbing pattern and its available alternatives. A “systemic intervention” also considers the matrix into which the disturbing pattern enters, but asks what potentiates the consequences and their relations. Often, consequential contingencies that are a part of yet other matrices may be the source of such potentiation. Intervention may be targeted at these systemic relations and not at the presenting complaint or the matrix into which it enters. Clinical examples will show how the presenting complaint may often be considered a symptom of these systemic relations. Attention to these systemic matrices may result in the disturbing behavior "dropping out" without direct attention to the presenting complaint or symptom (Goldiamond, 1979, 1984; Layng, 2009; Layng and Andronis, 1984). The implications for understanding and treating complex behavior of clinical interest will be discussed.
 
A Radical Proposal for Training and Practice in Applied Behavior Analysis
PAUL THOMAS THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract: The term “behavior modification” for the most part has been supplanted by “applied behavior analysis” as a description of the application of behavioral principles in practical settings. Though this is a welcomed development, it seems to have coincided with a regression of both training and practice to the heady early days of behavior modification, back in the late nineteen-sixties to early nineteen-seventies. Many contemporary applied programs seem to be only modestly improved, “cookie-cutter” version of interventions available since the sixties. The successful implementation of behavioral technologies in various settings and with diverse populations has proceeded apace, but apparently at the expense of the more perspicuous analyses and invention that characterized the early days in the field. Students trained in applied behavior analysis are often wholly unaware of classic experimental work, and are acquainted only superficially with the major contributors. The present paper will survey some important areas of the experimental analysis of behavior that remain under-appreciated with respect to their potential contributions to the analysis of behavior in applied settings, and calls for a return to the roots of our interest and investment in a comprehensive science of behavior.
 
 
Symposium #446
Recent Advances in Assessment and Treatment of Challenging and Appropriate Behavior via Remote TeleConsultation
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Functional analysis (FA) and functional communication training (FCT) have been conducted via remote teleconsultation for approximately 10 years now. Since the earliest demonstrations of its effectiveness as a service delivery system, the use of teleconsultation has been expanded in a variety of ways. This symposium will feature recent applications of teleconsultation and discuss the issues related to its use. Alyssa Suess will present first with a demonstration of FA and FCT for individuals with autism who are on a waiting list for treatment of problem behavior. Jessica Simacek will give the second presentation on teaching young children with neurodevelopmental disabilities to mand across home contexts. The third presentation, by Traci Ruppert, will address the effects of coaching and performance feedback on parent acquisition of intervention strategies for challenging behavior across family routines. Matt O'Brien will deliver the fourth presentation on a multi-site study that employs a randomized control trial of functional analysis and treatment for challenging behavior. Wayne Fisher will serve as the discussant and synthesize the presentations as well as discuss implications for future research.

 
A Demonstration on the Use of Telehealth in an Outpatient Behavior Clinic
ALYSSA N. SUESS (Trinity Health), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Jessica Emily Schwartz (The University of Iowa), Nicole H. Lustig (The University of Iowa), Jessica Detrick (University of Iowa)
Abstract: There is a high demand for behavior analytic services for the treatment of problem behavior in children with autism, often resulting in long waitlists for outpatient behavior clinics. In the current study, we incorporated telehealth services into the routine services provided in our outpatient clinic in order to provide brief consultation to families waiting to be seen in the clinic. We specifically coached parents of children with autism via telehealth to conduct functional analyses within multielement designs during one 60-min appointment. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design was used when the parents implemented functional communication training (FCT) during three 15-min appointments. Interobserver agreement was collected on 59.6% of sessions and averaged 91.5%. Results showed that behavioral functions were identified for 4 out of 5 children, and problem behavior was reduced by an average of 61.2%. Manding and task completion also increased during FCT. The results from this study replicated and extended previous findings by demonstrating how telehealth could be incorporated into the clinical practice of an outpatient clinic. The access to services provided to families via telehealth permitted the families to begin treating the children’s problem behavior without having to wait for months to be evaluated in the clinic.
 

Parent-Implemented Communication Intervention With Coaching via Telehealth on the Acquisition of Early Communication Skills

JESSICA J. SIMACEK (University of Minnesota), Adele Dimian (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

There are numerous barriers to children with severe neurodevelopmental disabilities accessing recommended early and intensive intervention services that are related to optimal outcomes. The purpose of the current study was to determine the efficacy of parent-implemented assessment and intervention with coaching via telehealth (i.e., video conferencing) on the acquisition of early communication skills for three young children (3.5-4 years old) with severe neurodevelopmental disabilities. A structured descriptive assessment and functional analysis were used to identify idiosyncratic/potentially communicative responses and communicative contexts for each child. Functional communication training (FCT) was implemented to increase early communication skills. Parents conducted all sessions with remote coaching via telehealth by experts in functional analysis and FCT. The effects of FCT were evaluated using an adapted, multiple-probe design across three contexts for each child. Prior to intervention, none of the children engaged in reliable or easily recognizable communication forms; however, the results indicated that during FCT intervention all three children acquired the targeted communication skills. Implications from this study support the efficacy of parent-implemented intervention delivered with coaching via telehealth and the potential for future research to examine telehealth within a service delivery model to increase access to services for children with disabilities and their families.

 

Effects of Behavior Specialists' Use of Coaching and Performance Feedback via Telehealth to Train Parent of Children With Challenging Behavior

TRACI ELAINE RUPPERT (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Although prior studies have evaluated and supported the use of telehealth to deliver coaching and performance feedback to parents of children with developmental disabilities, there have been few studies that have evaluated the use of telehealth to provide behavioral consultation across family routines. The current investigation examines the effects of coaching and performance feedback provided via telehealth on parent acquisition of intervention strategies across desired family routines for three parents of children with developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior. A multiple-probe design across participants was used to examine the effects of immediate performance feedback on parent implementation of intervention strategies and of parent implemented intervention on challenging and adaptive behavior. This study broadens the existing research base by training graduate students to deliver behavioral consultation via telehealth to train parents on how to implement multi-component interventions in their home. Suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 

Using Telehealth to Compare Behavioral Assessment and Treatment for Children With Autism

MATTHEW O'BRIEN (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Jessica Detrick (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Scott D. Lindgren (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Published studies on the use of telecommunication technology in the field of applied behavior analysis date back nearly 10 years (Barretto et al., 2006). Recent research has established the telehealth model as an effective service delivery modality for behavior analytic services. For example, Lindgren and Wacker have recently completed a series of studies using telehealth in home and clinic settings (Lindgren & Wacker, 2009, 2011). In the most recent study (Wacker et al., 2014), telehealth was used to conduct a randomized controlled trial of functional communication training in the home setting. The results revealed outcomes similar to face-to-face service delivery and telehealth in clinic settings. Given robust findings on the effectiveness of the telehealth model for service provision, this model should also be considered an appropriate modality for conducting behavior analytic research. A new, multi-site research grant (Lindgren & Wacker, 2015) is underway using telehealth to conduct a randomized controlled trial of functional analysis. This presentation will provide insight into the use of telehealth as a research tool to evaluate functional assessment and treatment and will offer a look at case studies from early grant participants.

 
 
Symposium #447
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Advances in the Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland)
Discussant: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Javier Virues-Ortega, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium presents a series of original studies featuring functional analysis methodology and function-based interventions for a variety of problem behaviors in individuals with and without disabilities. S. Taylor’s study introduces a novel approach to the functional analysis of feeding disorders among children with nasogastric tube dependency. She conducted a series of gradual antecedent manipulations of volume, texture, feeding method, and other important antecedent dimensions. This assessment strategy is aimed at identifying an optimal start point for treatment. The initial phases of functional communication training (FCT) often use dense schedules followed by a schedule thinning procedure. The study by N. Nuhu features an experimental analysis of schedule-thinning procedures following FCT among individuals with problem behavior maintained by escape from demands. The current analysis compared the effects of two schedule thinning procedures: chained schedules and multiple schedules. K. A. Benhart examined the effect of reinforcement delay during the differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) of automatically maintained food stealing. The authors evaluated the latency to the alternative response and food stealing across progressively increasing reinforcement delays. Finally, A. Cox presents a series of extended side-by-side functional analyses conducted before and after psychotropic prescription changes among individuals with intellectual disability and problem behavior. Medication changes provided the opportunity to conduct analogues to parametric and reversal experimental analyses using medication changes as a secondary independent variable.
Keyword(s): feeding disorders, food stealing, psychotropic medication, schedule thinning
 

An Antecedent-Based Assessment Model for Children With Severe Feeding Disorders

SARAH LEADLEY (The University of Auckland), Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland)
Abstract:

There is increasing use of antecedent-based treatments in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders, but limited reporting of systematic assessment of antecedent manipulations. In the current study, we developed an experimental assessment method to evaluate the effects of varied antecedent manipulations (e.g., changes to liquid or food properties) on acceptance or mealtime problem behaviour. Conditions showing the most improvement are matched to an individualized treatment protocol for each child. This study is conducted in family homes in New Zealand, with children that are dependent on some degree of tube feeding to meet their nutritional needs. Preliminary results from five participants have shown that this assessment may identify effective treatment protocols to increase oral nutrition in the absence of escape extinction.

 
Schedule Thinning Following Functional Communication Training: A Comparison of Chained Schedules and Multiple Schedules
NADRATU NUHU (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is used to reduce rates of problem behavior by teaching communicative responses that access functionally equivalent reinforcers. During the initial phases of FCT, the communicative response is typically placed on a dense schedule of reinforcement that is not likely to be maintained in the natural environment. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of two schedule-thinning procedures (chained schedules and multiple schedules) following the implementation of FCT with problem behavior maintained by escape from demands. In Experiment 1, a reversal design was used to demonstrate experimental control over the effects of FCT on rates of problem behavior with three participants. A multielement design was used to compare the chained schedule and multiple schedule thinning procedures on rates of compliance, the communicative response, and problem behavior. In general, participants engaged in similar levels of problem behavior in the chained and multiple-schedule conditions as they progressed through schedule thinning. For some participants, higher rates of compliance were observed during the chained-schedule conditions. Following the completion of schedule thinning, preferences for the two schedule thinning conditions will be assessed in Experiment 2 with a modified concurrent-chain preference assessment.
 
The Effects of Delayed Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior on Food Stealing
KELLY ALEXANDRA BENHART (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: A series of assessments were conducted to determine whether an alternative response could be taught to replace food stealing. Three students in a residential school for children with autism participated. We examined the durability of the alternative response by measuring the latency to the alternative response and food stealing across progressively increasing delays. Results of a functional analysis indicated that food stealing was automatically maintained for all participants. A DRA with immediate reinforcement decreased food stealing, but, once a delay to reinforcement was introduced, food stealing increased for all participants. The reinforcement schedule was successfully thinned for all three participants, however, the effective treatment varied slightly for each individual. Delay fading with praise was effective for one participant, and a ratio fading procedure was effective for the other two participants. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 33% of sessions for all participants and averaged over 95% for all dependent measures, and for all participants.
 

Long-Term Dynamics of Automatically- and Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior Exposed to Antipsychotic Medication: A Quasi-Experimental Analysis.

ALISON COX (University of Manitboa), Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Psychopharmacological and behavioral interventions are used to treat challenging behaviors in individuals with intellectual disability (ID), often in combination. However, little is known about the interaction between medication pharmacodynamics and behavior function. A better understanding of these mechanisms could serve as the conceptual foundation for combined interventions. We conducted extended functional analyses to assess the impact on behavior function of various dosages of primarily antipsychotic medications. We explored the relation between the changes in medication (i.e., new prescription, dosage change in an existing prescription) and problem behavior by conducted a very long series of functional analysis sessions. Four individuals with ID and challenging behavior who were also receiving psychotropic medications participated. Behavior function remain the same after a change in medication in 14 out of the 21 medication manipulations examined.

 
 
Symposium #448
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment of Compliance Problems in Children
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Jeanne M. Donaldson, Ph.D.
Abstract: Compliance with instructions is an essential skill for children to be successful at school. Refusal to comply with instructions, or noncompliance, at a young age is correlated with later diagnosis of oppositional defiant disorder. This symposium includes four presentations of research related to assessing and treating compliance-related problems in children. Stephanie Liollio will present a systematic replication of the Luczynski and Hanley (2013) Preschool Life Skills program. Emily Weaver will present an assessment and treatment of noncompliance related to academic demands. Joshua Lipschultz will present a comparison of the effects of the high-probability instructional sequence on refusal to relinquish a preferred item and completion of a non-preferred task. Katie Wiskow will present an assessment and treatment of noncompliance across three different types of instructions: gross motor tasks, academic tasks requiring gestural responses, and academic tasks requiring vocal responses. Finally, Dr. David Wilder will discuss the presentations and make suggestions for future research in the area of noncompliance.
Keyword(s): compliance, functional analysis, noncompliance
 

Evaluation of the Preschool Life Skills Project in an Urban Preschool Setting

GRACIE ALLEN BEAVERS (Georgia State University), Stephanie Liollio (Georgia State University), Erin Sweeney (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend the findings from Luczynski and Hanley (2013) by evaluating the effects of implementing the Preschool Life Skills program to increase communication skills and decrease problem behavior in 17 boys and girls ranging from 3 to 5 years old. During baseline sessions, all behavior was reinforced. During Preschool Life Skills training, children were taught appropriate communication skills using a combination of modeling and social reinforcement. A concurrent, multiple-probe, multiple baseline design was used in combination with a between groups design to analyze the effects of the Preschool Life Skills training on both childrens performance of skills and occurrences of problem behavior. Results show improvements for all participants once Preschool Life Skills training was implemented. These results, as well as modifications required to implement the Preschool Life Skills training program with these participants, will be discussed in terms of applied practice and recommendations for future research.

 
Integrating the Assessment and Treatment of Academic Noncompliance in Small Group Instruction
EMILY WEAVER (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), Claire Diekman (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Noncompliance is a common barrier to effective instruction and has been associated with poor school and post-school outcomes for students with disabilities. Perhaps due to challenges related to targeting the absence of a behavior, the functional analysis and treatment of noncompliance is a relatively understudied area. This is especially true for noncompliance to academic prompts. In this study, we trained and coached a special education teacher to systematically manipulate the consequences of academic compliance and noncompliance for a student with intellectual disability in the context of small group instruction. We used successive alternating treatments designs (i.e., pair-wise analyses) to compare levels of compliance under a series of test and control conditions. Results indicated that contingent access to preferred items was the most effective reinforcer for compliance. Though this study reports data from a single participant, the model of embedding assessment and treatment analyses in ongoing instruction may represent a promising avenue for future research.
 

The Effect of Types of Instructions on Compliance During Use of the High-Probability Instructional Sequence

JOSHUA LIPSCHULTZ (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Amy Enderli (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that both fixed-time reinforcement delivery and the high-probability (high-p) sequence can be effective to increase compliance. However, previous studies on these topics have used two different topographies of instructions: compliance with relinquishing a preferred item, and compliance to completing a non-preferred task. Previous research has shown that fixed-time reinforcement delivery may only be effective with the latter type of instruction. The purpose of the current study was to examine the effectiveness of the fixed-time delivery of reinforcement and the high-p sequence on both topographies of instruction using reversal designs. Results show that neither a fixed-time reinforcement schedule nor the high-p sequence was effective at increasing compliance with either topography of instructions, which is inconsistent with previous research on noncompliance. Differential reinforcement of compliance was effective to increase compliance with the low-p instruction. Implications and suggestions for future research with regard to the different topographies of instructions are discussed.

 

Assessment and Treatment of Noncompliance Across Response Topographies

KATIE WISKOW (Texas Tech University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University), Ashley Matter (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

Noncompliance is reported to be a major problem by parents and teachers. To date, functional analyses of noncompliance and subsequent treatment procedures have been restricted to single response topographies (e.g., cleanup or matching task). The current study evaluated a modified functional analysis of noncompliance consisting of attention, escape, and control conditions across multiple response topographies (i.e., physical, gestural, and vocal) with three 6-year-old children with autism. Subsequently, an additive intervention consisting of (a) tokens and (b) guided compliance or time-out was implemented systematically across the response topographies to measure generalization within and across response types. Results showed that the function of noncompliance was consistent across response topographies within participants but varied across participants. Additionally, generalization within response types and across (to the vocal response type) was observed with 2 of the 3 participants without direct intervention when the intervention was applied to physical and gestural response types; however, no generalization occurred with the third participant. These findings suggest that for some individuals compliance may be a response class and offer an efficient method for increasing compliance to multiple response types.

 
 
Symposium #449
Discounting Across Commodities and Contexts: Evidence for and Against a General Discounting Process
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Zurich AB, Swissotel
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Discussant: Harriet de Wit (University of Chicago)
Abstract:

Delay discounting, a measure of impulsive behavior, refers to the decline in value of an outcome as the delay to the receipt of that outcome increases. How quickly delayed outcomes lose value is a powerful predictor of problematic behaviors such as drug abuse, obesity, and risky sexual behaviors. A growing body of research demonstrates the way one outcome is discounted is highly related to the way other outcomes are discounted. This holds true even when outcomes are discounted at different rates. However, other research suggests that this finding is not universal and that how some outcomes are discounted is not related to other outcomes, suggesting that different processes may be involved in the discounting of different outcomes. Delay discounting is also related to important personal characteristics such as obesity, income and education. Establishing characteristics related to delay discounting could lead to better identification of individuals at risk for engaging in problematic behaviors. The presentations in this symposium investigate consistencies and inconsistencies of delay discounting across different outcomes as well as identify the important characteristics related to how an individual discounts delayed outcomes.

 

Delay and Probability Discounting Between Commodities as a Function of Nicotine Dependence

SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University), Vanessa B. Wilson (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

Current smokers, former smokers and never smokers were recruited to explore the role of smoking history and nicotine dependence in the valuation of commodities differentially related to cigarettes: alcohol, money. All participants performed the MCQ (Kirby et al 1999 JEP: General 128, 78-87) to assess delay discounting (choice between small rewards available immediately versus larger rewards available after a delay) as a function of commodity type and three delayed commodity amounts. An MCQ task was developed to assess probability discounting (choice between small rewards available with p(receipt)=1 versus larger rewards available with p(receipt)< 1). Both MCQs were compared to standard discounting tasks. Participating were sensitive to delay and probability, and were affected by commodity amount. Never and current smokers conformed to previously reported findings for delay and probability discounting for money but also for alcohol. However, differences between former smokers and never smokers varied as a function of discounting type and commodity. For delay discounting, former smokers discounted delayed money and alcohol more than never smokers. However for probability discounting, former smokers discounted money more but alcohol less. These data will be explored from the perspective of dependence history effects on commodity valuation, and differences between delay and probability discounting.

 
A Latent Discounting Model: Confirmatory Factor Analyses of Delay Discounting
WILLIAM DEHART (Utah State University), Jonathan E. Friedel (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Delay discounting describes the process by which an outcome loses value as the temporal receipt to that outcome increases. A common finding in delay discounting research is the consistency of how different outcomes are discounted. For example, rapidly discounting money is predictive of rapidly discounting food. These findings provide evidence for a general discounting process indicating that although the degree of discounting may differ across commodities, the overall pattern of how an individual discounts delayed outcomes is consistent. However, to date evidence for this process has mostly been restricted to bivariate correlational analysis. Confirmatory factor analysis can be used to identify the factor structure of delay discounting. Our results suggest that although an overall delay discounting factor fits the data well, a separate non-monetary commodity factor is necessary to best fit the data in a student population, suggesting that non-monetary outcomes may involve additional processes. Importantly, some evidence exists that a single delay discounting factor is sufficient for describing cigarette smokers’ delay discounting behavior, indicating that cigarette smokers are more likely to discount all outcomes similarly. Results of this study suggest that delay has differential effects on different outcomes and that insensitivity to these differential effects may account for difference in delay discounting between groups.
 

Steep Discounting of Delayed Gains, but Not Delayed Losses in Low, Income Alcohol-Dependent African Americans

JOEL MYERSON (Washington University), Leonard Green (Washington University), Carissa van den Berk-Clark (Saint Louis University School of Medicine), Richard Grucza (Washinton University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Alcohol dependence is associated with steep discounting of delayed rewards, but its relation to the discounting of delayed losses and probabilistic rewards is unclear. Moreover, patterns of alcohol consumption vary considerably between communities, but previous research has not examined the relation between discounting and alcohol dependence in low-income African Americans. The present study evaluated whether low-income, alcohol-dependent African Americans differ from controls in their discounting of delayed rewards, delayed losses, or probabilistic rewards. African American participants, both alcohol-dependent cases and controls, were recruited from the same low-income neighborhoods, and propensity-score matching was used to further control for demographic differences. Three tasks assessed discounting of hypothetical monetary outcomes: delayed rewards, delayed losses, and probabilistic rewards. Alcohol-dependent cases discounted delayed gains, but not delayed losses or probabilistic gains, more steeply than their matched controls. The difference in discounting of delayed gains was localized to the male cases, whose discounting was steeper than either the male controls or the female cases; no gender difference was observed between male and female controls. The present results suggest that in low-income African Americans, alcohol dependence, particularly in males, may be more a reflection of choosing immediate rewards than of ignoring their delayed negative consequences.

 

Continuous Associations Between Delay Discounting and Addictive Behavior: A Meta-Analysis

MICHAEL AMLUNG (McMaster University), Lana Vedelago (McMaster University), Tashia Petker (McMaster University), James MacKillop (McMaster University)
Abstract:

Impulsive delay discounting (DD) is a core process in the reinforcement pathology of addictive disorders. This meta-analysis examines the magnitude of associations between DD and continuous addiction variables (e.g., quantity/frequency of use and addiction severity). A total of 63 studies met our inclusion criteria: alcohol (k = 19), tobacco (k = 15), cannabis (k = 1), stimulants (k = 3), opiates (k = 1), mixed (k = 14), and gambling (k = 10), yielding a total N = 9,428 across studies. Effect sizes (Pearsons r) for associations between DD and addiction variables were extracted. Preliminary results indicate that across studies there is a significant association between DD and both quantity/frequency (r = .14, Z = 5.89, p < .00001) and severity (r = .14, Z = 7.74, p < .00001), with varying effect sizes across addiction type. Additional analyses will compare effect sizes across different addiction types and will examine differences as a function of sample severity (e.g., clinical vs. subclinical). These results reveal consistent associations between DD and continuous measures of use and severity. More broadly, these findings converge with previous categorical studies to further support impulsive discounting as a core behavioral phenotype of addictive behaviors.

 
 
Symposium #450
When Do Rats Wait for More Food? An Investigation of Reinforcer Accumulation
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Zurich FG, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Eric James French (Central Michigan University)
Discussant: Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

Reinforcer accumulation occurs when organisms forgo consuming available food in favor acquiring a cache of food to be consumed later. This symposium presents experiments that involve the factors that determine reinforcer accumulation or the effects of an obligate reinforcer accumulation contingency on responding. Bruner and Feregrino manipulated the temporal interval separating a component where lever pressing queued up reinforcers (procure component) that were delivered in a separate component (access component). Reinforcer accumulation increased as a function of the interval. Flores, Mateos, Madrigal and Bruner varied both the temporal interval separating procure and access components and the duration of the two components. They found that in addition to the temporal interval the duration of each component determined to the amount of reinforcers accumulated. French and Reilly investigated the independent effects inter-trial intervals (separating the access and procure component transitions) and response reinforcer delays (separating the procure and access component transitions) on reinforcer accumulation. Reinforcer accumulation increased when the response reinforcer delay was increased. Finally, Smith and Jacobs used a second-order token reinforcement schedule to investigate the effect of increasing the procure requirement on response rate when either two or four tokens had to be accumulated prior to the access component. Response rate was found to be a bitonic function of the procure requirement. The collective results of these studies have implications for response gradients, relative-time effects, delay discounting and conditioned reinforcement.

Keyword(s): Reinforcer Accumulation, Reinforcer Delay, Tokens
 
Food Accumulation as a Function of Delay of Reinforcement
CARLOS A. BRUNER (National University of Mexico), Edith Feregrino (National University of Mexico)
Abstract: In a previous investigation we studied food accumulation by rats. In each of 60 trials per session a 20-s access to each of two retractable levers was alternated. Each press to one lever (the procure lever) solely programmed an equal number of food pellets obtainable by pressing a second lever (the obtain lever). The interval between access to the procure and obtain levers was either 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64 s on successive 30 session-blocks. We found that the number of accumulated food pellets increased as a function of lengthening the interval between access to the procure and the obtain levers. Using the same parameters of the previous study, in the present investigation the obtain lever was eliminated to avoid the possible induction from obtain to procure responses. After wait periods of either 0, 1, 4, 16 or 32 s one food pellet was delivered for each press on the 20-s access to the procure lever. As in the previous study pellet-accumulation increased as the wait period was lengthened. Aside from discarding response-induction as a possible artifact for food accumulation, these results challenge the established knowledge by showing that delay of reinforcement may result in increasing response gradients.
 

Access Time to Food-Procuring and Obtaining Levers Determines Food Accumulation by Rats

CARLOS JAVIER FLORES AGUIRRE (Universidad de Guadalajara), Rebeca Mateos Morfán (Universidad de Guadalajara), Kenneth David Madrigal-Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract:

Food accumulation in rats is an increasing function of lengthening the interval between access to two alternating retractable levers. Each press to the food-procuring lever programs the delivery of one pellet for each press on the food-obtaining lever. While in previous studies access to each lever has been held constant at 20 s, in the present investigation access to each lever was lengthened to either 40 or 60 s, with four rats in each condition. On successive phases the intervals between access to the levers were 0, 2, 8, and 32 s. For all rats the number of obtained food pellets increased in the range between 0 and 8 s. With 32 s the number of food pellets decreased. The number of food pellets and of procuring and obtaining responses was higher with lever-access constant at 40 s than at 60 s. It was concluded that lever-access duration controls both, the number of obtained pellets and the point of inflexion of the increasing food-accumulation functions, in a manner similar to relative-time effects.

 
The Role of Inter-Trial Interval Duration and Response Reinforcer Delay on Reinforcer Accumulation
ERIC JAMES FRENCH (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: The purpose of the current experiment was to dissociate the effects that the inter-trial interval and response reinforcer delays have on reinforcer accumulation. In a within-subject design, rats made choices between two levers in a discrete trial procedure where each response on the left lever set up one reinforcer, to be collected later, and a single response on the right lever delivered the earned reinforcers. Conditions varied based on the presence of either an inter-trial interval (ITI) or a delay to reinforcement, and the duration of the temporal intervals (0, 5, 10, and 20-s). In general the delay to reinforcement condition produced greater accumulation than the ITI delay condition, and the effect was positively correlated with the duration of the temporal interval. In addition to increasing accumulation; time spent in the choice component increased across the delay to reinforcement values despite remaining relatively unchanged across the inter-trial interval conditions. These results challenge the utility of simple optimal-foraging models to account for the data while simultaneously expanding the generality of a temporal-discounting framework in explaining behavior temporally separated from reinforcement.
 

Second-Order Token-Production Schedule Performances Are (Mostly) Obedient to the Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement

TRAVIS RAY SMITH (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

The present experiment investigated the effect of second-order token reinforcement schedules (requiring the accumulation of multiple tokens prior to receiving an opportunity to exchange the tokens for food) on response rates and evaluated those data in terms of Killeens (1994) Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (MPR). Two Long-Evans Hooded rats (J164 & J165) were trained to earn and exchange steel ball-bearings (token reinforcers) for sweetened-condensed milk (unconditional reinforcers) throughout 2-hr sessions. The fixed-ratio (FR) token-production schedule requirement was increased following a block of three sessions (values varied between FR 2 FR 20). In condition 1, the exchange-production requirement was a second-order FR 2 schedule that required two tokens to be accumulated prior to transition to the token-exchange component. For condition 2, the exchange-production requirement was a second-order FR 4 schedule. The effects of successive token production across the second-order schedule components on response rates were evaluated and characterized using the MPR equation. The overall response rate data, plotted across the token-production schedule values, revealed the typical bitonic pattern that is described by the MPR equation. These data extend Killeens principles into second-order schedules and reveal some limitations of their application.

 
 
Symposium #451
Application of Applied Behavior Analytic Strategies in Early Childhood Education Classroom Settings
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Ashley Shier (Nationwide Children's Hospital, Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders)
Abstract: Behavior analytic strategies have long been applied to the treatment of a wide range of academic and behavior concerns. With the passing of Individuals with Disabilities Education Act 1997/2004, behavior analytic assessment and intervention techniques have become a necessary component in the school environment. Additionally, with the continued emphasis on standardized tests and curriculums, as dictated by the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, academic readiness and success is becoming a crucial component in early childhood settings. The presentations in this symposia address unique applications of behavior analytic principles to students in an early childhood setting. Interventions focusing on Autism and English Language Learner populations, as well as a child with selective mutism will be presented. Additionally, presentations will discuss interventions that address problem behavior, academic readiness, and pre-academic skills. Data from all presentations supports the effectiveness and feasibility of behavior analytic interventions in a classroom environment. Discussions will emphasize the feasibility of assessment and intervention techniques within this setting as well as explore the long term maintenance of intervention effects.
Keyword(s): Classroom Setting, Early Childhood, ELL, Selective Mutism
 

Using Trial-Based Functional Analysis to Design Effective Interventions for Students Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

WALLACE LARKIN (University of Cincinnati), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

Functional behavior assessments and function-based interventions represent effective methods for addressing the challenging behaviors of children. However, traditional functional analysis has limitations that impact feasibility in school and community settings. Trial-based functional analyses have been shown to address concerns relating to the length of time, level of expertise required, and the contrived nature of analogue functional analyses. The current study expanded on previous research by using trial-based functional analyses to determine the function of challenging behaviors within an educational setting for four early childhood education students with autism spectrum disorder. Results of the trial-based functional analyses were then used to create corresponding individualized function-based interventions for three of the four students assessed. For two students, the intervention was based on differential reinforcement of other behavior, and one students intervention was based on differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior. Each of these individualized function-based interventions resulted in both decreases in problem behaviors as well as increases in classroom engagement. The students teachers conducted all assessment and intervention procedures, and collected trial-by trial student data during assessment.

 

Using Differential Reinforcement to Increase the Communicative Behavior of a Kindergarten Student With Selective Mutism

HILARY B. DENUNE (Cincinnati Public Schools)
Abstract:

Researchers have only recently begun assessing the function of selectively mute behavior likely due to the fact that selective mutism (SM) is defined by the absence of verbal behavior, and because it has historically been attributed to unobservable, private events (i.e., anxiety). More recently, research has begun exploring the treatment of SM through the use of functional behavior assessments (FBA). In this study, an FBA was conducted in order to determine the function of a female kindergarteners selectively mute behavior. It was determined that the behavior was maintained through escape. A differential reinforcement procedure was designed to shape the students communicative behavior. Teacher collected frequency data and direct observation measures were used to evaluate the effect of the intervention on the students communicative behavior using a changing criterion design. Direct observation data were also used to evaluate the influence of intervention procedures on the students behavior, as well as to obtain peer comparison data, using an AB design. Results indicated that intervention procedures effectively increased the target students vocal behavior to rates similar to classroom peers. Discussion focuses on contributions to current research, implications for the practice of ABA in educational settings, and suggestions for further research.

 

Video Self-Modeling With English Language Learners in the Preschool Setting

DACIA MCCOY (University of Cincinnati), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), Julie Morrison (University of Cincinnati), Laura Nabors (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

English language learners (ELL) are at risk of academic failure when classroom expectations are not effectively communicated and they are unable to engage in classroom instruction. A delayed multiple baseline design across participants was utilized to investigate the effects of a video self-modeling (VSM) intervention on the classroom behavior of ELLs. This study was implemented in the preschool setting with ELLs exhibiting low levels of engagement and/or high levels of off-task behavior during group time. Prior to group time, the child viewed a brief self-modeling video of appropriate behavior. A parent of the child provided voice-over in the childs home language, clearly stating the classroom expectations described by the teacher. Through visual analysis, the results indicated an increase in engagement and decrease in off-task behaviors for all 4 children to levels comparable to English-fluent speaking and ELL peer comparisons in the classroom. These results were maintained during the brief follow-up phase. In addition, teacher and child social validity data suggested the intervention was viewed favorably by both the teachers and children. This study demonstrates promising evidence that VSM may be an effective antecedent intervention for ELL children in the preschool classroom setting.

 

Creating Stimulus Equivalence Using a Matching-to-Sample Intervention With a Preschool Student to Improve Preacademic Skills

JESSIE RICHARD (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

Historically preschool has been primarily focused on social behavior; however in recent years there has been an increased emphasis being placed on academics particularly due to increased academic standards within grades K-12. In this study, an intervention was created to examine the effects of a matching-to-sample intervention on the preacademic skills of a preschool student. This case was implemented in a preschool with a student who was well below the expected level associated with being able to identify shapes, colors, numbers, and the letters of his name. During free play, the classroom teacher implemented one of the matching-to-sample interventions with the preschool student per day. A different matching-to-sample intervention was completed each day of the week. Results indicated that the intervention was effective in increasing the number of correctly identified shapes, colors, numbers, and letters compared to baseline. Social validity data also suggests that the teacher viewed the intervention positively. This study demonstrates promising evidence that a matching-to-sample intervention for preschool students struggling with acquisition of preacademic skills may be an effective technique for teachers to utilize in the preschool classroom.

 
 
Symposium #452
CE Offered: BACB
Using Behavior Analytic Strategies to Reduce Sedentary Behavior, Increase Physical Activity, and Improve Dietary Behaviors
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bobby Newman (Room to Grow)
Discussant: Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
CE Instructor: Bobby Newman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

According to the CDC, obesity and related comorbid conditions such as diabetes, hypertension, heart disease cost the United States at least $147 billion dollars a year. Although diet and physical activity have been robustly demonstrated to improve health outcomes related to obesity, there is little empirical evidence of effective and publically available interventions. Interestingly, little behavior analytic research has been published on the topic, potentially due to the large scale level of change that must occur across a wide variety of settings and behaviors. As a means of addressing this dearth of research, the current symposium incorporates translational behavior analytic approaches to the study of diet and physical activity. The present studies evaluate behavior analytic strategies with typically developing adults to reduce sedentary behavior, increase physical activity, and improve dietary behaviors across a range of environments. Procedures include treatment packages with both antecedent and consequence based interventions, measurement of physical activity via wearable technology, and an emphasis on goal-directed behavior via goal setting and delay discounting. In conjunction, results suggest that behavior analytic intervention strategies can result in clinically relevant changes in dieting, physical activity, and sedentary behaviors, and warrant further exploration.

Keyword(s): Exercise, Fitness, Health
 

Getting Fit With the Science of Human Behaviour

LOUIS PAUL ALEXANDER BUSCH (Centre for Addictions and Mental Health)
Abstract:

Approximately one in four adults and one in ten children, comprising more than six million Canadians, are obese. The economic, social, and personal impact of our collective weight problem is immense, with an estimated $6 billion directed towards the treatment of obesity related illnesses annually. Medical research has demonstrated that sustained weight-loss and increased physical fitness can drastically improve outcomes for individuals at risk of obesity related health problems. Unfortunately there is little evidence to indicate the effectiveness of any diet or exercise program currently accessible to the public. A recent systematic review of weight management programs has suggested that a comprehensive behaviour management strategy is the missing component in most weight management programs. This talk will outline the authors weight management efforts, a hybrid of self-management and contingency contracting strategies supported by the use of personal health monitoring technology and will suggest that behaviour analytic strategies could be used to complement most diet or exercise programs. The extension of such strategies to clinical settings will be suggested as the logical next step with preliminary data on similar fitness related interventions on a forensic inpatient unit presented as an example.

 

Decreasing Rates of Delay Discounting With a Physical Exercise Intervention

MICHAEL SOFIS (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The current study evaluated if an extended couch to 5k program (IV) would increase physical activity thereby lowering participant rates of delay discounting (DV). Higher relative rates of discounting (i.e. a propensity to choose a smaller immediate reward over a larger delayed reward) have been associated with a variety of clinical issues such as substance abuse, pathological gambling, and obesity. Conversely, lower rates of discounting have been associated with exhibiting a higher frequency of healthy behaviors such as diet and physical exercise (Axon, Bradford, and Egen, 2009), however, there are no studies to our knowledge that have studied the effects of a physical exercise intervention on rates of delay discounting. In the current study, delay discounting was assessed three times a week and participants were instructed to wear Fitbit devices 24 hours a day. Using a concurrent multiple baseline design, three of the four participants demonstrated reduced rates of delay discounting in the treatment condition (i.e. exercise) and the same three participants maintained lower discounting rates than baseline at one month follow ups. The present study suggests that physical activity should be further explored as a method of reducing an individuals propensity to overvalue immediate rewards.

 

The Use of Goal-Setting and Self-Monitoring With Non-Contingent Reinforcement in Preparation for a Bodybuilding Competition

KELLY DULAK (Bancroft)
Abstract:

Various fitness-related behaviors have been examined previously using behavior analysis, but none have specifically studied behavior change in bodybuilders. This study examined the use of goal-setting and self-monitoring of calorie and macronutrient intake, along with non-contingent reinforcement, in preparation for a bodybuilding competition. Data on compliance to daily and weekly calorie and macronutrient goals were examined using a changing criterion design using the website My Fitness Pal. Once a week, the participant set a weekly goal average for macronutrient and calorie intake for the following 7 days. No external consequences were given for following or not following the scheduled intake. Non-contingent reinforcement consisted of one higher-calorie meal day per week, designated as refeed day. Along with weekly goals, a terminal goal was set for the participant to compete in a bodybuilding competition after the completion of the study. Results of the intervention demonstrated that self-monitoring was effective in increasing compliance to weekly goals for calorie intake. However, daily calorie intake data during the intervention continued to show some variability, albeit lower than in the baseline phase. In conclusion, self-monitoring of macronutrient and calorie intake may be an effective strategy to increase compliance to goals set, but further replication is needed.

 
Decreasing Bouts of Prolonged Sitting Among Office Workers
NICHOLAS GREEN (University of Florida), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Health care costs of preventable diseases such as cardiovascular disease, type II diabetes, and obesity are higher than ever, and indicate the need for behavioral interventions. Research has shown that individuals who sit for extended periods are at higher risk for these diseases. Moreover, the risks associated with sitting have been found to be independent of an individual’s physical activity. That is, longer durations of sitting per day are associated with higher levels of unwanted health risks, regardless of how often an individual exercises. There is a need to address this issue in today’s inactive workplace. Research indicates that office workers sit for more than 70% of their workday. The current study assessed how successful antecedent and consequence-based interventions are at motivating compliance with the recommendation that office workers should take a break from prolonged sitting every 30-60 min. Results revealed the information alone was not as effective as a treatment package consisting of feedback and goal setting to reduce bouts of prolonged sitting.
 
 
Symposium #453
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Evidence-Based Practice for ABA Practitioners: Strategies, Ethical Obligations, and Challenges
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
CE Instructor: Wayne Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Evidence-based practice (EBP) is a multi-component process in which practitioners select, refine and deliver clinical services based on a) the best available scientific evidence, b) unique client and contextual features and c) ongoing clinical progress monitoring and decision making. Developed initially in medicine, EBP has been extended to the delivery of applied behavior analysis (ABA) services and is considered an essential feature of ethical and high quality (ABA) service delivery. This symposium reviews the defining features of EBP as applied to ABA service delivery and provides a synopsis of the challenges encountered in implementing the EBP process in ABA. This symposium will offer practical advice for ABA practitioners and supervisors who are interested in improving the quality and accountability of ABA and clinical behavior analysis service delivery. Additionally, it will offer guidance for instructors and researchers who are interested in the dissemination of ABA technology and quality assurance.

 
What is the “Best Available Evidence” to Guide Clinical Practice?
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University)
Abstract: The concept “best available evidence” is one of three pillars of evidence-based practice. A nuanced understanding of this concept is necessary for evidence-based practice to be compatible with the conceptual and ethical tenets of Applied Behavior Analysis and clinical effectiveness. This paper outlines a multifaceted understanding of “best available evidence” and demonstrates its clinical utility.
 

Is Standardization of ABA Eroding Our Scientific Foundations?

KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (Mercyhurst University)
Abstract:

As Applied Behavior Analysis principles and procedures have been shown to be effective, many ABA practices have become standardized with non-individualized procedures. The idiosyncratic practices of some of these standardized programs' have eroded their ABA scientific foundations. These practices often ignore the research supported principles and application procedures of ABA creating possible ethical violations. This symposium will present examples of ABA practices which have possibly eroded and compromised the efficacy of ABA. We will also discuss the possible ethical implications of these trends.

 

Sometimes It Works, But Is It Worth It?

PETER STURMEY (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) has typically evaluated its outcomes using reliable and valid observational data of increases in adaptive behavior, decreases in maladaptive behavior, generalization, maintenance and social validity and more recently systematic reviews and meta-analysis. Despite the evidence for effectiveness, wide spread adoption, beyond adoption of simple contingency management has been scarce. Once important and neglected aspect of evidence-based practice is economic evaluation. This paper highlights opportunities for promoting ABA by demonstrating economic benefit of ABA.

 

Detecting and Troubleshooting Treatment Failures: Guidelines for ABA Practitioners

WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Sometimes the best-intentioned practitioners implement ABA interventions that fail to produce behavior change of sufficient magnitude, generality and durability to resolve the presenting problem. This presentation will review the ethical obligation to incorporate clinical benchmarks and clinical progress monitoring in a manner that allows for early detection of treatment failures and shortcomings. It also reviews seven practical strategies for troubleshooting treatment failures.

 
 
Symposium #454
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Verbal Behavior to Promote Prosocial Skills
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Andrea Clements (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Andrea Clements, M.A.
Abstract:

Core features of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) include both language and social deficits. A wealth of research has been dedicated to the study and acquisition of early vocal language with children and adults on the autism spectrum (e.g., manding, tacting, simple intraverbals). Although increasing vocalizations makes it possible for those with ASD to communicate with others, further training is often needed to teach more nuanced uses of vocal behavior. The talks in this symposia seek to teach individuals with ASD and other developmental delays these more directed skills. The topics in this symposia span a variety of topics including manipulating establishing and abolishing operations to promote requesting social information and missing items from peers, responding to stimulus cues to promote sharing of a common preferred items, and delivering and accepting compliments. The instructional techniques used across the studies span a variety of strategies including discrete trial training and behavioral skills training.

Keyword(s): autism, manding, prosocial behavior, sharing
 

Increasing Turn-Taking Behavior in Children With Autism Using Discriminative Stimuli

AMI J. KAMINSKI (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessica Niemeier (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism are less likely than their typically developing peers to engage in positive social behaviors such as turn taking (Shabani et al., 2002). The purpose of the current evaluation was to evaluate whether a multiple schedule could be used to promote appropriate turn-taking behavior. Participants included two dyads of siblings and two dyads of non-related peers who were identified as having poor turn taking skills. One set of siblings included a 6-year-old diagnosed with autism and his typically developing sister. The other set included 4-year-old twins both diagnosed with autism. Two dyads of peers included a 3-year-old, 4-year-old, 5-year-old, and 7-year-old all diagnosed with autism. During sessions, an auditory and visual stimulus in the form of a PowerPoint presentation played in the background to signal each child's turn with the highly preferred item. Following baseline, a progressive prompt delay was used to teach the children to attend to and appropriately respond to the stimuli presented in the PowerPoint presentation. Preliminary findings suggest that an auditory and visual stimulus can be used to increase appropriate turn-taking behavior. We are currently continuing to implement this protocol and collect data for four dyads of participants.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Emit Mands for Social Information

ROBIN K. LANDA (Western New England University), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center), Stacy Cleveland (Marcus Autism Center), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Several studies illustrate the efficacy of contrived establishing operations (EOs) to teach the mands for information, What? Who? Where? Which? and How? (Raulston, et al., 2013). Asking others questions regarding personal information is considered an important social conversational skill. The current study taught children with autism to emit differentiated mands for social information under conditions in which a contrived EO or abolishing operation (AO) was present. Participants were presented with intraverbal questions related to a partners social information such as, Whats Sarahs favorite color? Questions to which the answer was known or unknown were assigned to the AO or EO condition, respectively, based on prior assessment results. Following baseline, therapists prompted participants to orient toward a conversational partner and ask the appropriate question during EO trials (e.g., Sarah, whats your favorite color?). Primary and secondary data collectors scored cumulative (study 1) or percentage of (study 2) trials with mands for information. Results were analyzed using a multiple baseline design. All participants emitted mands for social information and demonstrated use of acquired information by subsequently answering the intraverbal question. This study extends prior research by demonstrating a novel procedure to teach children to mand for others personal information.

 

Manipulation of Establishing Operations to Evoke Mands to Peers in a Small Group Format

CASSONDRA M GAYMAN (Marcus Autism Center), Kelly Schleismann (Marcus Autism Center), Jamie Cohen (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Due to deficits in social communication children with autism often struggle to develop functional language skills. Specifically, language and social interaction skills often require intensive intervention that typically includes the manipulation of motivating operations (Wallace, Iwata, & Hanley 2006; Shillingsburg, Bowen, Valentino, and Pierce 2014). In addition, once language skills are acquired generalization to novel people, specifically peers, has been demonstrated to be an additional barrier to social communication development (Pellecchia & Hineline 2007). Therefore, the purpose of this study is to addresses social communication deficits for three children with autism and one child with developmental delays. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants is utilized to teach participants to request for missing items from peers, when those items are required to complete a preferred activity. All participants demonstrate an increase in spontaneous requests to peers during the targeted activity. A manipulation of Establishing Operations (EO) is utilized in this study and further extends pervious EO manipulation literature. Implications for generalization across peers as well as activities will also be discussed.

 

Increasing Giving and Accepting Compliments With High-Functioning Individuals With Developmental Disabilities

ATALIE OLSEN (Briar Cliff University), Stephanie A. Hood (Briar Cliff University), Jessi Corrick (Briar Cliff University), Francesca Randle (Briar Cliff University)
Abstract:

Black and Hazen (1990) suggested that social status is dependent on competent and cohesive social interactions. The purpose of the present study was to improve social interactions by increasing giving and accepting compliments with three high-functioning individuals with developmental disabilities. Selection of the skills was based on direct observation of the individuals social-skill deficits and caregiver preferences. Initial teaching consisted of behavioral skills training in a trial-based format with a textual prompt, followed by teaching in a session-based format in which textual prompts were provided following incorrect responses. We assessed the effects of our teaching on stimulus generalization of giving and accepting compliments, and treatment extension across unfamiliar adults. We obtained stakeholder responses on the social acceptability of the improvement in social skills. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to demonstrate experimental control. The teaching procedures were effective at increasing giving and accepting a variety of compliments, as well as maintenance, and generalization. The results provide initial support of an intervention for increasing a variety of compliments given and accepted during unscripted conversations.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #455
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Behavioral Science and Zoo Animal Welfare

Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Lindsay Mehrkam, Ph.D.
Chair: Lindsay Renee Mehrkam (University of Florida)
LANCE MILLER (Chicago Zoological Society–Brookfield Zoo)
Lance J. Miller, Ph.D., is currently the Senior Director of Animal Welfare Research for the Chicago Zoological Society – Brookfield Zoo. He received his graduate training in Experimental Psychology from the University of Southern Mississippi. Previously, he held positions as a Research Manager at Disney’s Animal Kingdom and Scientist for the San Diego Zoo Institute for Conservation Research. Dr. Miller focuses on animal welfare in the areas of validating positive and negative indicators, the impact of unnatural social settings, holistic monitoring, and scientific assessment of environmental enrichment. Dr. Miller currently holds adjunct faculty status through the University of Chicago, Western Illinois University, the University of Southern Mississippi and Arizona State University. He is currently a member of the Association of Zoos and Aquariums (AZA) Research and Technology Committee, Chair of the AZA Animal Welfare Committee, and a steering committee member for the AZA Behavioral Scientific Advisory Group.
Abstract:

Zoos and aquariums strive to provide the highest levels of welfare for the animals under their care. This goal is achieved through evidence-based management where research, animal care and veterinary services work together to answer questions regarding animal welfare and turn findings into practice. Behavioral data is one of the many tools used within zoos and aquariums used to make informed management decisions. Historically, zoos primarily utilized negative indicators of welfare such as stereotypic or abnormal behavior. However, the absence of negative indicators of welfare does not suggest that an animal is thriving. The presentation will highlight the many different ways behavior data can be utilized within a zoo environment to ensure high levels of welfare. Examples include behavioral monitoring of the collection, asking specific questions regarding animal behavior, and preference assessments. Ultimately, behavioral data combined with many other positive and negative indicators of animal welfare can help ensure each individual animal within a zoo has the opportunity to thrive.

Target Audience:

The target audience should have a basic understanding of animal behavior and preferably some experience with environmental enrichment and animal welfare.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) understand the difference between animal welfare and animal rights; (2) identify three different ways behavioral data are utilized within zoos and aquariums; (3) identify one way that behavioral data can be combined with other measures of animal welfare to provide a more holistic perspective; (4) identify three ways behavioral data has been used historically to answer questions surrounding animal welfare within a zoological environment.
 
 
Panel #456
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavior Analysis is a Science and, Therefore, Progressive
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: John James McEachin, Ph.D.
Chair: Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership)
JOHN JAMES MCEACHIN (Autism Partnership)
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College)
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis is a science and, therefore, involves progressive approaches and outcomes. In this panel discussion we argue that the spirit and the method of science should be maintained in order to avoid reductionist procedures, stifled innovation, and rote, unresponsive protocols that become increasingly removed from meaningful progress for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We describe this approach as progressive. In a progressive ABA approach, the therapist employs a structured yet flexible process, which is contingent upon and responsive to child progress. We will describe progressive ABA and provide rationales for both the substance and intent of ABA as a progressive scientific method for improving conditions of social relevance for individuals with ASD. The chairperson will pose a variety of questions to the other panel members to engender a discussion about how, as a field, we can move toward a more progressive approach and the potential obstacles behavior analysts might face along the way. Finally, we will take questions from the audience members to help facilitate the discussion. The goal of the panel is to help the audience to identify what constitutes progressive ABA and how we as behavior analysts can reach these high standards.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Best Outcome, progressive ABA, Quality Intervention
 
 
Panel #457
Step-by-Step: Lessons Learned From a Decade of International Service Delivery
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Molly Ola Pinney (Global Autism Project)
SANGEETA JAIN (SOREM)
KARLA DEWINDT (APRENDO Center for Autism and other Developmental Disabilities)
JOE MWENDA (Kaizora Consultants)
Abstract:

International service delivery for individuals with autism varies in relevance, mode of delivery, and ethical considerations. This panel highlights individuals working in Kenya, India, and the Dominican Republic with children with autism and their respective partnerships with the Global Autism Project. Each partnership is unique in terms of methods and expected outcomes. While some partners have worked with the Global Autism Project for behavior analytic dissemination for over five years, others have only been partners for months. Lessons learned, challenges, and successes with long-standing partners will be discussed as well as systems currently in place that dispel many of the challenges faced in the infancy of the Global Autism Project. There are systems in place to prevent attrition, to ensure dissemination within communities, and combat local prejudice about service delivery. What works for autism treatment around the world varies by geography, culture, and climate; our partners will attest to the challenges faced within their communities and how those are both unique and archetypal within the field.

Keyword(s): collaborative model, international collaboration, international training, service differentiation
 
 
Panel #458
Identifying and Overcoming Challenges in BACB Certification and Supervision: National and International Discussion
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kara Reagon (Autism Speaks)
ANNA BUDZINSKA (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk)
MARINA A. AZIMOVA (Private Practice)
LYNN C. BRENNAN (Independent Behavioral Consultant)
Abstract:

There is a demand for more certified behavior analysts globally to meet the needs of individuals with autism globally. With the increase in demand, how to do we face the challenges nationally and internationally related to certification requirements and supervision. Panelists will discuss challenges in recruiting and maintaining staff, cost, minority populations, and low-resource settings. Furthermore, misconceptions of applied behavior analysis and certification from current/potential consumers and possibly future behavior analysts will be mentioned. Recommendations for moving forward to meet the demand of certified behavior analysts and reduce the misconceptions of certification and applied behavior analysis in the treatment of autism will be suggested.

 
 
Paper Session #459
Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorders: Refining Our Approaches to Teaching and Predicting Success
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT
Chair: Kathy Fox (Haugland Learning Center)
 

Success and Challenges in Achieving Academic Growth in Students With Autism With the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction

Domain: Service Delivery
KATHY FOX (Haugland Learning Center), Jason Guild (Haugland Learning Center)
 
Abstract:

In our 6th year of collaboration with Morningside Academy, Haugland Learning Center recognizes that the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction, which focuses on systematic programming and quality instruction is effective in a setting where all students have a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder. Using an assessment system based on the one used at Morningside Academy, Haugland Learning Center has demonstrated that using the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction with students with ASD leads to generative outcomes and academic growth. Past presentations have shown initial success with the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction and explored how writing instruction can lead to generative outcomes. This presentation will focus on assessment data in all academic areas and how Haugland Learning Center uses it to make programming decisions that will continue to lead to academic success for our students.

 

Applying Developmental Patterns to Behaviour Intervention: Using ABLLS-R® Normative Scores to Develop Individual Learning Trajectories

Domain: Applied Research
TOBY L. STAHLSCHMIDT-KAH (Private Practice), Sophia M. Catania (Private Practice)
 
Abstract:

The current study extends previous research on developmental trajectories in autism, and examines whether the use of The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills® Revised (ABLLS®-R) can be used to build learning trajectories that provide similar information as those developed using standardized assessments. ABLLS®-R assessment results from 15 individual learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) between 1 and 5 years of age, were converted to trajectories using normative scores. Results show similar findings to research conducted by Szatmari et al. (2015) in that those children with less severe autistic symptomology had improving trajectories, whereas those children with moderate to serve autistic symptoms had stable or worsening trajectories. For behaviour analytic practitioners, attention is drawn to how development impacts learning, how normative scores can help guide behaviour intervention, how progress can he measured more effectively, and how to communicate with families regarding their child's development.

 
 
 
Panel #460
Applied Behavior Analysis at Two Brazilian Public Hospitals: Research, Intervention, and Discussion
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Martha Hübner (University of São Paulo)
LUIZA HUBNER HÜBNER DE OLIVEIRA (University of Sao Paulo/Behavior Analysis Hubner C)
ADSSON MAGALHAES (University of Sao Paulo)
MARTHA HUBNER (University of São Paulo)
Abstract:

The panel presents possibilities and challenges of a multidisciplinary and inter domain approach, applying Behavior Analysis to two nationally renowned public hospitals in Brazil. Three different applications are shown, at three different units and faculties at the largest University in South America (USP), inside and outside it, with professionals coming from diverse organizations. It involves, mainly, two different domains of Behavior Analysis: applied research and service delivery, all of them in the context of a partnership between public university, public hospital and private initiatives. It involves different disciplines: psychology, psychiatry, art, nursing and education, with the common context of Behavior Analysis. It describes and discusses three different approaches: 1) a program of creating a behavioral environment at a Children Ward, at the Psychiatry Institute; 2) a research on the process of adults behavior change during one year of Behavioral Therapy at a University Hospital; 3) a parent training program for those parents at the Children Ward and for those at the Daily Hospital Program. Results shows: 1) pivotal changes in the behavior of the nursery staff, related to the knowledge and application of Behavior Analysis; decreased in the organizational indexes of contention due to aggressive behavior of children; 2) positive correlation between progresses in the behavior of clients and points in psychiatry and social scales; 3) changes in the parents behavior in the direction of a more positive reinforcing contingencies. Considering the involvement of different disciplines and professionals originated from different organizations, discussion will be conducted in the light of the possibilities and challenges of a multidisciplinary and inter domain approach application of Behavior Analysis.

Keyword(s): BST, children ward, parent training, severe disabilities
 
 
Panel #461
PDS: Non-Traditional Research Topics: Suggestions for Future Research in Environmental Sustainability
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: William Root (Southern Illiniois University)
WILLIAM D. NEWSOME (Fit Learning)
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC)
MOLLI LUKE (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

The need for behavior analytic approaches to environmental sustainability has become apparent over the last several years. Many community leaders and citizens are looking for a scientific approach to these problems, and behavior analysis can offer a solution. While environmental sustainability may be a non-traditional research question for the field, behavior analytic researchers are producing important experimental findings, and offering invaluable solutions for future research in the field. The presenters for this panel will be Mark Alavosius, William D. Newsome, and Molli M. Luke. All three presenters have published research in the area of environmental sustainability, offering invaluable insights into effective interventions and suggestions for future research. Research into environmental sustainability is becoming more and more socially valid, and this panel event will allow participants to hear from top researchers in environmental sustainability, their empirical understanding where behavior analysis has been, and where behavior analysis can go to helping improve the sustainability of our planet.

 
 
Panel #462
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
International Application of Educational Technology: Practical and Cultural Challenges and Solutions
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Yulema Cruz, Ph.D.
Chair: Yulema Cruz (Nova Southeastern University)
JENNIFER WILKENS (Rethink)
ROZ PRESCOTT (Rethink)
LOUISE KENNETT (Danecourt School)
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis continues to expand its reach to many around the world. With 41 non-US chapters, the Association for Behavior Analysis International illustrates the geographical reach of our science. The advent of technology has assisted professionals in connecting across vast distances which previously were impenetrable. With this international reach, many behavior analysis products, therapists and consultants find themselves working across significant distances and with colleagues, clients and customers who do not share the same cultural norms and life experience, often with people whom theyve never had the benefit meeting in-person. Providing applied behavior analytic service internationally is rewarding, yet challenges unique to cross-cultural service delivery often present themselves. Technology provides new opportunities for some countries whom quality ABA service and supports were previously unavailable. This panel presentation, includes professionals using technology to provide services in multiple countries across four continents. Learn about the challenges faced in providing quality and ethical services across multiple geographic regions through technology. Success stories achieved will be shared as well as challenges that continue to exist.

Keyword(s): cross-cultural, education technology, international
 
 
Symposium #463
CE Offered: BACB
Next Gen Behavior Analysis: Merging Computer Tech With Behavior Tech
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
Discussant: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
CE Instructor: William F. Potter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Digital technology is ubiquitous. It has exponentially extended our ability to contact molar and molecular phenomena across all areas of science. This symposium offers two presentations and a discussion of the evolving symbiotic relationship between behavior analysis and digital technology. With the increasing ease of computer programming, non-computer science professionals can develop powerful apps beneficial to research and application. Researchers who have taken advantage of technological advancements have not only benefited in efficiency, but have been able to investigate increasingly complex phenomena otherwise too cumbersome for analysis. This symposium celebrates the success of behavioral researchers in applying modern technology to basic and applied phenomena. This symposium also aims to empower audience members to hack their own hardware and software to create truly unique applications. Audience members will walk away able to identify and participate in a growing community of do it yourselfers committed to the free-sharing of information. We welcome all scientists, practitioners, and hackers.

Keyword(s): Computer Programming, Mobile Devices, Technology
 
Response Rhythm: Software Enables a New Look at an Established Process
KENNETH J. KILLINGSWORTH (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (Praxis2LLC)
Abstract: Response rhythm, or pacing, is a topic discussed among precision teachers and fluency researchers, yet quantification of this phenomenon has proven difficult. The use of computer programs with a behavior analytic foundation allows practitioners and researchers the opportunity to capture additional variables associated with masterful performance. The present study investigated the patterning of response latencies in a frequency-building task and tracked the change in these patterns across varying degrees of mastery. Two data sets are presented – the first entails typically functioning adults in an computerized arbitrary matching to sample task and the second entails school-aged children learning letter-sound correspondence with nearly identical software. The first data set gives a look into a basic learning process while the second data set translates the process into something socially meaningful. This research has the potential to inform the design of computerized learning programs that automatically optimize the presentation of stimuli to match a learner’s performance. In essence, behavior analytic computer programs offer a powerful engine in the marketplace of worthy behavioral technologies.
 
Why and How: Behavior Analysis and Technology
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: Incorporating computer and other technology into behavior analysis can provide some cost and time savings, and allows for unprecedented data gathering opportunities. This presentation will discuss some of those benefits - either currently being used, or that could be incorporated across a number of settings (applied, experimental). Examples of data derived from prior basic and applied studies will be presented to illustrate how modern technology informs the design of testable solutions. The second part of this talk will examine how technology has become increasingly more accessible - with some training and persistence most individuals can learn to program computers, as indicated by the push by the LiveCode programming environment's drive to: "Empower Individuals With Autism Through Coding". Some examples of simple coding will be demonstrated, as well as suggested routes for learning. Ultimately, attendees will walk away with a sense of the accessibility of programming and some resources for further education.
 
 
Symposium #464
An Investigation of Techniques to Improve the Delivery of Training and Coaching
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Training is an essential component for the success of any organization. Although critical, it is an intervention that can be delivered in many different ways and disseminated through a variety of outlets. One method of dissemination is electronically through computer-based instruction (CBI). Despite the numerous benefits of employing computer-based instruction, there are several challenges that accompany this mode of instruction which require further investigation into specific techniques one can use to improve this form of training. Another method of dissemination is interpersonally such as the type of training one might observe when a manager is attempting to train a sales team. Many companies have narrowed their focus to both training and selection despite the apparent shortcomings associated with both of these sales improvement strategies. In doing this, there is much less emphasis on attempting to teach specific sales behaviors. Coaching has been proposed as an effective alternative given the multidimensional nature of this approach, which incorporates prompting, feedback, and evaluation. The purpose of the two present studies was to investigate techniques to improve the delivery of training and coaching.
Keyword(s): behavior-based feedback, computer-based instruction, sales coaching, training
 
Coaching as a Packaged Intervention for Telemarketing Personnel
RACHAEL TILKA (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The multidimensional approach taken in coaching which incorporates prompting, feedback, and evaluation has led many to conclude that it may be an effective strategy for sales improvement. The purpose of the present study aimed to utilize direct observation in assessing the effects of a coaching package on sales performance. The participants included four telemarketing personnel. The procedures incorporated an initial phase of task clarification followed by practice through modeling and role play. Once the telemarketer became fluent with role play, the coach allowed her to begin calling customers. Feedback was provided after each opportunity. Incentives were also given for engaging in the correct behaviors and setting a pending sale. Each week, a meeting was held during which the coach provided continued modeling, practice, and feedback. The results allow one to conclude with high confidence that coaching as a packaged intervention was successful in increasing the average percent of critical behaviors as well as both pending and successful phone sales. Coaching can be seen as an effective strategy that, if implemented properly, can be utilized to achieve both desired behaviors and results within one’s sales team.
 
Using Postfeedback Delays to Reduce Racing in Online Learning
ANNA CONARD (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Throughout the last decade, computer-based instruction (CBI) has become an increasingly popular tool in both business and education. Research investigating the efficacy of CBI has often found that it is just as good, if not better, than traditional forms of instruction. Despite the numerous benefits of employing CBI, there are several challenges that accompany this mode of instruction, specifically computer-based racing. Computer-based racing occurs when learners respond so quickly that frequent mistakes are made, even on well-known material. The purpose of the current study is to investigate the impact of postfeedback delays on racing through an online lesson. Six different postfeedback delay formats are being assessed in terms of learner performance using a between group repeated measures design with pretest and posttest scores. There is currently data for 65 undergraduate students from a large Midwest university. The current findings demonstrate the greatest posttest gains for those individuals receiving active feedback with a 5-second postfeedback delay.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #465
CE Offered: PSY

Learning, Sexual Differences, and Sexual Competition

Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Germán Gutierrez, Ph.D.
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
GERMÁN GUTIÉRREZ (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Germán Gutiérrez, Ph.D., is an associate professor at the National University of Colombia in Bogotá. He has served as the editor for several journals, including Revista Latinoamericana de Psicología.
Abstract:

Darwin's Sexual Selection Theory has had an important impact on the understanding of male-female differences in morphology, physiology, and behavior, as well as in mate selection and competition for access to reproductive resources. Using an avian model (Coturnix japonica) the presenter and colleagues have found that males and females differ in the expression of sexual learning, both Pavlovian and instrumental. They have also explored how early learning affects sexual preference and receptivity in males and females later in life and how learning contributes to improve male reproductive success in sexual competition situations. For example, male quail trained in a Pavlovian learning situation are better able to copulate with females than non-trained males, and male quail who lose in a male-male competition, improve their success after training that allows them to predict the presence of a female partner. Females, on the other hand, improve their proceptive behavior if provided the opportunity to have access to areas occupied by males. The presenter will discuss results of their work, but will argue for a comparative approach to better understand the evolution of the sexual behavior system.

Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in basic behavioral processes and their relation to evolution.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) understand the implications of evolutionary theory for sexual differences in behavior; (2) understand how learning affects reproductive fitness; (3) discuss the role of a comparative approach to understand evolutionary processes of behavior.
 
 
Paper Session #466
Brain Injury Intervention
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA
Chair: Chris M. Schaub (ReMed)
 
Using the Experimental Model to Promote Integration of Medical and Behavioral Interventions in Post-Acute Brain Injury Rehabilitation
Domain: Applied Research
CHRIS M. SCHAUB (ReMed), Kevin Erdner (ReMed)
 
Abstract: The prevalence of neurobehavioral sequelae in the brain injury population is replete in the literature. These features commonly impact relationships with family members, community members, caregivers, etc� and complicate the recovery and rehabilitation process in innumerable ways. Frequently, medical consultation is obtained to ameliorate neurobehavioral issues, which often comes from disparate providers, e.g. specialists in the areas of pain, mood/behavior, sleep, etc� who are not part of an integrated treatment model. This can lead to competing priorities, poorly coordinated interventions and may produce results that are unsuccessful or unable to be interpreted effectively due to the lack of an experimental model. As important, an examination of the environment in relation to the occurrence of problematic behavior is routinely absent. Behavior analysis is well equipped to participate in and improve this process, to promote orderliness in the design and analysis of interventions intended to influence the organism as well as the environment. The application of an experimental model and the analysis of data to support medical interventions together with behavioral interventions will be discussed, and case examples will be provided to illustrate application.
 
Promoting Behavior Change After Brain Injury, With and Without Awareness: Considering All Components of the Four Term Contingency
Domain: Applied Research
KEVIN ERDNER (ReMed), Chris M. Schaub (ReMed)
 
Abstract: Sensitivity to contingencies in the brain injured population can be complicated by an array of variables. The onset of pain, sleep disruption, medication trials, vestibular impairment, etc. impact motivating operations and fundamentally influence stimulus relations and reinforcer potency. In other situations the presence of competing contingencies such as access to compensation or controlled substances must be considered. Within these complex contingent relations, awareness of one's own deficits is a hallmark clinical feature that impacts the success of rehabilitation and recovery in brain injury, and although an individual's ability to accurately describe their own situation does not preclude behavior change it must be accounted for in treatment planning efforts. Motivating operations and contingency sensitivity, across multiple temporal scales, will be discussed. The role of behavior analysis in developing treatment plans that promote self-management of behavior will be discussed, as well as promoting behavior change for those with limited capacity for self-management. The concept of awareness as described in the brain injury literature and the behavior analytic concept of self-management will be discussed. Case studies will be reviewed and discussed to illustrate key points.
 
 
 
Panel #467
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Teaching Behavior Analytic Skills to Different Populations in Latin America: Some Obstacles and Solutions
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ana Carolina Sella, Ph.D.
Chair: Ana Carolina Sella (Federal University of Alagoas)
MAPY CHAVEZ CUETO (Alcanzando)
MARIANA DE LOS SANTOS (Bloom Children's Center)
PENELOPE JOHNSON (Applied Behavioral Analysis Center for Children with Autism)
Abstract:

If one looks for data on the presence of Applied Behavior Analysis-based (ABA-based) autism services in Latin America, nothing systematic will be found, besides a few clinic names and professionals. In another example, if you search for Board Certified Behavior Analysts you will find two in Brazil, two in Mexico, and one in Peru; the numbers in other countries are not very different. People trying to implement and disseminate ABA-based autism services in Latin American countries have been finding different obstacles such as (a) limited resources in their languages; (b) few well prepared professionals; (c) few students and professionals willing to be trained in ABA, (d) lack of openness from schools, parents, and health professionals to implement ABA procedures, (e) lack of awareness and many misconceptions regarding ABA, autism and other developmental disorders. Despite the obstacles, solutions are being designed and implemented, including lectures and workshops to decrease prejudice and misconceptions about ABA; training parents, students, and professionals; creating educational resources in peoples languages; and media dissemination (e.g., radio and TV programs). This panel will discuss different obstacles and solutions related to the lack of well-trained applied behavior analysts who provide autism services in Latin America.

 
 
Symposium #468
CE Offered: BACB
The Impact of Research: Scope, Dimensions, and Translation
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Alpine, Swissotel
Area: TPC/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sam Blanco (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Cheryl J. Davis, M.Ed.
Abstract:

This symposium will present a review of the 7 Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as outlined by Baer, Wolf and Risley (1986/87) as well as the cumulative number of published articles and citations across BCAB approved program faculty. In regards to the dimension review, both a review of The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), from 2000 to 2015, as well as a variety of non-evidence based autism practices were evaluated on each dimension. Preliminary results indicate that some dimensions, such as effective were met with rigor while other dimensions are minimally considered in applied studies, such as generalization. The citation review was based on Dixon, Reed, Smith, Belisle, and Jackson (2015) who asserted that research productivity measured by the total number of published articles in behavior-analytic journals is a quality metric for analyzing graduate training programs. The current study examined the number of citations that each published study produced. In addition, the authors searched for the total number of publications and citations in any journal for all faculty in all BACB-approved graduate programs. The cumulative number of published articles and citations across faculty, graduate program and journal were calculated.

 
Is the "Gold Standard" Journal Applying the Dimensions of ABA in Current Research?
CHERYL J. DAVIS (7 Dimensions Consulting/Endicott College), Lesley A. Macpherson (Endicott College), Timothy Nipe (Melmark/Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract: This symposium will present a review of the 7 Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as outlined by Baer, Wolf and Risley (1986/87) as well as the cumulative number of published articles and citations across BCAB approved program faculty. In regards to the dimension review, both a review of The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), from 2000 to 2015, as well as a variety of non-evidence based autism practices were evaluated on each dimension. Preliminary results indicate that some dimensions, such as effective were met with rigor while other dimensions are minimally considered in applied studies, such as generalization. The citation review was based on Dixon, Reed, Smith, Belisle, and Jackson (2015) who asserted that research productivity measured by the total number of published articles in behavior-analytic journals is a quality metric for analyzing graduate training programs. The current study examined the number of citations that each published study produced. In addition, the authors searched for the total number of publications and citations in any journal for all faculty in all BACB-approved graduate programs. The cumulative number of published articles and citations across faculty, graduate program and journal were calculated.
 
Using Baer Wolf and Risley (1968) to Assess Autism Interventions: Back to Science
JOSEPHINE SOUTHWICK (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: Requirements for evidence-based practice exist in many fields such as education, medicine, and the social sciences. A variety of treatment options are currently available for consumers who require service delivery in the treatment of autism spectrum disorder. Some are clearly evidenced-based, while others clearly are not. There are also a number of treatment models that include interventions that have ambiguous evidence, or have not yet been tested empirically. Some behavior analysts use interventions that are not scientifically supported nor behavior analytic. We propose using Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) to clinically evaluate the extent to which treatments for autism adhere to the basic dimensions of applied behavior analysis. By so doing, behavior analysts can more consistently use treatments and strategies that adhere to the fundamentals of our philosophy and approach. It is our hope that this call to action will reduce drift within the field and ensure a consistent commitment to science-based interventions.
 
Publication and Citation Analysis: A Systematic Replication and Extension
LESLEY A. MACPHERSON (Endicott College), Bryan J. Blair (Cape Abilities/Endicott College), Emily Debacher (Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract: Dixon, Reed, Smith, Belisle, and Jackson (2015) asserted that research productivity measured by the total number of published articles in behavior-analytic journals is a quality metric for analyzing graduate training programs. While this is certainly a valid metric to evaluate the research productivity of a behavior analyst, the current authors argue that it is also relevant to examine the number of citations that each published study produces. The purpose of the current review was to replicate and extend Dixon et al. (2015), by further examining the number of times each published study was cited in six behavior-analytic journals. The authors conducted searches in Google Scholar for each faculty name listed in Dixon et al. (2015). In addition, the authors searched for the total number of publications and citations in any journal for all faculty in all BACB-approved graduate programs. The cumulative number of published articles and citations across faculty, graduate program and journal were calculated. These data will be presented and discussed in terms of their relevance and impact on the analysis of graduate programs.
 
 
Symposium #469
Consciousness: Taking the Debate Forward
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Zurich E, Swissotel
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Discussant: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus)
Abstract: What is consciousness, or more specifically, what occasions use of the term, “consciousness”? Behavior analysts broadly agree that it is an aspect of verbal behavior, which immediately sets them at odds with many in other disciplines (e.g., philosophy, neuroscience) who assign it a very different status and frequently assert that the behavior-analytic could never capture the “essence” of consciousness, and perhaps that no scientific account could. On closer inspection, however, behavior analysts do not agree amongst themselves on the critical issues around the nature and status of private events in characterizing consciousness. As agreement on this may be critical if we are to influence the wider debate about consciousness, this symposium brings together several researchers with diverse views within behavior analysis and seeks to identify key issues and, as importantly, areas where empirical research in the experimental analysis of behaviour or from other non-cognitive traditions can take the debate forward.
Keyword(s): consciousness, private events, relational-frame theory, teleological behaviorism
 

List, List, O, List! The Escape From Telelogical Behaviorism

M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech)
Abstract:

The word "consciousness" has many meanings, but that characterizing a "self-descriptive repertoire" is probably the most behaviorally tractable. Skinner, principally in Verbal Behavior (1957), provided a plausible account of how such a repertoire might be established and maintained. But, for some, this meaning of consciousness seems quite constrained in that it fails to capture what might be deemed "immediate experience"—a far more elusive notion—but one engendering a huge literature filled with mystery and even anguish over the seeming impossibility of mere matter, that is, a brain, manifesting such a miracle. The key concept said to embrace this mystery is "qualia," an utterly incoherent notion. The real mystery is why anyone ever believed such an idea was needed. Rachlin, in his book The Escape of the Mind, appears to assume that those who argue for a role for private events in a science of behavior must attribute qualia to at least some of these events. This is wrong. This presentation will attempt to respond to his critique of "Marr's list" as well as other tenets of "teleological behaviorism."

 

Can We Make Data-Driven Decisions in the Consciousness Debate?

JULIAN C. LESLIE (Ulster University)
Abstract:

In recent times, some behavior analysts have ventured, and others may have been dragged, into the multidisciplinary debate on the nature of consciousness. The main question for behaviour analysts is whether within the field we can do experimental analyses of questions about consciousness that meet our standards of evidence. One of the best candidates for conceptual research in this area is work done by Hineline and colleagues and there are links between that and the relatively large body of empirical research on relational frame theory. One question posed in this paper will be, does relational frame theory generate findings that begin to provide a behavioral account of consciousness? Another strategy is to examine the conceptual and empirical work of others who reject the implicit cognitivist consensus that human behavior can only be explained by causal mental events. Some of these are the intellectual heirs of J J Gibson, and some of their work, sometimes termed embodied cognition, will be reviewed,

 
 
Symposium #470
CE Offered: BACB
Implications for Application: How Basic Research Can Inform and Advance Applied Behavior Analysis
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
St. Gallen, Swissotel
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Zachary H. Morford (University of Vermont)
Discussant: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Zachary H. Morford, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis and the experimental analysis of behavior are not disparate. Although seemingly divergent in their analytic goals, these two branches of behavior analysis are in many ways interdependent. This symposium will offer two examples of how current theoretical and basic research can help inform and advance not only applied behavior analysis, but also the field of behavior analysis as a reticulated whole. Work developed out of the laboratory has implications for practitioners, and can only benefit from a practitioners insights regarding application in a more natural setting. General laws and principles revealed in the laboratory can be leveraged as behavior change technologies. The presenters will bring new light to the Premack principle, disequilibrium models, and the behavior analytic study of time as it relates to both basic and applied domains. There are unique predictions to be tested and controls to be studied in both the laboratory and field. Behavior analysis is not a house divided, as its various branches could not prosper, one without the other.

Keyword(s): delay discounting, Premack principle, response deprivation, RFT
 

Reviewing the Concept of Time as a Feature of Behavior Analysis Research and Applications

CAROLYN BRAYKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Kenneth Burleigh (University of Nevada, Reno), Rita Olla (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

While behavior analysts have historically recognized the importance of time and verbal behavior, it is still unclear how we account for these interrelated factors when studying complex human behavior. Many research areas, such as delay discounting (DD; Madden & Johnson, 2010) and time horizons (Zimbardo & Boyd, 1999) aim to measure and evaluate an individuals relationship to time. Other areas (Hayes, 2004) highlight the role of verbal behavior as it influences our relationship to temporally-related issues (e.g., PTSD, anxiety). Hayes and Hayes (1992) discuss the differences in how verbal and nonverbal organisms behave with respect to time-based schedules. Dixon and Delaney (2006) address the importance of verbal behavior as it pertains to gambling addiction, traditionally studied through DD procedures. A better understanding of time, as it relates to verbal humans interacting with their environment, may inform researchers and practitioners on a vast array of applied issues such as: substance abuse, financial management, and performance management. The current paper will discuss how well, and to what degree, behavior analysts have investigated and understood how verbal organisms behave with respect to time. By synthesizing and advancing what we know about time via basic research, there is potential to enhance the breadth and depth of interventions in the applied realm.

 
Rules for Forecasting Behavior Change in Applied Settings
KENNETH W. JACOBS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Premack principle, or probability-differential hypothesis, is a rule of operation that takes actions to be reinforcing: Higher probability behavior will reinforce lower probability behavior. Although effective as a general rule of thumb, the Premack principle has yet to be systematically formalized and fully integrated into applied behavior analytic vernacular. Formalization began with Timberlake’s (1980) disequilibrium approach—better known as the response deprivation hypothesis (Timberlake & Allison, 1974)—while integration into application stopped short with the advent of functional analyses. Functional analyses reduced practitioner guesswork, but did not provide rules of operation regarding the arrangement of contingencies. The disequilibrium approach, presumably overlooked with the success of functional analyses, provides rules for how to arrange contingencies that can be affirmed or denied as effective prior to intervention implementation (Timberlake & Farmer-Dougan, 1991). Behavior change trajectories can be predicted so long as the necessary requisite information is derived from functional analyses and baseline data. In the footsteps of Premack and Timberlake, the authors endeavor to formalize the Premack principle in the form of quantitative models that increase the precision of practitioner predictions. Such models will not only inform treatment decisions, but will also guide future inquiry in the realm of application science.
 
 
Poster Session #471
EAB Tuesday Noon
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: John Bai (University of Auckland)
1. Brave the Pain but Savor the Pleasure? Empirical-Normative Discrepancies in Preferences for Single Outcomes of Losses and Sequences of Gains
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PRZEMYSLAW SYLWESTER MARCOWSKI (SWPS University of Social Sciences and Humanities), Wojciech Bialaszek (SWPS University of Social Sciences and Humanities), Pawel Ostaszewski (SWPS University of Social Sciences and Humanities)
Discussant: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: According to the standard microeconomic theory, postponing and dividing losses and receiving integrated gains as soon as possible should be the rational course of action. We analyzed the behavior of 197 undergraduate students to investigate the impact of the form of gains and losses (single-package or sequenced) on delay discounting. Particularly, we aimed to determine whether there is indeed a preference for sequenced losses and single-package gains – as per the normative theory. To test our hypotheses we used a dynamic multiple-staircase discounting procedure. Participants chose between alternatives consisting of sequences with constant value and adjusting immediate option – where the immediate option increased or decreased each time it was chosen for losses and gains, respectively. Discounting rates were then calculated as areas under the discounting curve. Interestingly, we found that sequenced payoffs were discounted considerably less steeply compared to their single-package equivalents for both gains and losses. This illustrates the preference for immediate single packages of losses and delayed sequences of gains – which seems to contradict the normative microeconomic theory in both domains. We therefore propose that, at least to some degree, sequenced losses behaviorally act as more aversive, while sequenced gains act as more rewarding.
 
2. Super-Resurgence? Investigating ABC Super-Resurgence Effects
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTOPHER OHEARN (West Virginia University), Tyler Nighbor (West Virginia University), Stephanie L. Kincaid (Marcus Autism Center), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Super-resurgence is a combination of renewal and resurgence procedures developed by Kincaid et al. (2015). Nighbor et al. (2015) used a concurrent schedule with ABC super-resurgence procedure on one key and an AAA control procedure on the other key. The AAA control procedure produced a larger resurgence effect than the ABC procedure. The current investigation replicated the ABC super-resurgence procedure using three naïve pigeons in a single schedule in the absence of the concurrent AAA control procedure. A resurgence effect was found for all subjects in the C component, but a larger resurgence effect was found following a return to the A context. In a second experiment, the procedure of Nighbor et al. (2015) will be replicated in an attempt to further disambiguate their findings.
 
3. A Menstrual Cycle Phase-Effect on Loss Aversion: An Initial Investigation Using a Concurrent-Operants Method
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARCIA VENTURA (Brigham Young University), Diego Flores (Brigham Young University), Frank Robertson (Brigham Young University), Michael Seeley (Brigham Young University), Savannah Keenan (Brigham Young University), Venice Jardine (Brigham Young University), Jordan Sgro (Brigham Young University), Harold L. Miller Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Discussant: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Normal hormonal fluctuations produce measurable, differential outcomes in experiments with female participants. However, the effects of circulating gonadal steroid hormones and the menstrual cycle on human decision-making, specifically, loss aversion, remain undetermined. We used the SubSearch Game to examine loss aversion to determine if womens loss-averse behavior in a monetary gain/loss procedure varied as a function of the menstrual cycle. Twenty-five college-age, regularly-cycling females participated in 12 sessions wherein they played the SubSearch videogame. Each session corresponded to either menses onset, ovulation or the mid-luteal phase. The SubSearch Game involves a concurrent-operants method in which the player uses a mouse to move a submarine icon to retrieve underwater objects. The screen is divided vertically in half. The player can switch between the half-screens at any point. Occasionally, according to concurrent variable-interval variable-interval (VIVI) schedules, the retrieval of an object results in the delivery of points via an on-screen counter and which are exchanged for money following the session. Retrieval may also produce the loss of points. Each session consisted of four 9-min components in which the reinforcer ratio varied, as did the background color on the screen. Punishers were delivered in half of the components.

 
4. The Effects of Conventional Extinction and Variable Time Schedules on Differential Reinforcement of Low-Rate Behavior Responding
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTIAN YENSEN (West Virginia University), Tyler Nighbor (West Virginia University), Alex Cutlip (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Differential responding of low-rate behavior (DRL) schedules are constructed so that only responses separated by t seconds or more from the previous response receive reinforcement. Low rate behavior has been found to be more resistant to extinction. Outside of removing reinforcement entirely, extinction can also be accomplished by providing response-independent reinforcement. The purpose of the present experiment was to evaluate the effects of conventional extinction and variable-time (VT) extinction on DRL maintained responding. In the VT extinction component, the length of the VT was yoked to reinforcement rates in the preceding baseline. For 3 of 4 subjects, responding extinguished faster in conventional extinction component than VT component. For 2 subjects, Inter-response time distributions were very similar in VT component to DRL 15-s even though the contingency changed. A confound of experiment 1 was that the reinforcement rates in the VT component varied across subjects, making inter-subjective comparisons difficult. Experiment 2 will involve a return the DRL baseline and will attempt to eliminate the primary confound in experiment 1 by equating the VT reinforcement rates across subjects.
 
5. Persistence of Behavior During Differential Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KAREN SLUTER (University of Waikato), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato), James McEwan (The University of Waikato), Timothy Edwards (University of Waikato)
Discussant: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Adding reinforcers into a context, whether contingent on behavior or not, typically results in increased persistence of behavior in extinction. Increases in reinforcers occur when differential reinforcement of alternative behavior is used to reduce problem behaviors. Whilst there is often success at reducing problem behaviours, research also suggests that persistence of the problem behaviour may actually increase due to the increased reinforcement in the context. Training the alternative behavior in a separate context does not increase the reinforcers in the target context and can prevent the increased persistence of the problem behavior when the alternative behaviour is introduced. An analogue of this procedure, with domestic hens, confirmed that training the analogue alternative behavior in a separate context resulted in the analogue of the problem behavior being less persistent during extinction than when the alternative had been trained in the same context (i.e., under traditional differential reinforcement conditions). It is however, often unfeasible to implement extinction completely in applied contexts, so investigation as to whether such differences in the persistence of the problem behavior would be seen with other disruptors, such as alternative sources of reinforcement, were carried out.

 
6. The Effects of Lag Schedules and Multiple Response Alternatives on Response Resurgence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ASHLEY BAGWELL (University of Texas at Austin), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: The mitigation of response resurgence is a topic which has garnered recent attention due to its importance in a clinical setting. The present study examined the mitigation of response resurgence in a human operant study using a computer program to teach multiple response alternatives using a Lag 3 schedule of reinforcement. In the first of three phases, a target response was trained. In the second phase the target response was placed on extinction and trials alternated between the single alternative component and the multiple alternative component. In the multiple alternative component, responses were reinforced on a Lag 3 schedule of reinforcement. The rate of reinforcement obtained during the multiple alternative component was used to determine the rate of reinforcer delivery in the single alternative component. In the final phase, all responses were placed on extinction. Of the six undergraduate students who participated in this study, three came under the control of the programmed contingencies. All three of these participants demonstrated higher rates of resurgence in the component which simulated a single response alternative when compared to the component which simulated multiple response alternatives. Potential clinical implications and areas for future study are discussed.
 
7. Not Quite the Same: Immediate and Impending Threats Exert Different Levels of Aversive Control in Humans
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
OWEN JAMES ADAMS (University of North Texas), Vanessa Lopez (University of North Texas), Thomas Wright (University of North Texas), Sandy Magee (University of North Texas), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

In this investigation, we used an approach-avoidance paradigm to examine how different methods of presenting cues correlated with aversive stimulus presentation (or threat) modulate control by positive reinforcement. Using a between groups design, we examined the effects of impending or immediate threat on avoidance behavior. Two versions of a novel approach-avoidance choice task were used. On a trial, both tasks presented a monetary reward alongside a discriminative stimulus (CS+ threat) that signaled the current probability of a money loss (range= 0-1.0). Pressing an approach button produced the reward or probabilistic loss, while pressing an avoidance button prevented loss. Each trial of the Immediate Threat task presented a CS threat level during the choice period. In contrast, each trial of the Impending Threat task began with the lowest CS threat level which increased one level every 2 s until the choice period. Results showed impending compared to immediate threat was associated with increased avoidance to low threats and decreased avoidance to higher threats. Choice reaction times also showed a decreasing trend under impending threat while reaction times showed an increasing trend under immediate threat. These findings suggest aversive control and avoidance in humans is modulated by how threats are encountered.

 
8. Effects of Delayed Reinforcement and Response-Independent Food on Resitance to Change
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FLÁVIA FERREIRA (Universidade de Brasilia), Josele Abreu Rodrigues (Universidade de Brasilia), Carlos Renato Xavier Cançado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), Raquel Moreira Aló (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil)
Discussant: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Two experiments with four rats each were conducted to investigate the resistance to change of responding maintained under conditions of response-independent food and delayed reinforcement. In both experiments, lever pressing was maintained under a three-component multiple schedule in baseline. Variable interfood intervals programmed the same rate of food in each component. In components 100% and 10%, the percentage of response-dependent and immediate food was 100 and 10, respectively. In Component Delay, a tandem variable-interval (VI) fixed-time (FT) schedule (Experiment 1) or a tandem VI differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior (DRO) schedule (Experiment 2) was in effect. Across baseline sessions, the delay value (i.e., FT or DRO) was yoked to that obtained in Component 10%. Responding was disrupted by extinction tests in both experiments. Responding generally was more resistant to change in Component 10% then in Component 100% in both experiments. In Experiment 1, resistance to change in Component Delay was assistematic. In Experiment 2, for three rats, resistance to change in Component Delay was similar to that in Component 10%. These results indicate that resistance to change can be affected by conditions in which the response-reinforcer relation is altered but reinforcement rate is equated across multiple-schedule components.

 
9. Is Bigger Better? Effects of Increasing Reinforcer Magnitude on Human Approach-Avoidance
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KAYKAY MCELWRATH (University of North Texas), Thomas Wright (University of North Texas), Vanessa Lopez (University of North Texas), Owen James Adams (University of North Texas), Sandy Magee (University of North Texas), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Every individual has a tolerance level for environmental threat and aversive stimulation that aids self-preservation. As threat intensity escalates, a tipping point is reached whereby behavior switches from being under the control of positive reinforcement (approach) to negative reinforcement (avoidance). Approach-avoidance conflict paradigms are commonly used to understand the competition between appetitive (e.g., food) and aversive (e.g., shock) contingencies. In this investigation, we examined the effects of increasing the magnitude of positive reinforcement on human choice to approach or avoid (N=5). We developed a novel approach-avoidance task where a monetary reward appeared in the presence of a conditioned stimulus (CS+ threat) that signaled increasing probability of a money loss. Across trials, reward was fixed while CS threat level varied unpredictably. Approach produced the reward or probabilistic loss, while avoidance prevented loss. Results showed increasing the CS threat level produced the desired switch from approach to avoidance. However, increasing the magnitude of positive reinforcement for approach only marginally increased approach responding. These results provide important insights into the competition for control over behavior that can occur between appetitive and aversive contingencies and highlights the disproportional control often exerted by aversive events.

 
10. Resistance to Change of Operant Variability: A Parametric Analysis
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Raquel Moreira Aló (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil), JOSELE ABREU RODRIGUES (Universidade de Brasilia), Carlos Renato Xavier Cançado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston)
Discussant: Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Resistance to prefeeding was studied under three different variability requirements. Across three baseline conditions, four lever-press sequences by rats were maintained on a two-component multiple schedule. In the VAR component, a threshold contingency of 0.1 was in effect. In the REP component, only one sequence was reinforced. In the YOKE component, no variability requirement was in effect. Reinforcement probabilities were equated across multiple schedule components in each baseline condition. In baseline, U values were greater in the VAR than the REP and YOKE components, and similar between the latter two. In the prefeeding test after the multiple VAR YOKE baseline, resistance of U values was greater in the VAR than in the YOKE component. In the prefeeding test after the multiple REP YOKE baseline, resistance was similar between schedule components. Finally, in the prefeeding test after the REP VAR baseline, resistance of U values was greater in the VAR than in the REP component. Thus, baseline variability levels were directly related to the behavioral persistence, regardless of whether this level was required (VAR and REP) or allowed (YOKE) by reinforcement contingencies in each schedule component.

 
11. Avoidance Behavior in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PAUL THOMAS THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University), Collin Hahn (Northern Michigan University), Morghan Minnick (Northern Michigan University), Leslie Smith (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Harold Miller, Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract:

The Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (MHC) (G. portentosa) has been studied extensively by ethologists, with a principal focus on several innate behaviors, like mating behavior and the eponymous alarm call they emit when startled or in distress. These animals have the potential of becoming an advantageous animal in operant research, particularly at a time when vertebrate laboratories are becoming prohibitively expensive and the regulatory environment increasingly onerous. With their simple nervous systems, they might also become excellent subjects for coordinated behavioral-neurobiological inquiries. While there seems to be a growing interest in this species among operant researchers, there is relatively little lab lore nor relevant behavioral information about the MHC. The present study represents an initial foray into simple avoidance behavior by these animals. The experiment involves simple choice in a T-maze between escape arms with either light or an electromagnetic field.

 
12. Reinforcement Rate and Resurgence in the Within-Session Procedure
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SHUN FUJIMAKI (Keio University; JSPS), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University)
Discussant: Harold Miller, Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract:

The present experiment examined the relation between alternative rates of reinforcement and resurgence by using the within-session procedure. Each session consisted of the following three phases: In the Acquisition phase, lever-pressing response of rats was reinforced on a variable-interval (VI) 20-s schedule until 40 reinforcers were delivered. In the Elimination phase, this target response was eliminated while the alternative response to the other side lever was reinforced according to either VI 5-s, 20-s, or 80-s. This phase lasted for until 40 reinforcers were delivered and the number of target response decreased less than 3 for each of the last three 30-sec bins. The Resurgence phase ended after 10-min during which all reinforcers were withheld. Rats were exposed to each of three alternative reinforcement conditions (i.e., VI 5-s, VI 20-s, or VI 80-s) for five times, but the order of each condition was randomly assigned for each session. Although all rats showed resurgence in all conditions (Figure 1, left panel), the magnitude of resurgence increased as a function of the reinforcement rates (Figure 1, right panel). These findings were consistent with previous studies and supported the prediction of models of resurgence based on behavioral momentum theory.

 
13. Behavioral Effects of Delayed Timeouts From Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
THOMAS P. BYRNE (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Harold Miller, Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract:

Timeouts are sometimes used in applied settings to reduce target responses, and in some circumstances delays are unavoidably imposed between the onset of a timeout and the offset of the response that produces it. The present study examined the effects of signaled and unsignaled timeouts in rats exposed to concurrent fixed-ratio 1 fixed-ratio 1 schedules of food delivery, where each response on one lever, the location of which changed across conditions, produced both food and a delayed 10-s timeout. Delays of 0-38 s were examined. During longer delays, multiple reinforcer deliveries were available. Delayed timeouts often, but not always, substantially reduced the number of responses emitted on the lever that produced timeouts relative to the number emitted on the lever that did not produce timeouts. In general, larger effects were observed with signaled timeouts. These results demonstrate that delayed timeouts, like other delayed consequences, can affect behavior, albeit less strongly than immediate consequences.

 
14. Waiting for Resurgence: Resurgence Following Delayed Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TYLER NIGHBOR (West Virginia University), Christian Yensen (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Harold Miller, Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously reinforced operant when another operant is placed on extinction. Although conventional extinction consistently produces resurgence, the question of whether local periods of extinction may produce resurgence has been less frequently addressed (e.g., Lieving & Lattal. 2004). The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate if local periods of extinction in the form of signaled delays produced resurgence. In experiment 1, three pigeons served as subjects. During the initial phase, key-pecking on two keys was reinforced under alternating VI 60-s schedules. Following, during an alternative reinforcement phase, key-pecking was extinguished on one of the two keys and reinforced under a tandem VT 10-s FI 60-s schedule on the other key (technically concurrent tandem [VT 10-s FI 60-s] extinction). During the resurgence test, rather than conventional extinction, the tandem schedule from the previous phase was converted to a chain VI 10-s FT 60-s schedule (technically concurrent chain [VI 10-s FT 60-s] extinction, and the key went dark for the remainder of the 60s. Resurgence was found for 3 of 3 pigeons, showing that resurgence may occur following fixed delays, or another form of local extinction.
 
15. Effects of Aversive and Appetitive Stimuli on Conditioned Place in Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LINDA MUCKEY (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Matthew L. Johnson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ashley Shayter (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Discussant: Harold Miller, Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: The following study was conducted in attempt to address the effects of competing aversive and appetitive stimuli on the conditioned place paradigm. Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches were utilized as an animal model for the extension and further understanding of this concept. The experimental apparatus was sectioned in half with coarse sandpaper on one side and fine sandpaper on the other side acting as the tactile discriminative stimuli. Fans underneath the apparatus directed air through holes in the apparatus floor, which would then act as the aversive stimulus. The amount of time spent in each half acted as the dependent variable for considering place preference or avoidance. The aversive stimulus was presented simultaneously with the appetitive stimulus in a specified half of the apparatus. An initial preference assessment was conducted for determining the subjects’ relative food preferences, later to be used as the appetitive stimuli. Based on preference assessment data, appetitive stimuli were classified as high preference or low preference. Stimuli within each preference level were tested in an effort to determine if presentation of high preference or low preference stimuli would exert more control over conditioned place.
 
15a. Further Analyses of Response-Reinforcer Dependency and Resistance to Change
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Carlos Renato Xavier Cançado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), FLÁVIA FERREIRA (Universidade de Brasilia)
Abstract:

The effects of different percentages of response-dependent food on resistance to change were investigated in two experiments with rats. In Experiment 1, percentages of 100, 50 and 10 of response-dependent food were in effect in a three-component multiple schedule in baseline. In components 50% and 10%, dependent and independent food were programmed dependently. Responding was disrupted by a variable time 30 s in each component. In Experiment 2, the effects on resistance to change of how food was programmed were investigated by using a three-component multiple schedule. In one component, 100% of the food was response-dependent and in the other two, 10% of the food was response-dependent. In components 10%-I and 10%-D, respectively, dependent and independent food were programmed independently and dependently. Responding was disrupted by extinction tests. In Experiment 1, responding generally was more resistant to change in Component 10% than in components 50% and 100%. In Experiment 2, resistance to change was similar in components 10%-I and 10%-D, and greater in these components than in Component 100%. These results indicate that resistance to change is affected by the response-reinforcer dependency and that the effect is not specific to how the response-dependency was programmed and how responding was disrupted.

 
17. Gotta Bad Feeling: Sustained Fear Responses to Conditioned Aversive Stimuli but Not Appetitive or Neutral Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
THOMAS WRIGHT (University of North Texas), Zach Wingfield (University of North Texas), Aidan Bennawy (University of North Texas), Tilija Stanojevic (University of North Texas), KayKay McElwrath (University of North Texas), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Harold Miller, Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract:

Fear conditioning procedures are widely used to study fear and anxiety. During fear conditioning (FC), a neutral stimulus is paired with delivery of an aversive stimulus, such as electric shock or money loss. Over trials, the neutral stimulus becomes a conditioned aversive stimulus (CS+) that elicits fear indexed by an increase in autonomic responses, in particular, skin-conductance responses (SCRs). A second neutral stimulus never paired with an aversive stimulus (CS-) is used as a control. In this investigation, we used a within-subject design (N=20) to examine two questions about FC and SCRs: (1) Can SCRs be maintained to a 12 s CS+? (2) Do equivalent SCRs occur to a CS paired with aversive money loss and a CS paired with money gain? We found that a 12 s CS+ presentation produced a sustained SCR, but a 12 s CS- presentation and 12 s CS paired with money gain did not. These findings suggest SCRs can be maintained for a substantial time period, which may index anxiety rather than fear, and SCRs were restricted to stimuli paired with an aversive stimulus.

 
18. Consistent and Inconsistent Treatment Integrity Failures During Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
GABRIELLE MESCHES (West Virginia University), Lucie Romano (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Harold Miller, Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract:

Treatment integrity failures are commonly studied by measuring response rates when errors are consistently made during intervention implementation. For example, St. Peter Pipkin and Vollmer (2010) programmed commission errors by specifying a constant probability of reinforcement for problem behavior during an intervention based on differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). Consistent commission errors have detrimental effects on DRA. The consistency of these errors may not always be the case in real-life situations. An intervention agent may implement treatment perfectly for a couple of days and then the next day or two implement treatment with low integrity. Effects of inconsistent treatment integrity have not yet been compared to those of consistent errors, but emerging evidence suggests that periodic exposure to interventions implemented with high integrity may reduce detrimental effects of low-integrity implementation. The current study uses nonclinical participants engaging in arbitrarily selected responses to evaluate consistent and inconsistent treatment integrity failures when commission errors occur during DRA applied to an arbitrary response. Results support emerging evidence by showing that inconsistent integrity failures are less detrimental to treatment effects than consistent integrity failures.

 
19. Amount of Instruction Information in the Solution of the Tower of London Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ROSALINDA ARROYO (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Maria Luisa Cepeda Islas (FES Iztacala UNAM), Diana Moreno Rodriguez (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Hortensia Hickman (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México, FES-Iztacala), Maria Bautista (UNAM, FESI)
Discussant: Harold Miller, Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract:

In order to evaluate the effect of the amount of information provided before and during the solution of the Tower of London task. This study included three groups: General Instructions group, which presented global aspects of the task; Specific instructions group, which also described conditions of response and its relationship with feedback; and Precise instructions group, these included the previous aspects of the other groups but added to each trial the number of moves required. After training, all groups performed two tests, both without feedback or additional instructions, Test 1 only changed the number of movements required and Test 2 only color stimuli was changed. At the end of each phase they were asked: 1) What did you do to solve the task? and 2) How would you explain to another what to do to resolve it? The results show that all groups exceed by at least 40% of the trials the number of moves, however the general instructions produced lower latency. Verbal reports showed a relationship between the quality of the report and the type of group. These findings are discussed in light of the evidence in the area with matching to sample and reinforcement schedules.

 
20. Stimulus Clarity and Negative Conjugate Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LAUREN JONES (University of Nevada, Reno), Daylee E. Brock (University of Nevada, Reno), Teal McAllister (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Harold Miller, Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: Schedules receiving little attention are schedules of covariation, specifically including conjugate reinforcement. Though far less studied, researchers have examined conjugate reinforcement from both a basic and an applied point of view. The present study follows a recent trend in toward basic research with humans by examining conjugate reinforcement as a function of the change in the clarity of a stimulus when responding falls below a certain rate. A six component MULT schedule was used. Each component was associated with a self-selected visual display(s) that diminished in clarity at different rates when responding fell below a pre-determined response rate. The question of interest was how these different rates of diminished clarity affects responding. The findings revealed a functional relation between the rate of diminished stimulus clarity and the rate of responding: an increase in the rate at which the stimulus diminished produced a corresponding increase in the rate of responses that prevented the stimulus from diminishing. The implications of these data and their relation to an understudied phenomenon, negative conjugate reinforcement, are addressed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #472
EDC Tuesday Noon
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia)
21. Longitudinal Change of Fluency in Early Mathematics in Japanese Elementary School Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
WATARU NODA (Osaka Kyoiku University)
Discussant: Andrea Zawoyski (UGA)
Abstract: Although 4.5% of students in regular classrooms have been reported to exhibit academic difficulty (Japanese Ministry of education, Culture, Sports, Science & Technology, 2012), no empirical measure for academic screening and intervention have developed in Japanese education system. Behavior analysts have provided educationally useful measures of fluency for specific academic skills (Lindsley, 1994). This study aimed at examining the longitudinal change in early mathematics tasks in second and fifth grade Japanese elementary school students. A total of 252 Japanese public school students participated in one-minute assessments for magnitude comparison, missing number, and math facts. Assessments were conducted every month in a school year. The author counted the number of correct problems per minute. The author will conduct a Japanese standardized achievement test for mathematics (Kyouken-shiki Standardized Achievement Test) in the last month of the school year (March). Now, the author has already collected the assessment data for eight months and will continue to collect the data until next March. When the author will finish the data collection, the author will examine the relationship between the performance of each task and the score of a standardized achievement test, and then, the author will calculate the cut-off points.
 
22. The Effects of Response Card Use on the Academic Achievement, Participation, and Off-Task of Students With Behavior Disorders During Whole Group Math Discussion
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE MELOTTI (Weber School District), Natalie A. Williams (Weber State University)
Discussant: Andrea Zawoyski (UGA)
Abstract:

Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (EBD) perform lower than their peers across subjects, age groups and settings (Reid, Gonzalez, Nordness, Trout, & Epstein, 2004). There is a continual need to implement effective instructional strategies to increase student learning. The purpose of this study was to explore the implications of using response cards in a self-contained classroom with students identified as having emotional behavior disorders. The specific questions addressed were: What are the effects of response cards on the on-task behaviors of students with EBD during large group instruction?, What are the effects of the response cards on participation of students with EBD during large group instruction? and What are the effects of response cards on scores of next session quizzes? A single subject A-B-A research design was used to study the effects of using response cards on student participation, academic achievement and off-task behavior. Participants for this study were selected from a self-contained classroom for students with EBD in a western state. Four 8th grade students ages 13-14 were selected for participation in the study. The dependent variables for this study included participation, engagement in off-task behaviors, and correct answers on next session quizzes. Across all participants, off-task behavior decreased 23.54% from baseline to intervention. Participation for all four students increased 64.5% from baseline to intervention. The percent of correct answers on quizzes increased 34.65% from baseline to intervention. Student off-task behavior decreases and participation increases when response cards are used.

 
23. Student-Teacher Conferencing: Using Self-Management Strategies to Improve Math Performance
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KAREN RIZZO (Pennsylvania State University), Phillip J. Belfiore (Mercyhurst University)
Discussant: Andrea Zawoyski (UGA)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to observe the effects of individualized student-teacher conferencing on mathematics performance of three, sixth-grade students at risk for academic failure in a middle school general education setting. For the purpose of this study, Student-teacher conferencing includes teacher-student interactions resulting in (1) self-monitoring or self-goal setting, (2) error correction, and (3) corrective feedback or self-evaluation. Data were analyzed using a single-subject multiple baseline design across the three students. Results showed that Student-teacher conferencing, when paired with components of self-regulation, increased the accuracy of mathematics problem completion as measured by a web-based, performance-leveled academic assessment tool.

 
24. An Evaluation of a Tablet Application Contingency on Math Application and Computation Probes
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SCOTT A. MILLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Courtney Smith (University of Nevada, Reno), Donny D. Newsome (Fit Learning), Kendra B. Newsome (Fit Learning)
Discussant: Andrea Zawoyski (UGA)
Abstract:

eCarrot is an application that provides contingent access to free time on a tablet by quickly and correctly answering arithmetic questions. Students across two second grade classrooms completed addition problems in a multiple baseline design. Standardized computation and application probes were used to evaluate the effects of the tablet contingency

 
25. Teaching Math With Direct Instruction and Precision Teaching in Iceland
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Harpa Oskarsdottir (University of Iceland), ZUILMA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland)
Discussant: Andrea Zawoyski (UGA)
Abstract:

Mathematics is very important in daily living in modern society. Most students master the fundamentals of math through traditional teaching in school but there are some students in every class that have difficulties and fall behind their peers in math. It is important to help them by using instruction that is effective and accelerates their learning. Direct Instruction (DI) and Precision Teaching (PT) are methods that have been shown to be very effective in math instruction. In this study, a multiple baseline across participants and changing criterion design was used to assess the effects of using DI and PT in math instruction with Icelandic students who have math skills below their age average. 4 students, aged 8 to 15, received individualized DI and PT instruction in basic math. They all showed progress when these methods were used. These results indicate that DI and PT are effective in math instruction with Icelandic students.

 
26. Comparison of iPads and Worksheets on Math Skills of Students With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TODD HAYDON (University of Cincinnati), Dacia McCoy (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Andrea Zawoyski (UGA)
Abstract:

Students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) often experience academic difficulties in mathematics; however, there is a need for additional research identifying effective academic interventions with this population (Hodge, Riccomini, Buford, & Herbst, 2006). An alternating treatments design was used to investigate the differential effects of a worksheet condition and an iPad condition on math fluency and active academic engagement during a high school math class in an alternative school setting for students with challenging behaviors. Following group instruction, the three participants engaged in independent seatwork either by completing problems on a worksheet or completing problems presented on an iPad. Based on visual analyses, students solved more math problems correctly in less time and demonstrated higher levels of active engagement in the iPad condition as compared to the worksheet condition. Social validity assessments indicate that the teacher and three students preferred the iPad condition to the worksheet condition during the math lessons. The positive outcomes suggests that iPad technology may be a viable intervention to increase the use of effective independent work time by promoting extended practice opportunities, immediate feedback, and integrating previously presented content matter.

 
27. Sentence Writing Instruction for Students With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SHAWN M. DATCHUK (University of Iowa), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Penn State), Linda Mason (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill)
Discussant: Andrea Zawoyski (UGA)
Abstract:

Students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) that struggle to construct sentences stand a high likelihood for continued academic difficulty across content areas. Several studies have used sentence instruction with picture-word prompts to improve sentence level writing skills, including construction of simple sentences, capitalization, and punctuation. Research in other academic areas, such as mathematics and reading, have found students benefited from deliberate practice procedures stemming from a behavioral fluency perspective. The present study combined sentence instruction with a practice procedure emphasizing behavioral fluency and measured its impact on the writing performance of four elementary-aged students with EBD and behavioral concerns. The study used a single case experimental design: multiple-baseline across participants. The intervention produced gains in the frequency of simple sentences and other sentence level writing skills across participants, suggesting a functional relation between intervention and dependent measures. Results suggest instruction and practice procedures stemming from a behavioral fluency perspective have potential to impact the written behavior of students with EBD.

 
28. Improving the Sentence and Paragraph Writing of Adolescents With Writing Difficulties
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SHAWN M. DATCHUK (University of Iowa)
Discussant: Andrea Zawoyski (UGA)
Abstract: Adolescents struggling with sentence and paragraph writing lack meaningful ways to participate in many curricular activities. The present study investigated the effects of a multicomponent intervention on the writing behavior of four adolescents with writing difficulties. The multicomponent intervention included (a) sentence instruction and frequency building to a performance criterion and (b) paragraph instruction. Intervention procedures were grounded in a theory of behavioral fluency or the selection by the environment of quick, accurate responses with a strong history of reinforcement. A single-case design consisting of a combination of multiple-probe design across participants and pre-post test was used. Results suggest a functional relation between intervention and gains in accuracy and rate on sentence construction probes. Upon introduction of the intervention, participant responding increased in both level and trend. Results provide tentative support that the intervention improved writing on descriptive paragraph probes. Overall, results suggest that instruction and practice procedures emphasizing behavioral fluency may impact the writing behavior of struggling writers.
 
29. Whistle While You Work: Examining the Integration of Music and Individual Work Productivity Among Adolescents
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY GOMEZ (Trinity Christian College)
Discussant: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: All efficient educators aim to utilize class time appropriately and hope that their students will use independent work time in a productive way as well. The purpose of this research project was to determine if a functional relation could be distinguished between listening to music and work completion when a middle school student is presented with an independent task. Through examining the number of words written during a daily writing intervention without music and then during the same intervention with music, a determinate can be made regarding if integrating music in the classroom would be beneficial to the productivity and enhance the working climate of the classroom. Data were taken based on words written by students with and without disabilities. Music is everywhere, and often times students request to listen to music while they work. To validate the decision to let them do so, it is important to have reliable and systematic data to support.
 
30. Evaluation of Fluency Training Focused on a Strategy of Calculation to Generalization With Basic Addition and Subtraction
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MANASE YOUHEI (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

It is a current understanding that Cover-Copy-Compare procedures promote math fact accuracy and fluency in students with low cognitive functioning. However, studies have found that it is difficult to achieve the generalization of fluent response to addition and subtraction facts. This study investigates the effect of training with the focus on a calculation strategy designed to promote the generalization of fluent response. Responses of eight addition facts to eight unrelated addition facts and eight subtraction facts to eight unrelated subtraction facts were measured. The training comprised derived fact strategies: decomposing and compensating. Kenan elementary school fifth grader without disorders but with low math calculation skillswas the participant. He was required to verbally respond to accuracy and fluency derived fact strategies while a PowerPoint slideshow displayed calculation processes. Results successfully demonstrate that generalized fluency promotes the calculation of addition and subtraction facts. In addition, a students strategy of calculation changes from counting on/up to automaticity. This study discusses future directions of the generalization of fluent response in addition and subtraction, focusing on calculation strategies

 
31. Precise Scheduling: Moving Towards a Better Understanding of Manipulating Percentile Schedules
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLIE SENKO (Fit Learning; University of Nevada, Reno), Timothy C. Fuller (Fit Learning), Donny D. Newsome (Fit Learning), Kendra B. Newsome (Fit Learning)
Discussant: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

It is understood that differential reinforcement can be applied to select successive approximations toward a target behavior (shaping) and that schedules of reinforcement may be manipulated to influence the rate of responding. The percentile schedule [k=(m+1)(w-1)] standardizes shaping allowing the practitioner to systematically apply differential reinforcement and schedule thinning in concert. However, published research on the percentile schedule is sparse, which has resulted in few outlets for practitioners and researchers to consider incorporating this in their activities. The goal of this poster is to share clinical outcomes achieved by manipulating k, w and m values in the percentile schedule formula. At Fit Learning we have observed that a k5 schedule has been effective in reducing response variability as well as decreasing errors in responding. Whereas a k7 schedule has been successful in increasing frequency. Overall, the implementation of a k schedule has been correlated with a reduction in problematic behavior. Our participants have diagnoses of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, Down Syndrome, or autism. Possible implications for both research and practice are discussed.

 
32. Evaluating the Interaction between Attention and Task Preference in Maintaining On-Task Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BRITTANY PENNINGTON (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

We examined the interaction between attention and task preference in maintaining on-task behavior of a fourth-grade girl who displayed frequent off-task behavior in the classroom. We administered a multiple-stimulus choice assessment, varying the amount of attention and the task preference, to determine under what conditions the student would select a task when negative reinforcement was continuously available. The results indicated that it was possible to bias responding towards academic tasks using attention, and that more attention was necessary to maintain on-task behavior for low preference tasks than for high preference tasks. An intervention was implemented based on these data. This extends previous literature on choice assessment procedures by demonstrating that a multiple-stimulus assessment can be used in the classroom to analyze the relative influence of attention and task preference, and that data from a multiple-stimulus choice assessment can be used to design an intervention that increases on-task behavior in the classroom.

 
33. Measuring Teachers' Activity Using Micro-Vibration Sensor in University Class: Developing and Testing First Prototype
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
MASAKO YOSHIOKA (Aichi University)
Discussant: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

In university class, a simple observing system, which continuously measures, instantly processes and visualizes the behavior of students and a teacher, would provide clues for educational improvement. This study developed and tested a prototype of apparatus for time-series measurement of teachers activity in class. A micro-vibration sensor, connected to a click circuit of a wireless finger mouse, was used to count teachers locomotion (steps) in classroom. The signals are converted into click events. Each occurrence time was acquired and a cumulative record of steps was graphed in real time by Microsoft Excel VBA. Laboratory tests and field tests in real class were conducted. Subjects were the author and a male adult. The laboratory tests compared the prototypes and typical pedometers counts. Pearsons r between both counts was higher than 0.95. The prototype could detect subjects step with high accuracy. It was also found that the value of sleep in VBA, setting for preventing misdetection by chattering, was appropriate around 300msec. The field test showed that the prototype could monitor teachers activity, however recording stability decreased partly because of deviation of the sensors position. For practical use, more reliable way should be developed in mounting the sensor to a human body.

 
34. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Teacher Training Using Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy Measure and Self-Observation
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE E. POPE (Verbal Behavior Associates), Elizabeth Howarth (CABAS, Columbia University), Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Discussant: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: A pre and post probe design across 6 participants was used to determine the effectiveness of teacher training using Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy (TPRA) measure in conjunction with self-observation. Participants include two Teacher Trainer’s, and four Teacher’s assigned to each of the Teacher Trainers. All dependent variable probe sessions were conducted during one to one ABA instruction, either in the classroom or home setting. All independent variable calibration trainings were conducted in an office setting. The dependent variable for all participants was the accuracy of instruction. The independent variable included two separate treatments. The first independent variable involved training Teacher Trainer’s to measure the accuracy of instruction by conducting TPRA observations. Subsequently, the Teacher Trainer was required to conduct TPRA observations with feedback to their respective Teachers. For the second independent variable, Teacher Trainer’s were required to conduct TPRAs on the accuracy of their own instruction while watching pre-recorded videos of their own instructional sessions. Following mastery of the TPRA self-observation, Teacher Trainers’ were required to conduct TPRA observations with feedback to their respective Teacher’s. Results indicate that both Teacher Trainer’s and Teacher’s demonstrated increased accuracy with instruction as a function of the independent variables.
 
35. Token Use With Accumulated and Distributed Reinforcer Arrangements
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE ROBINSON (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

We compared accumulated and distributed reinforcer arrangements to determine which arrangement produced the highest rate of academic responding and lowest amount of problem behavior in children diagnosed with Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) who engaged in chronic and severe problem behavior. The experiment expanded on previous research by using tokens to signal the amount of time they will have with the reinforcer when access is given. The most efficacious and preferred reinforcer arrangement was the accumulated condition for the one child in the experiment so far. The current study expands on the current research through using a different population that is prone to engaging in impulsive choice making. Previous research has shown that children with ADHD preferred reinforcer arrangements that are not the most efficacious. The current study hopes to expand on the current research and evaluate if using tokens can allow children with ADHD make a more self-controlled choice for reinforcer arrangement.

 
36. A Comparison Headsprout Early Reading™ and Reading A-Zin™ Increasing the Literacy Skills of Children At-Risk of Reading Failure
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE STOREY (Ulster University), Claire E. McDowell (Ulster University, Coleraine), Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster)
Discussant: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

This study compared the efficacy of 2 reading programs in increasing the literacy skills of children who were "at-risk" of reading failure. The evidence-based programHeadsprout™ which adopts the main principles of Behavior Analysis was compared with Reading A-Z™which adopts a more widely used guided reading approach. Participants were 30 children (aged 5 to 6) from low socioeconomic backgrounds attending a mainstream inner city school. Participants' literacy skills were assessed prior to intervention using 2 standardised reading attainment tests. They were then randomly assigned to eitherHeadsprout™ treatment group,Reading A-Z™ treatment group or a waiting list control group. Participants in both treatment groups completed 5 20-minute literacy intervention sessions weekly, while the waiting list control group completed their classroom instructed literacy programs as usual. Results showed that participants in theHeadsprout™ group, made greater improvements from pre to post-test on measures of pre-phonics awareness and word/non-word recognition than participants in theReading A-Z™ treatment group and those in the waiting-list control group. For 7 out of 20 children across theReading A-Z™ treatment group and control group, performance on pre-phonics awareness measures actually declined throughout the 4-month intervention period.

 
 
 
Poster Session #473
OBM Tuesday Noon
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth)
37. The Definition and Role of Competence Primacy in Team Organization and Efficiency
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
ISAAC CAMACHO (Universidad Nacional Aut�noma de México), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Daniela Anaya (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Jorge Gonzalez (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Victor Guerrero (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Discussant: Heather McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Team organization is an integral part of many scholarly and work related tasks. Typically it`s dependent upon un-controlled, un-known or random factors. These series of studies presented here take a different approach to team organization and management: The direct identification of member specific competence and its contribution to the fulfilment of team goals. The concept of competence primacy is used to describe the prevalence, persistence or priority of a certain type of competence which each team member brings to the table in the solution of team based tasks. First, results that pin-point the primary competence of different university students are presented with in a five level model. Secondly, a general methodology for the construction and application of team based virtual tasks (such as, matching to sample, nonsense syllables and path completion) is presented given that each task is designed in terms a five level model of goal complexity. Finally, initial results are presented which describe the general success or failure to meet team objectives under three general conditions of correspondence between competence primacy and team goal complexity: a) total correspondence, b) partial correspondence and c) non correspondence. General conclusions point to the possibility of a behavioral driven methodology for the organization of efficient work or scholarly teams.

 
38. Effects of Feedback and Social Reinforcement on the Use of Personal Protective Equipment by Employees of a Company.
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
LUIS FERNANDO FAIOLO SILVA (Universidade São Judas Tadeu), Rosemere Pereira Paloschi (Universidade São Judas Tadeu), Livia Ferreira Godinho Aureliano (Universidade São Judas Tadeu)
Discussant: Heather McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Currently business concern is remarkable in relation to the implementation of policies and practices for effective security, which reduce the hazards in daily performance of workers who have to expose themselves to situations that present a risk to their physical safety. The present study aimed to implement a behavioral analytic intervention with the goal of increasing the use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for employees of a large company. The survey was conducted with 07 professionals from a company engaged in the trade of cement and aggregates. To participate in the study, those involved should be employees of the company for more than three months, working as drivers of concrete mixer trucks, being of legal age and literate. The procedure was composed of five phases, with the first and third were intended to establish the baseline by recording the observation of behavior of using PPE by employees. The second, fourth and fifth phase was allocated to interventions that consisted, respectively, by applying feedback with performance charts, use of social reinforcement and the combination of both proposals. From the results, it was revealed that the introduction of variables changed the behavior of use of PPE for the participants, increasing its issuance.
 
39. Individual Growth Trajectories of Organizational Citizenship Behaviors
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
RUTH-ANNE E. POLI (Virginia Tech), Micah Roediger (Virginia Tech), Yasuo Miyazaki (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Discussant: Heather McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Organizational citizenship behaviors are the extra discretionary behaviors not formally defined through job roles. One specific type of organizational citizenship behavior involves helping coworkers. This project examines individual growth trajectories of helping behaviors with a three-level model of four time points, nested within 721 employees nested within 130 work groups to investigate the relative stability of helping behaviors over time. The Work and Family Health Study (2014) dataset consists of a workgroup randomized intervention to maintain helping behaviors. By considering the nested data structure and using Hierarchical Linear Modeling, we revealed the intervention maintained helping for the intervention group relative to the control group. Predictors that influenced individual growth trajectories of helping at the individual level included job demands, intent to quit and job satisfaction. However, at the work group level, the contextual effect of job satisfaction in the workgroup predicted helping. These findings support an Equity Theory perspective of workers matching inputs relative to outcomes, and highlight the importance of considering (nested) levels of analysis and selecting the correct statistical method of inquiry. Hierarchical Linear Modeling and its usefulness for Applied Behavior Analysis will be discussed.
 
40. The Effect of Individual and Group Feedback on Work Performance, Feedback Acceptance, and Group Cohesiveness
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
SHEZEEN OAH (Chung Ang University), Hyun Jung Kim (Chung-Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Chung-Ang University)
Discussant: Heather McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of individual and group feedback on work performance (both quantity and quality), feedback acceptance and group cohesiveness. Ninety participants were randomly assigned to one of three experimental conditions: individual feedback, group feedback, and no feedback condition. Participants had to perform a conjunctive work task that required them work cooperatively in a group of three. The experimental sessions consisted of one 20 min baseline session and five 20 min treatment sessions. That is, 3 x 2 mixed design was adopted. The results showed that the group feedback was more effective than the individual feedback in improving the quantity of work performance although the two types of feedback did not produce a difference in the quality of performance. In addition, the group feedback produced higher level of group cohesiveness. However, the individual feedback produced higher level of feedback acceptance. These findings suggest that individual feedback is not always superior to group feedback and the relative effectiveness may depend on the types of work task.

 
41. The Relative Effects of Feedback Frequency and Specificity of Eco-IVIS on Fuel Efficiency and Workload
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KYEHOON LEE (CLG), Hangsoo Cho (Chung-Ang University), Sungjun Lim (University of Chungang, Seoul, Korea), Dayoung Yoon (University of Chungang, Seoul, Korea), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Discussant: Heather McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This study examined the relative effects of feedback frequency and specificity of Eco-IVIS (eco in-vehicle information system) on the fuel-efficiency and workload. Eighty participants were recruited from a university and they were randomly assigned to one of four experimental conditions (high frequency/specific, high frequency/global, low frequency/specific, and low frequency/global feedback). Participants in each experimental condition drove 16.4Km motorway. As the dependent variables, fuel efficiency and Drive Activity Load Index (DALI) score were measured. DALI consisted of six subscales that included effort of attention, visual demand, auditory demand, temporal demand, interference, and situational stress and participants were asked to respond to the items in the subscales. The results showed that high frequency feedback was more effective than low frequency feedback in increasing fuel-efficiency. However, specific and global feedback did not produce a significant difference in the fuel efficiency. The overall DALI scores in the four experimental conditions were not significantly different. More specifically, all the subscales scores except the visual demand score across the four experimental conditions were not significantly different. The visual demand score was significant higher under the high frequent feedback condition than low frequent feedback condition.
 
42. The Effects of Social Interaction and Group Size on Work Performance Under a Group Incentive System
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KYEHOON LEE (CLG), SungAe Hyun (Chung-Ang University), Dayoung Yoon (Chung-Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Discussant: Heather McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of social interaction and group size on work performance under an equally distributed group incentive system. Participants were 120 undergraduate students and randomly assigned to one of four experimental groups: (1) 3-member group with social interaction, (2) 10-member group with social interaction, (3) 3-member group without social interaction, and (4) 10-member group without social interaction. A simulated work task which resembled online banking money transfer was developed and participants were asked to perform the work task. The dependent variable was the number of correctly completed work tasks. All participants performed six 15 minute sessions. For the participants who had social interaction opportunities, the different group size did not produce a significant difference in performance. For those who did not have social interaction opportunities, on the other hand, the performance of 3-member group was significantly higher than that of the 10-member group.

 
43. An Examination of the Effects of Performance Improvement Goals and Feedback on Performance and Persistence on an Analog Work Task
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research
KATHRYN M. ROOSE (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Heather McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: In 1968, the first cohesive theory on goal setting proposed that difficult goals produce higher levels of performance than easy goals. Whereas over 40 years of research supports this theory, there has been some discrepancy regarding the use of very high goals. This study examined the effects of different levels of performance improvement goals and two types of feedback. Participants were given goals of either 150% or 175% improvement over baseline, and experienced two types of feedback counterbalanced across conditions. One feedback showed the participants their progress towards the goal as a percent, while the other showed the participants their progress towards the goals as a percent, plus what percent of the goal they should have completed by that point in the session in order to meet the goal by the end of the session. The lower goals produced higher increases in performance than higher goals, and lower goals produced increases in accuracy, while the higher goals produced decreases in accuracy. Feedback that made clear the discrepancy between a participant’s current performance and performance necessary to reach the goal produced slightly higher increases in responding and very slightly higher accuracy than feedback that only provided a record of correct responses and percent of goal completion.
 
44. Effects of Probabilistic Arrangements of Varied Incentive Magnitudes on Task Performance in a Simulated Work Setting
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research
CONOR M. SMITH (The University of Kansas), Jason M. Hirst (Southern Illinois University), Matthew Novak (The University of Kansas), Amy J. Henley (The University of Kansas), Denys Brand (The University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Heather McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Incentives are a popular method to foster desired employee behavior; however, the effects of incentives are mixed. In many studies, incentives reliably produce performance improvements, but the most effective incentive amount is unclear. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of incentive magnitude under varying probabilities in a simulated workplace. Participants completed a 5-minute check-processing task for probabilistic monetary bonuses (5%, 10%, 25%, and 90%). A multielement design embedded within an ABAB design was used to evaluate the effects of small ($0.75) and large ($1.50) incentives on the performance of undergraduate students. Two patterns of behavior emerged. One pattern revealed high response rates across all incentive and probability conditions. The other pattern showed incentives available at probabilities less than 90% in both incentive conditions failed to maintain allocation of behavior to the task. An examination of the variables responsible for these response patterns is underway.
 
45. An Evaluation of the Impact of Self-Monitoring Accuracy on Safe Sitting Posture
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
SHEZEEN OAH (Chung Ang University), Jieun Eom (Chung-Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Chung-Ang University)
Discussant: Heather McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of self-monitoring accuracy on safe sitting posture. Participants in this study were sixty undergraduate students. During 30 min baseline phase, participants were asked to perform typing task and their safe sitting posture scores were obtained. Based on the scores, participants were divided into two groups through the matching procedure so that the mean scores of the two groups could be approximately equivalent. In one group, participants received self-monitoring training with accuracy training. In the other, participants received self-monitoring training without accuracy training. After the training, the self-monitoring phase started. This phase lasted for 60 min and participants were asked to self-monitor their own sitting postures and their sitting posture scores were obtained. The results indicated that safe posture scores in both group were significantly higher in the self-monitoring phase compared to the baseline. More importantly, safe posture scores of the group with accuracy training were significantly higher than those of the group without accuracy training.

 
46. Naturalistic Observations of Supervisors' Longitudinal Delivery of the Feedback Sandwich
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JENNIFER VETTER (Binghamton University), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Binghamton University), Raymond G. Romanczyk (SUNY at Binghamton)
Discussant: Heather McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Providing feedback is a critical component of supervision. One commonly recommended feedback procedure is the feedback sandwich (FBS; Henley & DiGennaro Reed, 2015). The purpose of this research was to examine the degree to which supervisors delivery of FBS continues post-training with high levels of fidelity over the course of three months. Videotaped feedback sessions following FBS training of 16 supervisors were coded to assess procedural fidelity. Data show that the average percent of correct implementation across sessions range from 75-100%, and that the average duration of a feedback sandwich across sessions ranged from 44-58 seconds. These results suggest that with relatively brief training that introduces the concept of the feedback sandwich, supervisors maintain acceptable levels of fidelity in use of FBS over time. Importantly, these results occurred in the absence of feedback to the supervisor regarding the implementation of FBS, suggesting that this method is easy to learn and implement. Implications for training and future research on types of performance feedback will be presented.

 
47. Enhancing Cooperative Behavior in a Closed-Market Scenario: Metacontingencies in a Three-Person Chicken Game
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MARCO TAGLIABUE (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Discussant: Heather McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Each of twelve undergraduate and graduate students participated in a three-person group size chicken game with the aim of maximizing his or her income after selling one of two products X or Y to one and only buyer. Whereas the experimental settings themselves and furthermore a metacontingency imposition resulting in a bonus, rewarding cooperative behavior, would have expected an increase and maintenance of unanimous responses, resulting in the best individual and collective outcome, our data seems to suggest an unneglectable competitive pattern of behavior, which is aimed at minimizing the earning of the two other players while not necessarily maximizing his/her own at the same time. Throughout 150 played rounds, the very few cooperative responses recorded (three X’s or three Y’s, alternatively reinforced, in a reversal experimental design) were apparently not enough numerically, to replicate the solid metacontingency control levels exercised in previous studies, nor selectively, in order to overcome the competitive culture of out beating each of the other two players within the same group.
 
 
 
Poster Session #474
CBM Tuesday Noon
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
48. Comparison of Direct Observation and Actigraphy Recording to Measure Sleeping Behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KARISHA BRISTOW (Bancroft), Craig Strohmeier (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Discussant: Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts commonly rely on caregiver report for information on an individuals sleep which is disrupted in up to 77% of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) (Rzepecka et al., 2011). Few studies have looked into the validity of commercially available accelerometers, like the FitBit, which could provide an alternative method for obtaining this information. Participants in the current study were children and adolescents who were diagnosed with developmental and intellectual disabilities, admitted to a residential program for the assessment and treatment of severe challenging behaviors. Sleep data were collected using direct observation or a FitBit fastened to the participants wrist. Some agreement was observed between direct observation of sleep and FitBit report. Although overall agreement between the two measurements was variable across observation periods, comparisons between the methods did not appear to consistently over or underestimate total sleep. Results will be discussed in terms of sleep measurement calibration, and the clinical utility and validity of data gathered by sleep measurement devices.

 
49. Development and Evaluation of a Computer-Based Training Course on Antiretroviral Medication Adherence for People Living With HIV
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BRIAN R. KATZ (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Andrew Rodewald (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Amanda Gay (Chicago School of Professional Psychology), August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Brantley Jarvis (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Discussant: Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Consistent use of antiretroviral medications by people living with HIV can reduce the amount of HIV in the body (viral load) and sustain good health, but most people living with HIV do not maintain adherence to antiretroviral medications. Participants were enrolled in a clinical trial to evaluate the effectiveness of monetary incentives for reduced viral loads in promoting adherence to antiretroviral medications. Initially, participants completed a computer-based training course on HIV and antiretroviral medication adherence that was delivered in ATTAIN, a program that allows for easy course development, repeated and random presentation of questions, delivery of immediate feedback for responses, and provision of monetary incentives for performance. A multiple-baseline across sections of the course was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the course in teaching participants the course content. Participants took three tests that tested the material presented in the first (Modules 1-7), second (Modules 8-14) and third (Modules 15-19) sections of the course. All tests were administered before training began and then again after each participant completed each section of the course. Preliminary results (see figures) show some degree of improvement following completion of the first two course sections. Future work should identify course features that can improve outcomes.

 
51. Effectiveness of Cognitive Behavioral Interventions to Smoking Cessation for College Women
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER LIRA MANDUJANO (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Discussant: Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The tobacco use is a public health problem both in the world and in Mexico as it is associated with chronic degenerative, irreversible, disabling and deadly diseases. According to the National Survey of Addictions (2011) 21.7 of the population aged 12-65 years is active and on average smoker, states that started the daily consumption at 20.4 years. Although there are treatments to stop smoking standardized and research in Mexico which have proved their effectiveness it is essential evaluate the effectiveness of treatments for smoking cessation for women, particularly aimed at students as it is known that in the college a significant percentage women start smoking and them become occasional smokers or daily smokers of tobacco. Therefore, this study was aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of a cognitive behavioral intervention for smoking cessation in college women. Participants were 15 college students who smoked less than 10 cigarettes daily, aged between 19-25 years. The intervention consisted of an evaluation session, four sessions of treatment and follow-up at 3 months. In such intervention techniques of self monitoring, problem solving, relaxation, exposure and nicotine fading were used. The pattern of consumption was obtained and compared before, during treatment and at three months follow-up. The results are discussed in terms of abstinence rates obtained at the end of treatment and at follow-up at 3 months and that set the tone for the establishment of effective strategies for early detection college women.

 
52. Predictors of Smoking Cessation in a Cognitive-Behavioral Treatment
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL PECH PUEBLA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Johanna Gabriela SÁnchez Angulo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Jennifer Lira Mandujano (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Cesar Augusto Carrascoza Venegas (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Discussant: Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The effectiveness of smoking cessation treatments depends on the treatment used and the characteristics of patients. It is possible to improve the effectiveness of smoking cessation treatments by identifying predictors of treatment success and working on them. This study aimed to identify factors that predict consumption reduction when using a cognitive-behavioral treatment for smoking cessation. Participants were 24 women and 22 men in a smoking cessation treatment, with a median age of 42.74 years. The age of first use was 17.30 years; the mean years of regular consumption was 22.91 years. The average consumption pattern before treatment was 15.28 cigars, the average consumption at the end of treatment was 5.96 and the average cigarette consumption follow-up at six months was 6.83 cigarettes. 23.9% of participants have tried to quit once and the same percent of participants have tried three times. 84.4% of them have not used nicotine replacement therapy. Smoking is considered a major problem by 41.3% of participants. 52.2% have severe nicotine dependence. The mean level of anxiety at baseline was 15.96 points, after the treatment, 10.98 and follow-up level of 10.39. Regarding the level of depression, the average baseline was 14.70 points, after the treatment was 10.22 and 8.93 in follow-up. There were statistically significant associations between the variables age and age of onset (r=0.470, p=0.001), age and years of regular consumption (r=0.794, p<0.000), educational level and years of regular consumption (r=-0.444, p=0.002), age of onset and baseline anxiety level (r=-0.344, p=0.019), age of onset and baseline depression level (r=-0.324, p=0.028), use of nicotine replacement therapy and baseline anxiety level (r=-0.321, p=0.029), perception of smoking problem and dependence level (r=-0.308, p=0.038), dependence level and baseline consumption pattern (r=-0.746, p<0.000), dependence level and consumption pattern at the end of treatment (r=-0.575, p<0.000), dependence level and consumption pattern at follow-up (r=-0.476, p=0.001), baseline consumption pattern and consumption pattern at the end of treatment (r=0.492, p=0.001), baseline consumption pattern and consumption pattern at follow-up (r=0.479, p=0.001), consumption pattern at the end of the treatment and consumption pattern at follow-up (r=0.757, p<0.000). When comparing the averages of the consumption pattern, there was a statistically significant difference between the measurements of consumptio

 
53. Sex Differences of Psychological Factors Related to Tobacco Use
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JOHANNA SÁNCHEZ (UNAM), Daniel Pech (UNAM), Jennifer Lira Mandujano (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Discussant: Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The use of tobacco is considered a public health problem both internationally and nationally, being one of the first preventable causes of death worldwide. Several studies suggest that there are differences between men and women with regard to psychological factors related to smoking cessation. Therefore, the objective of this research was to compare the psychological factors such as depression, anxiety, consumption risk situations, consumption pattern and level of dependency on men and women, obtained at baseline and the end of treatment. Participants were 46 smokers (22 men and 24 women), aged between 22 and 61 years. The treatment was a cognitive behavioral intervention for smoking cessation and consists of 6 sessions, the results show that there are significant differences in the Beck Anxiety Scale both at baseline (t = -2.918; p <0.05) as the end of treatment in men and women (t = -2.296; p <0.05) it is the greatest anxiety in women in the two measurements. For other factors, no significant differences were found. However, this factor must be taken into account since at the time of the intervention can determine the effectiveness of treatment depending on gender.

 
54. A Case Study: Decreasing Liquid and Puree Dependence in Two Children With Severe Food Allergies
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEE MARIE MATRIGALI (Clinic 4 Kidz), Kerri Caltabiano (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Discussant: Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Pediatric feeding disorders can be common in children with autism or other development disabilities, however; issues with feeding can also arise in typically developing children with complex medical histories. For instance, children with moderate to severe food and environmental allergies can experience harmful side-effects after food consumption which can make eating aversive. The aversive properties of eating can result in higher levels of food refusal and potentially total food refusal. This can cause poor weight gain, vitamin/mineral deficiencies, liquid dependency, and poor oral motor development. Therefore, the purpose of this case study was to increase regular textured food intake while decreasing liquid and puree dependency in two children with severe food allergies. In addition, we monitored their weight gain and growth across the course of treatment. By using basic principles of behavior (i.e., escape extinction, non-contingent reinforcement, and positive reinforcement) and skills training procedures, to address oral motor deficits, we successfully reduced liquid dependence and increased overall volume of regular textured food.

 
55. The Application of Applied Behavior Analysis Within Integrated Primary Care
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
TERYN BRUNI (Central Michigan University; University of Michigan), Blake Lancaster (University of Michigan), Andrew Cook (University of Michigan)
Discussant: Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Behavioral assessment and treatment can be delivered in a variety of settings and be applied to a diversity of presenting concerns. A model of service delivery that is particularly well suited to a behavioral analytic orientation is Integrated Behavioral Health Care (IBHC). IBHC models embed a behavioral health specialist within a primary care clinic and are characterized by a problem-focused and solution oriented approach to treatment. Further, treatments are evidenced-based and originate largely from the behavioral literature. Given the behavioral nature of treatments provided and the problem-focused approach to assessment, clinicians with training in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) are well prepared to provide IBHC services. To demonstrate the fit between IBHC and ABA, medical chart review data were collected from two pediatric IBHC clinics (N=394) based in a mid-west university medical system. Data collected summarizes percentages of patient presenting concerns and treatment protocols used across patients. Patients presented with a wide range of concerns and the majority of protocols delivered were based on behavior principles. A case study is presented to show how functional assessment, implementation of behavioral principles, and data collection methods are used in the IBHC setting, demonstrating the suitability of this model for individuals trained in ABA.

 
56. Treatment of Rumination Using Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible Behaviors Plus Mindfulness-Based Self-Awareness Training
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JILL FODSTAD (Indiana University School of Medicine), Nicole Turygin (Westchester Institute of Human Development)
Discussant: Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Background: Rumination Disorder is the chronic regurgitation, rechewing, and reswallowing of previously digested foods. This condition is associated with many negative outcomes, and is considered to be one of the least understood functional upper gastrointestinal disorders. Persons with intellectual/developmental disabilities are the most at risk for rumination; however, rumination can occur in other patient populations. Traditional therapeutic interventions for rumination include teaching an incompatible behavior, thickened liquids and starch satiation, aversive/punishment procedures, and noncontingent reinforcement. Mindfulness is a philosophy that emphasizes introspection regarding physiological/psychological processes; mindfulness-based techniques have been found to be effective in combination therapy for a variety of medical and psychological conditions (e.g., chronic pain, depression, nicotine dependence). Methods: A novel treatment, Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible Behavior + Mindfulness-Based Self-Awareness Training (DRI + M-SA), was compared to DRI-only with a 10-year-old typically developing child with chronic rumination since infancy. Results: DRI + M-SA was more effective at significantly decreasing rumination when compared to baseline (BL; 98.7%) versus DRI-only (64.5%). Reductions in rumination were maintained at 1-month and 3-month follow up. Results suggest that mindfulness-based strategies may be an effective component for treating rumination for some individuals.

 
57. Evaluation of a Modified Incidental Teaching Procedure to Increase Child Compliance
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
COREY MILES COHRS (Unviversity of Nebraska Medical Center), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Teaching noncompliant children to engage in compliant behavior has long been a goal for many parents, teachers, and therapists (Patterson, Shaw, & Ebner, 1969). This goal has driven the development of behavioral technology, including entire manualized treatment programs, specifically intended for the treatment of noncompliance (Forehand & McMahon, 1981; Hembree-Kigin & McNeil, 1995). However, despite advances in treatment, these programs have continued to include punishment-based interventions that are associated with resistance to instruction (Roberts, 1982; Roberts, 1984; Roberts & Powers, 1990). A modified version of incidental teaching (Hart & Risley, 1974) termed naturalistic compliance training (NCT) may have particular value during compliance training with children because it has the potential to reduce resistance to instruction. As incidental teaching is conducted in the childs natural environment, and instruction is based on child-initiated interactions (Hart & Risley, 1974), it often serves to reduce childrens resistance to instruction. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effectiveness NCT procedures to increase the rate of child compliance and result in maintenance of compliant behavior in a non-teaching setting. Data collection for one participant is complete and additional data sets are expected to be complete before May, 2016.

 
58. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Disrupt Negative Repetitive Thinking: A Randomized Multiple-Baseline Design
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Francisco Jose Ruiz-Jimenez (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Diana Riaño (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Juan Suárez (Universidad Nacional de Educación a Distancia), CARMEN LUCIANO (Universidad de Almería)
Discussant: Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Repetitive negative thinking (RNT) in the form of worry and rumination has been robustly identified as a transdiagnostic factor implicated in the onset and maintenance of emotional disorders. According to recent research, both worry and rumination seem to accomplish an experiential avoidance strategy, which makes them good targets to use acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT). The current study analyzed the effect of a one-session ACT protocol in disrupting RNT using a two-arm, randomized-multiple baseline design. Participants were 11 adults experiencing RNT that interfered in their life for at least the last six months and did not show extremely severe scores in depression and/or anxiety. The sample could be characterized as composed by participants suffering from a mild to moderate emotional disorder. At the 6-week follow-up, 8 participants showed significant reductions in self-registers and 10 in at least one questionnaire assessing RNT. Effect sizes were very large in worry, brooding, frequency of negative thoughts, valued living, emotional symptoms, experiential avoidance, and cognitive fusion. Results are discussed highlighting the potential of an ACT version specifically focused on disrupting worry/rumination to treat emotional disorders.
 
59. Increasing Physical Activity via Goal Setting and Feedback: A Pilot Study
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY MARTELL (Ball State University), Shannon Titus Dieringer (Ball State University)
Discussant: Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Regular physical activity has positive outcomes for physical health and psychological well-being (Calfas, & Taylor, 1994). The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention currently recommends young adults receive at least 150 min of moderate exercise or 75 min of vigorous exercise each week for optimal health. For many college students, meeting this goal is especially difficult. The purpose of the current study is to increase physical activity in college students. A changing criterion design was used to evaluate the impact of goal setting in combination with electronic performance feedback via a blue-tooth enabled activity monitor (i.e., FitBit). Participants for this pilot study include two college students between the ages of 18 and 21 who have a body mass index in the overweight range. Data collection is currently in progress. Preliminary data indicate that participant 1 initially responded to the intervention; however, there was a decline in performance that coincided with winter break. Participant 2 initially did not respond to the intervention; however, data recently show an increase in physical activity. Limitations and future directions will be discussed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #475
PRATuesday Noon
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
60. Behaviour Analysts Opinions Regarding Treatment Adherence in Research and Practice: Predictors of Best Practices
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
MEAGAN ELIZABETH SCOTT (Brock University), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University)
Discussant: John Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract: Given the reliance on mediator delivered interventions in our field, treatment adherence by natural mediators is an essential aspect of ABA service delivery and research. Despite this, few published studies report on treatment adherence in research (McIntyre, Gresham, DiGennaro & Reed, 2007), and fewer still focus specifically on adherence by natural care providers in non-clinical settings (Allen & Warzak, 2000). Treatment non-adherence is problematic because treatment adherence has been found to be positively correlated with treatment effectiveness and outcomes (Fryling, Wallace, & Yassine, 2012). Treatment errors, especially errors of commission, have been found to be detrimental to treatment success (St. Peter-Pipkin, Vollmer, & Sloman, 2013). To examine the issue of treatment integrity in practice, an international survey was conducted with 160 behaviour analysts working with families, direct-care staff, and educators of individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities. This poster will present key findings relating to behavior analysts’ opinions regarding treatment adherence in research and practice. The predictive value of years of practice, levels of education, and levels of certification on the degree of reported reliance on clinical and research best practices will be explored.
 
61. Review of Competing Stimulus Assessments, Treatment Outcomes, and Recommendations for Practice
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL HOLDEN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Catherine Chaille (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: John Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments (CSA) have been used to identify stimuli that are associated with reduced levels of problem behavior, possibly as a function of reinforcer competition. While CSA have been utilized in research studies and in clinical practice, the parameters for conducting the assessments vary widely. The current study reviews 11 CSA and treatment evaluations conducted with children receiving behavioral treatment on an inpatient unit for severe problem behavior. Participants included nine males and two females, ranging in age from five to 19 years (M = 11 years). The number of competing items assessed ranged from 9 to 29 (M = 14), sampling durations ranged from two to five minutes, and number of trial series ranged from one to five. Problem behaviors targeted in the CSA included: self-injury, pica, elopement, and disruption. Based on the functional analyses, 91% of the participants’ problem behaviors were maintained solely by automatic reinforcement. Participants’ problem behaviors were reduced by an average of 88.9%, and the most common treatment components included competing stimuli and response interruption and redirection. Our evaluation indicates that the assessment is more useful for automatically reinforced behavior and can lead to effective treatments.
 
62. Texture Fading: A Brief Texture Probe Protocol In the Treatment of Food Selectivity
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
DANIELLE TARVER (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: John Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract: When used in conjunction with function-based treatment, texture probes and stimulus fading are effective in advancing texture while maintaining high rates of appropriate and low rates of problem behaviors in children with food selectivity (Shore, Babbitt, Williams, Coe, & Snyder, 1998). Additionally, texture probes allow for textures to potentially be bypassed, thereby shortening treatment. The purpose of this study was to expand upon the study by Shore et al. by tailoring the texture probes to individualized treatments and conducting short bite probes to more rapidly progress treatment. The participant was Matthew, a 13-year-old boy with food refusal, gastrostomy-tube dependence, autism, intellectual disability, and hypotonia, who ate a 100% pureed diet following function-based treatment of refusal. To advance texture, following every three meals in which Matthew met success criteria at the current texture (i.e., ≥ 80% acceptance and mouth cleans, ≤ 20% gagging and coughing, and ≤ 0.5 refusals and expels per minute), a brief series of texture probes was conducted using the treatment protocol. Stimulus fading was used when success criteria were not met for whole textures. Matthew’s texture was advanced from puree to wet ground while maintaining high rates of appropriate and low rates of problem behaviors throughout.
 
63. Individualized Token Economy Programming in a Public School Classroom
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER JONES (The Learning Tree Inc.), Jennifer Nordal (The Learning Tree Inc.), Caitlin Kite (Auburn University)
Discussant: John Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract:

Token economies are used with a variety of populations for many purposes including behavioral treatment, education, and in social settings. Furthermore, modifications to the value of the reinforcers and frequency of delivery increase responsiveness to these programs. (Kazdin, 1982). Tokens are conditioned reinforcers that are paired with established reinforcers to potentially increase appropriate behavior (Fiske et al., 2015). Token economies take on many variations when applied to the classroom setting for behavioral purposes. A group contingency such as the Good Behavior Game has been used across classrooms with successful decreases in problem behavior (Tingstrom, Sterling-turner, Wilczynski, 2006). Additionally, token economies work through the process of behavioral economics to determine functional relationships between the reinforcement contingencies and behavior (Hackenberg, 2009). The current study seeks to examine the effectiveness of an individualized token economy for behavior reduction in the classroom. As tokens are earned for appropriate behavior and absence of problem behavior, higher levels of tokens earned indicate lower levels of maladaptive behaviors. Overall, the treatment package data show an increase in tokens earned as well as a decreasing trend in all problem behaviors.

 
65. The Use of Performance-Based Lotteries to Improve Staff Behavior in Pediatric Psychiatric Residential FaciIities
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
JENNIFER S. KAZMERSKI (University of Colorado School of Medicine), Ryan Ford (East Carolina University), Jessica Buzenski (East Carolina University), Kay Exum (East Carolina University)
Discussant: John Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract:

Residential treatment facilities are commonly known to be understaffed, prone to high staff turnover rates and often limited to hiring staff with limited qualifications. These facilities are often limited in terms of resources and have difficulty motivating staff to engage in appropriate staff behavior. As a result the staff are less likely to respond to the appropriate behavior of residents and more likely to overrespond to inappropriate behavior limiting the opportunity for the generalization of replacement behaviors that are often the focus of treatment. An increase in the use of restraints has been noted within residential treatment facilities posing a potential risk to both residents and staff alike. Staff are often unaware of the implications of using punishment-based procedures and often use them incorrectly. Many facilities are now moving toward reducing the use of restraints, but still experience difficulty improving staff behavior to prevent the escalation of inappropriate resident behaviors. Iwata and colleagues (1976) evaluated the use of a performance-based lottery system in a residential treatment facility to improve staff task completion using a multiple baseline design. Results indicated an improvement in overall staff behavior with the use of the weekly lottery. The present study sought to extend previous research to use a performance-based reinforcement system to improve staff-resident interactions within the classrooms of a rural pediatric psychiatric treatment facility using a multiple baseline design. Additionally, the present study evaluated the schedule of reinforcement and provided audible prompts at fixed intervals to address staff behavior. Results of the present study indicated an increase in staff-resident interaction within the classroom in a pediatric psychiatric residential treatment facility. Staff-resident interaction continued to increase and maintain across treatment phases, as the audible prompt was faded. These findings provide preliminary support for the use of reinforcement-based techniques to improve staff engagement in a psychiatric residential treatment facility. The use of performance-based lottery may be beneficial in increasing the use of positive reinforcement by staff members with residents potentially decreasing the likelihood of staff overresponding to problem behavior and the use of physical restraints.

 
66. Does Practice Make Perfect? Volunteer Effects On Role Play Skill Demonstration
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN MARIE SPECKIN (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Audrey H. Shivers (University of North Texas), Carla M. Smith (University of North Texas)
Discussant: John Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract: Behavior skills training has been demonstrated to be effective for teaching a wide variety of skills. Behavior skills training typically includes instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback with an emphasis on rehearsal and feedback as a requirement to demonstrate competency. The current project used behavior skills training to teach three behavior management tools to caregivers at a state residential facility. Training included an eight-hour instruction, modeled role play examples, and optional rehearsal with feedback. Behavior management tools were then tested in a contrived role play. Feedback and additional post-tests were conducted until competency was reached. Researchers assessed if caregivers completing rehearsal and feedback during training was correlated with demonstrating competency in a role play test. Researchers also assessed if caregivers with repeated rehearsal and feedback reduced the need for additional post-tests with feedback to reach competency. Data suggest that participants who actively participated in rehearsal and feedback demonstrated greater competency in role play tests than caregivers without rehearsal and feedback. Repeated rehearsal and feedback did not reduce the need for additional post-tests with feedback to reach competency.
 
67. Increasing Efficiency, Accuracy, and Timeliness of Data Management and Documentation Through the Use of an Electronic Data Collection System
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
SHANNON BARRY (May Institute), Paul W. Heering (May Institute)
Discussant: John Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract:

The purpose of this project was to investigate the efficiency, accuracy, and timeliness of an electronic data collection, management, and documentation system compared to pen and paper to computer-based software systems. The study took place at an adult day habilitation program and with home based consultation services for children. Timeliness data were collected for one month to determine the time between when the behavior occurred and when data were graphed. To track accuracy of transferring written tally marks into typed numbers, staff members from outside the day program entered data into spreadsheets, and percentage of agreement between day staff and outside staff was calculated. Efficiency was determined by timing one staff member entering 7 individuals data from paper sheets to computer spreadsheets. To measure documentation efficiency, 8 clinicians were timed while documenting services by hand and then in the electronic system, using a sample vignette. Results indicated notable differences between traditional data management and documentation compared to the electronic system across efficiency, accuracy, and timeliness in both settings. The time saved using the electronic system will allow time for staff to provide more direct services, make more timely decisions regarding progress, and act using more accurate data.

 
68. Discriminate Before You Generate: An Important Component of an Effective and Efficient Reading Curriculum
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
MORGAN L. MANSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Staheli Meyer (University of Nevada, Reno & Fit Learning), Kendra B. Newsome (Fit Learning), Donny D. Newsome (Fit Learning), Timothy C. Fuller (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Discriminate before you generate is a common mantra among Precision Teachers. This poster will demonstrate how this idea can be practically implemented in reading instruction. The act of reading requires the reader to generate a wide variety of rule-governed textual responses accurately and fluently. For a fluent reader, subtle differences in textual stimuli come to exert discriminative control over the vocal or subvocal textual responses emitted. When an aspiring reader demonstrates dysfluency in textual responding, Precision Teachers commonly employ strategies to systematically isolate and measure the accuracy and fluency of the critical conditional discriminations required for a functional reading repertoire. These operant sub-classes of reading behavior are called tool skills or component skills. When dysfluency on the component skills of reading is identified, the adage Discriminate before you generate informs the most efficient, generative path to remediation. Case studies from Fit Learning are included to show how prioritization of fluency building on simple textual discrimination tasks can produce rapid improvements in the composite reading repertoire and readily generalize to novel text.

 
69. Certificants' Reports of Contact With Literature and Continuing Education
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
SARAH MARTNER (University of Florida), David J. Cox (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Discussant: Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Maintaining competence through professional development is critical in this knowledge-based industry. The purpose of this study is to inform how, and to what extent, certified behavior analysts maintain competence by means of consuming research and obtaining continuing education. We sent a survey to all certificants through the Behavior Analyst Certification Board email campaign system. Questions addressed the methods, extent of access in various domains, and barriers to accessing literature. Questions regarding continuing education focused on the sources and domains of obtained continuing education units and the benefits and barriers to accessing online and on-site continuing education events. Based on the data reported from the 560 respondents of this survey, most board certified behavior analysts reported reading between 6 and 20 articles per year, and most certificants at the doctoral level reported reading 20 or more articles per year. The most commonly reported barrier to maintaining contact with scholarly literature was access to databases and the cost of relevant articles. Despite most continuing education opportunities currently being obtained on-site, the costs and effort of attending conferences were significant barriers providing ongoing motivation for interactive online continuing education events. Understanding the current trends in our field has important implications for its future. Additionally, approved continuing education providers can use these data to inform development of engaging continuing education opportunities that play to the benefits of the delivery format.

 
70. Using Tickets to Reinforce Appropriate Behavior in a Before-and-After-School Community Program for Children and Youth
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
SEAN SAUNDERS (University of Nevada, Reno), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno), Morgan L. Manson (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Appropriate behavior management can be difficult in a before and after school program setting. Staff often have no behavioral training yet are expected to keep a large group of children under control. In this particular program, the ratio is 2 staff for every 25 kids. There are a total of 15 sites with some having up to 160 children at a time. This program has no embedded system in which to assist staff in promoting appropriate behaviors in the kids. In order to encourage an increase in appropriate behavior, we implemented a ticket reward system. The tickets were to be provided to each for engaging in appropriate behaviors. In conjunction with the ticket system, we created goals for the staff as incentive for them to hand out the tickets and focus on the appropriate behaviors occurring. With some behavior management training for staff and just the implementation of the ticket system, we were able to see an increase of appropriate behaviors in children across all sites.
 
71. Treatment Integrity of Research Procedures Implemented by Therapists Across Sites
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
HALEH AMANIEH (University of Florida), Jonathan K Fernand (University of Florida), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (University of Florida), Brandon C Perez (University of Florida), Daniel Conine (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The University of Florida conducted a replication of Horner & Keilitz (1975) in collaboration with three Florida Autism Center sites. Subjects were taught daily living skills using a task analysis. Subjects were children diagnosed with autism. Staff from two of the sites were trained to implement the procedures remotely, while staff at the third site were trained directly by the researchers. Videos of sessions were recorded and shared with the authors. A trained undergraduate research assistant in the third site measured treatment integrity for all sites using a checklist. Feedback to the remote sites was given via telephone, while feedback to the third site was given directly. Treatment integrity scores varied across staff and location. Treatment integrity of the procedures from the three trained sites are presented. Variables influencing high or low treatment fidelity levels are discussed. Unusual methods (e.g. Reinforcement during baseline) may have impacted low scores during certain conditions. Implications for low treatment integrity scores on treatment outcomes are also presented.
 
72. An Expansion on Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) Authorship Publication Trends (1998-2014)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
ROCKY HAYNES (University of South Florida - Tampa), Shelley Clarke (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This investigation was conducted to ascertain changes in terms of trends related to authorship and publication in JABA over the last 16 years. The need for this analysis was deemed an important area to re-examine after the initial investigation of authorship trends completed by Dunlap, Clarke and Reyes was published in JABA in 1998. A comparison with the 1998 article was completed to compare authorship trends over time. Results for JABA show a clear increasing trend for the percentage of veteran authors starting in the mid 1990’s then remaining stable at those levels around the last two decades.
 
73. Time Course of Changes in Amount of Cues During Behavioral Trainings in Patients With Dementia
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
YURI HASHIMOTO (Kitasato University), Makoto Suzuki (Kitasato Univers), Aki Watanabe (Kitasato University), Harumi Kotaki (Hatsutomi Hoken Hospital), Michinari Fukuda (School of Allied Health Sciences, Kitasato University)
Discussant: Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Decreasing behavioral independence levels is the most problematic aspect for patients with dementia. Despite the necessity of behavioral trainings, little is known about the changes in behaviors during the trainings. We examined the time course of changes in amount of cues given by the therapist in training to learn upper-body dressing, toileting and transferring. Four patients with dementia were enrolled in the study. The patients received behavioral trainings based on the time-delay method. If the patient responded with inadequate component actions or did nothing for 10 seconds, the therapist offered cues at four levels in the following order: verbal cue, gesturing, tapping, and physical assistance. When the patient carried out each component action, the therapist praised the patient. The results of the data of amount of cues fitted an exponential function gradually decreased during learning of the behavioral skills (dressing, t = 380.1, R2 = 0.59, p = 0.006; toileting, t = 1.7-2.2, R2 = 0.83-0.90, p < 0.0001; transferring, t = 0.4, R2 = 0.99, p < 0.0001). These results suggest that the amount of cues could be described by an exponential function, and dressing, toileting, and transferring were difficult to accomplish in a stepwise fashion.

 
74. Patient-Centered Behavioral Intervention for Schizophrenia
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
MAI SAKIMOTO (Link Yokohama Home-visit Nursing Station), Takayuki Kawaguchi (Kitasato University), Makoto Suzuki (Kitasato University), Taichi Matsuoka (Rehabilitation Dept., Fukui Memorial Hospital), Aki Watanabe (Kitasato University)
Discussant: Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The ultimate goal of rehabilitation in patients with schizophrenia is to optimize their participation in society. Restrictions to participation are problems an individual may experience in involvement in life situations or roles. In order to achieve the patients goals in his/her own life situations or roles, the behavioral intervention process is required to use collaborative approaches that always maintain a focus on the patients needs and desires and to ensure that the patient is actively involved in making decisions about the process of patient-centered. The purpose of this study was to explore the effect of patient-centered behavioral intervention on participation in a patient with schizophrenia. The AB design treatment single subject experimental design was implemented, where baseline with interview about patients goals related individual life situations, intervention with collaborative approaches focused on patients goals related individual life situations. The target behavior was frequency of participation related to patients goal. Patient-centered behavioral intervention increased the frequency of participation related to patients goal (p = 0.001). These results suggest that the patient-centered behavioral intervention had an effect on the frequency of participation in a patient with schizophrenia. The present findings may serve to optimize participation of patients with schizophrenia.

 
75. Effectiveness of a Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates of Behavior (DRL) Procedure in a Home Setting
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Meredith Olson (ABACS, LLC), MEGHAN CLAUSEN (ABACS, LLC)
Discussant: Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

A reversal design was utilized to evaluate the effectiveness of a DRL procedure on the reduction of challenging behaviors across two participants. The DRL procedures were implemented within the context of regular home-based service delivery. Both participants engaged in high rates of challenging behaviors prior to the implementation of the procedure. When the DRL procedure was in place, reinforcement was delivered contingent upon the number of responses within a period of time occurring below a predetermined criterion. In the reversal condition, the DRL was removed and modified behavior guidelines were implemented. For both participants, this plan consisted of high-probability request sequences paired with either a token economy or functional communication training. The reversal yielded differentiated results between conditions. In conditions where the DRL procedure was present, challenging behaviors decreased to low rates below the set criterion across both participants. In conditions where the DRL procedure was not present, challenging behaviors increased to differentially higher rates above the set criterion. Experimental control was demonstrated across both participants as a result of the reversal design, which indicated an effective intervention in a home-based setting.

 
 
 
Poster Session #476
DDA Tuesday Noon
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
76. Coaching Parents via Telehealth to Conduct Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training for Challenging Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
STEPHANIE BENSON (University of Minnesota-Twin Cities), Kelsey Quest (University of Minnesota-Twin Cities), Adele Dimian (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Deric Toney (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The use of telehealth technology to conduct functional analysis (FA) and functional communication training (FCT) for individuals with developmental disabilities and challenging behavior is emerging. Wacker et al. (2013) has demonstrated the utility of telehealth technology as a delivery system to use FA-FCT procedures to reduce challenging behavior. The current study was designed to further demonstrate the utility of FA-FCT procedures provided via telehealth. Three elementary aged male students with developmental disabilities participated. A multielement FA was conducted for each participant. The results of the multielement FA were used to identify a functionally equivalent FCT response for each participant. FCT was evaluated using single case reversal designs. Results indicated that FCT was effective for all 3 participants in reducing challenging behavior and increasing the appropriate communicative response. All parents were able to successfully implement the FA-FCT protocol via telehealth-supported live coaching. These results provide additional support for the use of telehealth technology to deliver FA-FCT procedures to individuals with challenging behavior.
 
77. A Review of Environmental Enrichment as Treatment for Automatically Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
HOLLY GOVER (California State University, Northridge), Ciobha McKeown (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Deric Toney (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

We reviewed and analyzed studies that used environmental enrichment as treatment for automatically maintained self-injury and motor stereotypy. A search of behavior analytic journals produced 33 articles that included 57 cases of self-injurious behavior and 33 cases of stereotypy. We found that environmental enrichment was used alone or in conjunction with one or more of the following: prompting, reinforcement, response blocking, restriction, restraint, and punishment. Environmental enrichment, as a sole intervention, was effective for 26% (5/19 cases) of stereotypy and 38% (21/56 cases) of self-injury. Non-intrusive interventions (i.e., prompting and reinforcement) were added and effective for 65% (17/26 cases) of stereotypy and 29% (2/7 cases) of self-injury. Intrusive interventions (i.e., blocking, restriction, restraint, and punishment) were effective for 100% (9/9 cases) of stereotypy and 100% (34/34 cases) of self-injury. Preliminary results indicate that environmental enrichment alone was effective for a higher percentage of self-injury cases. When environmental enrichment was ineffective, stereotypy required less intrusive interventions compared to self-injury; thus, intrusive procedures were used more frequently with self-injury compared to stereotypy. This poster will summarize trends using environmental enrichment as an independent variable and will describe implications for future research.

 
78. Effect of a Short-Term Behavioral Parent Training for Managing Problem Behaviors Among Persons With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
HYANGKYEONG OH (Yonsei University), You Na Kim (Korean ABA Institure)
Discussant: Deric Toney (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Evidence-based treatment for problem behaviors is ABA, which is typically delivered in an individual format as a tertiary prevetion. Recently, several behavioral parent trainings have been identified as effective methods to deal with problem behaviors. Yet, these programs are still demanding in terms of training length and intensity. Therefore, continuous effort to search a more cost-effective training program (e.g., a shorter and more effective program) is still in need, mainly due to practical reasons. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a short-term parent training program to manage problem behaviors among persons with DD. A 4-week behavioral parent training program was developed and administered to 13 parents of children with DD. The training program included basic learning principles, functional assessment and function-based treatment. Data on the degree of problem behaviors, parents stress, parenting efficacy and knowledge of behavior principles were collected through the self-reported questionaries before and after the training. The results showed significant differences between pre and post total scores on knowledge of behavior principles. No differences were found in other measures. This suggests that a 4 week short-term behavioral parent training is effective to enhance the knowledge of behavior principles only. Implications and limitations are further discussed.

 
79. A Comparison of Functional Analyses of Inappropriate and Appropriate Mealtime Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA SUAREZ (University of Maryland, Baltimore County/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Deric Toney (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Functional analyses (FA) of inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB; Piazza et al., 2003) may be conducted prior to treatment for children with feeding disorders. Although helpful in identifying reinforcers for IMB, they do not identify the reinforcing consequences for appropriate behavior (acceptance of bites). The purpose of this study was to use procedures similar to Piazza et al., to examine the correspondence between FA of inappropriate and appropriate mealtime behavior for children admitted to an intensive feeding program to assess and treat feeding disorders. Results of the FA were used to inform treatment selection targeting food consumption for two participants, and using a multielement design, three treatments were compared based on the results of the (1) FA of IMB, (2) FA of acceptance, and (3) combined FA results. For both participants, results of the FA for IMB identified clear functions, while the FA for acceptance was inconclusive, suggesting that an FA of IMB may be more useful in informing treatment decisions. Treatment based on the FA of IMB only increased acceptance for one participant. The second participant required additional components, suggesting more information than provided via the FA of IMB may have better informed treatment decisions.
 
80. Correspondence Between Multiple-Respondent Anecdotal Assessments and Functional Analyses: Analyses of Rank-Order, Magnitude-of-Difference, and Overall Outcomes
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Holmfridur Osk Arnalds (University of North Texas), RICHARD G. SMITH (University of North Texas), Carla M. Smith (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Deric Toney (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Previous research has indicated that multiple-respondent anecdotal (indirect) functional assessments of problem behavior can produce agreement across 80% of raters in roughly half of cases and, when agreement is obtained, the results often match those from functional analyses (Smith, Smith, & Dracobly, 2012). We replicated and extended previous research in this area by evaluating outcomes for the Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS) and the Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF) and comparing results for 7 additional cases in which agreement was obtained on either anecdotal assessment. Correspondence between functional analysis and anecdotal assessment results was found in all 7 cases. A further analysis was conducted for 12 individuals, including 5 participants from the Smith et al. (2012) study. The scores for functional categories on the MAS and QABF were ranked by averaging the scores for the raters who agreed on the primary maintaining variable. Functional analysis results were ranked by examining average responding across all conditions. A comparison showed a correspondence between the highest category and the functional analysis condition for 9 out of 10 cases for the MAS and 8 out of 10 cases for the QABF. Correspondence for the category and condition ranked second was found for 2 out of 10 cases for the MAS and 2 out of 10 cases for the QABF. The magnitude of difference between categories on the MAS/QABF did not appear to predict the amount of difference in responding in the corresponding functional analyses.

 
81. Evaluating the Effects of Unequal Time Intervals on Discriminated Functional Communication
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JOHANNA SOSA (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Deric Toney (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Functional communication training is a commonly used intervention for the treatment of problem behavior maintained by social consequences. However, once the functional communication response is established, schedule thinning is often necessary. Research has found that multiple schedules can be used to produce discriminated functional communication, resulting in appropriate levels of the functional communicative response while maintaining low rates of problem behavior. One limitation of using a multiple schedule in this context is that the schedule-correlated stimuli are often arbitrary (e.g., colored cards) and must be purposefully manipulated. Recent investigators have demonstrated that naturally occurring, schedule correlated stimuli can produce similar results to programmed, arbitrary stimuli (e.g., Kuhn, Chirigin, & Zelenka, 2010; Leon, Kahng, Hausman, & Becraft, 2010). One limitation of the aforementioned studies is that they utilized fixed, equal time intervals. Thus, it is possible that strict alternation between conditions could have aided discrimination. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of unequal interval durations in a multiple schedule context using naturally occurring stimuli with one child diagnosed with autism. Results show that discriminated responding persisted when schedule components were composed of unequal time intervals, more closely resembling contingencies in naturalistic contexts.
 
82. The Effectiveness of Cooperative Group Activities on Prosocial Behavior in Adults With Intellectual Disabiltiies
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN FULTS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), William Root (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mariela Castro (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Deric Toney (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The current study serves an importance as it may aid in the emergence of social interactions and potential friendships with individuals with intellectual disabilities. This study aims to evaluate the effect of interlocked behavioral contingencies embedded in group activities, on social interactions of adults with intellectual disabilities. This metacontingency package will be evaluated by using a reversal design. Baseline data are being collected on the frequency of reciprocal interactions, defined as both participants engaging in a reciprocal gesture/response to each other, which will be recorded as a unit, and the frequency of individual initiations, defined as the participant who first engages towards the other participant. Intervention will consist of four homemade activities: 1) lemonade and pizza, 2) candles, 3) facials and 4) flower arrangements. Instructions for each activity were created in such a manner that required the behavior of one participant to be dependent on the behavior of the other participant, therefore the behavior of each participant will serve as a discriminative stimulus for all steps of the activities. Preliminary data include baseline and a generalization probe and are not yet complete. It is expected data collection will be completed within 3 months.

 
83. Effect of Liquid Delivery on Rumination Rates: A Case Study
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINA DELAPP (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Gabrielle Vega (University of North Texas), Kathleen Dignan (University of North Texas), Katy Atcheson (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Jessica McCormack (The University of Auckland)
Abstract: Previous literature has shown that liquid delivery can affect rates of rumination in some clients (Barton & Barton, 1985; Heering, Wilder, & Ladd, 2003). The present study evaluated the effects of liquids on the rate of rumination for one individual. Initially, we examined how liquid affected the rate of rumination during a meal time. Cumulative records indicate that the rate of rumination following liquid delivery increased drastically. The type and texture of food did not have an impact of the rate of rumination. Based on the individual’s fragile medical condition, the medical team determined to discontinue oral nutrition and fluids indefinitely and a gastrostomy-jejunostomy tube was used for nutrition. All rumination ceased when fluids and nutrition were delivered via the jejunostomy tube. Finally, a liquid fading procedure was implemented in which the participant received small amounts of fluid while NPO. Caloric value and flavor were manipulated systematically, and results suggested that caloric value and flavor impacted the rate of rumination.
 
84. Effects of Popsicle Consumption on Rumination and Emesis: A Case Study
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Christina DeLapp (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), GABRIELLE VEGA (University of North Texas), Kathleen Dignan (University of North Texas), Katy Atcheson (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Jessica McCormack (The University of Auckland)
Abstract: An evaluation of a series of interventions was conducted for an individual who engaged in life-threatening rumination and emesis. There is substantial research indicating that the following are common treatments for rumination: delivery of peanut butter (Barton & Barton, 1985; Greene, Johnston, Rossi, Rawal, Winston, & Barron, 1991) and/or chopped bread following meals (Thibadeau, Blew, Reedy, & Luiselli, 1999), chewing gum (Rhine, & Tarbox, 2009), or satiation procedures (Dudley, Johnson, & Barnes, 2002; Lyons, Rue, Luiselli, & DiGennaro, 2007; Rast, Johnston, Drum, & Conrin, 1981). In the current case, each of these interventions were found to be either ineffective or contraindicated based on the participant’s fragile health status. Following these analyses, the effects of free access to popsicles on rumination and emesis was evaluated. An AB design was used in which popsicles were first restricted and then the participant had free access to popsicles throughout a 12 hour day. Results indicate that rumination rate and duration were inversely related to popsicle consumption duration. Emesis, however, was unaffected by the popsicle consumption duration.
 
85. Toward the Identification of Functional Behavioral Phenotypes of Problem Behavior in Genetic Syndromes
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Andrew Bonner (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle D. Chin (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Jessica McCormack (The University of Auckland)
Abstract: There is a growing body of research examining behavioral phenotypes of genetic syndromes. However, little is known about the role of phenotype-environment interactions in the development and maintenance of problem behavior thus warranting a more systematic review of the operant properties of these behaviors within and across syndromes. The current study attempts to identify functional behavioral phenotypes of problem behavior for 56 individuals admitted to inpatient and/or outpatient hospital units for the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Participants had one of three genetic disorders: Fragile X syndrome (FXS, n = 11), Down syndrome (n = 37), or Cornelia de Lange syndrome (n = 8). Behavioral assessments (e.g., preference and competing stimulus assessments, functional assessments) and treatments were conducted. Preliminary results suggest patterns in behavioral topographies, preferences, and competing stimulus assessment outcomes. For example, the FXS group exhibited a narrower behavioral repertoire with fewer categories of stimuli being represented amongst the top three preferred edible and nonedible items. A comparison of the findings within and across genetic disorders, including functional analysis and treatment outcomes, will be presented. The results of this study will highlight the importance of further defining functional behavioral phenotypes of genetic syndromes.
 
86. Further Evaluation of the Effects of Interviewer Behavior on Accuracy of Children’s Responses
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
GISSELLE ARRIETE (Florida Institute of Technology/World Evolve, Inc.), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Genessys Isea (Florida Institute of Technology/World Evolve, Inc.)
Discussant: Jessica McCormack (The University of Auckland)
Abstract: There is limited behavioral research on the effects of interviewer behavior on children’s recall. The current study evaluated the effects of social consequences on the accuracy of responses to open-ended questions. One 5-year-old girl diagnosed with autism participated in the study. During each session, the experimenters provided a set of concrete and inferential questions after the participant watched a new video. In baseline, there were no differential consequences for correct responses. In the reinforcement of correct responding condition, only correct responses produced social praise. In the reinforcement of incorrect responding, only incorrect responses produced social praise. Finally, in a combined condition of reinforcement for incorrect responding and punishment for correct responding, correct responses produced statements of social disapproval (e.g., “I don’t think that’s right) and incorrect responses produced social praise. Results showed that reinforcement of correct responding produced the highest levels of correct responding and the combined condition produced the lowest levels of accuracy. These findings replicated those of prior studies, suggesting that combined contingencies are most likely to influence responding and produce inaccurate responding relative to one type of consequence alone and extended those results to a new population: individuals with developmental disabilities.
 
87. Functional Analysis With Preferred and Non-Preferred Staff Yields "Opposite" Results
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE CHAILLE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jasmeen Kaur (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mandy M. Park (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Jessica McCormack (The University of Auckland)
Abstract:

One common ongoing challenge regarding the functional assessment of problem behavior is the presence of undifferentiated results. It is possible that the presence of novel therapists or contrived environment contributes to these results (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). An additional explanation involves the presence or absence of preferred therapists during functional analysis sessions. We investigated the relationship between therapist preference and the function of an individuals problem behavior. Two versions of a social avoidance functional analysis (Harper, Iwata, & Camp, 2013) were conducted with a child diagnosed with an intellectual disability. First, a non-preferred therapist implemented social avoidance (test) versus ignore (control) conditions in a reversal design. Then, a preferred therapist implemented social avoidance (test) versus contingent attention (control) in a reversal design. Results showed that problem behavior was maintained by both access to attention and escape from attention, with these functions dependent on which staff member served as therapist. The implications of these findings may inform subsequent treatment options, and potentially clarify inconclusive results of previous assessments.

 
88. Application of a Modified Trial-Based Functional Analysis in a Clinical Setting After Inconclusive Standard Functional Analyses
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY CARVER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kaitlin Hendrickx (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erica Lozy (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jessica McCormack (The University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Function-based intervention is a hallmark of Applied Behavior Analysis. Behavioral function is most often identified through the use of a functional behavioral assessment, with the Functional Analysis as the gold standard (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman, 1982/1994). A participants reactivity to a highly controlled environment and standard conditions may impact the potential for clear, differentiated functional analysis results. The current study assessed the problem behavior of an 8-year old female diagnosed with mild intellectual disabilities, progressing from more controlled to more natural assessments. A standard functional analysis yielded inconclusive, undifferentiated results but the highest and most consistent rates of target behavior occurred in the attention condition. However, the participant also commented on the unusual environment frequently and began to engage in avoidance behavior with respect to the session room. To further evaluate the variables that maintain problem behavior, a modified trial-based functional analysis was conducted. Four test conditions were evaluated, and each compared with a relevant control. The conditions were quasi-randomized to correspond with the establishing operation that was present. Latency to problem behavior in each condition was recorded. The results were significantly more differentiated than in the standard functional analysis, and indicated multiply-maintained problem behavior (attention, tangible).

 
89. The Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior and Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior on Individuals With Insulin Dependent Diabetes
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY JOHNSON (REM Minnesota; The Mentor Network)
Discussant: Jessica McCormack (The University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of other behavior and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior was used as a behavior intervention for a 20 year-old male living that lives in a residential group home. Through direct and indirect observation it was identified that this individual has type I diabetes insulin dependent, and was not eating meals defined as healthy for an individual with diabetes throughout the day. Frequency data was used to assess the frequency of healthy eating and the effects it had on blood sugar levels. Results showed an overall decrease in blood sugar levels from 244 to 225, a 9% decrease is average blood sugar level.

 
 
 
Poster Session #477
AUT Tuesday Noon
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University)
90. The Reliability and Validity of the York Measure of Quality of Behavioural Intensive Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ULRIKA LANGH (Stockholm Autism Center; Karolinska Institutet)
Discussant: Alison Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The York Measure of Quality of Behavioural Intensive Intervention (YMQI) is a scale to assess the quality of conducted intervention. The aim of this study is to examine the reliability and validity of the YMQI when used in clinical settings in Sweden. YMQI is designed to measure quality on videotaped EIBI sessions and 31 quality factors are scored on a 5 point Likert scale. Nighty video clips of 30 children’s treatment were collected and every clip was assessed by two coders in order to evaluate interrater agreement and interrater reliability. Rater stability was measured based on 30 video clips after 6 months. Construct validity was measured by correlating YMQI with the clinical judgments by 10 clinical experts on 30 clips using another, less extensive scale. The percent agreement was 83.2 % (with a tolerance of 0.5) and Intra-class correlation of total score between raters was 0.52. Intra-class correlation for rater stability was 0.77. The correlation between the expert scale overall score and YMQI total score was 0.49. Discussions will be made regarding the clinical use of YMQI in community settings.
 
91. Evaluation and Intervention of the Visual Attention in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Head Mounted Camera
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TAKUYA ENOMOTO (Keio University), Satoru Sekine (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Discussant: Alison Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to evaluate and promote the visual attention of children with (ASD) (4- to 5 years-old) using Head Mounted Camera wearing on the head of the therapist during Discrete Trial Teaching in early behavioral intervention. The therapist conducted the following two tasks; imitation task which needed the visual attention to the therapist and auditory comprehension task which did not need the visual attention. Head Mounted Camera could take motion picture of childs face including the eye direction to the therapist. The dependent measures were eye directions to the therapist and percentage of correct response in each trial. The result showed that children with moderate ASD directed their visual attention to the therapist more in imitation task than in auditory comprehension task. On the contrary, children with severe ASD directed their visual attention to the therapist less in imitation task. The scores of inter observer agreement were quite high in both tasks. These results suggest that we can accurately detect childrens visual attention by Head Mounted Camera and improve the procedure of teaching method using the motion picture data in behavioral early intervention.

 
92. Using Adult- and Self-Monitored Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviors Procedures to Reduce Covert Self-Injurious Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YUNYI TSAI (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center/Emory University)
Discussant: Alison Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Covert self-injurious behavior presents unique challenges for assessment and treatment, especially in non-clinical settings (e.g., home or school) where observation behind a one-way mirror is not feasible. In the current study, we evaluated the effects of a momentary differential reinforcement of other behaviors procedure (M-DRO;Toussaint & Tiger, 2012) on the treatment of covert skin picking maintained by automatic reinforcement, with all assessment and treatment taking place in a home setting. Reinforcement was provided for the absence of skin picking as well as the absence of new permanent product injuries. Initially, treatment was implemented by the caregiver, and later contingencies were transferred so the client self-monitored her own behavior and recruited reinforcement. The results indicated a significant decrease in skin picking based on direct observation of permanent product injuries using a frequency count and the Self-Injury Trauma (SIT) scale (Iwata, Pace, Kissel, Nau & Farber, 1990). These results extend past literature by incorporating reinforcement for the absence of injuries, transferring the intervention to a self-monitoring format, and utilizing the SIT scale as an outcome. Limitations related to difficulties conducting reversals in a home context will be discussed.

 
93. A Comparison of Functional Analysis Results Based on Novelty of Staff
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRITTNEY PAYE (Melmark), Samantha Russo (Melmark/ Endicott College), Jennifer Croner (Melmark), Samantha Smith (Melmark)
Discussant: Alison Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Functional Analysis methodology is a valid clinical tool for assessing function of challenging behavior in children with Autism (Wallace & Iwata, 1999). In a typical functional analysis, rates of behavior are assessed in test conditions and compared to control conditions (Wallace & Iwata, 1999). Many idiosyncratic variables have been assessed when evaluating behavior in a functional analysis. Previous studies have been conducted in which differing rates of challenging behavior and different functions of challenging behavior were assessed based on the therapist running the session (Ringdahl & Sellers, 2000). The current study evaluated the function of the individuals challenging behavior in correlation with the therapist running the session. One of the therapists was a novel staff member who did not interact with the individual on a regular basis, while the second therapist is a familiar staff member who interacted with the individual daily. After analyzing the data, it can be hypothesized that the individual engaged in challenging behavior to escape from demands when a novel staff ran functional analysis sessions and the individual engaged in challenging behavior to gain access to attention when a familiar staff ran functional analysis sessions.

 
94. Effects of Signaled Versus Unsignaled S-delta Components During Functional Communication Training and Schedule Thinning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Alejandro Martinez Garcia (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), CAITLIN FULTON (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Alison Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Previous research has supported functional communication training (FCT) as an effective intervention for reducing problem behavior across socially mediated functions (Greer, Fisher, Saini, Owen, & Jones, 2015). In this study, an 11-year-old female diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder was taught to use a functional communication response (e.g., card touch; FCR) to access preferred activities. The FCR was then placed on a multiple schedule and thinned. We compared schedule thinning across two conditions; (1) when a visual stimulus signaled both components of the multiple schedule indicating the availability of reinforcement (e.g., the discriminative stimulus) and the nonavailability of reinforcement (i.e., the S-delta); and (2) when a visual stimulus signaled only the component of the multiple schedule indicating the availability of reinforcement (e.g., discriminative stimulus). The results indicated that schedule thinning occurred at similar rates in both conditions. In addition, the participant�s preference for signaled versus unsignaled s-delta multiple-schedule components was evaluated and a clear preference for signaled multiple-schedule components was identified.

 
95. A Comparison Between Overcorrection and Error Correction to Increase Receptive Identification of Body Parts
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BECCA DUNCAN (ABA of Illinois)
Discussant: Alison Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that both overcorrection and error correction procedures might be useful as methods to facilitate skill acquisition in children with autism, however, these procedures have not been directly compared to each other. In the present study we compared these procedures while teaching receptive identification of body parts with one boy with autism within a multiple-baseline design across stimuli. During error correction we presented a model prompt and re-presented the teaching trial up to five times following an incorrect response. If a correct response did not occur, the trial was terminated. During overcorrection we presented the model prompt five times consecutively following an incorrect response, however a new teaching trial was not initiated. Additionally, for both procedures a progressive prompt delay was used to teach the correct response. Preliminary results suggest that overcorrection might be as useful as traditional error correction techniques to increase receptive identification skills, although further research is required.
 
97. Increasing Tolerance of Routine Dental Procedures Through Video Modeling, Shaping and Desensitization Interventions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNE ANDREWS (Thrive Autism Collaborative), Erin Rose Flanagan (Thrive Autism Collaborative)
Discussant: Alison Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Noncompliance with routine dental procedures can have detrimental effects on a persons ability to maintain dental hygiene. The current intervention initially provided a four-year-old boy who has a diagnosis of Autism with a systematic dental desensitization program aimed at increasing his ability to calmly tolerate routine dental procedures. This intervention was subsequently replicated with a seven-year-old boy who has a diagnosis of Autism. The intervention contained use of video models, stimulus control, shaping and desensitization procedures. Prior to the onset of treatment both clients demonstrated challenging behaviors at the dentist which resulted in routine dental procedures not being performed, or, the use of restrain was required. A task analysis was taught to each client. Once mastery of the task analysis was achieved (mastery of 90% or more of the task analysis for at least three consecutive sessions) the setting changed to the dentist office. Mastery of the task analysis took between four and fourteen weeks. Both clients were able to complete a routine dental visit without engaging in high-intensity challenging behaviors. Data indicate the intervention was effective with a high degree of confidence. The ability to tolerate routine dental procedures will likely result in improved dental hygiene for both clients.

 
98. Applied Behavioral Analysis Therapy and Sensory Integration Programs Effectiveness in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELANIA CHARGAZIA (Child Development Institute), Ia Iashvili (Child Development Center), Tinatin Tchintcharauli (Child Development Institute, Ilia State University)
Discussant: Alison Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

A lot of children with autism have problems with sensory integration and repetitive behaviors that has big influence on children's everyday functioning. In previous research we evaluated sensory profile and repetitive behaviors in 18 children with autism. Sensory profile evaluation was made by the infant/toddles sensory profile (ITSP) , also other variables were evaluated by The Autism Spectrum Rating Scales (ASRS), Repetitive Behaviors Questionnaire 2 (RBQ-2) and The Autism Treatment Evaluation Checklist (ATEC). Research showed that sensory integration problems represents predictor variable for repetitive behaviors. Now we want to test if sensory integration intervention program combined with Applied Behavioral Analyses (ABA) therapy will be more useful when single ABA for coping with repetitive behaviors. In this research are involved 3 children with autism. In this case we use Multiple Baseline Design to compare influences of single ABA and ABA plus sensory integration program. In addition we use ABLLS, ASRS, RBQ-2 and ATEC questioners to evaluate repetitive behaviors and general functioning. According to previous research results we expect that ABA therapy with sensory integration program will be more effective when single ABA in case of repetitive behaviors. Our research is now in process and will be finished in few months so we can't mention result now.

 
99. Parents and Teachers as Effective Predictors of Children's Preferential Stimuli
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RENEE SPEIGHT (University of Arkansas)
Discussant: Alison Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the accuracy of parents and teachers as predictors of preferred items for children with autism. One child with autism and his parent and teacher participated in the study. The parent and teacher were each given a checklist of items which they indicated preference on a scale of one to five; a selection of five indicated a most preferred item. If the items included in the survey were not highly preferred, five blank spaces were included for recording of preferred items. The items indicated as preferred by both the parent and teacher were assessed with a multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessment to determine the accuracy of parents and teachers predictions and determine which items were most preferred by the child. The most preferred item as indicated by the parent survey, teacher survey, multiple-stimulus without replacement assessment, and a neutral stimulus were then utilized in instruction to determine the reinforcement value of the item using an alternating treatment design. The research sought to determine not only whether parents or teachers were more effective predictors of preference, but also whether or not the results of parent surveys, teacher surveys, and a multiple stimulus without replacement assessment demonstrate high-preference throughout instruction.

 
100. Teaching Parents to Deliver Effective Commands in the Home to Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALLIE BRAGDON (Childhood Autism Services, Inc.), Riley Moncrief (Childhood Autism Services, Inc.), Terri Newton (Childhood Autism Services, Inc.), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Alison Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Many programs treating childhood noncompliance include a parent training component to teach effective command delivery and consequences. These programs are often delivered in clinic-based settings and focus on typically developing children and their parents. Research is lacking regarding parent training components in the home setting for parents of children with autism who display noncompliance. Behavioral skills training in a home environment was used in a multiple baseline design across participants to effectively teach four parents how to deliver an effective command sequence to children diagnosed with autism, whom also displayed low levels of compliance. The command sequence taught focused on command delivery, physical follow through following child noncompliance, and behavior specific praise following child compliance. Results indicated that behavioral skills training was an effective way of teaching command sequence delivery to parents of children with autism in the home, and overall, delivery of a proper command sequence by parents increased compliance for the children with autism.

 
101. Aspects of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Quality in Relation to Child Characteristics and Outcomes
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KSUSHA BLACKLOCK (York University), Adrienne M. Perry (York University)
Discussant: Ashley Lugo (St. Louis University)
Abstract: Early Intensive Behavioural Intervention (EIBI, or just IBI in Ontario) is currently the treatment of choice for children with Autism Spectrum Disorders, however there is a paucity of information on its quality. We examined the quality of government-funded IBI in Ontario over approximately one year, using the 31-item York Measure of Quality of IBI (YMQI; IOR=88%) to code videos (n = 402) of 39 children. A factor analysis revealed that the YMQI measures 4 different aspects of IBI quality: Pace and Organization; Technical Correctness; Engagement and Motivation; and Generalization. All of these subscales remained within the “good” quality range over one year of treatment, as defined by the YMQI, with relatively lower Generalization scores. An examination of the relationships between the YMQI subscales and children’s characteristics at the start of IBI showed that children with more autism symptomatology received intervention lower in Engagement and Motivation at the beginning of IBI. In terms of the connection of IBI quality to children’s progress, a relationship between Technical Correctness at the start of treatment and greater decreases in autism symptomatology emerged, as well as relationships between Generalization and children’s gains in cognitive skills and decreases in autism symptomatology.
 
102. Rapid Restraint Assessment for a Child Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WENDY STRANG (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Melinda Robison (University of North Texas), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Ashley Lugo (St. Louis University)
Abstract:

For individuals who engage in severe self-injurious behavior (SIB), mechanical restraint devices, e.g., arm splints, may be used to restrict the behavior or to minimize the potential for damage. Wallace, Iwata, Zhou, and Goff (1999) evaluated a procedure to determine optimal levels of splint rigidity that produce both low levels of SIB while allowing for adaptive responding. DeRosa, Roane, Wilson, Novak, and Moolenschot (in press) replicated and extended the findings of Wallace et al. by assessing childrens ability to complete multiple adaptive responses while also comparing random versus progressive levels of rigidity. In the current investigation, we extended the findings of DeRosa et al. by including leisure tasks in addition to consumption and academic tasks with a two year old diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who was receiving treatment for severe SIB. Response opportunities, including food consumption, pre-academic skill tasks, and toy play, were presented at each level of rigidity in a random order while measuring compliance and SIB. The results of this assessment allowed clinicians to select a level of splint rigidity that allowed the child to engage in the adaptive responses presented but resulted in low rates of SIB.

 
103. A Function-Based Self-Monitoring Treatment Addressing Inappropriate Vocalizations for an Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MACKENZIE D SIDWELL (Mississippi State University), Mallory Eddy (Mississippi State University), Emily Seals Mathis (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Ashley Lugo (St. Louis University)
Abstract:

A potential manifestation of Restrictive and Repetitive Behavior (RRB), an inclusionary criterion item for the diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD), is the engagement in stereotypic vocalizations (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Stereotypy involves repetition, rigidity, and a level of inappropriateness (Turner, 1999). Regarding maintenance of this behavior, the literature is shifting from that of solely automatic reinforcement or self-stimulation towards an operant function including positive and negative reinforcement (Cunningham & Schreibman, 2008). This supports the need for more assessment of these behaviors, including inappropriate vocalizations and vocal stereotypies using procedures such as functional analyses (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1994) in order to develop function-based interventions. In the current study, self-monitoring is investigated as a function-based treatment used to reduce inappropriate vocalizations displayed by an adolescent female diagnosed with ASD. The researchers seek to further support the growing stance that vocal stereotypies can serve alternative functions to automatic reinforcement, as well as to explore the utility of a function-based self-monitoring intervention for an individual with ASD using a multiple-baseline design, behaviors were intervened across changing topographies of tasks (e.g., reading, math, and leisure). While data collection is well under way, data are currently still being collected. References American Psychiatric Association. (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders: DSM-5. Washington, D.C: American Psychiatric Association. Cunningham, A. B., & Schreibman, L. (2008). Stereotypy in autism: The importance of function. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 2, 469-479. Iwata, B. A., Dorsey, M. F., Slifer, K. J., Bauman, K. E., & Richman, G. S. (1994). Toward a functional analysis of self-injury. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2, 197-209. Turner M. (1999). Annotation: Repetitive behavior in autism: A review of psychological research. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 40, 839849.

 
104. Increasing Efficiency in Identification of Functions of Rumination and Inappropriate Sexual Behaviors Using an Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MACKENZIE D SIDWELL (Mississippi State University), Jonathan Tritley (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Ashley Lugo (St. Louis University)
Abstract: Traditional methods of functional analyses, such as those described by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1994) use a multi-element method to determine the function of a target behavior and can require an extensive amount of time to verify the function. A new method of functional assessment proposed by Hanley is an effective and time-efficient method referred to as an Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA; 2012). IISCAs rely on an functional interview with the child’s caregiver about the target behavior and antecedents and consequences that surround that behavior, allowing the results of the interview to inform the conditions that will be employed within the contingency analysis concurrently, resulting in an efficient analysis and a prompt start to treatment (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014). The use of IISCAs is growing in clinical practice, yet more research is needed. The current study seeks to conduct an IISCA to determine the function(s) of rumination and inappropriate sexual behaviors displayed by a fourteen year-old male diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Following a functional interview, it was determined that conditions implemented in the alternating treatment design (ATD) IISCA are a control and a combined tangible and attention conditions. Data are currently still being collected. References Hanley, G. P. (2012). Functional assessment of problem behavior: Dispelling myths, overcoming implementation obstacles, and developing new lore. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 5, 54–72. Hanley, G. P., Jin, C. S., Vanselow, N. R., & Hanratty, L. A. (2014). Producing meaningful improvements in problem behavior of children with autism via synthesized analyses and treatments. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 47, 16-36. Iwata, B. A., Dorsey, M. F., Slifer, K. J., Bauman, K. E., & Richman, G. S. (1994). Toward a functional analysis of self-injury. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2, 197-209.
 
105. The Effects of Early Intensive Intervention for Autism Parent Stress
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Emily Skorzanka (University of Nevada, Reno), KRISTEN GREEN (University of Nevada, Reno), Daylee E. Brock (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Ashley Lugo (St. Louis University)
Abstract: The purpose of this research is to describe and interpret the effects of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) for young children with autism in the light of the stress parents are experiencing when their child starts treatment and when their child ends treatment. Our aim is to better understand how EIBI impacts mothers and fathers individually and as a couple relative to the outcome of their child’s treatment. Measuring parent stress is done traditionally by self-report. The Parent Stress Index, or PSI, is the industry standard for self-reported stress and is used routinely to identify issues that may lead to problems in the parent’s behavior, the child’s behavior, and the interactions between the parent and the child (Sheppard, McDonald, & Welbourne, 2010). The 4th Edition of the PSI, the PSI-4, will be used in the current study. The study will include pre- and post-treatment PSI-4 scores collected from four families whose children participated in the UNR Early Childhood Autism Program, which offers EIBI to young, preschool-aged children in the northern Nevada area. Of these four families, all four children are “best outcomes.” Relating the PSI-4 scores to the treatment outcomes will constitute the bulk of the analysis.
 
106. Effects of A Simulated Play Date Intervention on Parent Use of Strategies and Child Mands
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TRACY RAULSTON (University of Oregon), Sarah Hansen (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Ashley Lugo (St. Louis University)
Abstract: A review of existing literature revealed only two studies investigating play date interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder. This pilot study trained one father to teach his four-year-old boy with autism spectrum disorder to mand to a typically developing peer during a simulated play date at a university-based clinic setting. The father was trained using a brief lecture and behavioral rehearsal with performance feedback. Following training, coaching sessions involved performance feedback and additional role-play as needed. The play date packaged intervention included antecedent strategies (e.g., contriving an establishing operation, systematic prompt and fading procedures) and consequence strategies (e.g., reinforcement) during game play with the peer. Generalization to the home was assessed during baseline and following coaching. Results indicate that the parent successfully generalized intervention strategies to a play date in the home setting. Levels of child mands to the typically developing peer increased during the play date intervention. The parent responded that the play date intervention was effective, acceptable, and feasible on a social validity questionnaire. This pilot study suggests that training parents in a clinic setting may be a viable way to increase their use of strategies to promote social skills for their child during home play dates.
 
107. Non-Compliance with Academic Tasks: A Behavioral Package Approach
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
PAUL DOHER (Okemos Public Schools/Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Ashley Lugo (St. Louis University)
Abstract: Establishing and maintaining motivation to comply with demand tasks can be difficult for individuals with autism. A behavioral package was designed to increase compliance with academic tasks for a 4th grade boy receiving services in a public school who is diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. The intervention consisted of differential reinforcement of alternate behaviors, extinction, and a modified token economy system. Non-compliance behavior was defined as refusal to engage in teacher directed learning activities by engaging in a combination of the following: ignoring directions, refusal to sit in chair, and/or verbally combative. Non-compliance was placed on extinction while compliance with tasks was reinforced with tokens that could be accumulated to turn in for computer time. A leveled system was created within the modified token economy system to gradually increase performance criteria – the number of tokens earned – based on increased levels of compliance. Results indicated the intervention package was successful in increasing compliance with academic tasks across multiple settings, instructors, and instructional materials. Compliance behavior was maintained using the system across several months.
 
108. Teaching Hand-Raising Using Discrimination
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLOR THOMPSON (Marcus Autism Center), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Jordyn Turner (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Ashley Lugo (St. Louis University)
Abstract:

Children with autism can have difficulties attending and responding in classroom settings. Hand-raising is one skill that can help students with autism to respond effectively during group instruction as well as to ask for assistance. One study (Charania, LeBlanc, Sabanathan, Ktaech, Carr, Gunby, 2010) demonstrated an effective method of teaching students with autism to raise their hands in the presence of specific stimuli. The current study aimed to teach a child with autism to raise her hand under two distinct conditions: to answer known questions and to ask for assistance. During the Answers condition, trials in which the answers to questions posed by the teacher were known were interspersed with trials in which the answers were unknown. During the Assistance condition, trials in which the assigned task could readily be completed were interspersed with trials in which additional materials were needed to complete the task. A time-delay prompt procedure was used to teach the participant to raise her hand when a known question was asked and to keep her hand down when an unknown question was asked in the Answer condition and to raise her hand when she needed assistance and keep it down when she did not in the Assistance condition. A multiple baseline across conditions was used. Generalization probes with novel teachers and in a group setting were also conducted. Treatment resulted in the discrimination of hand-raising in both conditions and a group setting.

 
109. Teaching Age-Appropriate Chewing Skills in an Adolescent Male
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CLAIRE GOODIN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer M. Kozisek (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Aaron D. Lesser (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), John Borgen (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Christopher W Engler (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Ashley Lugo (St. Louis University)
Abstract:

Children with feeding disorders may not develop appropriate chewing skills without intervention. Currently, there is an overall paucity of research evaluating treatments to teach age-appropriate chewing skills with a couple notable exceptions (Volkert, Peterson, Zeleny, & Piazza, 2014; Volkert, Piazza, Vaz, & Frese, 2013).In the present study we used a multiple baseline design across food groups (i.e., fruits, vegetables, proteins, and starches) to evaluate a treatment package consisting of feedback and a prompt to teach appropriate chewing in an 18-year-old young man with dysphagia, failure to thrive, food selectivity, and autism spectrum disorder. This young man persistently chewed his food using his anterior teeth (i.e., front teeth) ostensibly resulting in inefficient meals and texture selectivity (i.e., he would eat only soft or meltable solids). The treatment package resulted in an increased percentage of posterior chews (i.e., the food remained on the adolescents molars while chewing) relative to anterior chews for all four food groups.

 
110. Effects of Differential Reinforcement Within a Dental Desensitization Program for Individuals With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN CARTER (Melmark New England), Silva Orchanian (Melmark New England), Jill Marie Harper (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Ashley Lugo (St. Louis University)
Abstract:

Historically, children with autism spectrum disorder have difficulty with medical procedures including, but not limited to, routine dental exams. Lee, Graham, and Hughes (2008) found that more than half of the patients with autism exhibited uncooperative/negative behavior during dental exams. Due to limited cognitive functioning and communicative abilities that many children with autism present, medical procedures including dental exams can cause confusion, resistance, and challenging behaviors (self injury, aggression, property destruction). Research has shown that reinforcement schedules and shaping procedures can be effective in increasing positive behaviors and teaching skills. The current study examined the use of differential reinforcement during a dental desensitization program to increase compliance with dental cleanings across several students diagnosed with autism. Baseline was conducted for each individual to determine toleration of dental cleanings. Preference assessments were conducted to determine potential reinforcers. Differential reinforcement was implemented for completion of steps within a task analysis comprised of actions that are completed during a routine dental exam based on a set schedule of reinforcement. As progress was achieved, the schedule of reinforcement was thinned. Reinforcement has been thinned completely for one individual in the study. Differential reinforcement has proved to be effective within this desensitization program.

 
111. Long-Term Follow Up of Adolescents With Autism Who Previously Received Intensive Behavioral Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Adrienne M. Perry (York University), JULIE KOUDYS (Brock University)
Discussant: Ashley Lugo (St. Louis University)
Abstract:

Although there has been a proliferation of research supporting the efficacy of early Intensive Behavioural Intervention (IBI) for young children with Autism Spectrum Disorder, little research has explored whether treatment gains are maintained over time. Considering the time and money being poured into this intervention, research into long-term outcomes is critical, especially in community-based programs. The purpose of the current study is to compare developmental and diagnostic changes (IQ, adaptive skills, autism symptom severity) at four time points: prior to IBI (T1; from file review), upon completion of IBI (T2; file review), at follow up between 1 and 6 years after the completion of IBI (T3; new data collected), and at follow up between 9 and 14 years after the completion of IBI (T4; new data collected). Participants (estimated n=20) are aged 14 to 20 years at T4. Preliminary analyses based on three cases suggest that IQ increased during IBI, declined somewhat from T2 to T3 but was generally maintained from T3 to T4. However, maintenance of adaptive changes were more variable at follow-up (T3, T4). Autism severity generally decreased across the four time points. Individual data will be presented and implications of the results discussed.

 
113. Investigating the Use of Functional Behavioral Assessment to Plan Effective Interventions for Sleep Disturbance in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURIE MCLAY (University of Canterbury), Karyn G. France (University of Canterbury), Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

In the treatment of challenging behaviours, there is strong evidence for using interventions that are informed by Functional Behavioral Assessment (FBA). There is currently a paucity of research investigating the use of FBA to inform treatments for sleep disturbance in children with autism spectrum disorder, and a lack of evidence-based, effective treatments for sleep disturbance among such children. Multiple, individual variables can impact upon childrens sleep making it necessary to maintain consistent links between assessment and treatment. This presentation reports the results of three case studies that investigated the use of FBA to develop individualized, comprehensive, parent-implemented interventions for sleep disturbance in children with ASD. FBA was conducted using a combination of clinical interviewing and Video Somnography. FBA-based individual case formulations guided the development of specific, multiphase interventions for each child and the dependent variables measured included the frequency and duration of night wakings, sleep onset latency, and early awakenings.. Data will be presented on the effectiveness of behavioural-based interventions, the short- and long-term maintenance of treatment effects, the impact of successful treatment on parent and child well-being and quality of life, and parents perspectives on the treatment process.

 
114. Response Competition and Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) as Treatment for Vocal Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LESLEY A. MACPHERSON (Endicott College), Timothy Fechter (California State University, Sacramento), Maria Caram (TxABA), Amanda Chastain (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Given the lack of social contingencies that maintain stereotypy, the treatment of stereotypy can be difficult. Two recent methods for treating stereotypy include response competition and response interruption and redirection (RIRD). The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend results of Love, Miguel, Fernand, and LaBrie (2012) by directly comparing the reductive effects of RIRD and response competition separately on vocal stereotypic behaviors using a multi-element with reversal design. Participants were two male children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, ages five and seven. Results for the first participant suggested greater suppression of vocal stereotypy was associated with response competition. For the second participant, RIRD resulted in greater suppression of vocal stereotypy compared to response competition. Results are discussed in terms of pre-existing verbal repertoires. It may be that the most effective treatment for vocal stereotypy is idiosyncratic across individuals.
 
115. The Effectiveness of Self-Management Interventions for Individuals With Autism: A Literature Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Elian Aljadeff-Abergel (University of Haifa), YANNICK SCHENK (Western Michigan University), Christopher Walmsley (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Nicholas Acker (The Right Door for Hope Recovery and Wellness)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

In 2009 the National Autism Center published its initial National Standards Project (NSP) report detailing a list of existing treatments for individuals with autism. Recently, the report was updated and was made available to the public in April 2015. The 2015 report divided treatments into three categories: established, emerging, and unestablished. Among the 11 treatments identified as established, self-management interventions for children with autism were included. Although self-management was found to be effective, the NSP did not evaluate the extent to which this treatment has been studied in natural settings versus clinical/laboratory and mixed settings, nor the social validity of the treatments. Having knowledge on the effectiveness of a treatment in the natural setting and its social validity can assist teachers and parents in making better decisions regarding the adoption of a treatment. The purpose of this review is to extend the NSP report by evaluating the social validity of self-management interventions for individuals with autism, evaluate the extent to which these interventions have been conducted in the natural setting (as opposed to a clinical setting), and to provide a second evaluation of the methodological quality of these studies. Results of this review suggest that, self-management interventions for individuals with autism are effective in natural, clinical, and mixed settings. However, few studies have provided a formal evaluation of social validity. There are also some limitations to the methodological quality of the studies that should be considered for future research.

 
116. Teaching Paraprofessionals to Implement a Social-Communication Intervention for Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALICIA MRACHKO (Bowling Green State University), Louise Kaczmarek (University of Pittsburgh)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Spontaneous communication, the initiation of communication without prompting, is difficult for most children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD; Duffy & Healy, 2011). Research has shown that children with ASD can acquire social-communication skills when they receive interventions based on applied behavior analysis (Sundberg & Michel, 2001) and developmental models (Rogers & Dawson, 2009). This poster describes a study that examined teaching paraprofessionals to implement a naturalistic behavioral social-communication intervention to children ages 3-6 years with ASD in a home setting. The researcher trained paraprofessionals using online modules, in-vivo coaching and ongoing feedback to apply specific strategies to increase spontaneous communication in young children with ASD. The researcher completed multiple baseline across behaviors designs for three paraprofessionals. Child measure was type and frequency of spontaneous communication. Mastery criterion for paraprofessionals included both frequency and treatment fidelity components. With ongoing feedback paraprofessionals quickly demonstrated mastery and maintained a higher level of strategy use after intervention ended. Child spontaneous communication increased in frequency and complexity for all three children. Interobserver agreement was 91-97% agreement in all measures. The results indicate that a model of initial training with ongoing feedback can increase paraprofessional use of naturalistic behavioral strategies for children with ASD.

 
117. Functional Communication Training Intervention for Self-Injury Among Individuals With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
LAUREN UPTEGROVE (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

The following literature review highlights the various components of functional communication training (FCT) that can be applied to serve a variety of functions. In the current evaluation of past research, we will elaborate on the amount of self-injury reduction exhibited within a population of individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities once FCT was implemented, as well as a number of behavioral techniques that comprised the intervention. The effects of mode(s) of communication, non-contingent reinforcement, and extinction implementation on self-injurious behavior as replacement strategies through differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) will be analyzed through a comprehensive method. This study provides the primary components that have comprised successful interventions in previous studies in order to implement successful behavioral protocols to target more specific populations of individuals with autism and effectively reduce self-injury as quickly as possible while also providing a lasting impact. It is meant to be used as a tool to summarize the strategies that have provided significant results in the past, while simultaneously demonstrating the gaps that can be addressed in future research that is targeted specifically to expanded this research in the realm of autism.

 
118. Using Desensitization and Noncontingent Reinforcement to Increase Toothbrushing Tolerance
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JULIA IANNACCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mwuese Ngur (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly K Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Oral hygiene of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a significant concern, especially when in a residential facility, and can potentially lead to health risks (DeMattei, Cuvo, & Maurizia, 2007). There is a substantial amount of literature investigating methods to increase toothbrushing skills (Horner & Keilitz, 1975; Lattal, 1969; Poche, McCubbrey, & Munn, 1982; Swan, Allard, & Holborn, 1982); however little research has been conducted on tolerating daily oral hygiene. The current study implemented desensitization without escape extinction similar to Bishop et al. (2013) and Cuvo et al. (2010) in a 9-year-old male admitted to an inpatient hospital diagnosed with ASD, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, and severe intellectual disability. Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) was also implemented due to its proven success at treating severe problem behavior (Phillips, Rooker, Iannaccone, & Hagopian, under review). Baseline sessions consisted of escape for targeted problem behavior and treatment sessions consisted of a 12-step desensitization procedure and NCR. High rates of problem behavior were observed in baseline sessions and low to zero rates of problem behavior were observed in treatment sessions. Low to zero rates of problem behavior continued to be observed when the terminal goal of tolerating 2min of toothbrushing was reached. The current study provides a model for increasing tolerance of daily oral hygiene in individuals with ASD either at home or in a residential facility.
 
119. A Preliminary Study About the Effect of Task Types on Maladaptive Behavior of a Participant Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Profound Level of Intellectual Disability
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SANGWEON AUM (Eden II Programs), Eric Cruz (Eden II Programs), Lori Gray (Eden II Programs)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

The effect of task types on a participants maladaptive behavior was tested. The participant was a male adult diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and profound level of intellectual disability (ID). The target maladaptive behavior was his self-injurious eye poking, aggression, and/or noncompliance. The sessions were run in his day habilitation program. To identify the participants preferred and nonpreferred tasks, preference assessment (multiple stimulus presentation without replacement) sessions were run with functional activity program materials (e.g., iPad operation to listen to music, making an ice tea) and nonfunctional activity program materials (e.g., ripping cellophane paper, sorting chips according to their colors). Two preferred and two nonpreferred activities were identified for the functional and nonfunctional activity program materials. Accordingly, there were four different tasks presented-preferred functional, preferred nonfunctional, nonpreferred functional, nonpreferred nonfunctional tasks-throughout the sessions of 5-min duration. Also, no task condition was presented as a control condition. The five different conditions were alternated across the sessions. Among the task conditions, the participants maladaptive behavior measured by the percentage of 10-sec intervals in each session occurred the most under nonpreferred functional tasks (i.e., wiping face, cleaning table) and occurred the least under nonpreferred nonfunctional tasks (i.e., filing word cards according to the first letter of the words, sorting chips according to their colors). The participants mastery of the task seemed to have played a role in producing low rates of problem behavior in the nonpreferred nonfunctional task condition. The difficulty of teaching functional skills, especially when the tasks are nonpreferred, is discussed for ASD and ID population, including the way to decrease the problem behavior under that task teaching situation.

 
120. Using Rigid, Routine-Based Behaviors as a Reinforcer for a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER ANDERSEN (University of Iowa), Deva Carrion (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

A hallmark characteristic of autism is an insistence on sameness and rigid thinking (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). In the following case study an adolescent with autism was referred for assessment and treatment of rigid thinking and routine-based behaviors that resulted in noncompliance, aggression, or destruction when other family members did not adhere to his routines (e.g. watching the family TV only at a certain time of day, completing homework only at night). Results of a functional analysis indicated that he would engage in problem behaviors, especially noncompliance, to escape watching TV and doing homework during the day at clinic. The participant showed limited interest in the items and activities available during clinic sessions. Previous research has suggested that aberrant behaviors can be used as a reinforcer to treat escape-maintained behaviors (Charlop, Kurtz, & Casey, 1990). A treatment was developed in which the participant was expected to tolerate events that did not correspond with his rigid thinking/routines in order to earn time to engage in his rigid behaviors. Results indicated that with the treatment in place, all problem behaviors abated. Our results suggest that cognitive rigidity can be used as a reinforcer to increase compliance to family changes in routine.

 
121. Special Education Programming and Progress of Students With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DEBORAH HUGHES (Kingsport City Schools Kingsport, TN)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

This research demonstrates a relationship between instruction and student progress. A quantifiable measure of the implementation level in the classroom of research-based practices was established. The teachers participate in training on the methods measured. Support staff reviews findings from the Enhancing Instructional Context tool with the teacher and provides ongoing support to improve instruction. This information assists the teacher in strengthening areas of need while making the process meaningful. The comparison of the two lowest implementation levels and low student progress requires further consideration. A closer examination of the difference between a students chronological age, developmental level and barriers may show additional challenges experienced by the students. This may be a variable deserving further consideration in determining teacher effectiveness. It also demonstrates the necessity for effective instruction with the students of greatest need. These same measures taken over time could aid in isolating possible confounding variables. Teachers of this public school system Autism program have been instrumental in demonstrating a tentative relationship between the implementation of research-based practices and a higher level of student progress.

 
122. Assessing the Effects of Using Activity Schedules With Backwards Chaining to Teach a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN COWLED (Great Start Behaviour Services), Sheri Kingsdorf (University of Miami)
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Independence is such an important skill to teach. Our aim was to teach a nine year old boy with Autism how to follow a visual activity schedule to complete a range of preferred tasks. The child was participating in an individualised home based Applied Behaviour Analysis program in Sydney, Australia. Using a multiple baseline design across behaviours, we chose three activities that were age appropriate, and matched the clients interests: (1) play with puzzles and blocks, (2) making a snack, and (3) creating a craft. We then created a task analysis of the steps involved with accompanying visual activity sequences, using photographs of the items to be used in the activities. Each activity schedule was probed to gather a stable baseline, before teaching took place, using backwards chaining with leaps ahead. We established stable baseline data across all three activities, and are now working to target the first activity schedule - independent play with puzzles and blocks. After mastering the three targets in this study, we plan to work on generalising these skills to completion of non-preferred tasks that can be transitioned into employment-based activities.

 
123. The Use of Self-Monitoring and Functional Communication Training to Decrease Off-Task Behaviors in a Student With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LISA OLIPHANT (Missouri State University), Allison Schmidt (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Elizabeth Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

A Functional Behavioral Assessment and Environmental Analysis was conducted with a twelve-year old student with Autism in a public school setting. The student engaged in high rates of off-task behavior during high demand academic activities. His off task behaviors although initially escape motivated appeared to be maintained by teacher attention. A multi-component intervention was employed to teach to the function of escape and attention maintained behaviors. Self-monitoring and Functional Communication Training were employed and assessed utilizing an ABAB withdrawal design. The student's off-task behaviors decreased from an average of 66% during baseline to 11.8% during treatment phases. His on-task behaviors increased from an average of 33.8% during baseline phases to average of 88.2% during treatment phases.

 
124. Evidence-Based Math Instruction for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Synthesis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SETH KING (Tennessee Technological University), Christopher Lemons (Vanderbilt University), Kim Davidson (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Elizabeth Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract: Educators need evidence-based practices to assist students with disabilities meet increasingly rigorous standards in mathematics. Students with autism spectrum disorders are increasingly expected to demonstrate learning of basic and advanced mathematical concepts. This review identified math intervention studies involving children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders and described participant characteristics, methodological features, interventions, target behaviors, and related outcomes. Included studies met the design standards of the What Works Clearinghouse. A sample of 28 cases reported in 14 articles satisfied review criteria. Studies focused on functional and computational skills for students with a comorbid diagnosis of intellectual disabilities. Treatment generally consisted of systematic prompting and other interventions commonly employed in applied behavior analysis. Visual analysis confirmed a functional relation between evaluated interventions and mathematics outcomes in 71% of cases. Interventions yielded moderate to large effect sizes. Large confidence intervals were obtained across effects. The utility of quantitative effect sizes for single-case design research remains questionable. More high quality research including students with higher functioning autism is required to fully address the needs of this population.
 
125. The Effects of Video Modeling on Acquisition of Social Skills in Young Children With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KYUNGMI OH (Seoul Metropolitan Children`s Hospital), Hye-Suk Lee Park (Seoul Municipal Children's Hospital), Hyejeong Jang (Seoul Metropolitan Children`s Hospital), Sungwoo Cho (Seoul Metropolitan Children`s Hospital), Jeewon Yoon (Seoul Metropolitan Children`s Hospital), Jiyun Yoo (Seoul Metropolitan Children`s Hospital), Minyoung Kim (Kongju National University)
Discussant: Elizabeth Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

The present study examined effects of video modeling on acquisition of social skills in toddlers with ASD. For this study, Experiment ? and Experiment II were conducted in an Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention program of childrens hospital run by the Seoul City government. Two 4-year old male and one 4-year old female participated in both of the experiments. A multiple baseline across participants design was used and each session was composed of one trial. In Experiment I, the targeted social skill was saying thank you during a snack time when teachers delivered snack to the participants. During the baseline phase, the teachers delivered snack to the participants saying have a good snack The children were required to say thank you within 3 seconds. A 3-second time delay procedure was used to provide partial vocal prompts during the baseline phases. During the intervention phases, the participants watched a video clip in which the targeted skill was demonstrated within the snack time setting. The video lasted 5 seconds. Other aspects of the experiment were same as the baseline condition. 2 weeks after the completion of the training, the target behavior was tested to see if the participants maintained the behavior. All of the participants began to show independent target behavior within 3 trials and the behavior was maintained after the intervention. In Experiment II, the first target social response was seeking out an adult for help and saying help me, please. Another target response was saying thank you after they received assistance from the adult. During the baseline, a teacher placed a transparent square plastic container which held participants preferred items inside in the free play area. No prompts were provided during the baseline condition. During intervention phases, partial physical prompts and partial vocal prompts along with video modeling were provided for the target responses. All of the participants began to show independent target responses within 4 trials and the behavior was maintained after the intervention.

 
126. Effects of Using a Mirror on Inducing Imitation in Young Children With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KYUNGMI OH (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Minyoung Kim (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital)
Discussant: Elizabeth Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

The present study examined effects of using a mirror on inducing imitation responses in young children with ASD. The study was conducted in an 1:1 instructional setting of an Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention program of a childrens hospital in Seoul. Two 3-year old boys with ASD who didnt have generalized oral imitation or gross motor imitation in their repertoire were participated. A delayed multiple baselines across behaviors and participants design was used in the study. For Min, vocal imitation of oo was targeted during baseline and intervention phases and sets of other sounds was used during a generalization phase. For Jin, different sets of gross motor actions were targeted during each experimental phase; a baseline, an intervention, and a generalization phase. During the baseline conditions, learn units which included antecedents with prompts (when necessary), consequences (corrections or reinforcement) to the childrens responses were provided in order to teach the target vocal imitations for Min or gross motor imitations for Jin. During the intervention conditions, antecedents were presented with a mirror in front of the participants such that the participants could see their responses themselves in the mirror. All other aspects of procedure were same as the baseline conditions. Generalizations of imitation behaviors were tested with novel sets of vocal sounds or gross motor actions without using the mirror. Both of the participants demonstrated acquisition of target imitations when a mirror was used. They also showed generalization with new sets of vocal sounds or gross motor actions.

 
127. Evaluating the Use of a Stimulus Fading Hierarchy to Increase Compliance With Oral Hygiene Routines in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CLAIRE TURBES (University of Nebraska Omaha/University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Megan Ashley Levesque (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Elizabeth Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display avoidance responses (e.g., head turning) during oral hygiene routines (e.g., tooth brushing, flossing). Previous research found a stimulus fading hierarchy effective for decreasing avoidance responses and increasing compliance with tooth brushing in children with ASD (Bishop et al., 2013). The current study sought to replicate the findings of Bishop et al. (2013) by using a modified stimulus fading hierarchy to teach tooth brushing or flossing with two children with ASD. Following an escape baseline, we evaluated the effects of reinforcement for compliance, which did not substantially increase compliance for either participant. Therefore, we added stimulus fading. After reinforcement plus stimulus fading failed to produce clinically acceptable levels of compliance, we added escaped extinction to the treatment package. Results showed that the addition of escape extinction rapidly increased compliance to clinically acceptable levels. In addition, we observed rapid generalization of treatment effects to novel interventionists when we introduced the treatment with novel clinicians and caregivers. We discuss these findings relative to the treatment of other avoidance responses that typically require treatment with escape extinction.

 
128. Comparing Preferences of Different Classes of Reinforcement on Skill Acquisition With a Child Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDRA TREDWAY (University of Wisconsin Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Discussant: Elizabeth Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

In the current study, we examined the preferences of four different classes of reinforcement (i.e. edible, social, tangible, and sensory) on the rate of skill acquisition for a child diagnosed with autism. Results of a multiple-stimulus-without-replacement preference assessment determined the rank of stimuli. A second preference assessment used the top three preferred stimuli from each class in order to determine preference of reinforcement class. The most and least preferred class compared the rate of skill acquisition during a reinforcer assessment. Results showed higher rates of mastery with the most preferred reinforcement class.

 
129. The Effects of Procedural Fidelity on Treatment of Challenging Behavior in a Group Home via Telehealth Coaching
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ADELE DIMIAN (University of Minnesota), Jessica J. Simacek (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Frank J. Symons (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Elizabeth Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

Preliminary studies demonstrate that telehealth can be used to remotely coach parents to implement behavioral interventions for challenging behavior for individuals with autism.1,2,3 Group home settings need support with addressing challenging behavior among residents. To date, there have been little to no studies conducting assessments for challenging behavior via telehealth in a group home setting. The purpose of this study was to coach staff via telehealth (i.e., Google Hangout) to implement behavioral assessments and a reinforcement-based intervention to address aggression exhibited by a 17-year old with autism. A structured descriptive assessment (SDA) was conducted and the results were used to implement a treatment package of shortening demands, a token board to signal amount of demands, and differential reinforcement of alternative (DRA) behavior with an ABAB reversal design. Multiple staff members implemented the sessions and procedural fidelity was measured with a checklist for treatment sessions. The SDA results showed higher rates of aggression during demand conditions. The treatment package results indicated decreases in aggression and latency to comply with demands. Data were variable across staff and aggression was observed when procedural fidelity was below 85%. Ongoing coaching via telehealth may thus be needed to facilitate effective service delivery.

 
130. An Evaluation of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing to Increase Low-Frequency Vocalizations in Children Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES HEYS (St. Cloud State University), Tami Jursich (Holland Center), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Behave Your Best), Marietta Nel Janecky (Holland Center)
Discussant: Elizabeth Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism may engage in limited variety in vocal production. There are a variety of procedures used to increase rate of engagement in vocal production as well as to increase variety of vocal phonemes including direct reinforcement, vocal imitation and echoic control procedures, and stimulus-stimulus pairing. Stimulus-stimulus pairing involves repeated modeled presentations of a neutral stimulus (specified vocal phonemes, or combinations of phonemes) with tangible reinforcers. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate stimulus-stimulus pairing with a direct reinforcement modification, delivering reinforcers immediately upon echoed models, to increase three low-frequency vocalizations using a multiple-baseline across behaviors design with three children diagnosed with autism with limited vocal repertoires. The results include a substantial increase in rate of spontaneous utterances of targeted vocalizations with one participant and low-to-moderate increases in two participants which are still in progress. Tentative results regarding the rate of production of targeted vocalizations validate the procedures applicability to individuals with limited vocal repertoires.

 
131. A Treatment Analysis of Task Demand Schedules
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELLYANN NAJMOLA (Melmark Inc.), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark, Inc.)
Discussant: Elizabeth Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

Delay discounting is the behavioral process that represents the extent to which an individual will shift their preference from the larger/delayed reward to the smaller/immediate reward (Dixon, Marley and Jacobs, 2010). The current study is an applied application of delayed discounting in relation to arranging a task to break schedule. The individual in this study engaged in escape maintained challenging behavior and preliminary data indicated that he preferred the larger/delayed reinforcer. The current assessment was conducted to determine which type of schedule, more tasks (delayed)/larger break vs. fewer tasks (immediate)/smaller break would decrease levels of challenging behavior. Previous studies in applied research have primarily examined gamblers and drug users to see what type of reinforcement would be likely to increase the gambling behavior (Dixon, Marley and Jacobs, 2010). To analyze the effects of delayed discounting on challenging behavior both types of schedules were compared in a reversal design in the natural setting. The results of this study were undifferentiated and warrant further investigation. In additions the analysis provides practical considerations for the use of delay discounting with escape maintained behavior and schedules of reinforcement.

 
132. Reducing Vocal Stereotypy Through Discrimination Training, DRO, and Self-Monitoring
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
VANESSA MONTANO (Easter Seals Southern California), Stephanie Bettencourt (Easter Seals Southern California), Shu-Hwei Ke (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Elizabeth Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract: A 12 year old boy diagnosed with Autism who displayed high frequency of vocal stereotypy participated in the study. A treatment package described by Shabani, Wilder, and Flood (2001) was implemented to reduce vocal stereotypy. The treatment package included discrimination training, a DRO procedure, and self-monitoring. DRO interval was gradually increased by a few seconds. In addition, DRO interval was successfully increased to 5 minutes and the participant was expected to not engage in vocal stereotypy for the entire duration of a board game. The results of this study were generalized across different play activities.
 
133. Play-Based ABA: Efficacy of Play as a Conduit for Learning in Two Year Olds With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
E. AMANDA BOUTOT (Texas State University), Samuel DiGangi (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Elizabeth Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

Very young children are increasingly diagnosed with autism, yet they represent a relatively small percentage of youngsters for whom strategies and interventions have research base. Use of traditional ABA approaches, particularly discrete trial training, are often difficult with very young children. Further, because play is so important to early development, the instruction of play is of potential benefit for children with autism. The authors theorized that we could both teach youngsters to play and through play using play-based discrete trials and other ABA technologies. This case study presents results from a play-based applied behavior analysis intervention used with 2 two-year-olds with autism. Positive results were seen within 3 months for both youngsters, with greatest gains made by both children after a year. Improvements were made across several domains, including play, communication, receptive language, and verbal operants. At our poster we will share examples of programming, discuss theoretical and practical issues and solutions, and present videotaped examples of the use of play-based ABA for very young children with autism or other developmental disabilities.

 
134. Reducing Problem Behavior in a Peer Group Setting Using Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JILLIAN E AUSTIN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tamara S. Kasper (The Center for Autism Treatment)
Discussant: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract: In a reversal design, the current study used differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and response interruption and redirection (RIRD) to reduce two inappropriate behaviors (nail-biting and self-private touching) in a peer group setting. The participant, Jackson, was an 11-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder whose problem behaviors were primarily maintained by attention and automatic reinforcement. During center-based social group sessions that occurred three times weekly, nail-biting impaired Jackson’s communication with peers and private-touching evoked negative attention and has the potential to be socially ostracizing. Treatment consisted of a combined 10 s DRO and contingent RIRD (response blocking and gestural prompting of folded hands). After successful intervals, therapist and peer attention were provided. During the initial baseline, Jackson engaged in 7.4 nail-bites per min and 0.7 private-touches per min. At the end of treatment (the last 5 sessions), Jackson engaged in 0.09 nail-bites per min and .04 private touches per min. This represents a 731% reduction in nail-biting and 66% reduction in private touches.
 
135. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Ritualistic Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CLELIA GARANCE DELTOUR (The New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (The New England Center for Children), Katie Arnold (The New England Center for Children), Joshua Jackson (The New England Center for Children), Megan King (The New England Center for Children), Andrew Rance (The New England Center for Children), Adam Reardon (The New England Center for Children), Emily Rosenberg (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract: Individuals with autism commonly engage in restricted and repetitive behavior, such as rituals (American Psychiatric Association, 2013; Kanner, 1943; McDougle et al., 1992). Rituals can interfere with skill acquisition, daily activities or routines, and overall quality of life (Boyd et al., 2011; Kuhn et al., 2009; Russel et al., 2005). The purpose of the present study was to assess and treat the ritualistic behavior of a young man diagnosed with autism and an obsessive compulsive disorder. We first conducted a functional analysis of rituals, suggesting maintenance by automatic reinforcement. We then compared the effectiveness of several interventions for decreasing rituals. A treatment package consisting of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior paired with a stop cue and response blocking was most effective. Subsequently, the participant’s teachers were trained on the procedures. The treatment package was applied across various parts of the participant’s day and shown to be effective in a multiple baseline design. Finally, a follow-up analysis showed that the treatment package continued to be effective a year later with a different task. Interobserver agreement was collected for 25% of the treatment and follow-up analyses’ sessions and averaged over 80% for all scored responses.
 
136. Using Computer Tablets to Assess Preference for Videos in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SABINE SAADE CHEBLI (Universit� de Montr�al), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
Discussant: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Providing contingent access to videos may be effective at teaching and maintaining behavior in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). As such, evaluating procedures to effectively assess preference for videos appears important. Given their increased availability and affordability, computer tablets are an interesting option for clinicians aiming to identify preferred videos. That said, research on assessing preference for videos is currently scarce and most researchers did not conduct a reinforcer assessment. The purpose of our study was to compare the effects of most preferred and less preferred videos identified using a tablet-based preference assessment in five children with ASD. We provided access to most preferred and less preferred videos contingent on sitting on one of two chairs within a concurrent schedule design. All participants spent consistently more time sitting on the chair associated with the video selected the most often during the preference assessment. With the increased presence and affordability of tablets and their use for educational purposes, using computer tablets to assess preference may expose children to a tool (i.e., tablet) that may also be used for other purposes (i.e., teaching), which may eventually reduce the clients' dependence on practitioners and favor greater social and educational integration.

 
137. Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape From Social Interactions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH JANE LUEM (Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Michele Klimowicz (Rutgers University), Molly Vigneri (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Previous literature has shown that problem behavior may be maintained by escape from social interactions (Harper, Iwata, & Camp, 2013). The current study involved one participant who was referred for the assessment and treatment of aggression. During an initial functional analysis, elevated rates of behavior were observed in the control condition. Based upon this observation, we added a social escape condition during which the therapist left the room contingent upon target behavior. The results of the functional analysis showed differentially higher rates of aggression in the social escape and escape conditions. A treatment involving environmental enrichment was effective at decreasing behavior. An extension to classroom activities including demand fading is ongoing.

 
138. Supporting Children With Challenging Behaviors Using Functional Communication Training in Singapore
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Lai Shan Teo (Nanyang Technological University/ National Institute of Education), ANURADHA DUTT (Nanyang Technological University/ National Institute of Education)
Discussant: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract:

The current study aims to evaluate the effectiveness of Functional Communication Training (FCT) in the Singaporean Special Education (SPED) school system. Specifically, the effectiveness of FCT was examined in terms of a) maintenance of treatment effects across languages (i.e., English and Malay) b) maintenance of treatment effects across different people (i.e., teachers and caregivers) and c) acceptability of the intervention across teachers and primary caretakers. A concurrent multiple baseline study within an analogue experiment was conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of FCT. This study was conducted with 2 children with Autism Spectrum Disorders and their respective teachers and caregivers. Assessment and treatment sessions were initially conducted by the teachers with coaching from a behavior consultant. After treatment effects were obtained, caregivers conducted sessions with coaching from the teachers. Results revealed that treatment effects of FCT were maintained across language and people. A reduction in challenging behavior and an increase in functional communication was observed across both children. Procedural integrity across teachers and parents for assessment and treatment sessions continued to remain high. Additionally, teachers and caregivers rated FCT as an effective and acceptable intervention that could be used in home or school setting.

 
139. Assessment and Treatment of Repetitive Behavior: Alternative to Response Blocking
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELA GIOSIA (Bancroft), Rebecca Holden (Bancroft/ Rowan University)
Discussant: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract: Repetitive behavior is identified as one of the three main diagnostic criteria of Autism Spectrum Disorder, however it is widely understudied. This lack of research is problematic due to the negative social consequences that ritualistic behavior poses for an individual such as interference with skill acquisition, disruption to daily routines, and controlling a majority of the individual’s day (Kuhn, Hardesty & Sweeney, 2009; Rodriguez, Thompson, Schlichenmeyer & Stocco, 2012). The participant, an adolescent male, diagnosed with Autism, living in a community group home, engages in repetitive behavior a majority of waking hours, interfering with completion functional daily living activities. Currently, response blocking has been unsuccessful causing an increase in aggression. The purpose of this study is to identify the function of repetitive behavior and evaluate a function based treatment package to decrease repetitive behavior, increasing engagement in a structured routine. An extended alone session identified repetitive behavior to be maintained by automatic reinforcement. A treatment package including a verbal prompt, redirection to a competing item, identified by a competing items assessment, and the need for additional reinforcement for engagement in a structured routine will be evaluated using a component analysis.
 
140. Effect of Accompaniment Instruction to Piano Playing for Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KASUMI SASAKI (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract:

In the present study, we examined the effect of instruction of accompaniment to rhythm of piano playing for Autism Spectrum Disorder using alternating treatments design. All of musical notes used in the study were unified at the same level by a task analysis. As a result, it has been suggested that instruction of accompaniment to rhythm of piano playing is more effective than other instructions.

 
141. Response Rate of Joint Attention and Verbal Behavior Over Task Demand Condition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VICTOR CHIN (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University)
Discussant: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Treatment outcome studies have shown direct observation measures of parent-child interaction can be particularly sensitive to changes in both parent and child behavior following intervention; however, relatively little is known about the effects specific tasks used during the observation have on the sensitivity of detecting behavior change over time. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of the task demands given to the parents during parent-child interaction on rates of joint attention and verbal behavior emitted by children diagnosed with autism. The task demand conditions included 1) Free Play, 2) a directive to have the child tact at least 6 items (i.e., Tacting), and 3) a directive for the parent and child to play a set of drums together (i.e., Joint Activity). Relatively high rates of child responding to bids for joint attention were occasioned during the free play and joint activity conditions whereas relatively high rates of responding verbally were occasioned during the tacting condition. None of the three conditions evoked high rates of initiating forms of joint attention or verbal behavior. Results suggest that the tasks used during the direct observation of parent-child interaction influence the rates of child behavior and may confound treatment outcomes.

 
142. Increasing Social Interactions of Children With Autism Through Group Sessions
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TSZ CHING NG (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
Discussant: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Lack of social communication is remain to be one of the core deficits of children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. Spontaneous communication in children with autism occurred at a lower frequency compared to typically developing individuals. Children with autism tend to face challenges and difficulties in understanding situations and to engage in social interactions. In the current study, four children aged from 4 to 6 with autism participated in a social skills training programs for a total of 8 sessions in Hong Kong. Activities including parallel play, constructive play, circle time, paired games, group games were included in the training program. Data on spontaneous verbal communication were taken over the 8 sessions. In the baseline session, there were zero spontaneous verbal communication observed. Throughout the 8 sessions, there were an increase in spontaneous verbal communication observed in all 4 participants.

 
143. The Effects of a Visual Activity Schedule on Functional Toy Play and Activity Completion on Three Children With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER FRUGOLI (Beacon ABA Services), Lauren Frazee (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Visual activity schedules (VAS) are commonly used instructional interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Visual schedules can include picture schedules, written lists, picture or text prompts as well as schedules using apps on tablet devices. They are often implemented across multiple environments and conditions, and may be used with or without direct teaching. The effectiveness of these interventions on acquisition of the targeted skills has been well documented. However, anecdotal evidence has suggested collateral gains in learner independence as well as reductions in problem behavior. A multiple baseline design and pre/post test data were used to evaluate the effects of the acquisition of a visual activity schedule on the use of physical prompts and rates of interfering behavior. Results from three subjects suggest that acquisition of the VAS was correlated with reductions in problem behavior as well as increased independence in both targeted and non-targeted play conditions.

 
144. The Effectiveness of Priming to Teach a Child Diagnosed With Autism Generalized Object Substitutions Within Play Schemes
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MOLLY SYLVESTER (Autism Concepts, Inc.), Nancy J. Champlin (Autism Concepts, Inc.), Melissa Schissler (ACI Learning Centers)
Discussant: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Symbolic play is a fundamental milestone in the developmental sequence of play for children that influences a child's language, cognition, and social skills. Children on the autism spectrum frequently exhibit a deficit in symbolic play. Role-play, dress up and object substitution are all components of symbolic play, with object substitution specifically being linked to future language development. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of priming as an intervention to teach generalized object substitution paired with corresponding vocalizations within play schemes to a 6-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. Two play schemes were selected in which the participant currently engaged in a minimum of seven actions and corresponding vocalizations. Three items from each play scheme were removed and replaced with items similar in geometric shape to the original items. Priming was used to teach the participant the pre-determined object substitutions within the two play schemes simultaneously. The results of this study support the use of priming as an effective intervention for teaching object substitution. Additionally, generalization of object substitution with trained and novel items was evaluated.

 
145. Use of a Modified Selection-Based Imitation Procedure to Teach Receptive Identification to a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BETH VANHOUTEN MONTICK (KGH Consultation and Treatment, Inc.), Taylor Temple (KGH Consultation and Treatment, Inc.), Allison King (KGH Consultation and Treatment, Inc./ Trumpet Behavioral Health), Jeffrey Miller (KGH Consultation and Treatment, Inc.), Christopher White (KGH Consultation and Treatment, Inc.)
Discussant: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Receptive language skills are important for early learners to develop. Failure to develop a receptive language repertoire can hinder the development of both social and communication skills. To teach receptive identification, the present study utilized a selection-based imitation procedure recommended for individuals who have not developed receptive language skills through traditional teaching procedures. Selection-based imitation targets the development of prerequisite skills for learning receptive identification, including scanning, attending to stimuli, and attending to the actions of others. The participant was a 10-year-old girl diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and Phelan-McDermid Syndrome. The selection-based imitation program was modified for this participant with the addition of data collection procedures to control potential side bias and confounds across therapists delivering the intervention program. Specific prompting procedures were designed for each of the 6 phases of the program. Since beginning the program, the participant has successfully learned to select a picture based on imitation from an array of 6 in a linear configuration and has demonstrated progress toward the ability to select a picture based on imitation in a linear configuration when the pictures differ in position between the clients and instructors stimulus array. Development and strengthening of the prerequisite skills targeted in this program can lead to effective teaching of word-object relations for receptive identification.

 
 
 
Symposium #478
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluation of Dimensions of the Token Economy With Children With Autism
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeanine R Tanz (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida I)
CE Instructor: Jeanine R Tanz, M.S.
Abstract:

There are several variables that can influence the effectiveness of token economies. The purpose of the studies in this symposium was to evaluate and compare different variables that may influence the effectiveness of token economies when implementing economies with individuals with autism. One study evaluated the effects of token within distributed and accumulated schedules of reinforcement. Another compared different token arrangements including token earn, token loss and a combination condition to treat disruptive behavior. The third study evaluated the extent to which allowing the learner to manipulate the tokens directly influenced the rate of responding and preference for the procedure.

Keyword(s): autism, token economy, token reinforcement
 
Further Evaluation of the Efficacy of and Preference for Accumulated and Distributed Reinforcement: The Influence of Tokens
JESSE ALLGOOD (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Thuong Ho (Florida Institute of Technology/The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Sandra Beatriz Castellon (Florida Institute of Technology), Chelsea Moore (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: We sought to further evaluate the efficacy of and preference for accumulated (delayed, but uninterrupted) and distributed (immediate, but brief) access to reinforcers by controlling for the influence of tokens, and the handling cost (i.e., interrupting an activity, and reorienting a participant back to the task) associated with distributed arrangements. Phase 1 employed an ABAB design with a multi-element comparison to assess rates of responding on a free-operant task when access to an activity was either accumulated or distributed. Response rates were greater for 2 out of 3 participants under the distributed arrangement, and the influence of handling cost was negligible across all 3 participants. Phase 2 employed a concurrent-chains schedule within an ABA design to evaluate preference for either arrangement when tokens were present or absent. Preference varied across participants, and again the influence of handling cost was negligible. Although results of Phase 2 varied, preferences of 2 of 3 participants were consistent with results of Phase 1. Combined, these results suggest efficacy may be influenced by tokens, but additional interpretations and limitations are presented.
 

The Effects of and Preference for Different Token Arrangements When Treatment Disruptive Behavior in Children With Autism

TONI LAMONICA (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Allison Radomski (Florida Institute of Technology/The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Catalina Rey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The purpose of this investigation was to evaluate how various token arrangements affected disruptive behavior within a Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO) procedure. We employed 3 participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who exhibited disruptive behavior. The effects of these different token arrangements on disruptive behavior were demonstrated empirically in an ABABC or ABCB reversal design with an embedded multi-element design in the B phase. Preference for the different token arrangements was assessed in the C phase of this design. Results showed that for all 3 participants, disruptive behaviors reduced relative to baseline following implementation of the token arrangements. However, for one participant, the token combination condition proved most effective at reducing disruptive behavior, while for the other two participants, there were no differences in terms of the effectiveness of the token arrangements. The choice phase proved to be idiosyncratic across participants, as one participant chose combination, one participant chose loss, and one participant had no preference among the conditions.

 

Evaluating the Effects of Manipulation of Tokens on Response Rates and Preference During a Token Economy With Children With Autism

ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Catalina Rey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Token economies have been successfully shown to be effective as a behavior-management and motivational tool across populations and setting. There are many different ways that a token economy can be implemented (i.e., check marcs, apps, chips) and clinicians implement the one that is the most convenient for them. This study evaluates the effectiveness of using manipulable and non-manipulable token boards. Rate of task completion is the main dependent variable that is being assed. Secondly, it evaluates if there are any preferences between the two token boards. Preliminary data of participant 1 will be discussed. He is 8 years old years old and he has been previously diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. No difference between task completions was observed and a preference for the manipulable token board occurred. Limitations and future directions are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #479
Unique Applications of Behavioral Science: Actively Caring for Athletes, College Students, and Mother Earth
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: This symposium describes three ongoing applications of behavioral science to improve athletic performance, prevent alcohol abuse, and conserve environment resources. The first behavioral-observation and intervention study demonstrates how the verbal behavior of wrestling coaches can facilitate or inhibit an athlete’s self-motivation. The impact of an intervention to improve coaching within this context is ongoing and the behavioral impact per athlete and coach will be described. The second presentation describes a community-based study of eight of the most popular BAC-estimation phone applications to determine their accuracy among 583 participants. Actual BACs were taken of the participants and compared with estimations from eight phone applications used frequently throughout the U.S. The third study was conducted at a large Kroger grocery store to evaluate a behavior-based interventions to increase the use of re-usable shopping bags. The community-based intervention included commitment and branding components. For 45 years, the Chair has conducted or supervised community and organizational behavioral-science research to design and evaluate interventions to improve human welfare on a large scale. Thus, he will provide valuable insight regarding the potential of the research presented here to benefit organizations and communication in the U.S. and beyond.
Keyword(s): alcohol intervention, coaching athletes, environmental sustainability
 

Self-Motivation Among College Athletes: What Difference Can a Coach Make?

DEVIN CARTER (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Peter Coiley (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Sport psychologists claim self-motivation is key to becoming a successful athlete. Plus, behavioral scientists have found that perceptions of autonomy, competence, and relatedness enhance self-motivation. Question: How does the verbal behavior of a coach benefit or stifle the self-motivation of a college athlete? We explored empirical answers to this question by systematically observing verbal interactions between college wrestling coaches and wrestlers during practice and during inter-collegiate competition. Specifically, we developed and applied a behavioral checklist to categorize a coach's statements as potentially increasing or decreasing a wrestler's perception of autonomy, competence, and/or relatedness, and used a semantic differential to assess wrestlers’ perceptions of autonomy, competence, and relatedness, as well as their overall self-motivation before and after practice and a competition. Preliminary data after just two weeks of observations indicated that 65% of coaching feedback was corrective and of the supportive feedback behaviors, 68% were general rather than behavior-based. We will continue these observations for four weeks and then show the coaches their own data as feedback. With a multiple-baseline design between coaches, we will evaluate behavioral impact per coach and athlete. We will explore the addition of an individual feedback intervention to coach the coaches.

 
Smart-Phone Applications for Blood Alcohol Concentration: Do They Help or Hinder?
ALEXANDRA BAZDAR (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Ryan C. Smith (Virginia Tech Transportation Institute), Ashley Underwood (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Phone applications have been developed to inform people when they are too intoxicated to drive. This field study systematically evaluated eight of the most popular BAC-estimation phone applications (four Android; four iPhone). These apps usually require users to enter how long they’ve been drinking, the number of drinks they’ve consumed, their gender, and their weight. Then the app provides an estimated BAC to the user. These phone applications have reported hundreds of thousands of downloads by users throughout the United States. We tested their accuracy among 583 participants. Our RAs helped the participants enter their drinking information. The estimate provided was then compared with the BAC obtained via a breathalyzer. To our surprise and disappointment, the average phone application was incorrect by 0.043g/dL. The figure depicts the differences between the PhoneApp estimation and actual BAC. The positive difference in all but one can indicate the PhoneApp usually overestimated BAC. However, if the user had a BAC over the legal limit to drive, the phone application told the individual s/he was actually under the legal limit on 14.2 percent of these occasions.
 
Encouraging Environmentally Responsible Behavior: Will Social Identity Increase the Use of Reusable Shopping Bags?
RUTH-ANNE E. POLI (Virginia Tech), Micah Roediger (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Applied behavioral science has increased the frequency of environmentally responsible behavior (ERB) with interventions that include public commitment and consequence strategies. However, antecedent strategies and individual difference variables have been largely unexplored as explanations for who is most influenced by an intervention to increase ERB occurrence. In this field study, we evaluated the impact of Virginia Tech (VT)-branded versus non-branded reusable shopping bags distributed to students and community residents at a large Kroger grocery store. Shoppers are being surveyed on measures of their organizational identity, identity fusion and environmental attitudes. By tracking 100 individually-numbered VT-branded and 100 plain reusable bags, the impact of a public commitment intervention is being evaluated. Prior survey results were used to address barriers for not using reusable bags and for designing the intervention. The connection between the survey data (see the table below) and the intervention will be explained, as well as the impact of VT-branding and commitment on repeated use of a reusable bag.
 
 
Symposium #480
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice SIG Symposium 1 of 3: Behavioral Treatment for Individuals With Concomitant Intellectual Disabilities and Problematic Sexual Behaviors
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Area: CSE/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kimberly E. Church (Human Development Center)
CE Instructor: Kimberly E. Church, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Adults and children with intellectual disabilities and problematic sexual behavior (IDPSB) can pose serious risks to themselves, as well as to others. While results from studies vary, the general consensus is that individuals with IDPSB are over-represented in the criminal justice system. In addition, specialized treatment options in the community are often limited. This symposium focuses on community-based treatment strategies designed to reduce problematic sexual behavior. The first study evaluates a multi-component residential treatment program for children who have engaged in sexually harmful behavior. The second and third presentations both provide case examples of longer-term treatment for adults with forensic involvement, and specific, individualized treatment strategies are presented. Challenges related to treatment provision in real world settings with this high risk population will be discussed. The importance of individualized treatment and probes to measure success were identified as critical factors in all three presentations.

Keyword(s): Community-based, Data-based, Problematic sexual, Sexually harmful
 

Evaluation of a Residential Treatment Program for Children With Intellectual Disabilities Who Present Harmful Sexual Behaviour

DUNCAN PRITCHARD (Aran Hall School), Nicola Graham (Aran Hall School), Heather Penney (Aran Hall School), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract:

A multi-component behavioral intervention (MCBI) was associated with a reduction in harmful sexual behaviour in children attending a residential program. The MCBI was comprised of a points and levels system, sex and relationships education, cognitive behaviour therapy, counselling and behavior contracts. Successful adherence to the program (e.g., safe and respectful behaviour, attendance in school, compliance with the therapy program etc.) earned the children access to high tariff activities and access to the internet and social media contingent on achieving the relevant level. Those who earned high level status attended college and work experience with staff support. Staff support was systematically faded out for those young people who graduated from the program. Inadvertent probes demonstrated that harmful sexual behaviour relapsed in a number of children.

 

Case Example of Support Fade for an Individual With Forensic Involvement for a Sexual Offense

KIMBERLY E. CHURCH (Human Development Center), Stephani Fauerbach (Human Development Center), Ashley Tomaka (Human Development Center/ ABA Masters USF)
Abstract:

Human Development Center (HDC), inc., is a non-profit organization that provides behavior analytic treatment to consumers with intellectual disabilities in a variety of community-based settings. HDC specializes in assessing and treating behaviors that interfere with the consumers ability to live successfully and safely in the community. Assessment involves extensive reviews of records and data on target and replacement behaviors, along with ongoing interviews, observations, and probes. The treatment approach includes the design and implementation of individualized behavior plans with skill programs designed to increase pro-social behaviors and decrease challenging behaviors, and an emphasis on teaching societal rules for sexual behavior, increasing appropriate avoidance behaviors and strengthening coping skills. Behavior analysts work closely with each consumer to develop a rapport and build a collaborative relationship in order to help each person achieve his identified goals. Ongoing assessment, twenty-four support, open communication, probes and data-based program changes along the way are designed to contribute to success. While highlighting one individuals successful journey from intensive residential supports to his own home, this presentation will provide a customized overview of a treatment package for an individual with forensic involvement as a result of sexual offending behavior.

 

Treatment Fade-Out for an Adult With Intellectual Disabilities and Problematic Sexual Behavior

STEPHANI FAUERBACH (Human Development Center), Kimberly E. Church (Human Development Center), Ashley Tomaka (Human Development Center/ ABA Masters USF)
Abstract:

Ethical considerations require that all interventions include plans to fade out treatment once intermediate goals are achieved. This is particularly challenging when the target behaviors are related to problematic sexual behavior or illegal practices. Our agency provides services to adult males diagnosed with intellectual disabilities with forensic involvement, including registered sexual offenders, predators, or consumers that have been referred to residential treatment as part of their parole agreement. A summary of assessment, long term individualized interventions and results for an individual with a substance abuse history and forensic involvement as a result of sexual offending behavior will be presented. Specific instruction will be provided regarding using consequence avoidance strategies to help treat behaviors that occur or are observed less frequently, and how to conduct probes to evaluate the use of skills in situ. This individual was able to successfully transition from intensive residential habilitation to supported living, maintain success while living independently, and achieve major life goals, such as getting married.

 
 
Symposium #481
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Efficiency and Safety of the Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D.
Abstract: A best-practice approach to the assessment and treatment of problem behavior requires procedures that produce accurate outcomes in a safe and efficient manner. This symposium features three studies on methodological refinements, designed to improve efficiency and client safety during the assessment and treatment process. Marlesha Bell will present a screening procedure used to predict the function of multiple topographies of problem behavior in the context of a single functional analysis (FA). This procedure may be used in place of conducting separate FAs of each distinct topography, thereby improving overall assessment efficiency. Shannon Schebell will compare the use of data obtained during an FA to that of a post-FA baseline in the evaluation of treatment efficacy. Results of this study will inform the design of a baseline that minimizes the delay to treatment onset. Finally, Adam Briggs will present data that replicates research on latency-based functional analyses for the improvement of assessment efficiency and safety. In addition, this study will evaluate an approach to the treatment of escape-maintained behavior without the use of extinction, which may be dangerous or difficult to implement with high integrity for severe problem behavior.
Keyword(s): function-based treatment, functional analysis, methodology, refinement
 
Functional Analysis Screening for Multiple Topographies of Problem Behavior
MARLESHA BELL (California State University, Northridge/Behavioral Learning Network), Ciobha McKeown (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Many individuals with developmental and/or intellectual disabilities engage in multiple topographies of problem behavior (e.g., self-injurious behavior, aggression, property destruction, stereotypy), which may be maintained by similar reinforcers (i.e., a single response class) or different reinforcers (i.e., several different response classes). Determining the function of multiple topographies of problem behavior, one at a time, could pose a challenge for clinicians who have limited time to complete their assessment. The purpose of this study was to determine whether collecting data on multiple topographies (non-target behaviors) while only reinforcing a single topography (target behavior) in a standard functional analysis will assist clinicians in efficiently screening the function of multiple topographies of behavior. The authors propose a decision tree for predicating automatic vs. social functions, as well as specific (positive vs. negative) social functions, based on data collected on multiple topographies of problem behavior in a single functional analysis. Preliminary results show that this method of data collection provides accurate predictions and improves overall assessment efficiency.
 
A Comparison of Sources of Baseline Data for Treatments of Problem Behavior Following a Functional Analysis
SHANNON SCHEBELL (University of Georgia/Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Emory University School of Medicine/Marcus Autism Center/Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Emory University School of Medicine/Marcus Autism Center/Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Nathan Call (Emory University School of Medicine/Marcus Autism Center/Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), George H. Noell (Louisiana State University), Kerri C. Suiter (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Best practice in the treatment of problem behavior is to compare the targeted behaviors during treatment to a baseline condition in which treatment is not in place. When studying function-based treatments for problem behavior, some studies use data collected as part of a multielement functional analysis as baseline, whereas others opt to collect new baseline data following completion of the multielement functional analysis. Although using the data from the multielement functional analysis introduces some efficiencies, the fact that sessions were interspersed with those from other conditions could cause these data to differ from those had a new baseline been conducted. This study evaluated whether there are significant differences between baseline data collected using these methods both statistically (using hierarchical linear modeling) and through visual analysis using a panel of raters. Results suggest that for the majority of cases, the baselines are similar and do not result in different treatment decisions. In addition, using data from the multielement functional analysis for treatment comparison can save time and improve efficiency.
 
Evaluation of a Methodology for the Assessment and Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior
ADAM M. BRIGGS (The University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Amber Lessor (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Functional analysis of severe problem behavior may pose ethical and procedural challenges due to the harm associated with its occurrence (Iwata & McCord, 2003). Therefore, we replicated and extended previous research by using latency and precursor functional analyses with alternative designs (Iwata & Dozier, 2008) to determine the function of severe problem behavior displayed by two individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. In addition, extinction (EXT) may be dangerous or difficult to implement with high integrity for severe problem behavior. Therefore, we manipulated relative reinforcement for problem behavior and appropriate behavior using differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) without extinction (Athens & Vollmer, 2010) for escape-maintained severe problem behavior. Preliminary results indicate we were able to determine the function of severe problem behavior with a potentially safer functional analysis methodology. In addition, delivering longer duration and higher quality reinforcers for an alternative appropriate response (compliance) in the absence of escape extinction resulted in an increase in compliance and a decrease in severe problem behavior that maintained even when the schedule of reinforcement was thinned.
 
 
Paper Session #482
Ethical Issues and Guidelines in the Use of Management Procedures for Challenging Behavior
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA
Chair: Merrill Winston (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
 
The Use of Component Analysis to Address Methodological Challenges in Naturalistic Settings
Domain: Service Delivery
AMANDA DUVA (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.), Vivian A. Attanasio (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.), James G. O'Brien (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
 
Abstract: Foxx (1996) indicated that most research studies demonstrate significant decreases in problem behavior within short clinical sessions, yet lack the sustainability for real-world applications. Pressures facing Board Certified Behavior Analysts, such as immediate positive outcomes while working within the constraints of state and federal guidelines, along with caregiver buy-in may lead to recommendations to implement a multitude of interventions without regard of maintenance and generalization. In addition, implementation challenges such as treatment fidelity, treatment integrity, and social validity were elucidated and addressed while trying to achieve these positive outcomes. The current case example discusses an individual living in a residential facility with severe challenging behaviors and how a component analysis was utilized to identify the most parsimonious treatment in stabilizing this individuals behavior. How to use a component analysis in other high pressure environments where Board Certified Behavior Analysts may seek to maintain a balance between agency expectations and Behavior Analyst Certification Board guidelines will be discussed.
 
Ethics in Crisis Management
Domain: Theory
MERRILL WINSTON (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
 
Abstract: Restraint use is a highly controversial topic and there are a number of ethical issues to address regards its use and non-use. The presentation will cover a discussion of ethics in general as a subset of “right and wrong”; as well as the ethics of restraint reduction goals and the right to effective treatment. Other topics include ethics as it relates to the individual’s ability to control the procedures used, as it relates to a lack of treatment despite numerous restraints, as it relates to knowledge of medical conditions, and the ethics of accepting highly challenging individuals that are beyond the organizations capacity to treat. Additional topics will include a discussion of restraint and seclusion as it occurs in common child-rearing practices as well as the ethics involved in decisions made by behavior analysts, direct line staff and administrators.
 
 
 
Paper Session #483
Behavioral Analytic Procedures for Adults With Developmental Disabilities in Group Home Settings
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA
Chair: Christina Ramos (Queen's University Belfast)
 

Applied Behavior Analytic Strategies to Improve Procedural Learning of Job Skills in Adults With Developmental Disabilities

Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINA RAMOS (Queen's University Belfast), Katerina Dounavi (Queen's University Belfast)
 
Abstract:

This research explored the theoretical approach to educational stimuli used in teaching, the important role imitation plays in learning and development, as well as the use of empirically supported Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA)-based teaching strategies to teach job-related skills to two adults diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) attending a job-skills program. A functional task analysis was conducted followed by a multiple probe design in which video-based instruction was presented incorporating a progressive time delay prompting and fading strategy. The intervention was effective at teaching nine chained-behaviors to independence in less than four weeks, with efficiency comparable to this of competent peers. Generalized behaviors such as increased socialization with peers and work independence in non-taught areas were identified as collateral gains. The experiment demonstrated a non-intrusive, cost-effective method to promote higher independence in the developmentally disabled community, especially in adults and job-related skills. This study highlights the importance of investing in transition programs for individuals with learning disabilities. There is an underrepresented potential of trainable individuals eager to work in their communities; more efforts should be made to support employment opportunities for individuals with disabilities in general and ABA can provide effective evidence-base strategies that can greatly help achieve this goal.

 
 
 
Symposium #484
Recent Findings in Behavioral Economics: Methodological Innovations, Schedule-Dependent Choice, and E-Cigarette Abuse Liability
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Zurich E, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jeffrey S. Stein (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Abstract: Behavioral economics, or the study of the allocation of behavior under constraint, provides a framework for basic and applied science to understand, predict, and influence behavior. For any given commodity, variations in income and price (broadly defined; e.g., money, time, effort) determine quantity of consumption and preference between choice options. This framework identifies clear targets for intervention and has been used to study a wide range of human problem behavior. In this symposium, we discuss a diverse set of recent findings from this field. Topics include: (1) development of a novel hypothetical purchase task in which price is defined as effort, allowing rapid assessment of demand for a wide range of commodities (including money); (2) assessments of preference between predictable and unpredictable ratio schedules of reinforcement in autism, in which preference for sameness in this disorder is pitted against known preference for unpredictable ratio reinforcement in the general population; and (3) assessments of demand for electronic cigarettes in response to potential health risks and regulatory policies.
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, demand, electronic cigarettes, reinforcement schedules
 
Alternative Forms of Price: Using Hypothetical Effort to Assess Demand in Humans
JILLIAN RUNG (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract: Recent experiments measuring individual-subject level demand for goods do so by obtaining consumption across different prices by varying the monetary cost per unit of the good. This characterization of price constrains our ability to assess the value of other important reinforcers such as money. In the present experiment, we developed a means of assessing demand that is independent of monetary cost by expressing price in terms of the degree of physical effort exerted. Undergraduate students recruited from a local university completed hypothetical purchase tasks to assess demand for both food and money. Demand for food was assessed using both a traditional hypothetical purchase task and our novel effort-purchase task. Demand for money was assessed using only the effort-purchase task. Our results show that money has higher essential value than food. Convergent and construct validity of the effort-purchase task is discussed, in addition to applications in which assessing demand in terms of effort may have clinical and theoretical utility.
 

Assessing Schedule-Dependent Choice: Unpredictable Versus Predictable Response Requirements

ADAM THORNTON BREWER (Florida Institute of Technology), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Tudor (Private Practice), Andrea Hudspeth (Project HOPE Foundation/Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism-spectrum disorders are reported to exhibit intolerance for uncertainty. The current study sought to assess whether this construct is related to preference for positive reinforcement schedules with predictable response requirements over unpredictable reinforcement schedules. Predictable reinforcement schedules were comprised of a fixed-ratio (FR) schedule in which emission of the same number of consecutive responses was required to earn a reinforcer; the response requirement remained constant across trials. By contrast, unpredictable schedules were arranged by using random-ratio (RR) schedules that varied the response requirement across trials, but averaged a particular number of responses across trials. Using a concurrent chains procedure, choice allocation was assessed in 5 adults with ASD between FR and RR schedules that both required 10 responses on touchscreen monitor to earn a nickel per trial. Mixed results were obtainedperhaps, due to equal unit prices. A future direction is to conduct behavioral economic price manipulations to address this concern.

 
Predicting E-Cigarette Consumption in an Uncertain Future: Potential Health Risks and Regulatory Policies Modulate Behavioral Economic Demand and Substitution
JEFFREY S. STEIN (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Marianne Vannoy (Jefferson College of Health Sciences), Warren K. Bickel (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute and Department of Psychology, Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Little is known about how demand for electronic cigarettes (e-cigarettes) is influenced by their perceived health risks, their utility for smoking cessation, or regulation of their use. In the present study, cigarette smokers (N = 109; all naive-e-cigarette users) on Amazon Mechanical Turk read hypothetical scenarios describing: (1) relative harm from e-cigarettes (i.e., less vs. as harmful as conventional cigarettes), (2) e-cigarettes' efficacy for smoking cessation (i.e., helps vs. does not help people quit smoking), (3) governmental policy regulating the sale of flavored e-cigarette products (i.e., flavors are vs. are not allowed), and (4) workplace restriction of e-cigarette use (i.e., allowed vs. not allowed indoors). Participants were asked to assume these scenarios were true and subsequently completed hypothetical purchase tasks to estimate own-price elasticity of conventional cigarettes and e-cigarettes (i.e., sensitivity to increases of each product's own price), as well as e-cigarette cross-price elasticity (i.e., sensitivity of price-constant e-cigarettes to increases in the price of conventional cigarettes). In each task, participants rated the probability that they would purchase a single disposable e-cigarette or a pack of cigarettes across a range of cigarette or e-cigarette prices. We observed lower own-price elasticity for e-cigarettes (i.e., higher demand) when they were described as less harmful, efficacious as a smoking-cessation aid, were available in flavors, and were allowed indoors in the workplace. Likewise, each of these conditions increased the degree to which e-cigarettes substituted for conventional cigarettes. Combinatorial effects of these conditions will also be presented, as well as implications of these data for regulation of e-cigarette use.
 
 
Symposium #485
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Undergraduate Assessment Scores and Assignment Accuracy via Grade Contingencies and Written Prompts
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kathryn Glodowski (Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Kathryn Glodowski, M.S.
Abstract: Improving student performance at the undergraduate level continues to be an area of productive research due to the broad array of variables involved. This symposium will address how grade contingencies and written prompts influence assessment scores and assignment accuracy. One paper demonstrates the necessity of a grade contingency on completion of web-based quizzes, which may contribute to higher exam scores. In a second paper, researchers show guided notes for a reading assignment may improve scores on quizzes covering the reading material, in addition to the accuracy of reading notes. A third paper shows the benefit of including information about antecedents and consequences in a task analysis for a graphing assignment. The researchers found the students who received the supplemental information performed the task more accurately than the students who did not receive the additional information. Taken together these papers help identify variables an undergraduate instructor can manipulate to enhance the performance of their undergraduate students.
Keyword(s): college teaching, graphing, quizzes, task analyses
 

The Effects of a Point Contingency for Web-Based Quiz Completion on Exam Scores

SAMANTHA DALFEN (Queens College of the City University of New York), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York), Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Past studies have found that consistent quizzes can improve exam scores; however, there is a lack of studies evaluating the effects of contingencies on quiz accuracy and completion. The present study evaluated the effects of instituting a contingency on quiz accuracy and completion on exam scores. Eighty-one students enrolled in an introductory learning course participated and were given online quizzes based on the assigned reading material that was due prior to each class. The experiment employed an ABAB design where during each A phase quizzes were available but did not count towards the students final grade and during each B phase quiz scores counted towards the students final grades. A one way within subjects ANOVA revealed a statistically significant differences in exam scores between conditions, F(3,240)=7.566, p<.0001 with students scoring on average 5% higher on exams in the contingency condition. Future research should develop ways to increase exam scores in the lowest performing students.

 
The Effects of Guided Notes for Reading Assignments on Quiz Performance
KATHRYN GLODOWSKI (Western New England University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University)
Abstract: Due to the growing cost and demand for higher education, variables that influence quality of college teaching should be thoroughly studied. One way to assess efficacy of teaching is to evaluate student performance. Researchers have already demonstrated quizzes (i.e., smaller, less frequent tests) lead to higher scores (Daniel & Broida, 2004; Fulkerson & Martin, 1981; Narloch et al., 2006), and response cards and lecture notes during lecture increase performance on quizzes following lecture (Kellum et al., 2001; Marmolejo et al., 2004; Neef et al., 2006). Less is known regarding variables that influence student performance on quizzes prior to lecture, which was the purpose of the current study. We used a multi-element design to evaluate the use of guided notes for assigned readings on performance of quizzes administered at the beginning of each class of an introductory psychology course. Eighty students participated across three semesters, and the guided notes increased quiz performance for 46 students. In addition, a paired-samples t-test revealed a statistically significant difference for two of the three semesters. Overall, guided notes for reading assignments may be beneficial for some undergraduate students, but more research should be conducted to determine the boundary of generality for these results.
 
A Comparison of Task Analyses With and Without Descriptions of Relevant Antecedent Stimuli and Performance Criteria for Graphing in Microsoft Excel
BRYAN TYNER (CUNY Graduate Center), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Task analysis (TA) instruction is commonly used to teach behavior chains to a wide range of populations including both recipients of behavioral services and their caretakers. Despite its prevalence and utility, little is known about the variables that make TA effective. To investigate ways to enhance TA instruction, the graphing behavior of 16 college students enrolled in an introductory psychology course was compared between two groups. These groups received either a TA describing only the responses to construct a reversal design graph in Microsoft® Excel®, or the same TA supplemented with descriptions of relevant antecedent stimuli and consequences of correctly performing each step. Graphing behavior was evaluated in this study because it is a relevant skill to students in psychology and behavior analysis. Participants using the supplemented TA demonstrated more accurate graphing behavior compared to those using the TA without these descriptions. Observed differences may be analogous to a graph receiving a passing or failing grade or being publishable or not. Differences in accuracy were found to be statistically significant using a t¬-test, p = .028; however, differences in graphing duration were not. Implications of linking TA instructions to the three-term contingency are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #486
CE Offered: BACB
Effects of Behavioral Interventions on Core Academic Subject Areas: Analogical Reading Comprehension and Mathematic Skills
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University)
Discussant: Hye-Suk Lee Park (Seoul Municipal Children's Hospital)
CE Instructor: Jinhyeok Choi, Ph.D.
Abstract: In 2 experiments, the researchers showed the effects of behavioral interventions on core-subject areas: reading and mathematics. The first study demonstrated the effects of the direct teaching intervention for three analogical relations (i.e., category and instance, synonym, & antonym) on the emergence of untaught analogical word relations after reading a paragraph. The independent variable of this study was the completion of the direct teaching intervention in which the participants were taught three analogical relations (i.e., category and instance, synonym, & antonym) separatedly using pre-developed analogy worksheets. Results demonstrated that the direct teaching intervention for three analogical relations was effective to improve basic reading comprehension and understand the analogical relationships between words. The second study showed the effects of video self-modeling using a tablet PC on the math word problem solving for a student with autism spectrum disorder. The dependent variable of this study was the percentage of correct responses on the math word problem worksheets which was pre-developed based on the Korean National Special Education Curriculum. During the intervention phases, the participant was required to watch video files on the tablet PC which showed he solved math word problems by sequential steps. The results indicated that the video self-modeling intervention significantly increased the percentage of correct responses to the math word problems for all addition, subtraction, and multiplication.
Keyword(s): analogy, mathematics, reading comprehension, verbal behavior
 
Effects of Direct Teaching Intervention for Three Analogical Relations on Basic Reading Comprehension
Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University), Jisoo Park (Jurye Middle School), YOON SEON HAN (Pusan National University)
Abstract: We tested the effects of the direct teaching intervention for three analogical relations (i.e., category and instance, synonym, & antonym) on the emergence of untaught analogical word relations after reading a paragraph. Two middle school students participated in this study, who were diagnosed with an intellectual disability. The independent variable of this study was the completion of the direct teaching intervention in which the participants were taught three analogical relations (i.e., category and instance, synonym, & antonym) separatedly using pre-developed analogy worksheets. An intervention session consisted of (a) teacher’s brief lecture, (b) participant’s written responses to the analogy worksheet, and (c) teacher’s feedbacks (e.g., reinforcement and correction procedures) on participant’s responses. The intervention sessions were run two or three times a week for 45 min for approximately three months. The dependent variables were the percentage of correct responses to (a) the probe worksheets which were conducted prior to and after the direct teaching intervention, and (b) practice tests which were conducted in the middle of the intervention phase. An multiple probe design across participants was employed to identify a functional relationship between the dependent and independent variables. Results demonstrated that the direct teaching intervention for three analogical relations was effective to improve basic reading comprehension and understand the analogical relationships between words.
 
The Effects of Video Self-Modeling Procedure Using a Smart Device on the Math Word Problem Solving
Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University), ILSOO KIM (Busan Yeongseon Middle School)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to analyze the effects of video self-modeling using a tablet PC on the math word problem solving for a student with autism spectrum disorder. A middle school male student participated in this study. He was a 7th grader diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. A time-delayed multiple base design across behaviors was employed to identify a potential functional relationship between dependent and independent variables. The dependent variable of this study was the percentage of correct responses on the math word problem worksheets which was pre-developed based on the Korean National Special Education Curriculum. The researchers implemented a video self-modeling as a primary independent variable. During the intervention phases, the participant was required to watch video files on the tablet PC which showed he solved math word problems by sequential steps. Then, he was to solve the math word problems on the worksheets. As subsequent phases progressed, we gradually faded out the opportunities with which the participant was able to watch the video. The research indicated that the video self-modeling intervention significantly increased the percentage of correct responses to the math word problems for all addition, subtraction, and multiplication.
 
 
Panel #487
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Entrepreneurism: Perspectives, Challenges, and Rewards
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Eric J. Fox, Ph.D.
Chair: Eric J. Fox (Foxylearning LLC)
TODD A. WARD (bSci21Media, LLC)
ADAM E. VENTURA (World Evolve, Inc.)
STEPHEN E. EVERSOLE (Behavior Development Solutions)
Abstract:

In recent years, the demand for behavior-analytic services in the treatment of autism and related disorders has undoubtedly resulted in the formation of many new business ventures focused on the delivery of such services. Some behavior analysts, however, are starting or running businesses that are behaviorally oriented, but not focused exclusively on clinical services. Like any entrepreneur, these behavioral entrepreneurs face challenges in areas such as business planning and strategy, marketing and branding, technology and innovation, financing, customer support, intellectual property, operations, and more. What advantages does a background in behavior analysis offer such entrepreneurs in dealing with such challenges? What additional challenges do behavior-analytic small businesses face? How do behavioral entrepreneurs use data and contingency analyses to guide their businesses? The panelists will address such questions and describe how they built and grew their businesses. Audience members will be encouraged to ask questions, offer their own experiences, and participate in a discussion designed to help any behavior analyst pursuing or considering entrepreneurship.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #488
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Behavior Analysis and Public Policy

Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Joao Claudio Todorov, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
JOÃO CLAUDIO TODOROV (Universidade de Brasilia)
Dr. Todorov received his Ph.D. from Arizona State University. He held faculty positions at the University of Virginia at Fredericksburg and the University of São Paulo at Riberiao Preto before his appointment at the University of Brasília in 1973, where he has spent most of his career. Retired since 200o, he is professor emeritus and also still serves as a researcher. From 2000–2009, he was a professor at the Catholic University of Goiás. Dr. Todorov’s career as a behavior analyst includes a remarkable range of achievements in research, education, and service to his discipline and his country. At Brasília, Dr. Todorov served variously as department chair, dean of graduate studies and research, vice-president, and president of the university, all while leading generations of Brazilians to behavior analytic research and academic careers that continue his legacy, and helping to secure a place for behavior analysis in the nation’s academic governance. His scholarly contributions span important basic research topics (e.g., multiple and concurrent schedules, avoidance, and pharmacology), applications to the solution of societal problems—his more recent focus, and dissemination of behavior analysis to the public (with more than 150 articles in the Brazilian media). Dr. Todorov’s many contributions have been widely recognized—by the Brazilian government with the Cross of the Ordem de Rio Branco, by SABA with the Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis, and by an award from the Ibero-American Federation of Psychological Associations.
Abstract:

Large-scale changes in cultural practices happen due to natural accidents and/or government intervention. Democracy requires planning and the programming of positive consequences for change. The possibility of counter control limits the use of coercion. Behavior analysis have been useful as a resource to correct and/or devise programs. This work presents examples of interventions in programs used by Brazilian governments to change the behavior of millions of its citizens, in situations like the conditional transfer of income, reforestation, city transit, life in prisons, and dengue control.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and students who are interested in learning about and practicing in the area of large-scale public policy.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe several examples of successful applications of behavior analytic principles to public policy; (2) provide a conceptual rationale for the application of reinforcement-based methods within public policy efforts; (3) explain the importance of the integration of complete contingencies (antecedent, behavior, reinforcer) into public law and policy.
 
 
Symposium #489
The Effectiveness of Mindfulness Interventions in Non-Clinical Settings
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Rachael Judice (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Richard T. Codd (Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy Center of WNC, PA)
Abstract:

Mindfulness-based interventions are increasingly popular approaches for facilitating positive behavior change in a wide array of clinical and non-clinical settings. Teaching mindfulness practices as an adjunctive intervention may help to facilitate behavior change by increasing sensitivity to contingencies supporting more effective action. The conditions under which mindfulness is a useful adjunctive treatment have not yet been fully explored. This symposium will offer data from two preliminary studies evaluating the effectiveness of mindfulness-based interventions. The first paper explores the effectiveness of simple, non-secular meditation on individuals undergoing out-patient substance abuse rehabilitation treatment. The second paper discusses the effects on the infusion of meditation practices and reinforcement systems on the on-task behavior of third and fourth grade students in a private elementary school setting. These studies suggest that meditation and mindfulness exercises may result in improvements in self-management. Implications for the integration of mindfulness practices into existing behavioral interventions will be discussed.

 
Raja Yoga Meditation for Relapse Prevention
DEBESH MALLIK (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), David R. Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Despite the availability of various substance abuse treatments, substance misuse and the negative consequences associated with it remain a serious problem in our society. Various types of meditation have been evaluated for treatment of substance use disorders, but the research has not drawn any specific conclusions. This may be due lack of both an equivalent control group, and spiritual emphasis. Therefore, the current study included a spiritual emphasis (12-steps) and inner eye concentrative meditation (n=15), a progressive relaxation group (n=10), and a treatment-as-usual control (TAU) group (n=21). The meditation technique was a simple meditation technique where the attention of focus remains on the point between the eyebrows. The current study examined changes in substance use, general psychological distress and dysfunction, craving, and 12-step involvement between the three conditions over a 6 week period. Compared to the average of all groups meditation was significant in predicting abstinence from substances, χ2 (2) = 6.39, p = .0115. This finding gives some credence to spirituality being a protective factor against substance use, and suggests the benefits of using non-secular meditations in drug treatment facilities. Behavioral implications will be discussed.
 
Incorporating Mindfulness to Increase the Efficacy of Traditional Classroom Management Strategies
ERIN KASSON (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: The effectiveness of classroom management strategies used in traditional education settings could often be increased using adaptations specified for the class and/or individual students. Research on the effectiveness of mindfulness-based interventions in classroom settings have begun to emerge. To date, however, minimal research has focused on infusing mindfulness strategies into traditional classroom management. Therefore, the current study sought to determine the effects of mindfulnessbased strategies in a classroom setting. Students attending a private elementary school were identified by their teacher as needing additional assistance with reducing off-task behaviors (talking out of turn, non-compliance, out of seat, etc.). Researchers first trained teachers to use environmental manipulations, prompting strategies, and behavioral management techniques in the classroom. Next, researchers implemented class-wide mindfulness activities and reinforcement incentive systems to further assist with classroom management. Environmental manipulation along with teacher training was initially effective in altering student behavior. After mindfulness was introduced, however, on-task behaviors increased compared to baseline levels. Data collected to date suggest that mindfulness in conjunction with traditional behavior analytic interventions can assist teachers with managing student behavior.
 
 
Panel #490
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: The PDS of Effective Presenting: Preparation, Delivery, and Slideware
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D.
Chair: Amy J. Henley (The University of Kansas)
PETER G. ROMA (Institutes for Behavior Resources and Johns Hopkin)
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town)
DEREK D. REED (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Effective presenting is an important skill for behavior analysts to master in order to best engage and teach audiences, advance ones career, represent the field, and ultimately disseminate the science. Unfortunately, graduate training programs in behavior analysis have historically not emphasized training in effective presenting. This is concerning given the professional advancements and opportunities that can arise as a result of one being a skill presenter including job prospects and invited speaking engagements. The goal of this Professional Development Series is for the invited presenters to provide insight into their experiences with as well as thoughts and recommendations on how to be an effective presenter. The panelists come from diverse institutions and backgrounds and have unique experiences and expertise with regard to presenting. In particular, the panelists will discuss methods and offer advice for preparing presentations for various audiences, delivering a presentation in an engaging manner, and creating visually appealing slideware. The panel will conclude with an opportunity for audience members to ask questions regarding topics related to effective presenting.

Keyword(s): Dissemination, Presenting, Professional Development, Public Speaking
 
 
Symposium #492
CE Offered: BACB
Incorporating Assessment Into Skill Acquisition Programming for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Jason C. Vladescu, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The symposium includes fours studies on incorporating assessment into skill acquisition programming for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first presentation evaluated the utility of a brief assessment of delayed imitation and attending followed by testing interventions designed to specifically address deficits in either skill to determine their effectiveness with two learners with ASD. The second presentation examined the utility of a brief assessment of 12 students prerequisite sills for three common response modalities (i.e., vocal, sign language, exchange based communication) to determine if performance on the skills assessment predicted rate of acquisition during mand training in each response modality. The third presentation evaluated if a modified skill assessment would predict outcomes for subsequent auditory-visual conditional discrimination training for five individuals with ASD. The fourth presentation conducted an assessment of differential and non-differential reinforcement arrangements during auditory-visual conditional discrimination training, and evaluated whether assessment results would predict the optimal reinforcement arrangement during subsequent auditory-visual conditional discrimination, tact, and intraverbal training. Collectively these studies provide support for the value of assessment prior to beginning instruction for individuals with ASD.

Keyword(s): skill acquisition, skill assessment
 

An Evaluation of Matching Skill Profiles to Interventions to Establish Motor Imitation Repertoires in Individuals With Autism

AMBER VALENTINO (Trumpet Behavioral Health - Monterey Bay), Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Kerry A. Conde (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

As evidence based procedures for teaching various skills continue to be produced by behavior analysts, it is important that practitioners have tools to help them decide which intervention to use to teach a particular skill. Ideally, the choice will be based on a learners profile that is known to predict success in one intervention over another. Motor imitation is a skill often taught to learners with autism, but a number of barriers to learning can occur. In particular, some learners acquire imitation involving objects, but imitation without objects is more difficult. This could occur due to deficits in attending or delayed imitation. The purpose of this study was to assess the utility of a brief assessment of delayed imitation and attending followed by testing interventions designed to specifically address deficits in either skill to determine their effectiveness with two learners with autism. Results are discussed in terms of matching skill profiles to interventions.

 

Using a Pre-Requisite Skills Assessment to Identify Optimal Modalities for Mand Training

Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health - Monterey Bay), LINDA A. LEBLANC (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Paige Raetz (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Lauren A. Weaver (Vanderbilt University), Sarah Veazey (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

Mands have been successfully taught to children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and intellectual disabilities (ID) using many different response modalities including vocalizations, manual sign, and exchanged-based communication systems. A few studies have directly compared the effectiveness of different modalities such as the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) and sign language. Some of these studies have found that the usefulness of either modality varied across students without a clear indication of the relevant characteristics of each student that might predict effectiveness. Thus, one option is unlikely to prove optimal for all children. The current study examined the utility of a brief assessment of students prerequisite skills for three common response modalities (i.e., vocal, sign language, exchange based communication) to determine if performance on the skills assessment predicts the rate of acquisition during mand training in each response modality. The three pre-requisite assessments (motor imitation, vocal imitation, picture matching) each consisted of 20 trials. Subsequently, three equally preferred items were selected from a preference assessment and one item was randomly assigned to each condition. The speed of acquisition during mand training was evaluated using a multi-element design. If one of the response modalities was acquired more quickly than the others and the remaining responses were not acquired, the other two responses were trained in the successful modality. Data from at least 12 participants will be presented to illustrate typical response patterns and predictive value of the assessment. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity data were high for all participants.

 

A Replication and Extension of a Skills Assessment for Auditory-Visual Conditional Discrimination Training

TIFFANY KODAK (University of Oregon), Samantha Bergmann (University of Oregon), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Catriona Beauchamp Francis (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutger)
Abstract:

Kodak et al. (2015) developed a skills assessment to measure potential prerequisite skills for auditory-visual conditional discrimination training. The results of the assessment showed that a proportion of children with autism spectrum disorder did not master all skills in the assessment, and the assessment accurately predicted the outcomes of auditory-visual conditional discrimination training for seven of the nine participants. The current study replicated and extended prior research by conducting a modified skills assessment with five children with autism spectrum disorder. Several procedural modifications were made to the skills assessment to more closely match the format of subsequent discrimination training. The results of the assessment show that all of the participants were missing one or more of the skills evaluated in the assessment. Auditory-visual conditional discrimination training conducted after the assessment verified the assessment results for all five participants. Next steps in this line of research and implications for practice will be discussed.

 

An Assessment of Differential Reinforcement Procedures for Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Kate Johnson (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), ANTONIA GIANNAKAKOS (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Early intervention manuals suggest clinicians use differential reinforcement arrangements during skill acquisition programs; however, they do not recommend the same arrangement. Recent studies that have compared reinforcement arrangements have found that the most effective arrangement may differ across participants. This study extended the current literature by conducting an assessment of differential reinforcement arrangements (i.e., quality, magnitude, schedule) and non-differential reinforcement to identify the most effective arrangement for each participant. The assessment phase found that the quality arrangement was the most efficient condition across all participants during an matching task. Additionally, a validation phase was conducted to further assess the results across multiple tasks. This phase validated the results from the assessment phase across all participants for the matching task. However, the results were only validated for one participant during the other tasks (i.e., tact and intraverbal). This suggests that the most efficient differential reinforcement procedures may differ across learners and tasks.

 
 
Symposium #493
CE Offered: BACB
Towards a Better Understanding of the Efficiency and Validity of Different Functional Analysis Formats
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Gregory P. Hanley, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional analysis (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994) was initially developed as part of an assessment process for enhancing treatment of severe problem behavior. Researchers have since developed different formats for increasing the efficiency of the analysis while retaining the methodological features that allow one to demonstrate control over problem behavior by a suspected reinforcement contingency. Via literature review and several new empirical analyses, the presenters will address the important topics of efficiency and validity of different functional analysis formats.

Keyword(s): functional analysis, interview informed, synthesized contingency, validity
 

Trial-Based Assessment to Inform Treatment of Elopement and Flopping When Walking Near or Leaving a Playground

Melissa Bowen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), ANDREA CLEMENTS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Trial-based functional analyses (FA) have been successful in determining the variables maintaining problem behavior (Bloom, Iwata, Fritz, Roscoe & Carreau, 2011; Lambert & Bloom, 2010), and the results have corresponded to traditional FAs (Larue et al., 2010). The current study utilized a trial-based FA to assess problem behavior when participants walked near and left a playground. During a pre-assessment, three boys between the ages of 3 to 7 years old with autism eloped to access a playground. When we attempted to remove them from the playground, they flopped to the ground. We then conducted an analysis in which trials alternated between the child being led past a playground, the child being prompted to leave the playground following brief access, and a control trial in which the child had free access to the playground. Results showed increased elopement when we brought each child near the playground and elevated levels of flopping when we prompted him to leave the playground. For all participants, two functional communication responses were taught to functionally replace the child�s elopement and flopping. Elopement and flopping both reduced to zero levels in their respective test conditions. For two participants, treatment was successfully extended to teach the child to tolerate when the functional communication response would not be honored.

 
On the Efficiency of and Control Shown by Different Functional Analysis Formats: A Literature Review
JOSHUA JESSEL (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (Western New England University)
Abstract: Because functional analysis was developed as a clinical tool to enhance treatment effects of severe problem behavior (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994), researchers have since developed multiple formats geared towards increasing the efficiency of the analysis while retaining the capability to demonstrate control over problem behavior by a reinforcement contingency. We conducted a literature review of all published and differentiated functional analyses to determine the (a) procedures emphasized across different functional analysis formats, (b) average amount of time each format required to produce a differentiated result, and (c) level of control over problem behavior provided by each format. Results showed that the interview-informed, synthesized-contingency analysis (IISCA, Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) yielded the most control while requiring the least amount of time to conduct. The methods unique to the IISCA that are likely responsible for the enhanced speed and control afforded by this analysis format will be discussed.
 
Preliminary Comparisons of the Convergent and Divergent Outcomes of Synthesized- and Individual-Reinforcement Contingencies During Functional Analysis
AMANDA ZANGRILLO (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Researchers typically modify individual functional-analysis (FA) conditions only following initially inconclusive FAs (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) introduced a radical departure from this conventional practice by using an open-ended interview in combination with brief, informal observations to develop an efficient functional analysis with a single, synthesized test condition and a single control condition. In the test condition, they delivered multiple reinforcers (e.g., attention, escape) simultaneously, as a synthesized contingency, following each occurrence of problem behavior; in the control condition, they delivered those same reinforcers continuously on a response-independent basis. In the current investigation, we compared the results of this synthesized FA with a more traditional FA in which we evaluated each putative reinforcer individually. The synthesized FA produced false-positive outcomes for four of five consecutive participants. We discuss the implications of these findings relative to developing accurate and efficient functional analyses.
 
Relying on Effective Action to Determine the Validity of Synthesized- and Individual-Reinforcement Contingencies During Functional Analysis
JESSICA SLATON (Nashoba Learning Group), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Kate Raftery (Nashoba Learning Group)
Abstract: Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) described a functional analysis model in which reinforcement contingencies identified via open-ended interviews with caregivers were combined in a single-test analysis. This interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) was shown to provide an effective baseline from which to develop socially-validated treatments. However, the contingency synthesis prohibits an understanding of whether problem behavior is maintained by the interaction of contingencies or by one or more of the individual contingencies. We therefore compared the results of IISCAs to the results standard analyses (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) and the results of treatments derived from both to determine the relative merits of synthesizing or isolating contingencies of reinforcement in analyses of problem behavior. For five children, the IISCA yielded differentiated results whereas the standard analysis did not; these data illustrate the importance of searching for interactions rather than or in addition to main effects of contingencies. Both analysis types were differentiated for four other children. Differential reinforcement-based treatments were effective for two of the four when designed from the standard FA. By contrast, treatments were effective for all children when designed from the IISCA. The relative efficacy, efficiency, and treatment utility of the IISCA and standard functional analysis will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #494
CE Offered: BACB
The Acquisition of Verbal Behavior Using Handheld Speech Generating Devices: A Training Protocol
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth R. Lorah, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will offer a training protocol for the acquisition of verbal behavior using the iPad and application Proloqu2Go as a speech-generating device for children with autism. The protocol will be derived from a synthesis of recent studies evaluating the use of handheld technology as a speech-generating device in the acquisition of mand, tacts using carrier phrases, intraverbals, distance training, and discrimination between picture-symbols. Thus, this sequence will account for the full range of verbal behavior. Finally, practical considerations for the use of such devices as Augmentative and Alternative Communication System will be discussed.

Keyword(s): Autism, iPad, Speech-Generating Device, Verbal Behavior
 

Using Within Stimulus Prompts for Acquiring Discrimination With a Speech Generating Communication Device

Katie Koehler (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), RENEE SPEIGHT (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the effects of within stimulus prompting and prompt fading strategies in the acquisition of a discrimination repertoire while using a tablet computer as a speech-generating device. Using a multiple probe, within a changing criterion design, a five-phased training procedure, four preschool aged children diagnosed with autism, were taught to discriminate between a progressively more complex field of picture-symbols, depicted on the screen of an iPad?, using the application Proloqu2Go. All four participants acquired the ability to discriminate between picture-symbols, while using the iPad? to mand for preferred items, in a field of four picture-symbols of preferred items. The results provide practitioners an effective procedure for the acquisition of such a repertoire, while using a handheld computing device as a speech-generating device.

 

Mand Distance Training Using the iPad and Application Proloquo2Go as a Speech-Generating Device

ELIZABETH R. LORAH (University of Arkansas), Isis Trautman (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

This study evaluated a shaping procedure to teach distance communication training, to three preschool aged children with autism, using the iPad and application Proloquo2Go as a speech-generating device. All three participants had previous training on the use of the iPad and application Proloquo2Go as a speech-generating device and demonstrated the ability to independently mand using the device, using one symbol mands, while discriminating between a field of four picture symbols. Participants were first taught to mand for an item needed to complete a task related activity (e.g., a puzzle piece) with the device placed within three inches of him or her. The distance between the device and participant was then systematically increased to three feet and then to six feet. Each participant acquired the ability to travel from the location of the task, to the device, and then to the listener who was positioned within six inches of the task related activity (e.g., the puzzle) to a criterion of 80% independence across two consecutive sessions, requiring an average of four sessions before mastery. For two participants maintenance data were collected and this skill was demonstrated to maintain following seven days of training.

 

Acquisition of a Tacting Repertoire Using the iPad as a Speech Generating Device

ASHLEY PARNELL (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the use of the iPad and application Proloqu2Go as a speech generating device (SGD) for the acquisition of a tact (labeling) repertoire in three preschool aged children with Autism Spectrum Disorder or developmental delay. Additionally, discrimination between picture icons and sentence frames were investigated. Using a five second time delay, with full physical prompts, participants were taught to label four items using the carrier phrases "I see" and "I have". Following the acquisition of those frames in isolation, training on discriminating between those frames was introduced. The results indicate that the training procedures were effective for this purpose, thus contributing to the already existing literature on the use of handheld computing devices as SGD.

 

The Acquisition of Intraverbal Responding Using a Speech Generating Device

Alison Karnes (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), ISIS TRAUTMAN (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

Powerful, portable, and readably available handheld computing technology has led to an increase in research investigating the use of such technology as a speech-generating device (SGD). The results of such research have been favorable and the use of such devices as a SGD has become common practice. However, despite this increased interest in such devices, little research has gone beyond the acquisition of a mand (i.e., requesting) repertoire. The focus of the current investigation sought to expand the preliminary evidence base for the use of devices such as the iPad? as a SGD, by evaluating its use on the acquisition of intraverbal responding in school aged children with autism, using a multiple baseline across responses design. To investigate this two-school aged children were taught using a five-second time delay with full-physical prompts to respond to an intraverbal statement regarding personal information, using the iPad? and application Proloqu2Go? as a SGD. The results of the study were favorable, as both children acquired the ability to respond to three different intraverbal statements.

 
 
Symposium #495
CE Offered: BACB
Modifications to Negative Reinforcement Procedures: Demand Assessment and Alternative Reinforcement Practices
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Claire Elizabeth Karlen (University of Nebraska Medicine)
Discussant: Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Christina Simmons, M.A.
Abstract: An important component of treatment is the ability to translate it to the natural environment. For individuals with behaviors maintained by negative reinforcement, this challenge can arise both at the beginning of treatment as well as during generalization. First, Simmons and colleagues will discuss the use of demand assessments to identify negative reinforcement test conditions in FAs for children with severe behavior disorders; results suggest that use of this procedure may more accurately identify effective conditions. Second, Betz and Henry will present results providing evidence for the effectiveness of using social reinforcement in addition to negative reinforcement to increase task completion and reduce problem behavior. The paper presented by Swartzmiller and colleagues will discuss the use of tangible reinforcement during negative reinforcement intervals for individuals with escape-maintained problem behavior. Finally, the paper presented by Phillips and colleagues will discuss treatment of ritualized behavior maintained by escape from interruption (e.g., negative reinforcement) using a visual schedule, response cost, and choice board. The overall theme and implications of these evaluations will be discussed and summarized by Dr. Meagan Gregory.
Keyword(s): Negative reinforcement
 

Evaluating Methods of Identifying Demands to Include in Functional Analyses

CHRISTINA SIMMONS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Clinicians often use preference assessments to identify appetitive stimuli to include in positive reinforcement test and control conditions in functional analyses (FAs). However, clinicians often rely on caregiver report to identify aversive stimuli to include in negative reinforcement test conditions. In the present evaluation, we provide a comparative analysis between the preference hierarchy derived from caregiver-nominated stimuli, the demand latency assessment (Call et al., 2009), and a paired-choice assessment of demands. We provide a comparison between the preference hierarchies identified by each assessment and a validation of assessment results via FA. Preliminary results indicate that the caregiver-nominated demand hierarchy showed low correspondence with demand latency and demand paired-choice hierarchies. The demand assessment identified a hierarchy of demands that, in some cases, corresponded with results of the demand latency assessment, suggesting that individuals may accurately identify low preferred demands. In some FAs, low preferred demands evoked more problem behavior than high preferred demands, suggesting the utility of empirically deriving and selecting stimuli for inclusion in the negative reinforcement test condition of a FA. These results offer directions for future research and means to empirically select stimuli to include in negative reinforcement test conditions to decrease the likelihood of false negative findings.

 

Further Evaluation of Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement to Decrease Problem Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement Without Extinction

JUSTINE HENRY (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Alison M. Betz (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract:

Previous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of implementing escape extinction procedures to decrease problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement; however escape extinction may not be feasible to implement in certain settings (e.g., school setting). Given this, the current study aimed to replicate and extend the results of Hoch et. al. (2002) by evaluating the effectiveness of concurrent schedules of reinforcement on problem behavior and task completion while omitting the use of escape extinction. In initial phases, results demonstrated that problem behavior was high and task completion remained low when both resulted in a negative reinforcement. During subsequent phases, task completion increased and problem behavior decreased when task completion resulted in negative reinforcement and high quality attention while problem behavior resulted in negative reinforcement only.

 

Chained-Schedule Thinning Procedures With and Without Escape to Alternative Tangible Reinforcement

MELISSA SWARTZMILLER (University of Nebraska Medicine), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andresa A. De Souza (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Previous research has supported functional communication training (FCT) as an effective intervention for reducing problem behavior across socially mediated functions (Hagopian, Boelter, & Jarmolowicz, 2011; Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). Following initial implementation of FCT, clinicians often program schedule-thinning procedures (e.g., multiple schedules; Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001; response restriction, Roane, Fisher, Sgro, Falcomata, & Pabico, 2004; chained schedules, Lalli, Casey, & Kates, 1995) to increase the portability of the treatment package to the natural environment. For individuals with escape-maintained problem behavior, chained schedules have proven effective in increasing task completion, thus leaning overall rates of negative reinforcement (Lalli et al., 1995). Additionally, supplemental procedures, such as embedding alternative reinforcement during the reinforcement interval, may ameliorate reemergence of problem behavior associated with schedule thinning (Rooker, Jessel, Kurtz, & Hagopian, 2013). The present study evaluated the use of a chained schedule-thinning procedure with and without tangible items (alternative reinforcement) embedded in the negative-reinforcement interval for two individuals with escape-maintained problem behavior. The inclusion of tangible items within the reinforcement interval produced quicker decreases in problem behavior and increases in compliance relative to schedule thinning without alternative reinforcement.

 
Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Evoked by Ritual Interruption
JENNIFER WEYMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Bo Kim (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Restricted and repetitive behavior is one of the hallmarks of Autism. This category of behavioral deficit or excess can manifest in a number of ways, including near obsession with particular items or activities, perseverative speech, and more complex or higher-order rituals. In some cases, these rituals may be difficult to predict and thus challenge our standard assessment techniques. In the present study, problem behavior related to rituals was assessed in a multiple baseline design. An adolescent boy with Autism who engaged in severe problem behavior participated. Frequency of, and latency to engage in, problem behavior (i.e., aggression and disruption) were recorded. First, four rituals were intentionally established and then periodically interrupted in order to assess for problem maintained by re-gaining access to the ritual. Then, treatment in the form of a visual schedule with response cost and a choice board was evaluated. Results suggest that the subject’s problem behavior was maintained by restitution of the rituals. The treatment was effective in reducing problem behavior. The possible mechanisms responsible for the change in behavior will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #496
CE Offered: BACB
Automatically Reinforced Problem Behavior: Current Intervention Trends and Refinements
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes four papers describing current trends and refinements in the treatment of automatically reinforced problem behavior. The author of the first paper will describe the use of a rating scale to characterize behavioral and medical interventions for 75 individuals exhibiting severe self-injury. The results of the survey were compared in individuals who exhibited SIB that was and was not maintained by social reinforcement. In the second paper, the author will discuss a study comparing two preference assessment formats for identifying reinforcers for use during two commonly used interventions for automatically reinforced problem behavior. The outcomes of noncontingent reinforcement and differential reinforcement of other behavior interventions, using two different highly preferred stimuli, will be reviewed. In the third paper, the author will describe a multiple-component treatment evaluation with a punisher assessment for reducing automatically reinforced problem behavior. The results of the punisher assessment that included four or five potential punishers identified via interview will be reviewed. In the forth paper, the author will discuss a comparison of two redirection procedures, a standard redirection procedure and a physical redirection procedure, for decreasing the public masturbation (PM) of three children with an autism spectrum disorder. The relative utility of these two redirection procedures for decreasing PM will be discussed.

 

Measuring the Complexity of Treatment for Challenging Behavior Using the Treatment Intensity Rating Form

Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University), ANDREW BONNER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher Dillion (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chloe J. McKay (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to develop outcome measures to characterize the complexity of behavioral and medical treatment plans for patients receiving assessment and treatment for severe problem behavior. The Treatment Intensity Rating Form (TIRF) is a 10-item scale with three categories: pharmacological interventions, behavior supports, and protective equipment. The TIRF was scored using the treatment plans of 75 individuals with self-injurious behavior (SIB). We compared individuals for whom SIB occurred across conditions of a functional analysis (i.e., the behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement) and those whos SIB was maintained by social reinforcement (e.g., attention, escape from tasks, or access to toys/activities). Results indicated that those individuals with SIB maintained by automatic reinforcement had significantly more complex interventions including psychotropic medications, behavior plans with more components including reactive ones, and the use of more protective equipment than individuals with SIB maintained by social reinforcement. We also further delineated the automatic reinforcement group into 3 subtypes and found that there were differences in the degree to which protective equipment and medications were used within the automatic group.

 

Identifying Reinforcers for Use in Treatment of Automatically Reinforced Behavior

KATHERINE ROUSSEAU (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University), Jeffrey S. Kalles (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Treatment of automatically reinforced problem behavior often requires the identification of preferred stimuli. However, it remains unclear whether certain preference assessment formats may better predict the reinforcing efficacy of stimuli in the context of treatment. The purpose of the current study was to compare the relative utility of two preference assessment formats in identifying reinforcers for inclusion in a differential reinforcement of other (DRO) intervention and in a noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) intervention. Four individuals with an autism spectrum disorder who exhibited high levels of automatically reinforcing motor stereotypy participated. Preference assessment formats that were compared were the paired-stimulus (PS) method and the competing items (CI) method. After ensuring stability in preference assessment outcomes, a highly preferred stimulus from each method was included in a subsequent reinforcer assessment and treatment evaluation. The effects of DRO and NCR interventions were evaluated using a reversal design, and the effects of the two different highly preferred stimuli were compared using an embedded multielement design. The CI highly preferred item did not consistently function as a reinforcer but was more effective than the PS highly preferred stimulus during NCR. Reliability data were collected in a minimum of 33% of sessions and averaged over 87%.

 
An Evaluation of a Punisher Assessment for Automatically Reinforced Problem Behavior
AMANDA VERRIDEN (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University), Daniel Fredericks (The New England Center for Children/Western New En)
Abstract: Although reinforcement-based interventions can be effective in decreasing automatically reinforced problem behavior, punishers are often required to decrease problem behavior to clinically acceptable levels. In the present study, we extended research on the identification and evaluation of potential punishers for decreasing automatically reinforced problem behavior in two individuals with an ASD. A punisher selection interview was conducted with caregivers to identify socially acceptable potential punishers. During the treatment evaluation, treatment phases were introduced sequentially and included: noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) alone, NCR and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), and NCR and DRA with punishment. During the NCR and DRA with punishment phase, four to five potential punishers were evaluated using a multielement design. Dependent measures included the target problem behavior, emotional responding, and appropriate item engagement. NCR and DRA combined with the most effective punisher was replicated using a reversal design. For both participants, NCR and DRA was not effective and NCR and DRA with punishment was necessary. However, the most effective punisher identified in the context of NCR and DRA differed across participants. Interobserver agreement data were collected in 33% of sessions and averaged over 80% on all measures across participants.
 

From Public to Private Masturbation: An Assessment of Redirection Procedures

CATIA CIVIDINI-MOTTA CIVIDINI (The New England Center for Children/Western New En), Keira M. Moore (Western New England University), Jonathan Priehs (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University), Lauren Fish (The New England Center for Children/Western New England University), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract:

Individuals with disabilities often engage in sexual behavior that is developmentally appropriate, but occurs in inappropriate places or at inappropriate times due to a lack of social skills and/or sexual education. This study evaluated two redirection procedures to for decreasing the public masturbation (PM) of three children with an autism spectrum disorder. First, no interaction sessions were completed to establish baseline levels of PM. Then both redirection procedures were evaluated in an alternating treatments comparison. During the standard redirection procedure, the therapist presented a verbal comment to interrupt engagement of PM and redirected the participant's hands away from the groin area. In the physical redirection procedure, when the student engaged in PM, the teacher immediately instructed him/her to stand up and engage in 3-5 minutes of physical activity requiring both hands, and reinforced compliance with the activity upon completion. Following a return to baseline, these two redirection procedures were evaluated again. Interobserver agreement data were collected for at least 33% of the sessions. Across all three participants both redirection procedures decreased PM to low levels; however, in some cases the physical redirection procedure required multiple therapists for implementation and resulted in overall longer treatment sessions.

 
 
Symposium #496a
Why Mother’s Little Helper Keeps “Helping”: Behavioral and Pharmacological Determinants of Benzodiazepine Self-Administration
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Zurich C, Swissotel
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Discussant: Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Benzodiazepines are prescribed widely as anxiolytics, hypnotics, muscle relaxants, and anticonvulsants. Although benzodiazepines are among the safest psychoactive drugs in modern medicine, their utility is often limited by unwanted side effects such as their potential for abuse. The talks in this symposium will cover the avenues that we have taken to understand the pharmacological and behavioral determinants of the reinforcing effects of benzodiazepine-type drugs. Specifically, we will discuss theoretical perspectives and highlight key findings on benzodiazepine self-administration in rodents, non-human primates, and humans, followed by three major focuses of our research programs: 1) Establishing benzodiazepine self-administration in rodents, a task that has received little attention and has proven to be challenging relative to monkeys, 2) Determining the interaction of drug experience and GABAA receptor subtypes in benzodiazepine self-administration in rhesus monkeys, and 3) Examining the effects of modulating the neuroactive steroid system on the reinforcing effects of benzodiazepines in rhesus monkeys. Collectively, these talks should provide information and discussion on both the “endogenous” (receptor subtypes, hormonal systems) and “exogenous” (drug history, behavioral phenotype) factors that underlie benzodiazepine-maintained behavior.
Keyword(s): benzodiazepines, drug combinations, neuroactive steroids, self-administration
 

Benzodiazepines as Reinforcers: Recent Findings and Perspectives

JAMES K. ROWLETT (University of Mississippi Medical Center; Tulane National Primate Research Center), Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Meagan Elizabeth Follett (University Of Mississippi Medical Center), James E. Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

Over the past decade, pre-clinical research has made great strides in understanding the pharmacological underpinnings of benzodiazepine-maintained behavior. A major determinant of benzodiazepine self-administration by human subjects is antecedent conditions, e.g., drug history, anxiety disorders. Studies with non-human subjects offer unique opportunities for understanding the intersection of antecedent conditions and pharmacological mechanisms underlying benzodiazepine self-administration. Benzodiazepines are challenging to establish as reinforcers, most likely due to modest reinforcing effectiveness compared with other drugs of abuse (e.g., stimulants). Unequivocal reinforcing effects of benzodiazepines have been demonstrated with non-human primates, and we recently have shown that drug history is a key determinant of the pharmacological mechanisms underlying reinforcing effects of benzodiazepines. Rodent models have proven more difficult to establish. In one example, C57Bl/6J mice were given unlimited access to midazolam plus sucrose in one bottle and sucrose alone in a second bottle, and approximately 50% chose the midazolam bottle significantly more than the sucrose-alone bottle. Because C57Bl/6J mice are genetically identical, these findings illustrate how environmental factors can robustly determine the extent to which a benzodiazepine is consumed. Overall, these observations suggest that the reinforcing effects of benzodiazepines may be uniquely reliant on exogenous factors, such as drug history and behavioral phenotype.

 

Self-Administration of Midazolam in Rats: Antecedents and Reinstatement

JAMES E. COOK (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Barak Gunter (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Kevin B. Freeman (University of Mississippi Medical Center), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center; Tulane National Primate Research Center)
Abstract:

Animal models of self-administration have been useful in understanding factors that contribute to the abuse of benzodiazepines, but there are few demonstrations of benzodiazepine self-administration in rodents, the most widely-used preclinical model. Rats with chronic intravenous (i.v.) catheters were trained to self-administer the short-acting benzodiazepine midazolam on a fixed-ratio schedule of reinforcement. The response-dependent i.v. delivery of midazolam maintained steady, but relatively low rates of responding. Following the acquisition of responding, factors that may contribute to the frequency of responding maintained by midazolam were investigated including multiple doses and food deprivation. In this regard, varying the dose of midazolam resulted in a characteristic inverted U-shaped dose-response function, whereas food deprivation appears to enhance rates of responding. Lastly, following extinction of responding maintained by midazolam, reinstatement tests were conducted with non-contingent injections of benzodiazepines and response-dependent presentations of drug-paired cues. Responding previously maintained by midazolam self-administration recurred during reinstatements tests, but only when the drug-paired cues were present. These projects have developed and are refining a rodent model of benzodiazepine self-administration that may prove useful in studying the effects of environmental and pharmacological factors related to benzodiazepine use, abuse, and the relapse of benzodiazepine-maintained behavior.

 

Self-Administration of Benzodiazepines in Cocaine-Experienced Monkeys: Role of GABAA Receptor Subtypes

SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Kevin B. Freeman (University of Mississippi Medical Center), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center; Tulane National Primate Research Center)
Abstract:

The ?-aminobutyric acid type A (GABAA) receptors are pentamers constituted from structurally-distinct proteins, with each protein family comprised of different subunits (i.e., a, , and ? subunit families). Benzodiazepines bind to a site on the GABAA receptor located at the interface of the a and ? subunit, with a1, a2, and a3 subtypes likely involved in self-administration of benzodiazepines. TP003, a compound selective for a3 subunit-containing GABAA receptors, was self-administered under a progressive-ratio schedule of reinforcement in rhesus monkeys experienced in benzodiazepine self-administration but not by those experienced in cocaine self-administration. However, compounds selective for a1 subunit-containing GABAA receptors were self-administered by benzodiazepine- and cocaine-experienced monkeys, indicating that GABAA subtype and past drug experience combine to determine the reinforcing effects of benzodiazepines. The finding that TP003 was not self-administered in cocaine-experienced monkeys may be due to this compound being either a neutral stimulus without reinforcing effects or a punishing stimulus. Using a choice procedure in cocaine-experienced monkeys, we are evaluating the ability of selective compounds to enhance or attenuate cocaine choice. Based upon current views on neural circuitry of benzodiazepine reinforcement, we predict that TP003 will function primarily as a punisher, although initial findings do not support this idea.

 

Reinforcing Effects of Benzodiazepines and Neuroactive Steroids Alone and in Combination

MEAGAN ELIZABETH FOLLETT (University Of Mississippi Medical Center), James E. Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Bradford Fischer (Cooper Medical School of Rowan University), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center; Tulane National Primate Research Center)
Abstract:

Neuroactive steroids and benzodiazepines share behavioral effects, such as anxiolysis and self-administration, which may be enhanced differentially when these drugs are combined. Under a progressive-ratio (PR) schedule of reinforcement, combinations of the benzodiazepine, triazolam, and neuroactive steroid, pregnanolone, resulted in infra-additive reinforcing effects in male rhesus monkeys. It is unknown, however, if these findings extend to female subjects as well as other benzodiazepine-neuroactive steroid combinations. We are currently re-examining self-administration of triazolam and pregnanolone in female monkeys and including the clinically-relevant benzodiazepine, clonazepam, and a neuroactive steroid currently in clinical trials, ganaxolone. We are also using a behavioral economics approach to assess the extent to which combining the drugs alters reinforcing effectiveness relative to either drug alone. For these studies, male rhesus monkeys were trained to self-administer midazolam under a fixed-ratio (FR) 5 schedule of reinforcement. Both clonazepam and ganaxolone functioned as reinforcers under these conditions, and we are determining demand curves by systematically increasing the FR value for the drugs alone or combined. Using PR and behavioral economic approaches to assess the reinforcing effects of benzodiazepine and neuroactive steroid combinations may shed light on their potential clinical utility as anxiolytic treatments with reduced abuse liability.

 
 
Symposium #497
CE Offered: BACB
Examining Treatment Outcomes for Pediatric Feeding Disorders: Progressing From Small-N to Larger-Scale Analyses
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
Discussant: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Henry S. Roane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Previous investigations have identified techniques for assessing and treating behaviors associated with pediatric feeding disorders. The current symposium will focus on extensions of previous research, and will provide data ranging from small-n analyses of common feeding procedures to larger analyses of treatment and program outcomes. The first presentation describes a comparison of two functional analysis procedures to identify the reinforcers maintaining inappropriate mealtime behavior among three children with autism. The second presentation is an examination of outcome data on the treatment of food selectivity among 13 children with autism. The third presentation will examine expulsion during liquid refusal, specifically the efficacy of re-presentation as a treatment for expulsion among 21 children. The final presentation describes outcome data from 227 participants over a 12-year period who received services in a home-based multidisciplinary treatment program. Dr. Nate Call will serve as the discussant and will provide a synthesis of these studies within the context of examining outcome data in the area of feeding disorders and other childhood behavior disorders.

Keyword(s): feeding disorders, functional analysis, outcome data, treatment
 

A Comparison of Functional Analysis Conditions in the Assessment of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior

JONATHAN K FERNAND (University of Florida), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Food selectivity and refusal behavior remain a prevalent problem in children, and especially those diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. The purpose of the current project was to compare two different functional analysis methodologies from prior research in the assessment of inappropriate mealtime behavior. In particular, procedural variations for social-positive and social-negative test conditions have varied across prior studies. The current study evaluated those variations using a within-subject analysis to identify functions of inappropriate mealtime behavior for three children diagnosed with autism. Results indicated certain conditions used in prior functional analysis literature might not control for all relevant variables (e.g., motivating operations), thus producing potential false positive identification of behavioral functions; specifically, a social-positive function was only identified in the attention-test condition in which implicit demands to consume nonpreferred foods were placed. The idiosyncratic pattern of responding across subjects will be discussed as well as how those patterns relate to implications for research and clinical practice in the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding problems.

 

Clinical Outcomes for Food Selectivity Displayed by Children With Autism

NICOLE DEROSA (Upstate Medical University), Heather Kadey (Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Autism is defined by social communication deficits and restrictive and/or repetitive patterns of behavior. One way in which restrictive behavior might present in this population is via the selective consumption of foods. If left untreated, food selectivity may result in poor nutrition and other issues, such as problematic behavior and poor socialization. Research in applied behavior analysis has identified several methods for effectively treating food selectivity in individuals with autism but, to date, that literature has focused on small sample sizes, and presumably, has focused only on successful treatment outcomes. The current study will present data from individuals with autism and co-morbid food selectivity who were treated in an outpatient clinic (n=13). Data will be reviewed regardless of treatment success. Case examples as well as an overall effect size will be presented as a means of documenting treatment outcomes. Treatment integrity data (exceeding 90% in all cases) and interobserver agreement (exceeding 80%) also will be provided. The results will be discussed in relation to a preliminary decision-making model for efficiently selecting treatments to treat food selectivity based on client characteristics.

 

The Emergence and Treatment of Expulsion During Treatment of Liquid Refusal

LINDA PHOSALY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer M. Kozisek (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Treating food or liquid refusal with escape extinction procedures reliably results in increased acceptance and decreased inappropriate mealtime behavior. However, problematic behaviors may emerge or persist in response to treatment, interfering with consumption. Coe et al. (1997) and Sevin et al. (2002) showed that treatment of refusal with a putative escape extinction procedure, nonremoval of the utensil, resulted in emergence of expulsion. Both investigators used re-presentation, in which the feeder scooped up expelled food and placed it into the participants mouth, to decrease expulsion to near-zero levels. Their results raise the question of whether emergence of expulsion is a common corollary effect during treatment of refusal with nonremoval of the utensil. The current investigation sought to determine whether expulsion emerged during treatment with nonremoval of the cup and to evaluate the efficacy of re-presentation as treatment for expulsion with 21 children with liquid refusal. Results indicated that 19 (90%) children exhibited expulsion during the nonremoval of the cup evaluation. The incorporation of re-presentation resulted in lower expels per opportunity and higher mouth clean for 13 (68%) and 14 (74%) of the 19 children, respectively, relative to nonremoval of the cup alone. Implications and directions for future research will be discussed.

 

Evaluating 12 Years of Outcome Measure Data for an Interdisciplinary Home-Based Feeding Program for Children With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities

CHELSEA CRUM (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Christa F. Curtaz (Clinic 4 Kidz), Stephanie Miller (Clinic 4 Kidz), Ashlee Jackson (Clinic 4 Kidz), victoria pham (Clinic 4 Kidz), Kerri Caltabiano (Clinic 4 Kidz), Aida Miles (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract:

Feeding problems are common in children with autism and other disabilities and may also be evident in typically developing children with a variety of medical issues (e.g., gastroesophageal reflux, food allergies etc.). Feeding problems may result in poor weight gain, deficiencies in vitamins/minerals as a result of poor nutrition, and/or tube dependency. In some cases, children may not advance to age-typical textures as a result of selectivity or a skill deficit (e.g., chewing). Since there are a variety of problems displayed by children with feeding issues, it is imperative that treatment be provided by a team of professionals (i.e., pediatric gasteroenterologist, occupational/speech therapist, nutritionist, social worker and/or behavior analyst). Typically these services are provided in a clinic/hospital environment; however, a similar model is also used in the home environment. The purpose of this presentation is to give the audience an overview of how intensive treatment can be initiated for children with feeding problems in the home environment using an interdisciplinary model. Data will be presented for at least 227 patients who were admitted to the Clinic 4 Kidz Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program in the last 12 years. Preliminary data suggests that this type of intensive home-based program is effective at increase weight, increasing variety, and decreasing tube dependency. Data also shows a high percentage of children getting to age-typical eating patterns by discharge. Outcome data will also be presented specifically on children with autism and the treatment approach used to treat feeding problems in these children. Case study video clips will also be included in the presentation so you can see treatment from the beginning to discharge for two different types of feeding problems. Data will be discussed in relation to training and the importance of the interdisciplinary approach when working with children with complicated medical histories.

 
 
Symposium #498
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Economics to Promote Healthy Behavior: Effects of Individual and Group Incentives
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/BPN; Domain: Translational
Chair: Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Discussant: MaryLouise E. Kerwin (Rowan University)
CE Instructor: Bethany R. Raiff, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral economics is becoming an increasingly well-known field, particularly in the area of promoting healthy choices. Contingency management, which involves delivering immediate incentives (usually money) contingent on objective evidence of the desired target behavior (e.g., drug abstinence), is a behavioral economic intervention that is not only successful, but also has recently received widespread support. In the current symposium, a series of talks will address recent advances in the area of incentive-based interventions as they have been applied to a variety of health behaviors (smoking and cocaine abstinence, as well as participation in cardiac rehabilitation programs), as well as under a variety of conditions (group versus individual contingencies, deposit contracts, etc).

Keyword(s): behavioral economics, contingency management, health, incentives
 

Use of Contingency Management to Increase Cardiac Rehabilitation Participation Among Medicaid Enrollees

DIANN GAALEMA (University of Vermont), Stephen T. Higgins (University of Vermont), Phillip Ades (Univesity of Vermont)
Abstract:

Cardiac rehabilitation is a program of structured exercise and education that is standard of care following a serious cardiac event and significantly reduces morbidity and mortality following such events. Patient populations differ significantly in how likely they are to attend, with low-income patients having some of the lowest participation rates. In the current study we are testing the effectiveness of using contingency management to increase cardiac rehabilitation participation among low-income patients, specifically those enrolled in Medicaid or other state-supported insurance. Patients agreeing to participate are randomized into a usual care or an incentive condition. Those in the incentive condition earn financial incentives on an escalating schedule for completing each of the 36 prescribed exercise sessions. Those in the usual care condition do not earn incentives but are compensated for completing study measures. Thus far 74 patients have been randomized in this study. Currently those in the incentive group are 5-7 times more likely to complete the cardiac rehabilitation program than those in the usual care condition. These initial results demonstrate that incentives substantially increase participation in cardiac rehabilitation among low-income patients and may be an important tool for addressing disparities in health care access.

 

Birds of a Feather Abstain Together: Group Contingency Management for Smoking Cessation With Pairs of Smokers Who Have a Prior Relationship

BETHANY R. RAIFF (Rowan University), Amy Arena (Rowan University), Steven E. Meredith (University of Connecticut)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that Internet-based group contingency management (CM) can promote comparable rates of smoking cessation relative to individual contingencies (Meredith et al., 2011; Meredith & Dallery, 2013). Although previous group CM studies enrolled groups of smokers with no pre-existing relationships, Christakis and Fowler (2008) found that smoking abstinence can be influenced by the abstinence of one's friend, spouse, sibling, close neighbor, or coworker. Thus, the aim of the current study was to explore the feasibility and preliminary efficacy of a group CM intervention that was developed for pairs of smokers with a pre-existing relationship (e.g., friends). Six pairs of smokers participated in a multiple-baseline design. During a two-week intervention, participants could earn monetary rewards that increased for meeting successive abstinence goals ($1.50, $1.75, $2.00, etc.) plus a bonus when both members were abstinent ($3.00). Recruitment was challenging with approximately 50% of interested applicants unable to identify a partner. Preliminary results showed that pairs of participants either did very well together (both abstained) or very poorly (both smoked), with no groups showing a split pattern. Thus, although social support of a familiar partner may have been helpful in some cases, it may have been harmful in others.

 
Comparative Acceptance, Efficacy, and Effectiveness of Health Incentive Structures for Smoking Cessation
KATHRYN SAULSGIVER (University of Pennsylvania), Scott Halpern (University of Pennsylvania), Benjamin French (University of Pennsylvania), Dylan Small (University of Pennsylvania), Michael Harhay (University of Pennsylvania), Kevin Volpp (University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract: Financial incentives promote smoking cessation and other health behaviors. The optimal ways to deliver health incentives remain uncertain. We compared acceptance, efficacy, and effectiveness of individual and group incentive programs on biochemically confirmed smoking abstinence in a 5-arm RCT using adaptive randomization. Two programs targeted individuals, two targeted groups of participants. Two programs involved rewards, the other required a deposit of $150, and provided $650 as matching and bonus payments. Reward programs were more accepted than deposit programs (90.0%, 13.7%, p<0.001) for 2,538 participants randomized. Individual and collaborative reward arms were significantly more likely to be accepted (94.8%, 85.2%) than individual and competitive deposit arms (12.9%, 15.1%, p<0.0001). Rates of sustained smoking abstinence were higher for incentive programs (9.4% – 16.0%) than usual care (6.0%, p<0.05). Group and individual programs produced similar abstinence rates (13.7%, 12.1%, p=0.29). Reward programs produced higher abstinence rates than deposit programs (15.7%, 10.2%, p<0.001). Among those accepting assigned intervention, adjusting for differential acceptance rates, deposit programs produced 13.2% greater abstinence than reward programs among participants who would accept either intervention. Deposit programs are more effective if people are encouraged to use them, however reward may be preferred due to most people’s unwillingness to enter commitment contracts.
 

Group vs. Individual Reinforcement Contingencies to Reduce Cocaine Use Among Methadone Maintenance Patients

KIMBERLY C. KIRBY (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Carolyn M. Carpenedo (Treatment Research Institute), Brian E. Versek (Treatment Research Institute), Lois A. Benishek (Treatment Research Institute), Elena Bresani (Treatment Research Institute)
Abstract:

Positive reinforcement of cocaine abstinence has established efficacy, but low acceptance for reasons including complexity and an individual format in community treatment programs, which rely primarily on group treatments. The primary purpose of this pilot study was to examine the efficacy of positive reinforcement for cocaine abstinence using Individual (I) or Interdependent Group (G) contingencies in comparison to a standard care non-contingent condition (S). Thirty-three adult opiate-dependent patients at a community-based methadone maintenance treatment program who screened positive for cocaine use via urinalysis participated. Eleven were block randomized to each group. A between-group comparison and within group ABA reversal design indicated that the percent of cocaine abstinent urine tests increased in both contingent groups, but group contingencies resulted in the largest increase in percent cocaine abstinence (G=17%; I=11%; S=3%) during treatment. The maximum duration of abstinence was higher for individual contingencies, but this group also showed the greatest decrease in abstinence when the contingencies ended (G= -12%; I = -20%; S = -13%). This preliminary work suggests that group contingencies may have similar efficacy to individual contingencies, while having potential advantages including reduced implementation complexity, consistent treatment format, and potential for better maintenance.

 
 
Symposium #499
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Basic and Applied Research on Behavior in Transitions Between Rich and Lean Schedules of Reinforcement
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Zurich D, Swissotel
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Forrest Toegel (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Dean C. Williams (The University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Einar T. Ingvarsson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Discriminable shifts between rich and lean schedules of reinforcement can produce maladaptive disruptions in behavior. The disruptions have been studied in rats, pigeons, monkeys, and humans using a variety of procedures to arrange transitions between rich and lean schedules. The presentations in this symposium represent some basic and applied efforts to investigate this phenomenon and to expand findings to novel areas of the field. The first presentation investigated effects of the rich-lean transition on water consumption in non-thirsty rats; the second, effects of warning pigeons of an upcoming transition to a lean schedule of reinforcement; the third, pausing and escape in children with autism in the presence of stimuli associated with the rich-lean transition; and the fourth, the use of aversive features of the rich-lean transition to correct errors when teaching skills to children with autism. Our aim is to promote the dialogue between basic researchers, applied researchers, and practitioners interested behavior during transitions between rich and lean schedules.

Keyword(s): Autism, Behavioral Disruptions, Rich-Lean Transitions, Translational Research
 
Regulation of Rats’ Fluid Intake by Shifts in Reinforcer Magnitude or Response Requirement
LESLIE SAWYER (College of Charleston), Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston)
Abstract: In both animals and humans, negative incentive shifts (transitions from rich to lean) in reinforcement context have been shown to produce behavioral disruption in the form of extended pausing. Research in our laboratory has demonstrated that these transitions also engender water drinking in non-thirsty rats. Rats responded on a multiple fixed-ratio (FR) 100 FR 100 schedule with components differing in terms of reinforcer magnitude (1 versus 6 pellets). In a subsequent experiment, components differed in response requirements (multiple FR 30 FR 120) with the reinforcer held constant at one pellet. The two components were signaled by the lever inserted into the chamber (left versus right), and alternated pseudo-randomly. The transition between a just-received large reinforcer (or small ratio) to a signaled upcoming-small reinforcer (or large ratio) produced extended pausing and water drinking as recorded by lickometer beam breaks. Water drinking usually did not occur in the other transitions between reinforcers (i.e., small-small, small-large, large-large). Current manipulations include the use of sweetened water, with has produced transitory polydipsia during the negative incentive shift.
 
A Method to Study the Effects of Advance Notice on Transition-Related Problem Behavior
FORREST TOEGEL (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: “Advance notice” refers to procedures that include signals that warn of upcoming events. Applied research has considered whether advance notice of a transition from preferred to non-preferred activities will reduce the problem behavior that sometimes occurs in these transitions. Interpretation of this research is complicated by procedural variation in both the arrangement of transitions and the presentation of advance notice. We developed a laboratory method to study advance notice in pigeons. Key-pecking was maintained on a two-component multiple schedule. In the “lean” component, completing a fixed-ratio produced access to food pellets for a short time; in the “rich” component, completing the ratio produced longer access. The problem behavior occurred in the transition between rich and lean components, when pecking was disrupted for an extended period. Advance notice was provided by flashing the houselight early or late in some ratios preceding a lean component. Preliminary results indicate that, in our preparation, providing advance notice does not reduce the disruption in responding during the rich-lean transition, and may worsen it. Furthermore, advance notice may disrupt responding within the component in which it is delivered.
 

Pausing and Escape in Transitions Between Activities

BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (Western New England University), Caroline McDonnell (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Differential pausing in signaled transitions from more favorable to less favorable conditions has been demonstrated with humans and animals in the experimental analysis of behavior. Analysis of the variables responsible for pausing could be useful in understanding problem behavior in transitions between activities for children with autism. We conducted two experiments to extend previous research on pausing and escape during transitions between relatively rich and lean schedules of reinforcement. Individuals with autism spectrum disorders served as participants. The purpose of the first experiment was to replicate previous research on pausing in a two-component multiple schedule with a richer and a leaner schedule of reinforcement. The purpose of the second experiment was to examine whether escape responses would be emitted under the same conditions as pausing. In addition, we examined whether the participants would emit an escape response that removed the schedule or the stimuli associated with the lean schedule. For 2 participants the longest median pause duration was in the LL transition type and for 2 participants the longest median pause duration was in the RL transition type. Mixed results were found when pausing duration data was compared to frequency of escape data.

 

Incorporating Rich-to-Lean Transitions Into Error Correction Procedures

EINAR T. INGVARSSON (Child Study Center), Joshua Jessel (Child Study Center)
Abstract:

Research on error correction procedures often include the manipulation of different prompting strategies (e.g., Carroll, Joachim, St. Peter, & Robinson, 2015) or reinforcement schedules (e.g., Hausman, Ingvarsson, & Kahng, 2014), both of which can improve independent responding and acquisition during discrete trial training. We extended error correction research with different schedules of reinforcement by incorporating rich-to-lean transitions following incorrect responses with three boys diagnosed with autism. In the rich-to-rich condition, there was no differential reinforcement and the more-preferred edible was presented regardless of correct responding. During the rich-to-lean condition, errors resulted in the participant receiving less-preferred edibles for the next three correct responses. In the final comparison, the rich-to-no reinforcement condition, errors resulted in no reinforcement for a single trial. The latter two conditions were the most efficient and effective procedures for improving accuracy for two of the three participants. This finding suggests that the aversive properties of rich-to-lean transitions might function to correct errors in the context of differential reinforcement.

 
 
Symposium #500
Non-Optimal Choice: Gambling, the Sunk Time Effect and Academic Discounting
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Zurich AB, Swissotel
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: John Bai (University of Auckland)
Discussant: Anne C. Macaskill (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

When more than one option is available, why do people sometimes fail to select the alternative that is in their own long term best interests? This symposium will explore a range of contexts in which people often make non-optimal choices by gambling, persisting in losing endeavours and procrastinating instead of working towards valued academic goals. Talks will cover experimental, translational and applied research aimed at understanding and addressing the drivers of non-optimal choice.

Keyword(s): delay discounting, gambling, sunk-time effect
 

Discounting of Reinforcer Value and Student Success

REBECCA ANNE OLSEN (Victoria University of Wellington), Anne C. Macaskill (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Understanding the decision making processes involved in student procrastination could lead to the development of interventions for this common problem that improve student learning outcomes. Delay discounting refers to the fact that reinforcers lose their value if you have to wait for them. Procrastination may be caused by the fact that reinforcers for studying are delayed, however no task measuring delay discounting of academic outcomes currently exists. We developed a measure of academic discounting modelled on tasks successfully used in the discounting literature. Participants were first year psychology students. We piloted two versions of the academic discounting task and identified the superior version; all participants showed systematic discounting. In general, large delayed rewards are discounted less steeply than small delayed rewards (the magnitude effect). We found that the magnitude effect also exists in academic discounting; participants discounted a not important assignment more steeply than an important assignment. The overall results of these experiments show that delayed rewards are an important contributor to student procrastination

 

Do Prior Investments or Future Payoffs Drive the "Sunk-Time" Effect?

JOHN BAI (University of Auckland), Sarah Cowie (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Jason Landon (Auckland University of Technology)
Abstract:

The sunk-cost effect describes a suboptimal tendency to continue investing in a losing course of action due to a prior investment, and despite a low expected payoff. Following recent demonstrations of the sunk-cost effect in non-human animals, we presented pigeons with discrete trials separated by 1-s inter-trial intervals. Each trial arranged either a short or long fixed-interval (FI) schedule and ended after a single food reinforcer. Short and long trials were not differentially signaled and pecks to a concurrently-available escape key terminated the current trial and initiated the next trial. Therefore, a sunk-time effect can be indexed by a tendency to persist through long trials, rather than escape after the duration of the short FI. The pattern of escaping shifted when we varied the initial investment and future payoff by manipulating the duration and probability of the short FI, respectively. Furthermore, when exposed to extended conditions, three of six pigeons reliably persisted while the other three reliably escaped after the short Fl. These two stable patterns of responding demonstrate the importance of obtained over arranged contingencies and suggest a key role of reinforcement history on sunk-cost decisions.

 

The Effect of Free Spins Features on the Persistence of Slot Machine Gambling

LORANCE TAYLOR (Victoria University of Wellington), Anne C. Macaskill (Victoria University of Wellington), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Slot machines are the primary mode of gambling for problem gamblers in New Zealand, yet are played by fewer people than other gambling activities like the national lottery or scratch tickets. The structural characteristics of gambling activities are an important factor in determining gambling behaviour. One feature of slot machines that has received little experimental analysis is the bonus feature or free spins that are commonly central to the design of slot machines. The current study used an experimental design with slot-machine simulations and hypothetical money, to investigate whether a free-spins feature increased the persistence of slot-machine gambling in the face of disruption. Preliminary datashow that participants rate of gambling is higher on a free-spins machine compared to a control machine without free spins. This procedure has the potential to answer more general questions about behavioural momentum in humans.

 

Contingency Management and Behavioural Momentum: Application to the Treatment of Disordered Gambling

DARREN R CHRISTENSEN (University of Lethbridge)
Abstract:

Treatment seeking disordered gamblers (n=11) were counselled using cognitive behavioural therapy (total sample n=44). Treatment consisted of 12-weeks of counselling where participants could attend up to three sessions per week. In addition, participants were able to earn study credit that was transferrable into gift vouchers redeemable at local businesses. Study credit was earned by treatment attendance, evidence of gambling abstinence based on their financial records, and corroboration from significant others of gambling abstinence. Study credit rates monotonically increased when participants attended consecutive sessions and/or provided consecutive evidence of gambling abstinence. Participants also completed as series of questionnaires and assessments including behavioural measures of inhibition and impulsivity (i.e., Stroop, delay-discounting). Gamblers nearing completion have attended approximately 20 sessions. This compares with typical out-patient gambling counselling retention rates by Alberta Health Services of approximately four sessions. Further, participants that have attended multiple sessions per week earned more gift-cards and had the longest number of abstinent weeks. This preliminary data suggests that contingency management can successfully be applied to the treatment of disordered gambling and that mass like behavioural momentum effects can be induced when multiple treatment sessions and the opportunity to earn credit are available.

 
 
Symposium #501
The Other Emergent Performance: Recent Basic, Translational, and Applied Research Advances in Exclusion Learning
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Zurich FG, Swissotel
Area: EAB/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Discussant: William J. McIlvane (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract:

Teaching methods based on exclusion learning are effective for rapidly establishing conditional discriminations under a variety of applications. Beyond its effectiveness, the exclusion-learning procedure is theoretically interesting, as it not only results in emergent performance, but the stimulus-control requirements of the task offer opportunities to examine the fundamental nature of conditional-discrimination learning. Moreover, the exclusion-learning procedure itself can be used as a tool to study other behavioral phenomena. In this symposium we present recent research that showcases the use of the exclusion-learning procedure, from basic studies to translational research to direct application. Catherine Graham (UNC-Wilmington) will present a study in which classes of equivalent stimuli were established through emergent exclusion performances. Richard Serna (UMass Lowell) will describe a study that examined factors that may limit the extent to which exposure to exclusion trials predicts accurate outcome performance. Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de So Carlos) will present research that extended exclusion-learning research with nouns to relations involving verbs and adjectives. Devon White (UMass Lowell) will present research that investigated the effects of using an identity-matching instead of arbitrary-matching baseline from which to introduce the exclusion protocol. William McIlvane (UMass Medical School) will serve as the symposium discussant.

Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, emergent performance, exclusion learning, matching-to-sample
 
Can Stimulus Relations Established Only Through Exclusion Yield Equivalence?
CATHERINE ELIZABETH GRAHAM (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Sidman (2000) has suggested that equivalence is a product of the reinforcement contingency, and that all positive elements of a contingency will become equivalence-class members. This study was designed to explore the possibility that stimuli never involved in a programmed reinforcement contingency could become members of an equivalence class. Typically developing 6 to 8-year-old children underwent AB and AC conditional discrimination training with class-specific reinforcers. Exclusion trials without programmed consequences were designed to establish XY relations, and YX symmetry trials were then presented. Identity matching was conducted next, with the X stimuli and the class-specific reinforcers from conditional discrimination training. Probe tests evaluated the formation of three equivalence classes (A1B1C1X1Y1, A2B2C2X2Y2, and A3B3C3X3Y3). Four of four participants demonstrated the exclusion phenomenon and YX symmetry relations. Two participants completed all training and testing phases and demonstrated the formation of 5-member classes, including the Y stimuli that were never related directly to reinforcers during training. This experiment documents the potential for stimuli never related directly to reinforcers to become equivalence-class members.
 
Limitations to Exclusion Learning: The Effects of Difficult-to-Discriminate Stimuli on Exclusion vs. Outcome Trials
RICHARD W. SERNA (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Michelle M. Foran (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Selena Tran (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: This study examined factors that may limit the extent to which exposure to exclusion trials predicts accurate outcome performance. Specifically, we examined the effects of difficult-to-discriminate visual stimuli on both auditory visual exclusion performance and subsequent outcome performance in a matching-to-sample task. Participants were eight typically developing preschool children, ages 4-5 years old, all of whom entered the experiment capable of matching the spoken words “dog” and “cat” to line drawings of a dog and cat. This served as the exclusion baseline. The to-be-taught conditional discrimination (via the exclusion method) consisted of nonrepresentational forms that were very similar to one another, save for a single distinguishing feature, and the spoken nonsense words “veem” and “zid.” In an identity matching-to-sample pretest, four participants could match the nonrepresentational forms to one another and four could not. Three of the four that could not were trained successfully to do so with a stimulus-control shaping program designed to direct observing to the distinguishing stimuli. The participant acquired the discrimination without training. In subsequent exclusion-exposure tests, all participants showed highly accurate exclusion performance. However, in a test of conditional-discrimination outcome performance, the participants trained to discriminate the nonrepresentational forms failed to meet criterion, while three of the four participants who entered the study able to discriminate the forms met criterion. The results will be discussed in terms of the stimulus control engendered by exclusion trials and its interaction with observing behavior. Follow-up studies are ongoing.
 

Probing Exclusion Responding With Auditory-Visual Conditional Discrimination Using Nouns, Adjectives, or Verbs as Sample Stimuli

DEISY DAS GRACAS DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Thais Ribeiro (UFSCAR), Tamiris Gallano (UFSCAR)
Abstract:

Responding by exclusion (fast mapping) is usually investigated using a baseline of auditory-visual conditional discriminations in which the auditory samples are names (i.e., word-object relations). Exclusion probes present a novel (undefined) noun and a novel stimulus displayed among defined comparisons; under a variety of conditions, participants typically select the unfamiliar comparison (emergent responding). Considering many other types of mapping relations within a language, this study investigated exclusion responding in relations involving verbs and adjectives. Typically developing children (24-29 months) participated in two conditions: Noun and Adjective (Experiment 1), or Noun and Verb (Experiment 2). The conditions were counterbalanced between participants. At baseline the auditory stimuli were Portuguese words equivalent to /Ball/, /Motorcycle/, /Airplane/ (Nouns); /Happy/, /Sad/, /Angry/ (Adjectives); and /Eat/, /Drink/, /Paint/ (Verbs). In exclusion probes samples were pseudo-words (respectively: /Fapi/, /Beva/; /Fob/, /Piva/; /Fobar/, /Mupir/); comparisons were pictures of unfamiliar objects (Noun), facial expressions (Adjective), or videotapes of actions (Verb). All participants showed exclusion in all three conditions; however, in the first trial scores for Adjectives and Verbs were lower than for Nouns (but above 75%), despite the fact that participants required more training to reach the baseline criterion in the Adjective and Verb conditions. The study replicated the exclusion responding with names, and extended it to other classes of words, thus suggesting that behavioral processes underlying fast mapping are the same (or highly similar). The exclusion procedure could be potentially useful in early intervention for children who are showing delays in language acquisition.

 

Using Identity Matching as a Baseline for Teaching Arbitrary Stimulus Relations With the Exclusion Method

DEVON WHITE (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

Learning by exclusion" is a teaching method used to rapidly establish new arbitrary stimulus relations. Typically, a baseline of known sample-comparison relations first is verified. Then exclusion trials are presented: a novel sample and S+ comparison and a known S- comparison from the baseline. Participants tend to exclude the S- in favor of selecting the S+. Outcome trials pit relations learned by exclusion against one another to verify that new conditional relations have emerged. A potential drawback to this method is that it requires a baseline of known arbitrary relations, which some individuals (e.g., with intellectual disabilities) may not be able to perform. This study examined whether an identity matching baseline -- often an easier task -- could replace an arbitrary baseline in a learning-by-exclusion protocol. Using a multiple-probe-across-participants design, three typically developing preschoolers were exposed to a computer-presented protocol of identity matching and exclusion trials, in which the known identity matching stimuli served as S- comparisons. Stimuli were pictures of fruit and single letters of the alphabet. All participants met criterion performance on outcome and maintenance trials. Future research should examine the necessary and sufficient conditions of the protocol, as well as its effectiveness with intellectually disabled individuals.

 
 
Symposium #502
CE Offered: BACB
Improving the Implementation of Function-Based Interventions in Schools
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah E. Pinkelman (George Mason University)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute)
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Pinkelman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Despite the research base indicating the effectiveness of function-based interventions to reduce problem behavior and increase socially appropriate behavior, the implementation of these practices with sufficient fidelity to improve student outcomes is rare in typical classroom environments. The discrepancy between what research identifies as best practice and what actually occurs in schools calls attention to the need for developing implementation supports that will enable teachers and classroom staff to effectively implement function-based interventions with high treatment fidelity. The proposed symposium will present descriptive data regarding potential variables affecting implementation (study #1) and discuss the results of three single-subject studies that examined the effects of varying implementation supports on improving implementation effectiveness (studies 2, 3, and 4). Implementation supports examined in these studies include self-monitoring fidelity, team-based review of data, direct observation and permanent product review for assessing treatment fidelity, and detailed planning procedures. Implications for practice and future research directions will described in the context of building school capacity to effectively develop and implement function-based interventions that improve student outcomes.

Keyword(s): function-based interventions, implementation, schools, treatment fidelity
 
Building School District Capacity to Conduct Functional Behavioral Assessment
M. KATHLEEN STRICKLAND-COHEN (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: For decades, function-based interventions have been well documented as effective for producing positive change in challenging student behaviors. However, schools continue to struggle to design and implement effective individualized interventions. One way that schools can use this approach more effectively is by building local capacity to conduct FBA and intervene with function-based strategies at the first signs of persistent problem behavior. In the present pilot study, a six-hour comprehensive training package was used by a typical district-level behavior specialist to train 36 elementary- and middle-school teachers, administrators, and school psychologists to conduct streamlined functional behavioral assessment (FBA) and design and implementing function-based behavior support plans. Study findings show that the training was effective in significantly increasing (a) participant knowledge related to function-based behavior support; t(30) = 11.23, p < .001, and (b) the use of FBA and function-based supports by participating school professionals. In a follow-up survey conducted 15 weeks after training, participating professionals also provided descriptive data related to perceived enablers and barriers to implementing function-based support in schools (see Table 1). Practical implications of these findings and future research needed to better understand factors related to sustained implementation of effective practices in school contexts will be discussed.
 

Improving Implementation of Function-Based Interventions Using an Online Data Management Application

SARAH E. PINKELMAN (George Mason University)
Abstract:

The success of behavioral interventions depends not just on the quality of procedures employed, but on the extent to which procedures are implemented. This study used a multiple-baseline across participants design to assess the impact of an online data management application on the fidelity and impact of individual student behavior support plans in typical school contexts. Three students with patterns of problem behavior and their supporting adults participated in the study. The research question examined if a functional relation exists between use of (a) performance self-assessment and (b) student impact assessment via an online data management system on the fidelity of behavior support plan implementation by adults and improvement in academic engagement and problem behavior by students. Results indicate the efficacy of the treatment package in improving treatment fidelity, decreasing student problem behavior, and increasing student academic engagement. Potential contributions of the study are discussed in terms of establishing efficient data systems for schools to use in monitoring staff and student behavior and using these data in a meaningful way that result in improved student outcomes and sustained behavior change.

 

Increasing Teachers' Behavior Support Plan Implementation Adherence and Quality Through Implementation Planning

LISA SANETTI (University of Connecticut  )
Abstract:

Interventions, such as behavior support plans (BSPs), must be implemented with adequate adherence and quality to result in improved student outcomes. Despite this fact, research consistently demonstrates that teachers struggle to consistently and completely implement BSPs (Sanetti & Kratochwill, 2009). Implementing interventions is challenging, requiring the integration of intervention-related behaviors into routines. Therefore, implementation may be conceptualized as an adult behavior change process (Noell, 2008). Research on adult behavior change suggests that planning is important for translating intended behaviors into actions (Gollwitzer, 1999). Specifically, completion of action plans (i.e., the detailed logistical planning of implementation) facilitates successful initiation of intended behaviors, whereas coping plans promote successful maintenance of behaviors through the development of strategies to address anticipated barriers (Schwarzer, 2008). This presentation will describe the application of such an implementation planning process and its effect on promoting teachers implementation of student BSPs in a randomized multiple-baseline design study. The results of will be discussed in relation to other implementation support methods and how practitioners can use their time efficiently to effectively support implementation of behavioral interventions.

 

Assessing Implementation: A Comparison of Direct Observation and Permanent Product Review

LISA SANETTI (University of Connecticut)
Abstract:

It is widely accepted that implementation data are necessary to make valid decisions about intervention effectiveness, and data consistently indicate that quantitative implementation data are rarely documented, especially in practice (Cochrane & Laux, 2008; McIntyre, Gresham, DiGennaro, & Reed, 2007). A common reason for this lack of implementation assessment is the lack of empirical guidance for researchers and practitioners regarding how to assess implementation of behavioral interventions (Cochrane & Laux, 2008; Sanetti & DiGennaro Reed, 2012). An empirical understanding of the relation between currently recommended assessment methods, systematic direct observation (SDO) and permanent product review (PPR), is an important step to move implementation assessment research forward. To this end, the purpose of this presentation is to first discuss methodological issues related to each measurement approach, and then to present data from a single-case design study in which teachers? implementation of behavior support plans was measured via SDO and PPR. The relation between and methodological issues related to these methods, as well as their association with student outcomes will be presented. Implications of these results for implementation assessment in research and practice will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #503
Applied Behavior Analysis for Everyone: Exploring Additional Avenues
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Tom Buqo (Brohavior)
Discussant: Mark Malady (Institute of Meaningful Instruction)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis can be utilized to affect a wide range of socially significant behaviors across a diverse number of populations. This symposium seeks to address additional areas, practices, and populations that can benefit from applied behavior analysis, and the ways in which behavior analysts can find themselves in these fields. Populations as diverse as behavioral health, adults seeking self-management assistance, and exceptional students will be discussed. The presenters will discuss their own work in diversifying the recipients of applied behavior analysis, as well as future directions to be pursued. Historical, legal, and ethical barriers to applied behavior analysis in a variety of domains will be addressed, as well as introducing avenues by which behavior analysts can enter and improve other fields using the science of human behavior. This symposium will explore a number of diverse domains in which behavior analysis can work to improve the lives of a number of populations by affecting socially significant behaviors.
Keyword(s): behavior therapy, gifted education, life coaching
 
A Helping Hand: Psychotherapy as the Behaviorist Views It
TOM BUQO (Brohavior)
Abstract: While many of the current evidence-based therapies have an origin in behavioral philosophy, behavior analysts have been barred from administering behavior therapy due to legal and professional issue. Despite the increase in popularity of second and third wave behavior therapies, behavior analysts are increasingly removed from the world of psychotherapy at the levels of both research and practice. This presentation will address the history of behavior therapy as well as the current state of clinical behavioral health, including both the professional climate and the proliferation of various helping professions. Barriers to behavior analysts seeking to enter psychotherapeutic fields will be addressed, including both the number of other helping professions as well as legal and educational issues that prevent behavior analysts from entering these fields. Alternative avenues and professions outside of the traditional role of behavior analysts in this field will be provided, including a discussion of their professional and educational requirements. Potential future directions for behavior analysts seeking to enter these helping professions will be discussed.
 
Ongoing Data Analysis as a Means of Informing Clinical Decision-Making
BRET JORGENSEN (High Sierra Industries), Stuart M. Law (University of Nevada, Reno), Alexandros Maragakis (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Behavior analytic principles and theory have become more widely accepted within evidence-based therapies, as the behavioral features of Cognitive Behavior Therapy have been instrumental in positive clinical outcomes. However, many of the measures utilized as to whether or not a given therapy or treatment is effective do not measure direct behavioral outcomes. For example, self-report measures such as the Beck Depression Inventory remain the “gold standard” for many therapies. These therapeutic approaches may benefit from looking more closely at rates of socially relevant behavior such as recidivism, substance abuse etc. as well as positive behavior targets both within and outside of the therapeutic context. Further, ideal behavioral practices put clinicians in touch with data as the treatment progresses in lieu of just pre and post measures. This symposium will discuss how behavioral measurement may more readily accompany behavioral assumptions given therapies such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, and Functional Analytic Psychoanalysis. Case examples and rationale are also discussed. Lastly, the presenter will contend that standardized systems of measurement and rate of response may represent a step in the right direction for informing clinical psychologists regarding treatment efficacy and to bring more contiguity between clinical decision-making and data analysis.
 

Life Coaching With Applied Behavior Analysis: Teaching Someone to Be Their Own Behavior Analyst

CAMERON GREEN (Brohavior)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis is oftentimes synonymous with a treatment for autism. Our field often encourages its members to branch out of this pigeonhole and apply our science to new areas and diverse populations. This presentation is about an attempt to answer that call. A life coach is someone who, in one way or another, coaches or provides encouragement or guidance to his or her client on matters having to do with careers or personal challenges. The current author saw life coaching as a perfect opportunity to apply the theoretical approach of applied behavior analysis as well as data based decision-making. Based largely on Schwartz and Goldiamonds constructional approach to clinical casework, he has been providing life-coaching services to clients facing a variety of career and personal life challenges. This presentation will provide an overview of what life coaching is, detail the specifics of the approach used, the barriers encountered, and the similarities and differences between life coaching and center-based ABA services.

 

Exploring Tomorrow: Behavior Analysis Meets Gifted and Talented Education

RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Institute of Meaningful Instruction), Mark Malady (Institute of Meaningful Instruction), Bryan Hallauer (High Sierra Industries/WARC), Brendan James Bohr (Brohavior)
Abstract:

Over the past 20 years, there has been a renewed interest in designing educational environments that lead to various practical outcomes for learners. Educational endeavors may be conceptualized as falling within several categories: formal public education, formal private education, independent studies, athletic activities, musical activities, and day-to-day learning through an individual's life. In the past decade, the creation of individual learning opportunities through internet-based applications increased. Behavior analysis, historically aligned with formulating instructional design methods, can lend a helping hand to create meaningful educational opportunities for people of varying ages and ability. A recent startup in Reno, Nevada launched an online service for exceptional students called Exploring Tomorrow (ET). ET is a 4-week online course that teaches achievement through goal selection and measurement relative to each parent-student dyad's unique situation, interests, and values. The person-centered curriculum leads participants through a guided conversation about what is truly meaningful and aligning everyday life with those things. Upon course completion, participants will have objective, self-generated data that can be used to create a path towards future aspirations and the tools to set new goals, change current goals, and monitor progress. The ET program will be overviewed and future directions will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #504
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Current State of Social Validity on Aversive Control, What We Know, What We Don’t Know, What’s Next?
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
St. Gallen, Swissotel
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jill Marie Harper (Melmark New Englnad)
Discussant: Saul Axelrod (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Michael F. Dorsey, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will present a brief history of the definition and use of punishment, raise terminological questions regarding the use of the word “punishment”, ethical missteps in the application of punishment procedures, and the social validity of continuing to use aversive procedures without proper evidence of effectiveness. Current research on punishment will be reviewed, as well as a discussion on the use of punishment procedures utilized in the field today. Preliminary results indicate that 80% of current BCBA’s utilize punishment procedures in their current practice. The ethical issues included with utilizing punishment procedures will be highlighted through a review of several missteps observed in the field of applied behavior analysis or behavior modification. Based upon the lessons learned from these occurrences, considerations for practice will be proposed. Additionally, rarely is social validity conducted when utilizing these effective procedures. A recent review of 2014 JABA demonstrated that only 10% of experimental studies conduct social validity assessments and a review of punishment studies in JABA yielded only 9.5% reported treatment integrity or social validity data. Additional data will be reported on a complete review JABA studies, 2000-present day and the authors reports of social validity and treatment integrity.
 
Punishment: A Systematic Review
AMANDA COLLINSWORTH-COFFEY (Endicott College), Bryan J. Blair (Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract: Few literature reviews have been completed on punishment studies with humans. Given this relative lack of information on research studies that employed punishment procedures, a systematic review seemed warranted. The following is a review of published literature on punishment (from 1968-2014, across 32 journals), including a categorization of punishment procedures by type, setting, diagnosis and behavior. In addition, punishment studies were categorized according to whether functional assessment procedures or reinforcement procedures were used in conjunction with punishment, whether other procedures were used, whether generalization/maintenance procedures were implemented, and whether the magnitude or schedule of the punisher was systematically assessed. These results are summarized and presented. Finally, publication rates for punishment studies are compared to the publication rates for other procedures (e.g., reinforcement, extinction etc.). The results suggest specific areas in the literature that lack clarity regarding the efficacy and applicability of punishment procedures. Recommendations are made regarding future areas of study and how those areas can and will contribute to applied interventions.
 

Punishment: Is It Conceptually Systematic?

BRYAN J. BLAIR (Cape Abilities/Endicott College), Cheryl J. Davis (7 Dimensions Consulting/Endicott College), Paul Mahoney (Amego Inc/Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract:

A conceptual analysis of punishment will be presented. A brief history of the word punishment (both in vernacular usage, and in clinical usage) is presented. Writings from B.F. Skinner, Jack Michael and Murray Sidman are reviewed, summarized, and compared. Given the significant departure that these writings take from traditional descriptions of the effects of punishment on behavior, two competing analyses of punishment are presented. These two analyses, punishment as a direct procedure and punishment as an indirect procedure, are explained and directly compared. Data from previously published studies supporting both conclusions will be presented and analyzed. In addition, the effects of reinforcement and motivating operations on punishment and learning are explored. Finally, recommendations are made to refine how aversive control procedures are conceptualized, researched, trained, and implemented. Recommendations are made regarding how behavior analysts talk about punishment, how they describe procedures, and how to better understand a seemingly simple, yet ultimately complex phenomenon.

 
The Current State of Social Validity in Applied Punishment Research
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Endicott College), Cheryl J. Davis (7 Dimensions Consulting/Endicott College), Bryan J. Blair (Cape Abilities/Endicott College), Paul Mahoney (Amego Inc/Endicott College)
Abstract: The current state of social validity in applied research is rarely assessed in punishment studies with as demonstrated by a recent review of 1968 to present day JABA where only 9.5% of experimental studies conducted social validity assessments. Ensuring social validity within the applied world is the basis for the field of ABA (Risley, 1997). The challenge with social validity is that it is difficult to objectively measure and the field is not typically concerned with private events (Skinner, 1953). However, social validity cannot be ignored as feedback from the participant or people around them regarding behavioral treatment matters in regards to implementation; people will not use the technology if they do not like the process (Wolf, 1978). Wolf (1978) urged the field of ABA to view social validity as an attempt to determine acceptable practices. Adkins (1997) actually aligned social validity with ethics, making the point that scientists may need to be satisfied with societies report on procedures and not actual certainty of the data. This presentation will discuss data from applied behavioral journals and rates of assessing social validity, as well as the ramifications for not assessing this in the field of ABA especially in regards to punishment procedures. Additionally, survey data will be presented regarding BCBA’s current use of punishment procedures.
 

Ethical Blunders in the Application of Punishment Procedures

PAUL MAHONEY (Amego Inc; Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract:

The use of aversive consequences has resulted in several instances of questionable ethical behavior that has severely affected the field of applied behavior analysis throughout its relatively short history. This component of the symposium will provide a review of the role of behavioral principles in the implementation of punishment procedures in the development and perpetuation of unethical and abusive behavior demonstrated by clinicians and staff in programs such as Willowbrook, Sunland Developmental Center, Behavior Modification Units in prison settings, etc.. Survey data provided by Behavior Analysts on abuse investigations, conclusions, and recommendations will be presented with the purpose of validating or invalidating the purported commonalities among the conditions present at the programs reviewed above. Recommendations and considerations will be provided on how to better prevent such missteps from occurring in the future. It is imperative to remember the past ethical issues in order to progress as a field and not repeat history.

 
 
Symposium #505
Issues of Fidelity and Precision When Scaling and Disseminating Behavioral Principles
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Alpine, Swissotel
Area: TPC/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Amanda Munoz-Martinez (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

While behavior analysis has far-reaching implications for behavior and cultural change, disseminating and implementing those principles in more diverse settings has met with several stumbling blocks. Among those are scaling the application of principles to large units such as communities and altering cultural practices. Additionally, disseminating principles to primary service providers has sometimes made use of terminology and practices that are removed from the basic science. This symposium will address the how translating our basic science to the application of behavior change at multiple levels might occur with more scope and fidelity.

Keyword(s): Culture interventions, dissemination, fidelity
 
Contextualistic Principles in the Evolution of Cultural Practices
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute)
Abstract: The same contextualist principals that have led to a revolution in our understanding of human behavior are relevant to understanding the evolution of cultural practices. In this presentation, I will present a framework for a pragmatic science of cultural evolution. I will propose a definition of human well-being and a set of measures of well-being. I will then focus on the larger social system of groups and organizations, including especially corporations that affect well-being. I will describe the recent evolution of these systems, concentrating on, but not limiting the discussion to, the United States. I will then describe principles that are guiding efforts to bring about change in the cultural practices relevant to wellbeing and will describe numerous efforts that are underway to influence the direction of cultural evolution as it relates to the prevention of psychological, behavioral, and health problems.
 

Examining the Principles of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy

YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University)
Abstract:

It is always important but difficult to identify the core principles on which any therapy or clinical intervention is entirely based and this task is even greater in the context of whole therapeutic regimes or packages. However, this endeavor is particularly important for behavior therapies, that are meant to be rooted in behavioral principles, if not directly supported by empirical evidence. But, there are limited discussions of this issue and thus third wave behavior therapies are acutely at risk of slipping away from their behavioral roots. This situation would be good neither for the therapy, nor for behavior analysis in general. This paper explores the difficulties inherent in anchoring any third wave behavior therapy package to its behavioral roots and discusses the situation in ACT in particular

 

Functional Analytical Psychotherapy Based on Processes

AMANDA MUNOZ-MARTINEZ (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Behavioral therapies have demonstrated along year a strong effectiveness in psychological treatments (APA, 2015). However, there are an important number of therapies, whose explanatory mechanisms do not have a clear bond with well-developed theoretical principles (Kazdin, 2007; Rosen & Davison, 2003). Therefore, explanations about why those therapies work are hardly known. Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) is a behavioral approach to traditional psychotherapy (Guinther & Dougher, 2013), whose goal is integrating principles from behavioral traditions to clinical practice. One of the therapies developed within CBA is Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP). According to FAP, therapist-client interaction in session promotes changes out-of-session. Here, therapist sets the context for producing change in-session (discriminative stimulus for clients problems and improvements) and delivers consequences (e.g. reinforcing, punishing). However, some FAP researches developed therapeutic strategies, whose connection with behavioral principles is unclear (e.g. ACL FAP model), loosing precision on treatment when they use middle-level terms to explain change. This presentation seeks showing the current state of FAP research based on behavioral principles, the problems of using middle level terms for a coherent therapeutic approach, and the importance of strengthen FAP translational studies to establish the relation between behavioral principles and practice instead to adopt fuzzy explanatory terms.

 
The Complexity of Conducting a Functional Analysis When You Are Part of the Analytic Unit
WILLIAM C. FOLLETTE (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: One of the hallmarks of behavior analysis is the idiographic approach to analyzing problems. Commonly, this entails conducting a contextualistically sensitive functional analysis. In adult, outpatient settings where there is wide topographical variability in behavior, there are few protocols to guide such analyses. This problem is made significantly more complicated when the clinician is an integral part of the analytic unit. That is, the clinician can participate in all three stimulus functions that influence the very behavior he or she is trying to functionally analyze. This paper will address the difficulties of identifying behavioral principles that affect a client’s behavior when the clinician’s own behavior and history impact that which being functionally analyzed and altered
 
 
Paper Session #506
Complex Analyses in Verbal Behavior: Music, Grammar, the Critic, and Communication Devices
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: VBC
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
 

Parallels and Incongruities Between Musical and Verbal Behaviors: The Case of Absolute Pitch

Domain: Theory
BENJAMIN REYNOLDS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract:

The study of music in behavior analytic accounts constitutes a poorly addressed area of application due to conceptual incongruities in the field and a general lack of common ground between the disciplines of music and behavior analysis. This paper will review various, sometimes conflicting attempts to translate music in terms of Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior and propose clarifications of verbal behavior constructs to account for the conceptual similarities and differences between musical and verbal behavior. The musical concepts of mimicry, relative pitch, and absolute pitch are discussed from the perspective of verbal behavior and implications of this view form a basis for recommendations concerning further study.

 
Autoclitic Frames and Construction Grammar
Domain: Theory
ROBERT DLOUHY (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: In Verbal Behavior, Skinner reached the threshold of a functional analysis of syntax by introducing the autoclitic frame and the relational autoclitic of order. Skinner did not pursue a functional syntactic analysis, but in 2015 Dlouhy argued that such an analysis is possible and can account for the so-called structure of verbal responses as well as their regularity. One conclusion from this type of analysis is that a verbal community maintains a large number of contingencies that control the sequencing of responses into consistent types that form the constituents of sentences. This paper will argue that this functional syntactic analysis is in some ways compatible with the findings of the “Construction Grammar” movement in American linguistics. This movement, which has gained a large following in the U.S., holds that a language consists of a large set of phrasal patterns – constructions – each of which specifies relations between its constituents. Specifically, this paper will argue that these constructions can be viewed behavior-analytically as response products of the operant contingencies that sequence responses as autoclitic frames. Cross-disciplinary research may inform both constructionist linguistics and behavior-analysis, and lead to more advanced applications.
 

A Naturalistic Approach to the Behavior of the Critic: Review and Future Directions

Domain: Basic Research
MARIA ISABEL MUNOZ-BLANCO (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento), Maria Antonia Padilla Vargas (University of Guadalajara)
 
Abstract:

Several authors have stated the importance of the behavior of the critic with respect to the understanding of creativity, but had opposed the study of it given its elusive nature (Epstein, 1980; Marr, 2003; Carpio, 1999). From naturalistic psychology, Kantor (1982) argued that it is necessary to understand cultural behavior, including the behavior of the critic, in terms of the responses of the individual.. The purpose of this presentation is to show a naturalistic instrument developed to capture the behavior of the critic and how it can be used to understand the behavior of the critic in terms of the individual responses. To test this instrument, 30 participants from three different cultural groups (art, science and various trades) were asked to organize pictures according to how creative they considered them to be. Data was analyzed using the Q-method software showing individual differences as well as similarities within the participants. This instrument shows promise in furthering the understanding the behavior of the critic from a psychological perspective, complementing the promising research done with respect to the behavior of the creator.

 

Aided Language Stimulation:Behavioral Interpretation and Review of Literature

Domain: Theory
JENNIFER ALBIS (The Evergreen Center), Lise Gallo (The Evergreen Center)
 
Abstract:

Many non-vocal students communicate using voice output communication devices. However, there are few formal training procedures available for teaching students to engage in verbal behavior using these systems beyond basic mand training. Aided Language Stimulation is one often-recommended strategy from professionals in the fields of Speech-Language Pathology and Augmentative and Alternative Communication that has little evaluation within the behavior analytic literature. This strategy requires a communication partner to use visual symbols, paired with spoken words, to express his or her own verbal behavior in order to provide a symbol-based model to the student, just as vocal students receive incidental vocal models throughout the day. Proponents suggest that this procedure will promote increased comprehension and use of symbol vocabulary by device users. This paper will evaluate the available literature regarding this strategy and will provide a behavioral interpretation of the procedure. By interpreting this strategy through behavioral principles, we hope to show that experimental analysis of this strategy is warranted to determine its application to communication training for non-vocal students.

 
 
 
Symposium #507
Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Assessment and Intervention Strategies to Allied Professionals and Parents
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Maggie Ann Molony (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is an approach to teaching that includes instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback related to specific skills. This approach has been demonstrated to be successful across a wide range of individuals to successfully teach a wide variety of important skills (e.g., gun safety, social skills). One use of BST is in the teaching of behavioral assessment and treatment strategies to individuals other than behavior analysts who may be in a position to conduct such assessments and treatments. In the current symposium, two studies that evaluated the use of BST are described. The first focused on teaching a communication assessment to graduate students in a Communication Sciences and Disorders training program. The second focused on a rapid coaching approach to BST used to teach parents of children with autism spectrum disorder how to implement behavioral interventions. Results are discussed with respect to refinements to BST and the utility of BST to teach allied professionals and parents specific behavioral strategies.

 
Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach a Communication Assessment to Students: In-Vivo and Video Training
MAGGIE ANN MOLONY (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract: This study evaluated the use of behavior skills training with the instructions and modeling components conducted using either in-vivo or a video for the acquisition of skills required to conduct a communication assessment. A total of six participants from a Communication Disorders and Sciences Masters degree program completed the training. The behavior skills training package included four components: instruction, modeling, role-playing, and feedback. A maintenance probe was conducted between three to seven days after training criterion was met. Results indicated that both in-vivo and video instructions and modeling of the communication assessment were successful in teaching students without a background in behavior analysis. The participants whose training included the video instructions and modeling scored 100% on their first maintenance trial block while the two of the three in-vivo participants did not. Implications for these results could further the growth and development of communication assessments as well as strengthen the relationship between behavior analytic principles to practices that overlap.
 

Rapid Coaching to Teach Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Intervention Skills

ASHLEY DUBIN (The Devereaux Foundation), Erinn Whiteside (University of Georgia), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

This presentation describes the results of an ongoing rapid coaching intervention for parents of preschool children with autism. A behavioral skills training model was used to teach parents to embed strategies to promote communication in the context of play sessions in a university clinic setting. Strategies on which parents were coached included narration, imitation, building routines, and environmental arrangement (Ingersoll & Dvortcsak, 2010). Results indicate that parents decreased their use of directive verbal statements and increased their use of facilitative strategies upon introduction of training. Results of the project to date extend the findings of previous researchers (Lane et al., under review) who found that parents were able to demonstrate facilitative strategies with relatively little training time. Because this is an ongoing project, we anticipate including maintenance data for the participant whose data is included here, as well as the results of additional participants in our final presentation. Advantages of the rapid coaching program will be discussed, along with challenges and limitations.

 
 
Symposium #508
CE Offered: BACB
Training Complex Verbal Behavior With Individuals With Autism
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ansley Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology; Nemours Children's Hospital)
CE Instructor: Ansley Hodges, M.S.
Abstract:

Teaching complex verbal behavior in individuals with autisms warrants further research. Language deficits are an important characteristic with this population. Thus, the primary purpose of this research is to teach advanced verbal behavior repetorites. These studies address important topics such as, increasing variability with intraverbal responses, recalling past events, and providing instructive feedback (IF). The variability study investigated lag schedules of reinforcement to increase the number of different intraverbal responses. Results showed that a Lag 1 alone was effective with 1 participant while lag schedule 1 with additional training was effective with two other participants. The recalling past events study evaluated their treatment package using end-of -the-day probes. Results showed the treatment was effective in increasing recall accuracy. The instructive feedback (IF) study extended previous research to individuals with autism and examined secondary measures.

 

Teaching Mands for Information Using "When?" to Children With Autism

BETHANY HANSEN (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Previous research has evaluated contrived motivating operations to teach mands for information. However, literature evaluating acquisition of the mand, “When?” is comparatively limited. As an extension of Shillingsburg et al. (2014), we taught three children with autism to engage in mands for information using “When?” under alternating conditions in which a contrived establishing operation was present (EOP) or absent (EOA). Following treatment with a constant prompt delay, all participants acquired the mand for information and demonstrated correct use of the provided information and a decrease in inappropriate attempts to access restricted items.

 

Teaching Listener Skills for Detecting Problem Scenarios and Emergence of Explanations of the Problem via Instructive Feedback

CHRISTOPHER A. TULLIS (Georgia State University), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Instructive feedback (IF) is a procedure in which extra information is presented to a student during instruction for other skills. Previous research has demonstrated that students with intellectual and developmental disabilities may acquire at least some additional non-targeted skills (secondary targets) without explicit instruction when extra information is presented, resulting in more efficient instruction. Although effective for students with disabilities as a whole, few studies focus on students with autism spectrum disorders, and the measures of secondary target acquisition focused on discrete responses (e.g., one word utterances). The purpose of the current investigation was to extend the instructive feedback literature related to students with autism spectrum disorders and evaluation of the responses given. Across all participants, IF resulted in the acquisition of at least a portion of secondary targets without explicit teaching. For two students, additional instruction was required before IF resulted in acquisition of secondary targets without explicit teaching.

 

Reporting Past Behavior in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

TOM CARIVEAU (University of Oregon; The Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Robin Landa (The Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Wymer (Marcus Autism Center), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Taylor Thompson (The Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Talmadge (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Deficits in social communication are a paramount feature of Autism Spectrum Disorder. Behavior analysts have made considerable gains in identifying methods to promote functional communication for individuals with autism. Methods to establish more advanced verbal repertoires have received less support and evaluation despite the clear implications of these repertoires on social development. Reporting past behavior is of interest because of its significant role in social communication. That is, accurately recalling past behavior is expected frequently across social contexts (e.g., a caregiver asks a child "what did you do today?" or a teacher asks "did you practice reading last night?"). Prior research has identified deficits in recalling past behavior with individuals diagnosed with autism compared to typically developing and developmentally delayed peers. The current study sought to increase the accuracy of reporting past behavior in four children with autism. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants was used to examine the effect of our treatment procedure on participants' recall of past behavior during end-of-day probes. Results indicated that participants reported past behavior with greater accuracy on end-of-day probes following our treatment procedure. Participants' accurate reporting to caregivers also increased following treatment. Implications and areas for future research are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #509
Research on the Gateway Use of In-Street Signs to Increase Pedestrian Safety
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Jonathan Hochmuth (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The Gateway configuration of In-Street signs has been shown to produce a marked increase in the percentage of drivers yielding right-of-way to pedestrians. The first study reported in this symposium shows that this treatment produces a marked reduction in speed as drivers approach the crosswalk which decreases the probability of a crash and the severity of a crash should one occur. The second study investigates the effects of change to the configuration that would increase sign survival and increase the cost effectiveness of this treatment.

Keyword(s): Antecedent Control, Contingencies, Pedestrian Safety, Traffic Safety
 
Passive Effects of the Gateway In-Street Sign Configuration on Vehicle Speeds
STEVEN R. HARD (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This study examined whether a gateway configuration of the in-street sign influenced the speed of vehicles when no pedestrian was present at the crosswalk. Data were collected on vehicle speeds at two sites with no gateway configuration, and the gateway configuration; with probe-data collected on the typical single, center-line placement of the sign. The gateway treatment was not only effective in reducing speed overall, but also produced a pattern of deceleration toward the crosswalk, rather than acceleration as seen in baseline. Notably, this reduction brought speeds into ranges not associated with lethal crashes. These data extend on previous research of the gateway configuration, demonstrating the contribution of decreased speed to the gateway's effect on driver yielding behavior. These data were interpreted in terms of behavioral principles.
 

A Comparison of the Efficacy of Gutter Pan and on Curb Placement With a Full Gateway Configuration of the In-Street Sign on Driver Yielding to Pedestrians

ERIK NEWTON (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This study examined whether the placement of the signs in the gutter pan or on top of the curb using a full gateway configuration of the in-street sign influenced the efficacy of the treatment. Data were collected at sites using both in gutter and on curb full gateway configurations. The gateway treatment was shown to be more effective in the gutter pan configuration than the curb configuration at all three of the sites, though the difference in effects were minimal. This suggests that placing the signs on the curb, though shown to be less effective, is still effective in prompting driver yielding to pedestrians. This is important because placement on the curb would allow for proper sewage drainage, plows not being impeded during the winter months, street weepers not being impeded. Gutter plan placement also is not possible if a bike lane is present. Contextual variables appeared to be related to whether the gutter pan or the curb configuration was more effective. These data showed that perceived narrowing was a variable influencing the efficacy of this treatment. These data were interpreted in terms of behavioral principles.

 
 
Symposium #510
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice SIG Symposium 2 of 3: Lessons Learned: Sex Research and the Science of Changing Sexual Behavior
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Deric E. Toney (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change)
CE Instructor: Deric E. Toney, M.A.
Abstract: What is it like to research human sexuality using a single-subject research approach? How is targeting sexual behavior in a clinical setting similar to, and unique from, work in other areas of ABA? The purpose of this symposium is to present perspectives of those who have worked in the areas of sexuality, gender, and relationships, including valuable lessons that has been learned, common obstacles tackled, and professional recommendations for research and practice in the area of sexual behavior.
Keyword(s): families, sex education, sex research, sexuality
 

Working in the Fields of Autism Spectrum Disorder and Socio-Sexual Behavior: Professional, Practical, Ethical, and Legal Issues Discussed

FRANK R. CICERO (Eden II Programs)
Abstract:

On a gradient, the majority of individuals consider themselves to be sexual beings. Individuals with developmental disabilities are no exception. Socio-sexual behavior includes responses characteristic of sexual acts as well as social behaviors associated with gender identity, romantic relationships and perspective taking. As behavior analysts, we are well aware of the power of behavior analytic principles on the shaping of behavior. Through behavior analysis we can increase socially significant behavior to address behavioral deficits while decreasing behavioral excesses that lead to social and developmental problems. Although they are potentially sensitive, target behaviors included within the realm of sexuality should be no exception. In this presentation, the author will discuss common issues encountered when behavior analysts target socio-sexual behaviors with individuals diagnosed on the autism spectrum. Topics covered will include practical issues such as where and when to provide instruction; professional issues such as how to assess behavioral needs and select behavior analytic teaching techniques; ethical issues such as how to effectively work alongside guardians while respecting the desires of the individual; and legal issues such as consent laws. Issues will be discussed through a review of the literature along with experience gained through real life case studies.

 
The Naked Truth: Researching Sexual Behavior, Gender, and Romantic Relationships as a Behavior Analyst
FAWNA STOCKWELL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Our gender identities, sexual orientations, and romantic and sexual relationships with others are critical parts of how we experience the world, but only a small subset of the field of Applied Behavior Analysis focuses on these topics. In this presentation, the author will present anecdotes, discoveries, challenges, and recommendations specific to their experiences researching sexuality, gender, and relationship topics as a behavior analyst. Topics covered will include how to select a research topic, how to design research that is inclusive of people of all gender and sexual identities, exploring one’s own biases as a sex researcher and how they impact decisions made throughout the research process, discovering and utilizing research studies and other resources that exist outside the field of ABA, handling IRB challenges, using deception ethically in research, measurement of sexual behaviors in ways that are as unobtrusive as possible, and navigating assumptions that others make about those who work within the realm of sexuality, gender, and relationship research. It is the author’s hope that this presentation will equip other behavior analysts with useful guidelines and considerations as they apply the science of behavior analysis to sexuality, gender, and relationships.
 
 
Symposium #511
Translational Evaluations of Basic Findings: Bridging Research and Concepts to Practice
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Katherine Hoffman (University of Texas)
Abstract:

Translational research has been described as part of a bidirectional continuum in which an emphasis is placed on the bridging basic laboratory work and applied research in terms of discoveries, mechanisms, and concepts. In this symposium, three papers will be presented describing evaluations that translated basic findings and concepts pertaining to renewal, resurgence, and differential-reinforcement-of-low-rates-of-responding (DRL) within human operant experimental preparations as well as with clinical populations within more applied/translational experimental arrangements. In the first paper, Clare Liddon and colleagues evaluate both ABA and ABC renewal of previously extinguished behavior on a within-subjects basis. In the second paper, Jessica Becraft and colleagues present the results of two comparative evaluations of the effects of two variations of DRL procedures entailing the presence or absence of discriminative stimuli during the procedure. In the third paper, Katherine Hoffman and colleagues present data on the effects of the presence of alternative stimuli on the resurgence of previously extinguished responding in individuals with developmental disabilities.

Keyword(s): DRL, renewal, resurgence, translational research
 
A Within-Subjects Analysis of ABA and ABC Renewal of Operant Behavior
CLARE LIDDON (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Catalina Rey (Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Abel (Therapist), Aurelia Ribeiro (Florida Tech)
Abstract: Treatment for problem behavior is often challenged when transferred to the natural environment (e.g., errors in treatment integrity or exposure to a new environment). Such challenges may result in treatment relapse (i.e., the recurrence of a previously treated problem behavior). Renewal is a type of treatment relapse resulting from changes in stimulus contexts. There are varying arrangements of renewal, including ABA and ABC. Previous research demonstrates ABA renewal may occur in the operant behavior of children diagnosed with autism. In the present series of studies, we conducted a translational analysis to establish a proof of concept for both ABA and ABC renewal, and establish whether these two renewal arrangements may be present in a single participant’s behavior (i.e., establish a within-subject analysis). An analysis of the results shows evidence of both ABA and ABC renewal effects, and both types of renewal present in individual participants’ behavior.
 
Slow Down: Further Comparison of Differential-Reinforcement-of-Low-Rate Procedures
JESSICA BECRAFT (UMBC), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Barbara J. Davis (UMBC & Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Amber E. Mendres-Smith (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mariana I. Castillo (UMBC), Joshua Jessel (Child Study Center)
Abstract: The goal of differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate of responding (DRL) is to decrease the overall rate of, but not eliminate, the response. Two variations of DRL exist. However, one may eliminate, rather than decrease, the target response. We directly compared the two DRL procedures and evaluated the role of discriminative stimuli (SD). In Experiment 1, 19 college students played a computer game in which they could earn points according to DRL schedules. Sometimes, SDs signaled when participants should and should not respond to earn points. Other times, the stimulus did not change with the schedule and was correlated with extinction. Most participants responded near optimal levels when SDs were present and near zero levels with the extinction-correlated stimulus. In Experiment 2, we replicated the procedure and results of Experiment 1 with 5 preschool students. In Experiments 1 and 2, the no SD stimulus was correlated with no reinforcement. In Experiment 3, we replicated Experiment 2 with 5 preschool students and evaluated a neutral stimulus. Responding was highly variable with the neutral stimulus. Results of all three experiments suggest that the DRL schedules may function similarly, but that SDs are important to maintain optimal response rates.
 

An Evaluation of the Effects of the Presence of Alternative Stimuli on Resurgence

KATHERINE HOFFMAN (University of Texas), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Samantha Swinnea (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of the presence of low-preferred items during phase 3 on the resurgence of a previously taught communication response in persons with developmental disabilities and communication delays. To set up the phase 3 experimental condition, we implemented two phases consistent with the resurgence paradigm including (1) the reinforcement of communication response 1 and (2) extinction of communication response 1 and reinforcement of communication response 2. During the third phase, we applied extinction to all communicative responses and they extinguished across conditions; and we rapidly alternated every two minutes between to conditions in which (a) two low-preferred items were available and (b) no items were available. Results indicated that considerably lower levels of resurgence of communication response 1 occurred during the phase 3 condition in which low-preferred items were available for some participants. Results will be discussed in terms of implications for the possible prevention and/or mitigation of treatment relapse pertaining to challenging behavior.

 
 
Symposium #512
Teaching Academic and Functional Life Skills to Young Adults With Intellectual Disabilities
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Suzanne Woods-Groves (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Phillip J. Belfiore (Mercyhurst University)
Abstract:

Postsecondary education opportunities have a positive impact on individuals quality of life in adulthood with improved social problem-solving skills, independent and daily living skills, self-advocacy skills, self-esteem, academics, and self-determination skills. With increasing availability of federal financial aid (e.g., Federal Pell Grants) and the nationwide postsecondary education programs for individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID), young adults with ID have more opportunities to receive a postsecondary education. In order for these learners to gain full benefits from participating in postsecondary education, educators must address the skill deficits of these learners. The symposium will include two experimental studies that focus on teaching young adult learners with ID the skills necessary to succeed in the postsecondary education settings. Study one focuses on teaching students the study skills using guided notes. Study two focuses on teaching students to use mobile apps that may improve functional life skills. We will present our findings and discuss the implications.

Keyword(s): Adult Learners, Intellectual Disabilities
 

Effects of the Guided-Notes on Study Skills of Young Adults With Intellectual Disabilities

KRISTIN MONROE-PEI (University of Iowa), Lanqi Wang (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Guided note-taking is considered an effective intervention designed to improve learners recall and retention of information from lectures. It involves learners writing critical information on partially completed notes while listening to a lecture. The purpose of this study is to investigate the effects of teaching a four-step guided note-taking strategy (GRIP) on both immediate and delayed recall of information from the lecture for young adults with intellectual disabilities (ID) in a postsecondary education setting. Sixteen adult learners with ID participated in the study. During the pretest, all the students watched a recorded lecture with a copy of the traditional lecture notes. After the lecture, the students completed a multiple-choice quiz and an oral retell. Based on the pretest scores, we randomly assigned the students to either experimental and control groups. Students in the experimental group will receive four 45-minute GRIP strategy instruction. Students in the control group will attend the regularly scheduled classes. We will posttest all the students at the conclusion of the study. Students in the experimental group will use the researcher-prepared guided notes during the posttest. We will complete the study by the end of December, 2015.

 

Effects of Teaching Apps to Young Adults With Intellectual Disabilities on the Functional Life Skills

ORSOLYA KINGA BALINT LANGEL (University of Iowa), Chengan Yuan (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Attending a postsecondary education requires independent living and self-management skills. However, individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) have a skill deficit in both areas. These learners may benefit from mobile technologies that can compensate for their skill deficits. We will present two studies investigating the effects of teaching adults with ID to use mobile apps that may improve functional life skills. In the studies, we will first teach students to use the mobile apps. After they reach the mastery criterion, we will teach generalization of the app use in real life situations. Study one focuses on the use Google Maps app and study two focuses on the Calendar app. Three young adults with ID enrolled in a postsecondary education program will participate in each study. We will use a multiple probe across the participants design and examine the effects of the intervention on (a) student acquisition of the steps to use the mobile app and (b) their functional use of the app in real life situation. We will complete both studies by December 2015.

 
 
Symposium #513
Enhancing Word Reading in Post-Secondary Students With Intellectual Disability
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Christopher Skinner (The University of Tennessee)
Abstract:

Post-secondary education programs for students with intellectual disabilities are designed to enhance academic and social emotional development. The three studies presented evaluate the application of flashcard interaction in post-secondary education student with intellectual disability. First an alternating treatments design was used to evaluate and compare the effects of two flashcard interventions on sight-word acquisition. Results showed that both interventions were effective, but the intervention with words printed in standard font results in greater learning than an identical intervention with words printed in non-standard font. Next, a multiple-baseline across word list design was used to evaluate a computer-based sight-word reading program that was modified to allow the participant to self-determine both response intervals and intertrial intervals. Results showed the student quickly learned to operate the program and it caused immediate increases in sight-word reading. Finally, an alternating treatment design was used to evaluate and compare computer-based flashcard interventions where the computer paced the student through 1-s or 5-s response intervals (no self-determination) and a similar intervention where the student self-determined each response interval. Additionally, researchers collect student preference data. Together these results show that (a) post-secondary education students with ID can acquire words via computer-based flashcard interventions; (b) learning may be hindered when flashcard print is modified in a manner that makes it more difficult to read; and (c) modifying interventions to allow students to self-determine computer-based response intervals can enhance learning, while also providing occasioning high rates of self-determination.

Keyword(s): intellectual disability, post-secondary education, self-determination, sight-word reading
 

The Effects of Perceptual Dysfluency on Sight-Word Acquisition Rates in a Post-Secondary Student With Intellectual Disabilities

Kala Taylor (The University of Tennessee), CHRISTOPHER SKINNER (The Univesity of Tennessee), Dennis Ciancio (The University of Tennessee), Samantha Turnbull (The University of Tennessee), Jonah Ruddy (The University of Tennessee), Thomas Beeson (The University of Tennessee)
Abstract:

Flashcard procedures can enhance sight-word reading in students with disabilities. Some have suggested that reducing response effort (e.g., cognitive load) by simplifying learning materials enhances learning. Others have found evidence that increasing response effort during learning activities can improve later recall. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate and compare two flashcard reading interventions on sight-word learning in a post-secondary student with intellectual disability. Dolch 4th-grade sight-word flashcards were present in fluent (14-point Arial) font and disfluent (14-point Juice ITC font reduced to 70% transparency) font. During assessments the participant was given 3 s to read each word and words were considered acquired when read correctly across two consecutive assessments. Acquired words were replaced with new words. Findings indicated that both interventions enhanced sight word acquisition, but the fluent flashcards resulted in greater acquisition (i.e., 23 words acquired in 11 sessions) than the disfluent flashcards (14 words acquired in 11 sessions) and the untreated words (1 word acquired in 11 sessions). Visual analysis of the time series graph shows that the number of words acquired under both conditions growing larger as the study progressed. Discussion focuses on enhancing sight-word reading in students with post-secondary education and limitations associated with attempting to enhance sight-word learning by enhancing time and effort required to read words.

 
Evaluating a Computer Flashcard Reading Intervention With Self-Determined Response Intervals in a Post-Secondary Student With Intellectual Disabilities
SAMANTHA TURNBULL (The University of Tennessee), Kala Taylor (The University of Tennessee), Merilee McCurdy (The University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee), Dennis Ciancio (The University of Tennessee), Thomas Beeson (The University of Tennessee)
Abstract: Post-secondary education programs for students with intellectual disabilities are designed to enhance academic and social emotional development. Perhaps because of limited opportunities to choose, students with intellectual disability often have weak self-determination skills. Thus, with the current study researchers modified a computer-based flashcard intervention to occasion high-rates of self-determination. Specifically, researchers altered each response interval and each inter-trial intervals from fixed or computer generated to student determined. Using a multiple-baseline across-task design researchers evaluated the effects of this modified computer-based flashcard intervention on sight-word reading acquisition in a post-secondary education student with disabilities. The student was able to quickly learn to control response intervals and the procedure enhanced sight-word reading. Although data suggests that the student maintained less than half of words acquired follow a 48-day no treatment phase, a brief re-learning phase allowed the student to quickly re-learn most of the words that were not maintained. Directions for future research, including investigating possible benefits associated with allowing students with disabilities to self-determine response intervals, are discussed.
 

Evaluating and Comparing Computer Flashcard Reading Intervention: Self-Determine Response Intervals Versus Fast and Slow Computer Paced

Kyle Ryan (The University of Tennessee), SHELBY GIBBONS (The University of Tennessee  ), Kala Taylor (The University of Tennessee), Thomas Beeson (The University of Tennessee), Samantha Turnbull (The University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee), Dennis Ciancio (The University of Tennessee)
Abstract:

Researchers have found that computer-based flashcard interventions enhance sight-word reading in students with disabilities. When comparing interventions researchers have found some evidence that providing briefer response intervals (i.e., time for the student to respond to the computer-generated word) resulted in great learning rates; however, for at least one student, longer response intervals resulted in greater learning. In addition to idiosyncratic differences across students, researchers have suggested that the length of the response intervals should vary depending on word characteristics. To address this concern, researchers modified a computer-based flashcard program to allow students to self-determine response intervals for each flashcard learning trial. During the current study an alternating treatment design was used to evaluate and compare sight-word learning across three different interventions. Rapid computer-paced instruction provided 1 s response intervals for each learning trail. Slow computer-paced instruction provided 5 s response intervals for each learning trail. Self-determined response intervals allow the student to control or self-determine each response interval. Discussion will focus on learning and learning rates, student preference, and the need for future research on the impact of occasioning high rates of self-determination in students with intellectual disability.

 
 
Symposium #514
Understanding Consumers’ Credit Use
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University)
Discussant: Asle Fagerstrøm (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts, Communication and Technology)
Abstract: A notable change in consumer behavior over the past few decades has been the increasingly use of credit cards. Arguments for using credit card are convenient means of payment, a resource in case of emergencies, and a means of establishing a good credit history. In addition, credit cards are no longer a convenient way of paying at a restaurant and at a department store for the wealthy consumers. Credit cards have today become a common financial service by consumers in all social strata. Although most consumers manage their finances well, a significant minority gets into serious debt due to compulsive buying. This symposium aims to contribute to our understanding of consumers’ use of credit cards by the use of behavior sciences and behavioral economics. The first paper explores the endowment effect to the issue of replacing a broken item versus buying it for the first time. This was done in the context of buying the item with cash or credit. The second paper explores how different situational conditions impact consumer credit use.
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Consumer Behavior, Consumer Credit, Discounting
 
The Impact of Situational Conditions to Consumer Credit Use
ASLE FAGERSTRØM (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts, Communication and Technology), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Lars Syndnes (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts. Communication and Technology)
Abstract: The current study seeks to contribute to an understanding of how situational conditions impact upon consumer credit use. An experiment with 19 participants was conducted. A simulated purchasing situation was devised with two different situational conditions. The first situation (“can wait”) indicated that the participants have the product but could buy a new model that had recently had been launched. The second situation (“need it now”) was one where a much-needed product had broken down, and they had to buy a new one as soon as possible. For both situations, the participants were told that they could either save money for the product and get it in the future, or buy the product on credit and get it now. A titration procedure over accepted price was run for the credit alternative over seven conditions: save money and get the product in 1, 3, 5, 7, 14 and 21 week(s). The point where participants switched between saving and purchasing the item on credit was recorded. The result shows that the two situational conditions influenced the participants’ willingness to choose the credit alternative differently. We discuss the results in light of discounting models. Moreover, practical implications as well as suggestions for further research are given.
 

The Endowment Effect as a Motivating Operation in Credit Purchases

Emily Hiserodt (Temple University), DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University)
Abstract:

The endowment effect is the phenomenon in which people demand a considerably higher price for a product that they own than they would pay for it. This study explores the endowment effect to the issue of replacing a broken item versus buying the item for the first time in the context of buying with cash or credit in an extension of Fagerstrom and Hantula (2013). Participants completed delay-discounting purchase decisions for an iPad and formal shoes. Some were replacing a broken item (endowment effect) and others were buying it new. Participants replacing a broken item exhibited significantly steeper discounting rates than those buying it new, indicating that willingness to purchase the items on credit at higher interest rates increased as weeks to save to buy the item using cash increased. This provides further evidence that contextual factor such as the endowment effect influence credit consumption, perhaps as a motivating operation

 
 
Symposium #515
Let's Not Let Our Fortes Define Us: Applying Behavior Analytic Principles in Novel Ways
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The application of behavior analytic principles have continued to grow and thrive in educational, therapeutic, and medical settings. However, common ABA practices and technologies, and the ways in which they are disseminated, have contributed to a view of behavioral specialists as having a limited scope of practice, specifically isolate to the aforementioned domains. For example, in a school context, behavioral experts are often recruited to decrease “problem behaviors” and not to teach skills or manage acquisition targets. In these contexts, the term “behavior” has even become synonymous with decelerative targets. The purpose of the discussions in this symposium is to demonstrate examples and provide recommendations regarding how behavioral philosophy, technology, and measurement can assist other professionals more broadly. The central issue for these discussions will highlight features of treatments and behavioral analytic applications that are less known or commonly practiced by certified behavior analysts, but for which Behavior Analysts are expertly equipped to address.
Keyword(s): Clinical ABA, Heathcare Reform, Precision Teaching, Skill Acquisition
 
Precision Teaching for Accuracy-Based Instruction: Not Just the Science of “Go Fast!”
SCOTT A. MILLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Stuart M. Law (University of Nevada, Reno), Kendra B. Newsome (Fit Learning), William D. Newsome (Fit Learning)
Abstract: Precision teaching (PT) is defined as: making decisions and evaluating curriculum by analyzing data using standardized measurement (Kubina & Yurich, 2012; Lindsley, 1971). The definition also includes that the datum for PT is frequency (rate of response) and celeration (rate of change; Maloney, 1998). Because PT is a free operant paradigm, emphasis is often placed on building frequencies toward a target aim, the outcome of which is often fluency (i.e., maintenance, endurance, stability, application, and generativity; Johnson & Street, 2012. However, it is a misconception that PT is only used for building frequencies and going fast. The purpose of this presentation is to describe some strategies in PT for accuracy-based (not frequency building) instruction and targets for decrease (e.g., in severe behavior settings). In addition, data are presented that use accuracy criteria on the standard celeration chart from a PT learning center. Finally, support for installing and maintaining PT will be described and offered for anyone interested.
 

The Overemphasis on Decelerative Goals in Schools and Consultative Settings: More Than Just the Science of "Make the Behaviors Go Away!"

STUART M. LAW (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Functional Analyses have been a tool of great utility for Applied Behavior Analysts. The construction of methodologies to manipulate environing factors, and the analysis of corresponding probabilities of response have helped to establish clear procedures, tools, and constructs regarding functional relationships in applied settings. But as this technology has spread into educational and consultative models of ABA, an emphasis on decelerative aims, and on a dichotomous distinction between assessment and treatment, has potentially limited the scope of behavioral expertise to behavior reduction. And while the coordination of efforts between professionals is important in educational/consultative environments, there is a great deal of overlap between the realm of assumed expertise in ABA, and that of Occupational Therapists and Speech Pathologists. With the reports and research generated by ABA technicians reflecting more and more decelerative goals, we must be careful to maintain our expertise, and exert our influence in learning technologies and accelerative behavior targets. By highlighting the role of ABA practitioners as experts in shaping, learning, and data analysis, we may be better prepared to expand our role in these contexts, and avoid being relegated to the people schools, called only when a child is having behaviors.

 

Using Applied Behavior Analysis to Meet the Needs of Healthcare Reform: More Than Just the Science of "Providers Treating a Few Narrowly Constrained Populations"

ALEXANDROS MARAGAKIS (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The current reform of the healthcare system in the United States has created many wide-ranging opportunities for the development and evaluation of new strategies for health service delivery. While other fields, particularly clinical psychology and social work, have taken advantage of these new opportunities, the field of behavioral analysis has not made any clear efforts create new opportunities for its members, even though it may be well-suited to meet both the applied and organizational goals of healthcare reform. This presentation will discuss the application of ABA technologies and treatments within healthcare settings. It will also describe goals of the Affordable Care Act, and how the scientific methodologies in the field of behavior analysis, particularly the use of single-subject designs, can further expand the role of behavior analysts into healthcare management positions and help meet the organizational needs of the current reforms. Potential barriers the field faces will be discussed.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #516
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Treatment Implementation in Child Behavior Therapy and Education

Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: George H. Noell, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
GEORGE H. NOELL (Louisiana State University)
Dr. George H. Noell is a professor of psychology at Louisiana State University and Director of the doctoral program in school psychology. His research has focused on improving the quality and implementation of treatment plans for children in need of behavior therapy and academic intervention. Dr. Noell has been engaged in educational policy work that has sought to develop data analytic systems that time sensitive and long term policy making. He has been engaged with partners in Louisiana and nationally examining methods for assessing the quality of teacher preparation. Dr. Noell’s scholarship has been acknowledged by election to scholarly societies, awards, research journal editorial board appointments, and an appointment as editor-in-chief.
Abstract:

The existing scientific literature strongly suggests that the most effective interventions for children and youth typically require active implementation of treatment in their natural environments by in-vivo care providers. These findings align with the practice of applied behavior analysis. Research over the last two decades in particular has demonstrated that simply providing care providers verbal directions is frequently insufficient to assure treatment implementation. This session will focus on findings relevant to assuring implementation of intervention plans in the natural environment with a particular focus on teachers as the treatment agents. The session will describe conceptual issues surrounding the assessment and assurance of treatment integrity in applied settings. Additionally, the session will review findings regarding procedures that have been found to be effective across studies in supporting intervention implementation as well as often repeated hypotheses about factors mediating treatment implementation that have not been supported by data. The session will conclude with a focus on future directions and the application of a behavior analytic science of treatment implementation across contexts.

Target Audience:

Practitioners and researchers interested in the challenges of treatment implementation in the natural environment and the development of a behavior analytic approach to implementation.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) distinguish between treatment integrity as an experimental and applied construct; (2) identify effective evidence based procedures to support treatment implementation; (3) distinguish between plausible hypotheses that have been advanced around treatment implementation and functional relationships that have been demonstrated.
 
 
Symposium #516a
Do the Right Things Right: A Review of School-Based Training Strategies and Future Research Suggestions
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: TBA/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: We suggest that in-service teachers who provide academic instruction and behavioral interventions for students at risk for failure do the right things right. Specifically, it is suggested that they 1) accurately apply the intervention procedures that have been decided by the team (i.e., doing things right) and 2) closely monitor student progress and make educational decisions that are data-based (i.e., doing the right things). In this symposium, we review the literature on empirically validated staff training strategies in school settings and discuss the need for future research in this area. The first presenter will offer a review of evidence-based teacher training practices and their effects on in-service teachers’ accurate implementation of behavior analytic interventions. The second presenter will review teacher-delivered training strategies that prepare classroom resource personnel to effectively monitor students’ progress. We will end the symposium by discussing 1) the potential implications of our findings as they relate to effective and efficient staff training procedures in school settings and 2) the limitations of existing literature and suggestions for future research.
Keyword(s): performance management, school-based interventions, staff training
 
Do Things Right: A Review of Training Practices for Teachers to Increase Treatment Fidelity
ZIWEI XU (The Ohio State University), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: In-service teachers are responsible for providing effective academic instruction and behavioral interventions for students at risk for failure. When an evidence-based behavior analytic intervention is implemented with a high level of fidelity, teachers are more likely to replicate the positive behavioral outcomes as demonstrated in the empirical evidence. In addition, teachers’ treatment fidelity is the key to wide-scale application of evidence-based behavioral analytic strategies. In the current literature review, we synthesized empirical single-case studies in the last 15 years that examined training practices for increasing teachers’ treatment fidelity in school settings. Our findings documented a recent push for a combination of in-service instruction and competency-based support on the job. For implications for practice, we will discuss preliminary recommendations on quantitative measurement for teachers’ fidelity as well as appropriate design and delivery of multi-component professional training. Lastly, we also discuss potential extensions for this line of inquiry in the areas of ensuring training effectiveness, maximizing time efficiency, and promoting teacher acceptance to training.
 
Do the Right Things: A Review of Teacher-Delivered Training Practices for Classroom Resource Personnel to Monitor Students’ Progress
GLEIDES LOPES RIZZI (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Progress monitoring (PM) is an essential part of pre-eligibility targeted instruction (e.g., Response to Intervention), and an accountability measure for the Individualized Education Program. The PM data guide teachers’ decisions for instruction and interventions but data collection can be time-consuming tasks for teachers. Potentially, this taxing job could be delegated to classroom resource personnel (CRP). However, in-service training for CRPs is not consistent or clearly defined, hindering teachers and administrators from delegating such high-stakes tasks to them. Although the special education law has assigned the responsibility of training and supervising CRPs to teachers, higher education programs do not often prepare teachers to manage adults in the classroom. There is limited research that examines the training of CRPs by teachers. This study synthesizes CRP training research, in an effort to inform teachers, administrators, and higher education programs of the current state of affairs. Specifically, we will discuss 1) the implications of our findings as they relate to effective paraprofessional training, 2) suggestions for future research, and 3) challenges for both practice and research in the area of training CRPs to monitor students’ progress.
 
 
Paper Session #517
Recent Advances in the Study of Delay Discounting
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Zurich E, Swissotel
Area: EAB
Chair: Jesslyn N. Farros (FirstSteps for Kids)
 

A Comparison of Hypothetical and Real Rewards: The Effects of Response Effort and Monetary Rewards on Self-Control

Domain: Basic Research
JESSLYN N. FARROS (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Angela Crawford (FirstSteps for Kids), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, LA)
 
Abstract:

The purpose of the current experiments was to evaluate differences between self-control behaviors under the control of hypothetical and real rewards as well as using a modified discounting procedure that more closely resembles the natural environment than more commonly used procedures. This modified procedure required participants to complete a task in order to earn monetary rewards rather than simply presenting a choice between two alternatives. Each participant was presented with a series of choices between completing two different algebra problems, each associated with a different monetary reward. In Experiment 1, between-subject comparisons used constant monetary rewards. In Experiment 2, between- and within-subject comparisons were made using varied monetary rewards. Subjects were informed of the reward they could earn before being instructed to complete the assessment. The data show a difference in responding by the hypothetical and real rewards groups. Participants earning real rewards were more likely to choose the high effort problem than participants earning hypothetical rewards. Hypothetical rewards are extensively used in lieu of real rewards in research on delay discounting under the assumption that they produce comparable behavior. The results of the current studies, however, suggest caution when using hypothetical rewards.

 

The Uncertain Future: Amount-Dependent Risk Inherent in Delay

Domain: Basic Research
WOJCIECH BIALASZEK (SWPS University of Social Sciences and Humanities), Przemyslaw Marcowski (SWPS University of Social Sciences and Humanities)
 
Abstract:

The expression that "the future is uncertain", although seemingly obvious, poses an intriguing research question. If the future is indeed uncertain, then how much uncertainty is associated with time? We present a series of experiments performed on undergraduate students. This research was designed to determine: (1) whether there is an amount-dependent relation of delay and probability discounting?; (2) the impact of monetary amount on the quantity of risk inherent in delay, i.e. the uncertainty spontaneously incorporated in delay of gains and losses. To test our hypotheses, we used a traditional discounting paradigm, which employed a titration choice procedure. Additionally, participants answered subjective probability questionnaire across different amounts of gains and losses. We found that the degree of correlation between delay and probability discounting might be amount dependent: positive for small amounts and non-significant for large amounts. Based on this observation, we conducted further experiments demonstrating that the degree of risk inherent in delay is amount-dependent--but only in the domain of gains and not losses. We therefore propose that, at least to some degree, the magnitude effect can be explained by the uncertainty inherent in the delay of future outcomes.

 
Toward a Method for Measuring the Influence of Multiple Outcomes on Discounting
Domain: Basic Research
DAVID J. COX (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
 
Abstract: Many choices in life involve multiple outcomes which may be delayed, probabilistic, or both. For example, choosing to smoke a cigarette now involves immediate and certain relief from withdrawal as well as delayed and uncertain adverse health outcomes. This research analyzed the effects of a second outcome on a target outcome. For example, one scenario examined the effects of a delayed and probabilistic loss (second outcome) on a choice between an immediate and certain gain versus a delayed and probabilistic gain (target outcome). Participants were randomly assigned to one of four outcome combinations: the influence of a second gain on a target gain, the influence of a loss on a target gain, the influence of a gain on a target loss, and the influence of a second loss on a target loss. We used discounting tasks to measure the delay and probability the subjective value of the undiscounted amount reduced by half (i.e., from $1000 to $500). The procedure yielded parameter estimates for delay (k) and probability (h) discounting. Systematic results were obtained across all four combinations. For similar outcomes (i.e., gain-gain & loss-loss) k and h distributions for the target outcomes decreased with increasing delays and increasing odds against. The reverse pattern was observed across dissimilar outcomes (i.e., gain-loss & loss-gain): k and h distributions increased across increasing delays and increasing odds against. A multiplicative model, in which delay and probability for both outcomes were combined multiplicatively, described the data well. These data suggest the value of delayed and probabilistic hypothetical money is influenced by the relative delay, probability, and type of a second outcome.
 

Let's Talk About Sex: Sexual Partners Discounting and Relations With Alcohol and Sexual History

Domain: Basic Research
SHEA M. LEMLEY (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), William Fleming III (University of Kansas)
 
Abstract:

Delay discounting—devaluation of a commodity as a result of a delay—has provided insight into a range of behavioral problems, from drug addiction to obesity. Individuals discount consumable commodities (e.g., sex, drugs, food) at higher rates than money. Discounting of sexual activity is related to sexual risk behaviors, such as inconsistent condom use; most studies, however, have examined sexual discounting when choices entail activity with the same partner. In a series of studies, college students completed a sexual partners preference assessment and a novel sexual partners discounting task based on the participant's partner rankings. Choices in the discounting task were presented between sex with a less-preferred but immediate partner or sex with the most-preferred but delayed partner across a range of delays. Study one examined discounting of sexual partners, finding orderly discounting across a range of delays and differences based on lifetime number of sexual partners. Study two examined how condom availability impacted sexual partners discounting rate. Study three examined discounting rate and its association with sexual risk behaviors, alcohol use, and sexual history. All findings were statistically significant. Together, these studies demonstrate the potential of the sexual partners discounting task for exploring sexual risk behavior.

 
 
 
Paper Session #518
Effects of Teacher Training on Performance and Satisfaction
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West
Area: EDC
Keyword(s): Teacher Training
Chair: Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
 

Teacher Implementation of Trial-Based Functional Analysis and Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior for Students With Challenging Behavior

Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN D. FLYNN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ya-yu Lo (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
 
Abstract:

Children and youth with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) or emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) often display aggressive, self-injurious, noncompliant, self-stimulatory, or destructive behavior in school settings (Kamps et al., 2000; National Autism Center, 2009). Without targeted interventions, these challenging behaviors are likely to continue and can impede opportunities for inclusion in the general education setting for these students (Emam & Farrell 2009; Niesyn, 2009). Fortunately, previous research provides information on the effectiveness of several behavioral assessments and interventions to assess or reduce challenging behavior and increase appropriate behavior of children and youth with ASD or EBD, including functional behavioral assessment, differential reinforcement, and extinction (Hanley et al., 2003; Horner et al., 2002; Lane et al., 2009; The National Professional Development Center on Autism Spectrum Disorders, n.d.; Reid and Nelson 2002).The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a training package on three middle school special education teachers? accurate implementation of trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with their students with ASD or EBD in the classroom setting. We also examined the effects of DRA on six students? challenging and replacement behaviors. Using a multiple probe across teacher participants? design, we demonstrated that all three teachers implemented TBFA during TBFA training with performance feedback conditions and DRA during DRA training with performance feedback conditions with high procedural fidelity. Further, two of three teachers generalized high procedural fidelity with a new student. Finally, results indicated a reduction in all six students? challenging behavior and an increase in their replacement behavior after the teachers received training and performance feedback on DRA implementation. Limitations and implications for research and practice will be discussed.

 

Teacher Training: Understanding Special Education Teachers' Beliefs About the Inclusion of Children With Challenging Behavior in the Least Restrictive Environment

Domain: Theory
DEIRDRE M. MULDOON (University of New Mexico), Susan Copeland (University of New Mexico), Maryann Trott (University of New Mexico)
 
Abstract:

Teachers' attitudes toward inclusive education for students with special needs are well represented in the literature, but few researchers have specifically investigated teachers' beliefs about including students with special needs and challenging behavior in the LRE. This qualitative research study was conducted to investigate the beliefs of ten teachers about students with challenging behavior. The interviews included questions about principles of behavior and their application in mainstream classrooms. The teachers were recorded and interviews were transcribed according to the rigorous applications of qualitative research. Major themes emerging were attribution, heuristics, and contradictions. Results indicated a lack of knowledge and misapplication of principles of behavior (i.e., heuristics), significant contradictions in the teachers' narratives between beliefs and application, and ongoing attribution to external sources of the behavior (e.g., parents, other teachers, administration). The study has important implications for behavior analysts working in schools, including the need for improving teachers' understanding of the need for fidelity of assessment and application of behavior plans in school settings. There are additional implications for behavior analytic teacher training programs as the school systems of the teachers interviewed did not appear to support teachers faced with challenging behavior leading to the heuristic approach adopted by many teachers.

 

Transforming Public Education: New Roles and Responsibilities for Behaviour Analysts

Domain: Service Delivery
Tina Gunn (School District 36), PREETINDER NARANG (University of Toronto)
 
Abstract:

In today's public schools, educators and paraprofessionals often struggle to provide a meaningful educational experience for students with autism and developmental disabilities. In British Columbia, there is an absence of pre-service training for educators on how to include students with complex behavioural needs in general education classrooms; consequently, many educators cite a lack of specific skills, knowledge, and confidence on the job. Similar to educators, paraprofessional staff also report inadequate training and experience; specifically, pre-service training for paraprofessionals is largely unavailable or insufficient, and in-service training is limited in scope and offered inconsistently. This paper will discuss the process and impact of a new program in Surrey School District, British Columbia, for training both school paraprofessionals and special education teachers on the BACBs Registered Behaviour Technician (RBT) task list. Insight will be provided into working with various stakeholders, such as district administrators, human resources, and union leadership, to establish a new job classification that recognizes competency in the RBT curriculum. The process of creating sustainable, transformational changes in large institutions will be discussed, and practical recommendations on how to develop similar programs will be offered.

 

Measuring Satisfaction With Individual Education Plans and Satisfaction Improvements Using ABA Targets and Parent Training

Domain: Service Delivery
YEARIN KIM (Simon Fraser University)
 
Abstract:

This paper explores the role of individual education plans (IEPs) as instruments employed by teachers in the mainstream (integrated) classroom setting, instruments which are shared with both the staff team and the child's family as a primary mode for communicating about and setting academic and behavioural goals for the child. The study purports that incorporating applied behaviour analysis (ABA) targets and concepts to provide concrete measures for individual education plans goals will help improve communication about and satisfaction with individual education plans. The paper includes a literature review followed by reporting on the results of satisfaction surveys delivered to a small sample of education assistants and parents regarding the role of the Individual Education Plans in satisfactorily achieving educational goals. Finally, the paper reports on a case study specifically evaluating three of the child's Individual Education Plans goals, how they were addressed in a home program, and the satisfaction levels of the family regarding their child's education goals following the implementation of applied behaviour analysis targets and brief parent training on Applied Behaviour Analysis targets to ensure the parents understood them.

 
Keyword(s): Teacher Training
 
 
Paper Session #519
Deconstructing the Attention Function
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: DDA
Chair: Deric E. Toney (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Deconstructing the Attention Function
Domain: Theory
DERIC E. TONEY (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Since Iwata et al. (1982), behavior analysts have adopted the functional analysis methodology that generally classifies the functions of behavior into four categories: attention, escape, access to tangibles, and automatic reinforcement. Concluding that behavior functions in order to access attention from others may be difficult to discern during many occurrences, being that any behavior that involves another person inherently includes attention. The concept of �attention� has yet to be appropriately defined within this application. As it stands, attention may be described as any response from another person. The loose conceptual confines of what is referred to as "attention" may result in the behavior analyst erroneously making environmental changes that are either ineffective or worse; result in more problems than are needed to successfully modify the targeted behavior. In order to adequately eradicate this issue, a clarification of the concept of "attention" is warranted. The present discussion addresses various treatments of the concept of attention within behavioral science as an aid in clarification for practitioners who utilize the functional analytic methodology in the treatment of challenging behavior.
 
 
 
Panel #520
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: A Discussion of Rising Pharmaceutical Interventions in Autism: Implications for Practitioners and Researchers
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/BPN; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Anita Li, M.S.
Chair: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
ALAN D. POLING (Western Michigan University)
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University)
MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Drake University)
Abstract:

There has been a rising trend in pharmaceutical interventions for individuals diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities in addition to the rising need for behavioral interventions. It is not uncommon for service recipients to be receiving psychotropic medication in addition to behavioral treatment concurrently. Practitioners are commonly told to consider effects of medications during service delivery; however, this typically is not covered in the practitioners formal education as evidenced by the lack of requirement of pharmacology courses in most applied graduate programs. Without consideration to drug effects, this may compromise the integrity of data collection and interpretation. The purpose of this panel is to discuss the status of pharmaceutical interventions in Autism, overview of behavior analytic studies evaluating drug treatment, and provide insight and recommendations for practitioners and researchers to bridge the disconnect between medical and behavioral interventions. In addition, the panelists will each offer a unique perspective on this topic to facilitate discussion among each other in addition to audience participation.

Keyword(s): Autism, Behavior pharmacology, Drug interaction
 
 
Panel #521
Should/Could BCBAs Intervene for Anxiety and Stress-Related Behavior Among Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder?
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services)
DUANE A. LUNDERVOLD (University of Central Missouri)
KATRINA OSTMEYER (Integrated Behavioral Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract:

Anxiety disorders are a highly prevalent co-occurring condition among children, adolescents and adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) ranging from specific phobia to obsessive-compulsive disorder. Co-morbid anxiety disorders have a significant negative impact on quality of life, in increased disability and social exclusion. Respondent extinction procedures (exposure), combined with teaching incompatible behavior (relaxation training), and escape/avoidance extinction (response prevention) have been shown to be highly effective in lessening fear/anxiety and escape/avoidance across all sub-types of anxiety disorders. Research syntheses have indicated that the addition of cognitive restructuring adds little to treatment outcomes. The purpose of this panel discussion is to: (a) briefly review the research on ASD and comorbid anxiety disorders; (b) raise the question as to whether BCBAs should and could provide intervention for comorbid anxiety disorders; (c) discuss the graduate education and training needed to target this response class; and, (d) examine the legal and ethical issues related to this area of applied behavior analysis.

 
 
Symposium #522
CE Offered: BACB
Skills Training Research for Adults With Autism or Developmental Disabilities
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Rocky Haynes (University of South Florida - Tampa)
Discussant: Paula E. Chan (Cleveland State University)
CE Instructor: Rocky Haynes, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium will present research on teaching skills to adults with autism and/or developmental disabilities. The first study evaluated video feedback to improve job interview skills, specifically eye contact for young adults with autism and found increases in eye contact after implementing the video modeling intervention. Social validity indicated that the intervention participants thought the intervention helped them and they would recommend it to others. The second study evaluated Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to teach a response to bullying (RtB) to adults with developmental disabilities living in a group home setting. The adults who participated were often reported as being victims of bullying by other men living at the group home. In-Situ Training (IST) was added for participants whose skills did not generalize to the natural environment. BST alone was successful in teaching the RtB to two participants while IST was needed to improve responding for the other two participants.

Keyword(s): BST, Bullying, Interviewing Skills, Video Feedback
 

Using Video Feedback to Teach Job Interview Skills to Young Adults Diagnosed With Developmental Disabilities

JESSICA MOORE (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities often lack the skills needed to gain meaningful employment in the community. One crucial skill is interviewing as this is the first and often the only pre-job interaction an individual has with his or her employer. In a short interaction, the person must convey information about specific work history, employability, and a general impression of character. This study evaluated the effectiveness of video feedback in improving job interview behaviors for three young adults with developmental disabilities. The interview related-behaviors were appropriate greeting, responses to interview questions, and appropriate closing statement. The performance across the participants was assessed in simulated interviews under a multiple-baseline design across behaviors and participants, with the average baseline performances ranging from 0% to 21% and only improving after video feedback was introduced resulting in averages ranging from 93% to 100%. The social validity supports the feasibility of this video feedback intervention. Issues related to future research and implications for the field are discussed.

 

Response to Bullying (RtB): Behavioral Skills and In Situ Training for Individuals Diagnosed With Intellectual Disabilities

REBECCA STANNIS (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Bullying is a continuing problem for adults with intellectual disabilities who live in group homes and attend adult day training settings together. Most research in this area focuses on bullying in schools with typically developing children, and therefore, a need for effective behavioral interventions for adults with intellectual disabilities still remains. Previous research has found success in teaching safety skills to a variety of populations using behavioral skills training (BST) and achieving generalization of these skills using in situ training (IST). This study evaluated BST to teach a response to bullying (RtB) to the victims of bullying, with added IST for participants whose skills did not generalize to the natural environment. In situ assessments (ISA) were conducted in the natural setting after BST sessions had already occurred. When BST was not sufficient in evoking the correct response during ISA, IST was added for 2 participants and an incentive was added for 1 participant to increase motivation when responding still did not meet completion criteria. However, BST alone was successful in teaching the RtB to two participants, evident by their responses during ISA. The results of this study are consistent with previous BST and IST research.

 
 
Panel #523
SkillCorps and Sustainability
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sara Costello (Global Autism Project)
MICHELLE L ZUBE (Caldwell College)
AMBAR PICAZO (Private Practice)
CASSIE HARDEN (Global Autism Project)
Abstract:

SkillCorps is differentiated from "voluntourism" with two components. The first distinguishing trait is that only highly skilled professionals with relevant expertise in ABA are accepted to travel with SkillCorps. Professionals with knowledge of applied behavior analysis, including line therapists and paraprofessionals may be accepted into SkillCorps. At least one BCBA is present for each trip. The diversity of professionals ensures that training provided by SkillCorps is relevant to all staff members serving at local centers both highly trained and others who have recently entered the field. Secondly, SkillCorps training is sustainable. SkillCorps training trip consists of two-weeks of intensive en-vivo training, which often includes parent and community workshops. With 2-3 training trips per year, clinical continuity is maintained through the weekly clinical follow-up with local partners including data evaluation, video sampling, and discussion pertinent to training. Through the continued follow-up training advances between trips, creating a lasting, meaningful, and targeted change for the local clinicians receiving training. This panel discussion highlights the components that make SkillCorps unique within the field of applied behavior analysis and in the nonprofit community.

Keyword(s): autism, international development, training, volunteer programs
 
 
Symposium #524
CE Offered: BACB
Engaging Complexity: Teaching Rule Governed Behavior and Problem-Solving Skills to Children With Autism
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lisa J. Stoddard (FirstSteps for Kids)
CE Instructor: Lisa J. Stoddard, M.S.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis was always intended as a comprehensive science of all human activity, and yet, relatively little behavior analytic research has been done on highly complex human behaviors, such as rule-governed behavior and the so-called "executive functions." This symposium brings together three presentations that have attempted to address complex repertoires, including rule-governed behavior and problem-solving. The first presentation, by Lisa Stoddard, consists of a study that taught children with autism problem-solving skills. The second presentation, by Sara Wymer, consists of a study that taught children with autism rule-deriving skills. The third study, by Dr. Thomas Szabo, also consists of a study that taught children with autism rule-deriving skills.

Keyword(s): executive function, problem-solving, rule-governed behavior
 

Teaching Problem-Solving Skills to Children With Autism

Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), LISA J. STODDARD (FirstSteps for Kids), Amanda Murry (FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Problem solving is a complex behavior that has been the subject of very little previous behavioral conceptual or empirical research. Skinner defined a problem as a situation in which a consequence would be reinforcing, if only the individual possessed the behavior needed to bring it about. Colloquially speaking, a problem is a situation in which one knows what one wants but one does not know what to do to get it. Skinner suggested that the behaviors one engages in that eventually result in making the effective terminal response available are, themselves, to be considered problem-solving behaviors. Children with autism have documented difficulties with problem solving and yet very little previous behavioral research has attempted address these deficits. In the current study, Problem solving was task analyzed and is currently being taught via multiple exemplar training to children with autism. The steps of the task analysis include identifying the problem, explaining why its a problem, analyzing the cause of the problem, creating multiple possible solutions, selecting the solution most likely to be effective, implementing the solution, self-monitoring the success of the solution, and altering the solution if it is not successful.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Follow Rules Specifying a Behavior and a Consequence

SARAH WYMER (Marcus Autism Center and Georgia State University), Gracie Allen Beavers (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

Rule-governed behavior (RGB) is primarily controlled by contact with a verbal description of a contingency as opposed to prior contact with the contingencies. RGB is a unique class of behavior that Skinner described as essential to the existence of human civilization (Skinner, 1974). Despite its importance, the establishment of RGB in individuals who do not display the skill has only been evaluated in one study (Tarbox, Zuckerman, Bishop, Olive, & OHora, 2011). Tarbox et al. established a basic repertoire of rule following in children diagnosed with autism with rules specifying an antecedent and a consequence. We conducted a systematic replication of the Tarbox et al. study. Three boys diagnosed with autism were taught to follow rules specifying a behavior and a consequence (e.g., If you clap, then you get candy). The specified consequence alternated between preferred and non-preferred stimuli. In baseline, participants typically followed a given instruction regardless of whether the consequence was preferred or non-preferred. Following multiple exemplar training, all participants demonstrated the ability to respond correctly to novel rules. Results indicated that multiple exemplar training can be used to establish basic repertoires of RGB in individuals who have previously not demonstrated that ability.

 

Deriving Rules From Context: An RFT Approach to Teaching Problem-Solving Skills to Children With Autism

Brittany Monclus (Center for Autism and Related Disorders; Florida), Gabriela Uribio (Center for Autism and Related Disorders; Florida), THOMAS G. SZABO (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

According to Skinners analysis of problem solving, problem solving is operant behavior that is demonstrated when a needed response is not readily available in the learners repertoire. For Skinner, consequences are always in the form of direct contingencies. Relational Frame Theory (RFT) postulates a view that involves relationally framing responses, which can involve deriving new relations without previous training. This study consists of two experiments that evaluate multiple exemplar training procedures for teaching relational responding. Experiment One was a replication of Tarbox, Zuckerman, Bishop, and Olive (2011) where a child with autism was successfully taught to respond to rules containing if/then statements. The second experiment consisted of three participants trained to derive and vocalize an if/then rule from the environmental context to solve problems. One participant successfully derived novel rules in test and control phases indicating that multiple exemplar training using video models may be an effective intervention to teaching problem solving. Although two participants may have employed additional, untrained techniques to derive rules from context, results with one subject suggest that this strategy can be of benefit and may work when other skills are lacking. Further research should seek to identify the necessary and sufficient conditions for teaching children with autism to derive rules from context.

 
 
Symposium #525
Technological Advances in Interventions for Individuals With Autism
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East
Area: AUT/AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University)
Abstract:

Substantial resources and attention are directed toward the field because of the success behavioral assessments and interventions have for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). As a result, the importance of continuing to refine our approaches and bringing cutting-edge technology to bear on the problems faced by behavior analysts is as great as ever. This symposium presents three such papers that address this goal. The first compares a widely used curriculum, the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) and an empirically validated instructional sequence on rates of skill acquisition. The second examines individual variables that predict the success of video-modeling based interventions including social skills, imitative skills, and technological competency or literacy. The third evaluates a paired-choice procedure for examining parent preferences for in-person versus telehealth-based training modalities aimed at producing reductions in problem behavior. Findings for these studies have immediate implications for individuals with ASD, their families, and practitioners.

Keyword(s): curriculum, telehealth, video modeling
 

A Validated Sequence for Selecting Imitation Targets for Intervention

ANIBAL GUTIERREZ JR. (Florida International University), Elaine Espanola (Florida International University)
Abstract:

The aim of this study was to determine differences in effectiveness and rate of skill acquisition between a recently developed and empirically validated instructional sequence (MVIA) and a commonly used instructional sequence in a curriculum guide (VB-MAPP). Children with ASD were randomly assigned to two treatment groups to determine difference in imitation performance. The treatment group followed the instructional sequence proposed in the MVIA. The comparison group followed the instructional sequence proposed in the VB-MAPP. The intervention consisted of discrete trial training (DTT). Participants in the MVIA treatment group had significantly more skill acquisition than children in the VB-MAPP comparison group. MVIA treatment group also acquired these skills more efficiently, spent less time on skills that never reached mastery and demonstrated higher levels of responding. In general, these results indicate the MVIA provides an appropriate sequence ordered from simple to complex for selecting targets for intervention. Improved outcomes for the children in the MVIA treatment group highlight the importance of target selection on intervention outcomes. Furthermore, poor performance in the VB-MAPP comparison group emphasizes the negative impact that choosing skills that not yet appropriate for the childs current skill level can have on intervention outcomes.

 

An Analysis of the Effects of Individual Variables on Success With a Video-Modeling Intervention

LOGAN MCDOWELL (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University)
Abstract:

The present study sought to determine whether video modeling might function as a successful alternative treatment for teaching basic motor imitation to young children with ASD, and if so what individual variables might influence that success. We began by analyzing a treatment comparison between video modeling and live modeling in which all aspects were held consistent between the two treatments barring the medium through which the SD was presented. Eight children were taught to imitate two equivalent behaviors each, one using a video modeling technique and the other using a live modeling technique. The trials to criterion required to learn the behaviors were then compared in an effort to identify a) whether there was a difference in effectiveness between the two treatments, and b) which treatment was more effective for each individual child. Results indicated that there was a significant difference between the two treatment types, and that six of the eight participants were more successful with video modeling. Further analyses were conducted to determine whether social skills, imitation skills, and/or technological literacy were significant predictors of success with either treatment modality. Implications related to these findings will be discussed.

 
Evaluating Preference for Telehealth and In-Person Parent Training
JENNIFER STICH (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Although effective behavioral in–person parent training packages have been used to decrease problem behavior, there is an acknowledged gap between the requirements of behavioral interventions for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and the amount of resources and trained professionals. Telehealth provides an alternative delivery form of parent training that allows practitioners to disseminate information and feedback at a distance. Research has shown telehealth can be as effective as in-person training, and has implications for reduction in costs and increasing the practicality of services (Wacker et al., 2013a; Wacker et al., 2013b; Vismara et al., 2009). Telehealth has received high satisfaction ratings, however a number of studies have reported problems with telehealth including issues with the videoconferencing software and Internet connectivity. However acceptable telehealth may be, high acceptability may not translate into actual use or selection. The primary purpose of the current study is to evaluate a procedure for identifying parent preference of in-person or telehealth training modalities. Secondary purposes are to evaluate and compare correspondence between preference as measured in a choice format and a social validity measure, determine if the procedures can be used to detect differences in acquisition from each modality, and to evaluate effects of parent training on child appropriate and inappropriate behavior.
 
 
Symposium #526
Acceptance and Commitment Training: Values and Mindfulness-Based Interventions Outside of the Therapy Room
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Translational
Chair: Madison Gamble (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) developed as clinical behavior analytic intervention for problems typically classified as psychopathology. Nonclinical applications of ACT, however, have demonstrated significant behavior change outside of the context of psychotherapy. This symposium offers preliminary work with ACT interventions with individuals seeking help with problems in living rather than psychopathology. The first paper explores the potential of ACT as a behaviorally-based model of equine therapy through the processes and outcomes of a 5-week equine therapy intervention. The second paper examines the daily behavior change of students during a class aimed to teach ACT fundamentals for college student adjustment. The last study examines the feasibility and effectiveness of an ACT-based intervention with a group of athletes. Preliminary data suggests that ACT may be a useful model for building behavioral interventions for individuals simply seeking to improve their functioning. Implications of processes and outcomes of each intervention, along with challenges for applications of ACT in nonclinical settings will be discussed.

 
Effects of Equine-Facilitated Group Therapies on Mindfulness in Women
RACHAEL JUDICE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Equine-assisted activities and therapies (EAAT) is an emerging approach to fostering positive behavior change for women, men, and children of all ages and of all distress levels. The intervention is based on the idea that people benefit from learning to relate to a horse in ways that facilitate trust, communication, and mutual respect. While the particular forms of EAAT vary widely, there seem to be some indication that they are effective at fostering reductions in psychological struggles and increases in quality of life. It is not clear, however, what skills are learned that may foster improved functioning outside of the intervention. The current study explored daily levels of self-reported psychological flexibility, mindfulness, self-worth, and quality of life during a 5-week EAAT intervention. Preliminary data suggest that participants experience an increase in quality of life throughout the 5 week session, which may be attributable to changes consistent with the psychological flexibility model.
 
Talk Is Cheap: Student Behavior Change in Response to Experiential Learning Exercises Targeting Psychological Adjustment
HEATHER CHIASSON (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Daryl Rachal (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Being in college is hard. College students are often faced with a number of transitions across important domains of life. For many students, academic demands, living conditions, financial status, primary relationships and social activities undergo repeated changes during the course of their college education. Psychology of Adjustment is a course designed to teach non-majors fundamental concepts of psychological health. The course at University of Louisiana at Lafayette includes experiential exercises in which students learn the concepts of psychological adjustment by practicing psychological flexibility in and out of class. Informal student evaluations suggest that these methods not only ensure intellectual grasp of the concepts but also improve student’s psychological adjustment more broadly. This study examined daily diary data including students’ reports of their values-consistent behavior that defines their own college adjustment. Implications of findings for facilitating college adjustment within this context will be discussed, along with characteristic patterns of behavior change and broad implications for behavior change under aversive and appetitive control.
 

Reaching High Keeps a Player on His Toes: A Mindfulness Approach to High School Basketball

RYAN ALBARADO (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

In the past, psychology-based sports interventions have focused on teaching athletes to improve athletic performance by controlling their thoughts and feelings. However, not much data support this approach. It may be, instead, that accepting ones private experiences can foster sensitivity to the rapidly changing conditions of an athletic competition and promote perseverance in the face of challenging circumstances. In other words, athletes who demonstrate more psychological flexibility may perform better, even in the face of great self-doubt or anxiety. The current study aimed to evaluate the application of the psychological flexibility model to athletic , which is increasingly applied with athletes all over the world. The Mindfulness, Acceptance and Commitment (MAC) Seminar, based on empirically-supported techniques for increasing psychological flexibility and effectiveness of behavior, aims to train the psychological skills of openness toward and effectiveness during a range of emotional states. Feasibility, acceptability, and athletic performance, along with psychological processes accompanying behavior change will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #527
Translating Behavior Analytic Principles and Technology Into the Clinical Session
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada-Reno)
TIMOTHY KELY FEENEY (University of Nevada, Reno  )
NATALIE BENNETT (University of Nevada, Reno)
CORY STANTON (University of Nevada-Reno)
Abstract:

Clinical behavior analysis (CBA) is the behavior analytic approach to traditional psychotherapy. Although it has integrated principles and technology from behavior analysis (BA) with interesting results, methodological issues and practitioner familiarity remain significant challenges for meaningful translational work in the field. Functional analytic psychotherapy (FAP) is one of the therapeutic models that has been interested in conceptualizing and applying BA principles to produce therapeutic changes in-session, while moving towards improving clients' performance out-of-session. FAP states that therapists provide in-session consequences of reinforcement to improve clients' new functional behaviors and to demote problematic repertoires. However, it does not currently utilize efficient, effective or useful procedures to assess reinforcers before implementing interventions. Applied behavior analysis (ABA) has developed plentiful technologies to measure reinforcers and conduct preference assessment that could be translated and adapted to clinical practice. FAP also lacks a methodology to evaluate consequences from a molar functional relations perspective. This panel will discuss methods to evaluate reinforcers in FAP from multiple perspectives. Likewise, it presents the adaptation of ABA technology relevant to reinforcement and preference assessment in-session to improve psychotherapy practice, training, and ecological validity.

Keyword(s): CBA, FAP, reinforcement, translational research
 
 
Panel #528
CE Offered: BACB
The Matrix Project: An Empirical Strategy to Potentiate the Impact of Behavioral Systems Science on Progressive Social Change
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Montreux, Swissotel
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Molli Luke, Ph.D.
Chair: Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University)
TARA M. GRANT (Brohavior)
Abstract:

The panelists discuss the Matrix Project, an ambitious collective undertaking by Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR; the oldest ABAI SIG). Many behavior analysts came to the field, often inspired by Skinner and others since, because they wanted to contribute to addressing the enormous challenges faced by human societies. Many may find themselves frustrated by limited preparation and opportunities for applying our science to such challenges. Behavioral systems science (cultural analysis) now has reached a point where real potential exists for promoting progressive social change, albeit in close partnership with related disciplines, in areas like climate change and sustainability, poverty and income inequality, human rights and violence, among others. The Matrix Project focuses first on conceptual work and literature reviews of large-scale, systemic practice and research areas. Practices that hold promise for expanding behavioral systems contributions among 26 societal sectors are being explored, as well as contingency networks that could support and oppose adoption of those practices. The Matrix is an evolving document that consists of a sector-specific integrated set of hypotheses, with the goal of identifying practices that support, oppose, motivate, and select the development and utilization of scientific behavioral systems. The sectors under examination include education, behavior analytic organizations (like SEABA), several levels of government, business, NGOs, foundations and research institutes, religious and political community organizations, and a number of others. This panel will identify the supporting practices and contingency relations through providing examples of the analytical work completed on the project to date. The panelists will suggest next steps in the project, particularly advocacy within the identified sectors to introduce and experiment with the identified practices, and the development of a discipline-wide task force to encourage behavioral systems work related to major societal and global issues. Those attending will be encouraged to contribute to the project, and will be offered several specific actions they might take to do so.

Keyword(s): Human Rights, Social Justice, Social Responsibility, Sustainability
 
 
Symposium #529
CE Offered: BACB
Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice SIG Symposium 3 of 3: What Behavior Analysis Can Teach You About Your Love Life
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Jessica Gamba (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Fawna Stockwell, Ph.D.
Abstract: The science of behavior analysis has been applied to a myriad of human behaviors, including those of a sexual nature. The purpose of this presentation is to explore research strategies for analyzing emotions and perceptions in romantic relationships, including assessment of a partner’s listening behaviors and response to infidelity scenarios. Presenters will discuss resulting data and their implications, as well as directions for future research, instruction, and applied projects.
Keyword(s): Communication, Jealousy, Partners, relationships
 
The Effects of an Individualized Treatment Package on Listening Behaviors of Adult Participants in Romantic Relationships
NATHANIEL LACHICA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The presented study used a single-subject multiple baseline design across behaviors to investigate the effects of a behavior skills training on listening behaviors of adults in romantic relationships. Participants’ partners selected mastery criteria ranges for six potential behaviors to target through pretest surveys, video questionnaires, and verbal report. The researcher selected three behaviors to target (e.g., minimal encouragers, supportive statements, and paraphrasing) and used a behavior skills training to train those behaviors to mastery. The results showed that the training was effective for four participant couples in increasing effective listening behaviors in their relationships. Effective listening behavior is defined as verbal behavior that is emitted by the listener that allows the speaker to feel heard as defined by each speaker. Participants’ performances generally maintained at criterion during confederate probes and partner probes after the skills training with the researcher.
 

Dissecting Jealousy: Examining the Effects of Physical and Emotional Infidelity Scenarios on Heart Rate, Blood Pressure, Nervous Behaviors, and Self-Reported Feelings of Jealousy

ALLISON BIHLER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

This study utilized an alternating treatments design to examine the effects of physical versus emotional infidelity scenarios on five participants self-reported feelings of jealousy, heart rate, and blood pressure, as well as their nervous behaviors. The study investigated whether one type of infidelity scenario produces greater changes in behavior as compared to control condition neutral scenarios, and whether these effects vary across genders and across relationship status. Each participants responses on a preliminary questionnaire were used to create individualized infidelity scenarios. The results indicated that the physiological measures did not show a clear effect of either scenario type, except for one participant who showed increases in heart rate during the emotional condition relative to the other two conditions. There were no clear effects of scenario type on nervous behavior, but all five participants rated emotional and physical scenarios as more stressful and as producing more feelings of jealousy than neutral scenarios.

 
 
Symposium #530
Conceptual Developments in Relational Frame Theory: Translational Analyses
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Zurich FG, Swissotel
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University)
Abstract:

Psychology has struggled to identify the basic processes that underpin human suffering. However, recent advances in Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) may contribute to both this conceptual and empirical dilemma, and the current series of papers illustrate several ways in which this contribution is being made. Paper 1 attempted to functionally separate implicit fear, approach, and avoidance in the context of non-clinical phobias. Results demonstrated that these concepts can be differentiated at the implicit level, however only implicit approach predicted actual approach behavior, whereas fear and avoidance did not. Paper 2 investigated the flexibility of the perspective-taking frames using the IRAP in a non-clinical sample. Results showed large inflexibility only for the self-perspective (i.e., I-HERE-NOW), which is consistent with typical psychological development of the self. Paper 3 continues RFTs advance into the clinical domain with the IRAP to explore ways in which clinical and non-clinical individuals with psychotic experiences respond implicitly to these events. It was found that implicit acceptance responding (rather than valenced responding) predicted coping behaviors. Overall, the symposium describes how the robust effects delivered by the IRAP can be used to refine current models of human suffering and its alleviation.

Keyword(s): clinical applications, IRAP, RFT, Translational research
 

The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) as a Measure of Spider Fear, Avoidance, and Approach

AILEEN LEECH (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University)
Abstract:

The current research examined the use of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) as a measure of spider fear, approach and avoidance. The research is comprised of 2 studies. The first study employed two IRAPs, one targeting spider fear, the other targeting spider approach/avoidance, to an undergraduate population (N=45). The FSQ and a BAT using a tarantula molt were also employed. Both IRAPs failed to provide evidence for the predictive validity of the IRAP in terms of the BAT. The second study was similar to Study 1 (N=31), however a live Irish house spider was used. Results revealed that the IRAP predicted performance on the BAT and, furthermore, provided evidence that it is possible to separate fear, avoidance and approach at the implicit level. Specifically, the trial-type that targeted implicit approach predicted approach behavior on the BAT, whereas implicit fear and avoidance responses on the IRAP did not.

 

Measuring Perspective-Taking Relations in Non-Clinical Population Using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure

DEIRDRE KAVANAGH (Ghent University), Ciara McEnteggart (Ghent University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University)
Abstract:

Perspective-taking has been argued to be a key process in the development of the self, particularly within a Relational Frame Theory (RFT) framework. The current study investigated the flexibility of established perspective-taking relations in a non-clinical population using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). Thirty undergraduate students completed a simple perspective taking IRAP (PT-IRAP). The PT-IRAP comprised four trial-types: 1. I-HERE-NOW; 2. I-THERE-THEN; 3. OTHERS-HERE NOW; and 4. OTHERS-THERE-THEN. Results demonstrated a strong, significant effect on the I-HERE-NOW trial-type, indicating inflexible responding. However, responding on the other trial-types indicated flexible patterns of responding. These effects appear to be consistent with the typical verbal development of the self, where I is anchored HERE-NOW. While the current data is preliminary, the current methodology may provide a useful way of investigating: 1. The presence of deictic frames; and 2. The flexibility of these frames in the typical psychological development of the self-perspective.

 

The Emotional and Behavioural Responses to Voices: An Implicit Approach

CIARA MCENTEGGART (Ghent University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University), Jos Egger (Radboud University)
Abstract:

The current study used the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure as a step toward a more functional approach to understanding of voice hearing, by exploring the potentially different implicit reactions of clinical and non-clinical groups to voices. In doing so, we attempted to parse out emotional versus behavioural responses toward voices (n=55) using a Valence and an Acceptance IRAP. Both non-clinical and clinical voice hearers showed implicit negativity in the Valence IRAP, and clinical and non-clinical voice hearers implicitly accepted positive voices and avoided negative voices in the Acceptance IRAP. Furthermore, acceptance of positive voices correlated with high psychological inflexibility, and acceptance of negative voices correlated with overall voice acceptance. The current study demonstrates the utility and precision of the IRAP in this domain, and it is through this precision that we can begin to look at the functional processes at play in the voice hearing experience.

 
 
Symposium #531
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group Distinguished Contributions Award: Celebrating the Contributions of Dr. Carol Pilgrim
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Zurich AB, Swissotel
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: J. Adam Bennett (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group invites you to formally recognize the contributions of Dr. Carol Pilgrim. Dr. Pilgrim's research interests have long focused on category or class formation, symbolic or relational stimulus control, stimulus equivalence, and issues related to the acquisition and modification of symbolic function. Dr. Pilgrim's research has transcended the boundaries of basic and applied research and her contributions to the field are immeasurable. Dr. Christy Alligood Rice, a former student, and Dr. Manish Vaidya, a long-time colleague, will review and reflect upon Dr. Pilgrim's career and her many contributions toward advancing our understanding of complex human behavior. Subsequently, Dr. Pilgrim will deliver an address in which she will review the current state of her research program with an eye toward future directions. Please join us to appreciate and celebrate the contributions of Dr. Carol Pilgrim.

Keyword(s): EAHB, Stimulus Equivalance
 

Recognizing Dr. Carol Pilgrim's Distinguished Contributions to EAHB

MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Dr. Carol Pilgrim's contributions to the field have helped to define the experimental analysis of human behavior as an interesting and viable area of study. Under the mentorship of Drs. James Johnston and Henry S. Pennypacker, Dr. Pilgrim obtained her Ph.D. with an emphasis in the experimental analysis of behavior at the University of Florida. She currently serves as Professor of Psychology at the University of North Carolina-Wilmington, where she generously nurtures the next generation of behavior analysts. The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Distinguished Contributions Award is designed for researchers such as Carol Pilgrim, whose impressive history and tireless dedication have not only contributed to our basic understanding of the determinants of human behavior, but have also served to so effectively bridge the gap between basic and applied research.

 
Remarks
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: My research interests lie in experimental and applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis on human operant preparations, and in the work that bridges those essential domains. The research program in my laboratory is focused on class formation, relational stimulus control, stimulus equivalence, and issues related to the acquisition and modification of symbolic function. We primarily involve young children as participants, including typically developing children as well as those diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities. For this symposium, I will discuss research which investigates the formation of equivalence classes involving class-specific reinforcers in young children and will present a theoretical perspective/experimental evaluation of Sidman’s suggestion that all members of a reinforcement contingency become equivalence class members. Time permitting, I will highlight possible future avenues of research. I am honored to accept the Distinguished Contributions Award from the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG.
 
 
Symposium #532
CE Offered: BACB
Preference and Performance for the Distribution of Reinforcement and Arrangement of Work
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Zurich D, Swissotel
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amy Muehlberger (Beacon Services)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
CE Instructor: Robert K. Ross, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Recent research indicates that some students prefer to complete larger work requirements for access to larger magnitude reinforcers (continuous arrangement) rather than completing several smaller work-reinforcer units (discontinuous arrangement). For instance, some participants prefer to complete 20 consecutive math problems for 10 minutes of continuous access to reinforcement, rather than completing 2 problems followed by 1 minutes of reinforcement, repeated 10 times. This outcome has been demonstrated with older and verbally competent participants. Thus far, the published research literature has yet to examine the effects of these work-reinforcer arrangements on preference and performance with younger participants and participants with limited communication skills. Therefore, the studies that will be discussed in this symposium will present data on the effects of work-reinforcer arrangement on preference and performance with younger participants. The outcome of one study demonstrated that younger children with limited verbal repertoires preferred the continuous arrangement, whereas the second study found that some younger children preferred the discontinuous arrangements and that reinforcer magnitude manipulations affected preference. Variables affecting preference and performance will be discussed as well as educational implications of this line of research.

Keyword(s): concurrent chains, concurrent operants, preference, work-reinforcer arrangements
 
Effects of Reinforcement Manipulation on Selection of Work Schedules
AMY MUEHLBERGER (Beacon Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Effective reinforcement delivery is critical to the success of all instruction and has been much studied. However, a clearer understanding of individual specific variables influencing reinforcement efficacy and teaching efficiency is essential to maximizing learning. Knowing an individual’s preference for a specific distribution of reinforcement during discrete trial training would be useful information when designing programming for students, particularly since data has suggested that learner choice is correlated with better learning outcomes. Existing literature that has reviewed the topic of concurrent-operants on the distribution of and efficacy of reinforcement, as in Fienup, Ahlers and Pace, 2011 and DeLeon, Iwata, Goh, & Worsdell, 1997) suggest that continuous work schedules with reinforcement provided at the end was preferred over schedules that interspersed preferred activities. Previous research has shown this with older students (Ward-Horner, Pittenger, Pace and Fienup (2014). It is not known if this finding would be consistent with younger learners. The current study replicated previous findings and extended them to assess other effects of reinforcement such as the addition of social reinforcement combined with access to a chosen activity, with 2 learners with a diagnosis of ASD.
 

Preference and Efficacy of Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

REGAN WESTON (Baylor University)
Abstract:

To determine the efficacy of different schedules of reinforcement, individuals diagnosed with ASD who possessed limited verbal communication skills completed tasks on a long or short interval schedule of reinforcement. Participants completed a specified number of tasks before receiving 5-minute or 30-second access to reinforcement. To elevate discrimination, color-coded token boards were used to represent each schedule. First, participants were exposed to the schedules in an alternating fashion to measure the rate of responding. Participants were then prompted a number of times to select one of the two schedules to use during the same work task to determine whether a preference had emerged. This study replicated and extended the procedures of DeLeon et al (2014) by including individuals with limited verbal repertoires. All participants produced a higher rate of responding when exposed to a long schedule of reinforcement, suggesting this to be the more efficient of the two. Additionally, two participants showed a preference for the long schedule of reinforcement during the choice condition, supporting the use of a token economy to promote discrimination for individuals with limited verbal repertoires.

 
 
Symposium #533
Consumer Behavior Analysis Through Social Media Experimentations
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Asle Fagerstrøm (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts, Communication and Technology)
Abstract:

Social media has made a strong impact not only on how organizations do business, but also on how consumers behave. As online shopping becomes more and more omnipresent, both practitioners and consumer behavior scholars should gain more insight into online consumer. Despite in-store consumer behavior analysis in the offline world, researchers have done rather few studies on social media from a behavioral perspective. This is rather unfortunate given the increasing influence of social media on online decision-making, as well as amplified opportunities for experimentation and data gathering in this respect. In this symposium we will discuss recent empirical studies in online consumer behavior analysis through social media from a behavioral perspective. The symposium starts with an empirical paper on identifying and classifying reinforcing content in Social Media Marketing using the Behavioral Perspective Model. In the second paper, the authors will focus on influencing consumer observational behavior through social media. The final paper explores the relative impact of facial image and expressions on user choices within a peer-to-peer online accommodation rental.

Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, Consumer Behavior, Social Media
 

Identifying and Classifying Reinforcing Content in Social Media Marketing Using the Behavioral Perspective Model: A Case From the Aviation Industry

VALDIMAR SIGURDSSON (Reykjavik University), Vishnu Menon (Reykjavik University), Herborg Sørensen (Reykjavik University), Asle Fagerstrøm (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts, Communication and Technology), Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University)
Abstract:

The objective of marketing promotion from the point of view of the Behavioral Perspective Model (BPM) is to identify and facilitate reinforcing brand related communication with consumers at each step of the marketing funnel. The purpose of the study was to analyze content that could increase post popularity on an airline companys Facebook site, operationalized as the number of times a particular post was liked, shared or commented on by Facebook users. Data consisted of 242 Facebook posts from its brand fan page from 2011 to 2015 and their effectiveness in terms of 139,877 likes, 14,584 shares and 9,480 comments during the period. These posts were categorized in several categories within utilitarian (promotional, informative, entertaining) and informational (social) context, with an 84% inter-observer agreement. We also analyzed the richness of the posts, in terms of possible reinforcement value or numbers, their environmental-behavior interactive ability and intermediary variables such as on what weekdays the post was sent and its length. The results revealed a positive correlation between entertaining, interactive and rich content and post popularity and a negative relationship with promotional content. This strengthens the importance of highly engaging and interactive material as reinforcing content on what seems to be on the top of the marketing funnel (consumers mostly interested in entertainment instead of sales oriented stimuli).

 
Influencing Consumer Observational Behavior in Social Media Marketing: A Focus on Pricing and Total Time Spent on Site
VISHNU MENON (Reykjavik University), Valdimar Sigurdsson (Reykjavik University), Asle Fagerstrøm (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts, Communication and Technology), Nils Magne Larsen (Harstad Univeristy College), Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University)
Abstract: Considering the impact of social media on the day-to-day life consumers, it is highly important for marketers to understand the attention and evaluation process of consumers in an online social media environment. Two studies were conducted to identify the attribute that was most important to consumer when making an online purchase through Facebook and to investigate the observational and fixation pattern of consumers on this attribute in fashion retailing. Study 1 identified the salient stimuli used in social media marketing for the fashion industry by analyzing the motivating impact of these stimuli on online purchase behavior using conjoint analysis. The main attribute, price, from Study 1 was then tested in Study 2 by utilising an eye-tracking device to examine the total fixation time on page and the fixation time on the price label. The online interventions included different price visibility, models (e.g., human models vs. mannequins), price labels as well as intermediary variables such as participants’ gender and age. Although price was deemed to be the most important choice criterion, with a decelerating utility curve in study 1, the findings from study 2 showed a clear U-shape function for both fixation on price and total fixation on page. These results imply that an online fashion retailer can control attention to the most important attribute (in this case the pricing) through direct manipulations of price or indirectly through manipulations of other competing variables on the site.
 
Relative Impact of Facial Expressions in a Peer-to-Peer Online Context
GORDON R. FOXALL (Cardiff University), Asle Fagerstrøm (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts, Communication and Technology), Valdimar Sigurdsson (Reykjavik University), Sanchit Pawar (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts. Communication and Technology), Jonathan Gilmore (Cardiff University)
Abstract: The aim of this study is to investigate whether the presence of a facial image and its expression have any influence on the choices made by the user within the context of peer-to-peer accommodation rental. The relative impact of facial expressions is investigated using theory from evolutionary psychology. Impact of facial expression was investigated together with other relevant variables such as price and other customer ratings. Results from a conjoint experiment show that reviews had the most influence on participants’ choice, followed by price and facial expressions. Moreover, we find that facial expressions had more impact on women then towards men. Managers should, therefore, keep in mind that facial expressions should be prominent in the design of per-to-per websites. In the light of these results, we present managerial implications, as well as directions for future research.
 
 
Panel #534
CE Offered: BACB
An Update on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: James E. Carr, Ph.D.
Chair: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
JAMES E. CARR (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
ISER GUILLERMO DELEON (University of Florida)
NEIL T. MARTIN (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: The panelists will discuss recent developments at the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The most current data on the BACB’s credentialing programs -- Board Certified Behavior Analyst, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst, Registered Behavior Technician -- will be provided along with a summary of the BACB’s international activities. In addition, a number of recent and impending developments at the BACB will be described, including the development of the Fifth Edition Task List.
Keyword(s): BACB, Certification
 
 
Symposium #535
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Special Ethical Issues in Intrusive Programming
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Bruce Linder (Pryor, Linder & Associates/Safe Management Group Inc.)
CE Instructor: Bruce Linder, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium presents three special ethical issues in intrusive programming. First, the importance of insuring a meaningful stimulating environment will be discussed that focuses on Daily Activity Scheduling (DAS). Six years of research of six groups homes serving adults with acquired brain injury will be presented that gives the results of a House Manager DAS Training Program to improve the quality and implementation consistency of DAS. Second, the importance of adequate Crisis Intervention Training (CIT) will be discussed that focuses on Safe Management Group’s Program which meets several important criteria of CIT for intrusive programming – individualization, documentation, and specification. Staff training outcome data for initial and refresher training that focuses on knowledge and performance competency assessment will be presented and will highlight the special techniques of teaching and maintaining effective preventative verbal de-escalation skills. And third, the necessity of “hands-on” assessment by supervising clinicians of non-intrusive and intrusive programming will be discussed. A “One-Day” programming assessment protocol will be presented with outcome data for 10 adults with developmental disabilities that shows the assessment of “Safe Extinction” in treating severe aggressive escape behaviour.
Keyword(s): Behavior Assessment, Ethics, Intrusive Programming, Staff Training
 

The Effectiveness of Manager Training in Programming and Monitoring Activity Schedules for Residential Group Homes

JACKLYN NOBRE PERES (Pryor, Linder & Associates), Bruce Linder (Pryor, Linder & Associates)
Abstract:

Despite studies demonstrating that predictable activity schedules improves challenging behavioural among developmentally disabled children under experimental conditions, very little is known about the level of consistency with which residential staff provide daily activity schedules (DAS) in naturalistic adult group home settings and how to improve such consistency. Four years of research will be summarized. Study 1 of 6 group home settings servicing 35 adults with acquired brain injuries found, using six 2-week probes over three years, that written DASs were implemented on average only 37% of the time. A second intervention study in two of the group homes over a 12 month period found that DAS implementation could be substantially improved to 80% or higher with a 47% reduction in group home negative behavioural incidents with a DAS training program that focused on supervisor training in on-the-floor DAS supervision. In addition, the positive preventative components of Behaviour Support Plans were implemented significantly more consistently than in 5 comparison group homes which had not received DAS training. Study 3 demonstrated that DAS training conducted for 4 different agencies servicing adults with developmental disabilities improved quality and implementation of DASs, and quality of life. Implications for quality of care will be discussed.

 

The Effectiveness of Safe Management Group's Crisis Intervention Training for Staff Serving Adults With Acquired Brain Injury or Developmental Disabilities

BRUCE LINDER (Pryor, Linder & Associates/Safe Management Group Inc.)
Abstract:

Despite the importance of crisis intervention training (CIT) for insuring staff and client safety, no peer-reviewed published data are available for the effectiveness of CIT on performance competencies. Safe Management Groups CIT will be described especially in relation to proposed standards for intrusive programming including Individualization of techniques for client and staff; written Documentation for accountability; and Specification and approval of technique in Behaviour Support Plans supervised by behavior analysts. Knowledge and Performance Competency outcome data for 2-day initial training and 1-day refresher training will be presented that shows greater success and retention in teaching physical intervention skills than verbal de-escalation skills. The outcome of a specialized enriched verbal de-escalation program will be presented which illustrates the need for specialized CIT.

 

An Assessment Protocol and Outcome Data for "Safe Extinction" With Adults With Severe Behavioural Disorder and Developmental Disabilities

JOANNE SALAMEH (Pryor, Linder & Associates), Bruce Linder (Pryor, Linder & Associates)
Abstract:

A substantial research literature has established the prevalence of escape-motivated aggressive behaviour in children, adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities. A small subgroup of adults, perhaps about 3-5 percent, can be defined as severe, in that there is substantial daily risk with limited effectiveness of so-called positive programming only and psychopharmacologic treatments. This talk will introduce a form of escape-extinction called safe extinction (SE) in which contingent physical interventions and preventative mechanical restraints are used in combination with typical differential reinforcement of alternative and incompatible behaviour to produce substantial reductions in aggressive behaviour and increases in complaint and productive behaviour. A one-day assessment protocol will be presented that enables rapid and efficient assessment of the effectiveness of SE, a critical feature of intrusive programming. Data for ten adult cases of 1-day SE will be presented illustrating the extinction and generalization process.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #536
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Emergent Relations and Stimulus Class Formation

Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Lucerne, Swissotel
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Thomas Zentall, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas Zentall (University of Kentucky)
PETER URCUIOLI (Purdue University)
Peter Urcuioli is Professor of Psychological Sciences at Purdue University. He received his undergraduate degree in psychology at the University of New Hampshire where he worked with John A. (Tony) Nevin, and his Master's degree and Ph.D. in experimental psychology at Dalhousie University (Nova Scotia, Canada) where he was a graduate student of Werner K. (Vern) Honig. After a two-year postdoctoral stint with Anthony (Tony) Wright at the University of Texas Health Sciences Center at Houston, Peter joined the Purdue University faculty in 1981. His research has been funded almost continuously by the NIH and NSF since 1983, and he has over 70 peer-reviewed articles in a wide variety of journals on topics in the areas of discrimination learning and stimulus control, differential outcome mechanisms, animal memory, spatial compatibility, and acquired equivalence. His most recent, groundbreaking work on stimulus-class formation in pigeons has revealed a wide range of rarely and never-before-seen categorization effects in non-human animals. In addition, Peter has proposed an innovative theory of stimulus-class formation that explains and predicts these effects from basic assumptions about stimulus control and reinforcement processes.
Abstract:

The ability to categorize physically dissimilar stimuli such as objects, words, etc., is characteristic of normal intellectual development. Categorization is evident in the emergence of “untrained” behavior and novel stimulus control relations after explicit training on other relations. It is also an ability that does not require language, as Dr. Urcuioli's research shows. After highlighting the long-recognized importance of categorization and equivalence in behavior theory, the presentation will describe how sets of interchangeable stimuli (viz., stimulus classes) can develop from conditional discrimination training in pigeons. Class formation is inferred from pigeons’ subsequent ability to respond in a class-consistent manner to new combinations of the baseline stimuli, including derived stimulus-stimulus relations rarely seen in non-human animals (e.g., associative symmetry). The presenter will also describe his theory of stimulus class formation (Urcuioli, 2008) which emphasizes the reinforcement contingencies of training, proper identification of the functional stimuli, and the combinatorial effect of the same functional stimuli in different trained relations. The theory successfully explains the conditions under which emergent relations have, and have not been, observed and accurately predicts a variety of novel equivalence-like relations.

Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe what constitutes an emergent relation and a stimulus class, the types of reinforced training experiences from which they develop, and how class formation is demonstrated; (2) recognize the importance of equivalence and stimulus class formation in behavior analysis and theory dating back to the 1930s; (3) cite newly demonstrated equivalence effects in animals without language, and the reinforcement and stimulus control assumptions of a theory that explains these effects.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #537
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Preparing Teachers and Practitioners to Meet the Needs of All Students in Early Care and Education Settings: How Do We Do It?

Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Amoy Kito Hugh-Pennie, Ph.D.
Chair: Amoy Kito Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong)
MARY SONNENBERG (University of Delaware)
Dr. Sonnenberg’s career spans thirty-five years, with a focus on birth-to-five years early intervention center-based and home-based programs run by non-profit organizations. She began her career as a special education teacher in Warren County, VA, serving children with severe/profound disabilities, worked in an inclusive early intervention program in Dallas, TX, followed by 20 years as director of an inclusive early intervention center in Southern Pines, NC. Her programming expertise focused on children with significant disabilities, including challenging behaviors, in inclusive classrooms. These classrooms provided sites for student observations and student teachers from teacher preparation programs. She coordinated services for children on the autism spectrum with the University of North Carolina (UNC)--TEACCH regional centers. She participated in replication and research projects through the Frank Porter Graham Center at UNC-Chapel Hill, UNC-Charlotte, and Western Carolina University. She has taught undergraduate courses at the University of Delaware since 2009 and supervised student teachers as faculty in the Department of Human Development and Family Studies. She is part of the Delaware Institute for Excellence in Early Childhood and provided professional development on supporting social emotional development and challenging behaviors. She is currently the Deputy Director for Delaware Stars for Early Success, Delaware’s QRIS.
Abstract:

How do we prepare teachers for supporting the social emotional growth of young children while giving them the tools to address challenging behaviors in school and childcare settings? Those who have been in the field for a long time as well as pre-service teachers often struggle with how to balance instructional practice and requirements to address the social-emotional needs of their students. Without addressing the social-emotional needs of the students, instruction and learning cannot occur. This lecture will focus on developmentally appropriate practices that create social-emotional and physical environments that are most supportive of children's healthy development. In tandem with setting up the environment to foster appropriate behavior, a variety of strategies for addressing challenging behaviors will be discussed. Key components for laying this groundwork include: family-teacher partnerships, developmentally appropriate curriculum and assessment, guidance and behavior supports. Lessons learned from a variety of early childcare and educational settings, including programs in the Delaware Stars for Early Success (the state's Quality Rating and Improvement System [QRIS]), will be presented.

Target Audience:

To come.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe developmentally appropriate practices in early care and education settings that create supportive social-emotional environments for young children; (2) describe key components of guidance and behavior supports in early care and education settings; (3) identify different strategies for addressing challenging behaviors in a variety of early care and education settings.
 
 
Panel #538
The State of the Science: A Closer Look at Dissemination
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Alpine, Swissotel
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Bruna Colombo dos Santos (Harvard University; Federal University of Para)
JEREMY H. GREENBERG (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
SHIRI AYVAZO (David Yellin Academic College)
HUI-TING WANG (National Taiwan Normal University)
Abstract:

The dissemination of the science of behavior has occurred and continues to spread around the world. Maybe not at the rate we would like to see, but nevertheless, at a rate that increases impact. The state of the science, internationally as well as within the United States, must be evaluated as behavior analysis continues to spread. This discussion will take a closer look at the state of academics, the application, and experimental aspects of behavior analysis. The integrity of continuing dissemination while maintaining integrity of the science will be reviewed. The discussants will talk about how each came into contact with the science, his or her education, experimental analysis, and individual application of the science in day-to-day life in his or her respective country. Finally, the discussants will propose goals that we all must meet in order to maintain the integrity of the science as it continues to disseminate around the world.

Keyword(s): dissemination
 
 
Symposium #539
CE Offered: BACB
Radical Behavioral Conceptual Analyses of Complex and Private Behaviors: Spirituality and Mindfulness
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
St. Gallen, Swissotel
Area: TPC/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Elizabeth Meshes (Chicago School for Professional Psychology, Los Angeles)
Discussant: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus)
CE Instructor: Jonathan J. Tarbox, Ph.D.
Abstract: The utility of a behavior analytic approach to analyzing and intervening upon relatively simple behaviors is well-established, through hundreds of basic and applied studies. Relatively more complex behavior, particularly private events, have received significantly less conceptual and empirical attention. This symposium brings together two presentations comprising conceptual analyses of highly complex and subtle behavioral repertoires. The first presentation, by Dr. Jonathan Tarbox, consists of a radical behavioral conceptual analysis of mindfulness. The second presentation, by Elizabeth Meshes, is a radical behavioral and interbehavioral interpretation of spirituality. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Bill Potter.
Keyword(s): conceptual analyses, mindfulness, private events, spirituality
 
Radical Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Mindfulness
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (FirstSteps for Kids), Evelyn R. Gould (FirstSteps for Kids), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: The term mindfulness is used ubiquitously in American culture to refer to a very wide and ill-defined range of concepts, beliefs, and practices, most of which have absolutely no scientific basis. However, mindfulness, as a practice, has many confirmed psychological and medical benefits. In addition, it is a central component of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), an empirically supported behavior analytic treatment for chronic pain, substance abuse, anxiety, and depression. So, on one hand, mindfulness is a nonscientific term, laden with unclear meaning. On the other hand, the term appears to refer, at least at times, to behavioral repertoires that have real benefit for humanity. Despite how much has been said and written about mindfulness, relatively little sound behavior analytic attention has been paid to this repertoire of behavior. The purpose of this presentation is to conduct a conceptual functional analysis of the behavior – environment relations that may constitute repertoires of behavior referred to as mindfulness. Implications for expanding behavior analysis into a broader science of psychology, as well as implications for treatment will be discussed.
 
Toward a Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Spirituality
ELIZABETH MESHES (The Chicago School for Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: Many twelve step programs state that the "spiritual experience" is a key part of the recovery process. In addition, spirituality is a central component to nearly all religious traditions. However, spirituality has also become a common concept in popular culture and is a term that is used much more broadly than only religious contexts. Musicians, poets, naturalists, and countless others, often report having spiritual experiences. Therefore, it appears that spirituality is a broad concept that is not necessarily tied to any particular religious doctrine, nor to religion, per se. The purpose of this conceptual analysis is to investigate one commonly reported component of spirituality, connectedness, from a radical behavioral perspective. Despite the many obvious mentalistic and fictional uses of the term spirituality, it seems likely that very real behavior - environment functional relations occur that are commonly referred to as "having a spiritual experience." This conceptual paper will attempt to analyze the functional relations involved in the verbal, perceptual, and emotional behavior involved in such psychological events. Skinnerian, Kantorian, and Relational Frame Theory perspectives will be discussed. Implications will also be given as to how the behaviors involved in spirituality might be strengthened or weakened through environmental manipulations.
 
 
Special Event #540
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Presidential Address: The Future of Behavior Analysis: Foxes and Hedgehogs Revisited
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Grand Ballroom, Hyatt Regency, Gold East
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Martha Hübner (University of São Paulo)
CE Instructor: M. Jackson Marr, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Address: The Future of Behavior Analysis: Foxes and Hedgehogs Revisited

Abstract:

Some twenty-five years ago The Behavior Analyst published a paper by David Rider entitled “The speciation of behavior analysis.” By applying a selectionist analysis, including analogs with basic science and engineering, Rider predicted that basic and applied behavior analysis were destined to become independent species. In a commentary on this paper, Dr. Marr pointed out that scientists and engineers are interdependent, especially at the frontiers of application. He was sanguine about a continuing analogous relationship between basic and applied behavior analysis. However, especially in the last decade, indications are that basic and applied behavior analysis may indeed be emerging as distinct species. In a review of what Dr. Marr calls the “literature of survival,” he discuss several themes addressing the evolving complex relations between basic and applied behavior analysis, including constraints on training leading to a narrow spectrum of applications, our often self-imposed isolation from those with whom we could productively collaborate, and the difficulties of obtaining sufficient support for our science. All these challenges reflect a briar-patch of interlocking contingencies; each one depends crucially on the others and we cannot effectively address any in isolation. Thus solutions will not be easy, but our long-term survival as a coherent discipline depends on finding some.

 
M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech)
 
Marcus Jackson (Jack) Marr received the BS degree in 1961 from Georgia Tech, where he studied mathematics, physics, and psychology He received a Ph.D. in experimental psychology with a minor in physiology from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in 1966. He is Professor Emeritus of Psychology at Georgia Tech, where he has taught courses in the experimental analysis of behavior, physiology and behavior, behavioral pharmacology, and probability and statistics. He is one of five founding Fellows of ABAI, a Fellow of the Psychonomics Society, a Fellow of Divisions 3 and 25 of the American Psychological Association (APA) and currently Division 25 Council Representative. He was also past president of both ABAI and Division 25. He is currently review editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and has been editor of Behavior and Philosophy, co-editor of Revista Mexicana de Análisis de la Conducta, and associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst. He was experimental representative to the Executive Council of ABAI, served on the board of directors of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior (SQAB), and currently serves on the board of trustees of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He has been active in the international support and development of behavior analysis in Europe, Mexico, China, and the Middle East. He was a research fellow in pharmacology at Harvard Medical School, a visiting professor at the Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, and an Eminent Scholar at Jacksonville State University. He was a Navy contractor for Project Sanguine in a study of possible behavioral effects of extremely low frequency electromagnetic fields. As an AIEE Senior Fellow at the Naval Aerospace Medical Research Laboratory, he conducted research on the effects of microwaves as reinforcers of operant behavior and the effects of stimulant drugs on sustained military flight performance. His primary research interests have included: the development of instructional systems for teaching engineering physics, behavior dynamics, mathematics as verbal behavior, comparative behavior analysis, complex skill acquisition, problem solving, assessment methods for engineering and science education, and theoretical/conceptual issues in behavioral analysis.
 
Target Audience:

Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the history of predictions regarding the future of behavior analysis—the "literature of survival"—from a selectionist perspective; (2) list and briefly discuss the main themes driving this literature—basic vs. applied behavior analysis, training, isolation, and support; (3) specify the major challenges and their possible solutions impacting the future of behavior analysis as a coherent discipline.
 
 
 
Poster Session #541
BPN Tuesday PM
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Paul L. Soto (Texas Tech University)
1. Utility of a Fitbit Activity Tracker to Determine the Efficacy of Medications for Hyperactivity
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
CAITLIN PARKER (Bancroft), Sean Smith (Bancroft), Joshua LaForte (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Sonam G Dubal (Bancroft)
Discussant: James Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

Approximately 30% of individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are also diagnosed with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) (Mannion et al., 2013). It may be difficult to objectively determine treatment efficacy when pharmacologic treatments are applied to reduce the symptoms of ADHD. Khroyan et al., 2012 found success in using a digital activity tracking system to evaluate the effectiveness of psychotropic medications in lab mice. The current study utilized data from a Fitbit activity tracker to evaluate the efficacy of medications prescribed for the purpose of reducing hyperactivity in children diagnosed with both ASD and ADHD. Steps recorded by the device were divided by the number of wake minutes that the device was worn. Steps recorded during a baseline period were compared to steps recorded while medications were added, reduced, or removed. Results indicated that Fitbit measurement was differentiated across baseline and medication adjustment phases. This data also matched anectdotal reports of medication effectiveness.

 
2. Impact of Respiration Biofeedback Training on Craving of Crack Cocaine User's
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
ANDRE A. BRAVIN (Universidade Federal de Goias at Jatai), Diego Lima (Universidade Federal de Goias at Jatai), Felipe Coelho (Universidade Federal de Goias at Jatai), Fábio Henrique Henrique Baia (Universidade de Rio Verde), Rogerio Guaita dos Santos Baia (Universidade de Rio Verde), Elisa Tavares Sanabio Heck (Universidade Federal de Goias at Goiania), David A. Eckerman ((AI)2, Inc.; University of North Carolina, Chapel)
Discussant: James Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

Relapse of Crack Cocaine use is attributed by former users to the strong cravings elicited by Conditioned Stimuli associated with drug administration. This study aims to (1) characterize the health of fomer Crack Cocaine users now under the care of a Brazilian Psychosocial Attention Center (PAC) and a Mental Health Institution (MHI) and (2) determine if using biofeedback training to induce relaxed respiration decreases cravings for the drug. Health was assessed using the Addiction Severity Index Scores (ASI-6). Thirteen participants from the PAC and 1 from the MHI completed the ASI-6 instrument, the MHI participant volunteered for the biofeedback training. The biofeedback protocol consisted of repeatedly showing 6 photos related to Crack Cocaine use (Baseline) while monitoring respiration, galvanic skin response (GSR), heart rate (HR) and skin temperature. The respiration training was arranged in repeated 10 min. sessions, where breathing with a rate of 6 cycles/min and having a given amplitude was differentially reinforced (feedback). Initially both visual and auditory feedback were provided. When the participant maintained breathing in the reinforced range for 80% of the time in 5 consecutive sessions, the visual feedback was discontinued and training continued for 5 additional sessions with auditory feedback only. Subsequently, the Baseline protocol was reinstated and she was encouraged to use the respiration technique she had learned. Results: Average ASI-6 scores for each factors were Drugs (0,62 0,14), Alcohol (0,55 0,07), Legal Difficulties (0,52 0,09), Psychiatric Diagnosis (0,58 0,001), Medical Problems (0,38 0,01), Employment Difficulties (0,36 0,05), Family/Child Problems (0,66 0,001), Social Problems (0,42 0,06) and Social Support (0,36 0,07). Biofeedback for respiration produced the criterion performance for the participant after 7 sessions, she maintained this level for the remainder of the sessions. Though with a decreasing trend after withdrawal of the visual feedback. Visual inspection shows GSR was lower in pos-testing. Temperature was qutie stable, but with a slight increasing trend, just the opposite of the trend seen in the initial baseline. Changes in HR were not clear. Taken together, the data reveal that the training was successful in decreasing craving-related measures in a former Crack Cocaine user.

 
3. Employment-Based Reinforcement of Naltrexone Adherence in Unemployed Heroin Users: Effects on Opiate Use
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
BRANTLEY JARVIS (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University), Annie Umbricht (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael Fingerhood (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), George Bigelow (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Discussant: James Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

The aim of this study was to determine whether employment-based reinforcement of naltrexone adherence increased opiate abstinence. In three previously-reported randomized clinical trials with unemployed heroin users, employment-based reinforcement increased adherence to oral and extended-release naltrexone. However, effects on opiate abstinence were not significant in those within-study analyses with small per-group Ns ranging from 17 to 35. Here we analyze effects on opiate use with larger Ns by combining data from all three studies. Recently detoxified, heroin-dependent unemployed adults participated in a therapeutic workplace for 26 weeks where they could earn wages and receive job skills training. Participants were randomized to a Prescription (n = 68) or Contingency (n = 72) group. Contingency group participants were required to adhere to naltrexone to gain access to the workplace. Prescription group participants could access the workplace independent of their naltrexone adherence. Naltrexone formulation and dosing varied across trials: 3x/week (oral), 1x/3 weeks (Depotrex injection), or 1x/4 weeks (Vivitrol injection). Adherence was measured as the percentage of doses directly observed to be accepted (injection studies) or by monthly urinalysis for naltrexone (oral study). Analyses showed that Contingency group participants had significantly higher rates of naltrexone adherence than Prescription group participants (78.0% vs. 35.0%) and significantly higher rates of thrice-weekly opiate-negative urine samples (missing-missing: 87.4% vs. 75.6%; missing-positive: 68.9% vs. 55.6%). Employment-based contingencies for adherence to naltrexone are effective and can increase opiate abstinence among unemployed heroin-dependent adults.

 
4. How Is Cigarette Smoking Topography Related to Physical Activity?
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
KAITLYN PROCTOR (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Lilian Hatcher (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Heather Fleuriet (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: James Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

Smokers who are obese have a 6-11 fold increased risk of circulatory disease mortality compared to non-smokers of normal weight (Freedman et al., 2006). Despite exercise being used to aid in some smoking cessation programs, the relationship of physical activity to smoking topography is not well understood. Our study attempts to increase physical activity in smokers by providing money for meeting step goals. Four adult smokers wore a Fitbit accelerometer for 7 weeks. During the first week, baseline stepcounts were measured. During a three week intervention, monetary reinforcers were earned for meeting individualized goals. The final week was a return to baseline condition. Participants texted each time they smoked a cigarette. Smoking topography (e.g., puff count, duration, interpuff interval, flow) was measured several times over the course of the study. Three participants increased their steps by around 2000 steps/day. Smoking topography correlations varied across participants, and will be presented.

 
5. Collaboration of Psychiatry and Applied Behavior Analysis: An Interdisciplinary Approach to Reducing Polypharmacy and Treating High Risk Challenging Behavior
Area: BPN; Domain: Service Delivery
Anna Marie DiPietro (Melmark), ELIZABETH DAYTON (Melmark), Jennifer Quigley (Melmark), Timothy Nipe (Melmark), James Chok (Melmark Pennsylvania)
Discussant: James Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: Behavior analysts and psychiatric practitioners frequently are involved concurrently in the same cases without working directly together to make changes to an individuals' treatment package. Examples of integrated efforts in the fields of psychiatry and behavior analysis are spare in both research literature as well as in applied settings. The Residential Treatment Facility (RTF) at Melmark is a neurobehavioral unit that specializes in the assessment and treatment of severe and treatment resistant challenging behavior for children with intellectual disability and co-morbid psychiatric/neurological disorders. The RTF provides intensive behavior analytic clinical services, as well as comprehensive psychiatric and rehabilitative care within a short-term residential placement. Data collection occurs 24 hours a day and is reviewed on an ongoing basis by a multidisciplinary team representing the fields of behavior analysis, psychiatry, psychology, and healthcare. This poster will present retrospective medication and behavioral data from 39 individuals. Systematic manipulation of medication packages and dosage changes with frequent review and collaboration between clinicians and psychiatric practitioners, in conjunction with intensive behavioral intervention, led to a decrease in both challenging behavior as well as polypharmacy. This poster serves to illustrate the importance of collaboration between psychiatric professionals and board certified behavior analysts (BCBA) in the treatment of severe challenging behavior in individuals with Autism and Intellectual Disabilities.
 
6. Effects of Oxytocin on Social Reinforcement in Rats: A Dose-Response Analysis
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
EMMA SCHWEITZER (Reed College), Susan Renn (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Discussant: James Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: Neuropeptide oxytocin (OT) has been demonstrated to be a hormone regulator that influences important sexual and maternal behaviors in female rodents. However, little research has been done to investigate what roles OT may play in mediating partner preference between same-sex individuals. Using a within-subject, saline-controlled, dose-response analysis, four pairs of naïve virgin female Long-Evans rats were administered either saline (0.15M) or OT (0.1, 0.01, and 0.001 mg/kg) via subcutaneous injections. Rats were run in a behavioral paradigm where the responding rat placed in an operant chamber could respond for social reinforcement for either their respective cagemate or an empty chamber. Oxytocin was found to have a sedative-like effect at the 0.1 and 0.01 mg/kg doses, confirming previous research. As shown in Figure 1, only the 0.001 mg/kg dose produced an increase in responding for one pair of rats. Research currently in progress is examining a wider range of oxytocin doses, and is also exploring correlations with stages in the estrous cycle.
 
7. Serial Position Effects in Social Learning: Central and Peripheral Effects of Muscarinic Antagonists
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Verónica Viviana Romero-Luna (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Angela Mari­a Hermosillo-Garcia (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Jose Eduardo Perez-Reyes (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Salvador Fonseca-Espinosa (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), María Guadalupe Ortega-Saavedra (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), J.C. PEDRO ARRIAGA-RAMIREZ (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Discussant: James Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

In social transmission of food preference a demonstrator rat that has consumed flavored food will increase preference for that flavor in nave observer rats. Studies in behavioral pharmacology have shown that cholinergic antagonists may produce deficits in acquisition and recall in different tasks. It is important to assess the difference between central and peripheral effects with methylscopolamine. Control and saline groups were compared with a group that received a dose of 8 mg/kg methylscopolamine after demonstration; two groups that received a dose of scopolamine each, 4 mg/kg and 8 mg/kg. Twelve observers interacted with a list of three demonstrators that had eaten different flavored foods, position was counterbalanced. Testing was made after 24 hr. Results showed a decrease in primacy and an increase in recency in the 8 mg/kg group. Methylscopolamine group was similar to control and saline groups but preference for the middle item increased. A mixed ANOVA showed a significant effect of group F(1, 55) = 3.385, p = 0.15. A test of within-subjects contrasts revealed a significant quadratic trend for position F(1, 55) = 5.314, p = .025 and medium effect size r = .30. We concluded that central and peripheral effects are different.

 
8. Effects of Flunitrazepam and Zolpidem on Remembering in the Odor Span Task
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL MATHEWS (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katrina Gobenciong (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: James Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

The Odor Span Task (OST) is a procedure that is increasingly used to study remembering in rodents. The procedure involves placing the rat in an arena in which odor stimuli can be presented using cups filled with scented materials or covered by a scented lid. An incrementing non-match to sample procedure is used such that selection of each odor produces food reward when first presented, but not on any subsequent presentations. Thus, correct selections depend on the subject remembering which stimuli have already been presented. The present study assessed the effects of two positive allosteric GABA modulators, flunitrazepam and zolpidem, on OST accuracy. Both drugs impaired OST accuracy in a dose-dependent fashion, but the effects of zolpidem were generally non-selective; doses that impaired OST also impaired simple discrimination performance. In contrast, flunitrazepam effects were selective to the OST in most rats; that is, some doses of flunitrazepam impaired OST but not simple discrimination performances.

 
9. An Automated Version of the Rodent Odor Span Task: Effects of MK-801
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
MADELEINE MASON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Angela Goolsby (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: James Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

The Odor Span Task (OST) is a procedure that is increasingly used to study remembering in rodents. The procedure involves placing the rat or mouse in an arena in which odor stimuli can be presented using cups filled with scented materials or covered by a scented lid. An incrementing non-match to sample procedure is used such that selection of each odor produces food reward when first presented, but not on any subsequent presentations. Thus, correct selections depend on the subject remembering which stimuli have already been presented. The use of an arena setting with manual stimulus presentation makes the OST labor-intensive and limits experimental control; thus an automated version of the OST would be of value. The present study used an operant chamber equipped with a 15-channel olfactometer. Rats were trained on successive conditional discrimination procedures (Go-No-Go) under the incrementing non-matching-to-sample contingency and developed high rates of responding to odor stimuli when they were initially presented and relatively lower rates of responding on subsequent presentations of that stimulus. NMDA antagonist MK-801 decreased the discrimination ration in a dose-dependent fashion. These findings support the use of this automated version of the OST to study remembering in non-human subjects

 
10. Effects of Caffeine on Rich-to-Lean Schedule Transitions
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
BENJAMIN LIBMAN (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas)
Discussant: James Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: Caffeine is a widely consumed drug, yet its effects on operant behavior are little understood. Subjective reports often indicate that caffeine has stimulatory effects. Moreover, recent neuropharmacology work suggests that caffeine may exert its effects by functionally reducing task effort. Studies examining caffeine’s effects on schedule-controlled behavior, however, have not often reported stimulation, thus the functional relations that promote caffeine’s stimulation are unknown. The present study was designed to determine if caffeine’s ability to stimulate behavior is related more to circumstances where behavior is strained or weakened, rather than normal schedule control, which has not typically been examined in laboratory research. We considered the “rich-to-lean” transition effect as a model for recurrent strained behavior, which refers to extensive fixed-ratio pausing observed when large ratio requirements (lean) follow small requirements (rich). In the typical rich-to-lean preparation, relatively rich and lean fixed-ratio schedules are alternated to produce four transition types: rich-lean, lean-lean, lean-rich, and rich-rich. In the current study, eight rats were trained on a multiple FR 5 FR 45-100 (determined individually) schedule and tested with caffeine (0–18 mg/kg). Data were analyzed by considering the post-reinforcement pause after transitions. We found that (a) pausing was consistently longest during rich-lean transitions, and (b) caffeine increased pauses for half of the animals and decreased pauses for the other half, however the magnitude of the effect may be baseline rate dependent.
 
11. Delay Discounting Predicts and Is Changed by Abstinence in a Remote Alcohol Contingency Management Treatment
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Warren K. Bickel (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Discussant: James Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center/Tulane Na)
Abstract:

Alcohol dependence specifically and addiction more broadly are often considered to be a problem of overvaluing immediate rewards associated with drug and/or alcohol use while undervaluing delayed rewards associated with abstinence. Contingency management treatments arrange immediate, tangible rewards contingent on abstinence, thereby replacing the immediate reward of alcohol or drug use with an incompatible reinforcer. Delay discounting rate has been shown to predict treatment success and/or change with successful treatment, although the results in this area are somewhat mixed. In the present ongoing experiment, delay discounting rate was collected before and after a remotely delivered contingency management treatment to promote alcohol abstinence. Data thus far show that delay discounting rate at intake significantly predicts treatment outcome (proportion of days of verified abstinence). Additionally, treatment group (contingent versus noncontingent incentives) and abstinence rate during treatment are both significantly associated with a reduction in discount rate at the end of treatment. These results suggest that delay discounting rate in this sample is both a predictor of and consequence of successful treatment.

 
12. Relationship Between Nicotine Withdrawal Symptoms and Smoking Relapse
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELA ROLDAN GARCIA (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: James Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center/Tulane Na)
Abstract:

A survey conducted in Mexico in 2011 found out that 58.4% of current smokers have attempted to quit smoking during the last year. Several studies have found that relapses are common in smokers and have been associated with the perceived intensity of the withdrawal symptoms. This study aims to identify whether there is a relationship between the presence and lavel of intensity of the withdrawal symptoms and relapse in smoking behavior. A checklist with 16 items was applied to 30 current smokers and 30 ex smokers. Significant differences between groups were found in 10 of the 15 symptoms investigated (p between .001 and .028), in the perception of the intensity of whether the withdrawal symptoms difficult the maintenance of abstinence (p = .000), and in the total score (p = .000). These results may contribute to the development and improvement of current treatments for smoking cessation for the Mexican population.

 
13. Level of Nicotine Dependence and Desertion to Smoking Cessation Treatment
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Lissette Ramos (National Autonomous University of Mexico), SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: James Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center/Tulane Na)
Abstract:

Nicotine dependence causes smoking behavior to become repetitive, hindering the abandonment of tobacco withdrawal symptoms, can be reason to return to consume, without success for the maintenance of abstinence, even in those people who have been attending treatment for smoking cessation. However there is little information concerning the level of nicotine dependence and the discontinuation of treatment that intends to identify if the level of dependency affects the treatment and abandoned. Took place the application an initial interview and was identified as a main substance for treating tobacco, was evaluated the level of dependency through the scale of Fagerstrm (FTND, Fagerstrm Test for Nicotine Dependence;) Heatherton, Kozlowski, Frecker and Fagerstrm, 1991), this began with sessions of treatment. Found that the group with a very high level of dependence was significantly greater (p =. 012) to cessation treatment, levels low and medium.

 
14. Effects of Social Housing and Nicotine on Delay Discounting in Lewis and Fischer 344 Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JENNY OZGA (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Discussant: James Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center/Tulane Na)
Abstract: Biological differences may underlie dissimilarities in choice between smaller, more immediate reinforcers and larger, delayed reinforcers. For example, Lewis rats have lower levels of dopamine and serotonin than Fischer 344 rats and, when individually housed, impulsive choice is greater for Lewis rats relative to Fischer 344 rats. However, environmental-isolation stress may contribute to the observed strain difference. In the present experiment, Lewis and Fischer 344 rats were housed in littermate pairs and delay-discounting data were compared to archival data of Lewis and Fischer 344 rats housed individually (taken from our lab). At baseline, paired housing increased choice for the larger, delayed reinforcer for both rat strains relative to individual housing. Paired housing also attenuated the observed strain difference in individually housed Lewis and Fischer 344 rats. Following an initial baseline comparison, acute nicotine dose dependently increased choice for the larger, delayed reinforcer for both rat strains across housing conditions, but did so at lower doses for pair-housed rats relative to individually housed rats. Future research will help determine whether social isolation contributes to physiological changes that influence impulsive choice.
 
15. Nicotine Enhancement and Devaluation: Interaction With Opioid Receptors
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JESSE SUHAKA (Saint Michael's College), Ari Kirshenbaum (Saint Michael's College), Maiary Voltolini de Souza Pinto (Saint Michael's College), Jessie Phillips (Saint Michael's College)
Discussant: James Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center/Tulane Na)
Abstract:

RATIONALE: In animal models, nicotine enhances responding maintained by non-pharmacological reinforcers, and discontinuation of nicotine devalues those same reinforcers. OBJECTIVE: The intention of this study was to assess the interaction of nicotine and opioid receptors and to evaluate the degree to which nicotine enhancement and nicotine-induced reward devaluation are interrelated behavioral phenomenon. METHODS: Nicotine (0.4 mg/kg) or 0.4 mg/kg nicotine plus naloxone (0.3 or 3.0 mg/kg) were delivered to rats prior to progressive ratio (PR) schedule sessions in which sucrose was used as a reinforcer for 10 consecutive days/sessions. Nicotine-induced reward devaluation was then assessed for three sessions after nicotine dosing was discontinued. Control groups for this investigation included a saline-only condition, and naloxone-only (0.3 or 3.0 mg/kg) conditions. RESULTS: Nicotine produced discernible and significant increases in responses for sucrose. When administered in conjunction with nicotine, the 0.3 mg/kg naloxone dose prevented nicotine enhancement of the sucrose reinforcer. The combination of the larger dose of naloxone (3.0 mg/kg) with nicotine produced significant impairments in sucrose reinforced responding. When administered alone, neither dose of naloxone (0.3 & 3.0 mg/kg) significantly altered responding in comparison to saline. Furthermore, when nicotine dosing was terminated after 10 once-daily doses, all nicotine groups (nicotine and nicotine/naloxone combination) demonstrated significant decreases in responding for sucrose compared to the saline control group. CONCLUSIONS: Reinforcement enhancement by nicotine may be due, in part, to its action on opioid receptors. However, withdrawal-related reward devaluation seems unrelated to the opioid action of nicotine; therefore, reinforcement enhancement and devaluation may not be interrelated.

 
16. The Effects of a Deposit Contract and Choice on the Number of Cigarettes Smoked
Area: BPN; Domain: Service Delivery
MADELINE LESTER (Florida Institute of Technology), Elbert Blakely (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: James Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center/Tulane Na)
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of a deposit contract and choice on the cigarette smoking exhibited by an adult female. The participant turned over $35 per week that could be earned back by meeting the decreasing criteria of smoking frequency. If the participant failed to meet the daily criterion by smoking more than the specified amount, then $5 would be donated in her name to an organization that was not preferred. The deposit contract procedure was implemented using a changing criterion design. During treatment, the participant was given some choice when it came time to decrease the amount of cigarettes to be smoked. The participant was allowed to stay on the same level for longer if requested, and she was allowed to request the day to decrease the amount of cigarettes she could smoke. Results showed a decrease in cigarette smoking; moreover, the frequency of cigarettes smoking mirrored the criterion.
 
17. The Competition Between Appetitive and Aversive Contingencies for Behavior in the Human Brain
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
SANDY MAGEE (University of North Texas), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University)
Discussant: James Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center/Tulane Na)
Abstract:

Neurophysiological research has traditionally focused on understanding the brain mechanisms of reward or threat processes independently. This has left a substantial gap in our understanding of how identified brain mechanisms respond under conditions where reward and threat compete for behavior. In this investigation, we used functional MRI (fMRI) to track dorsal and ventral frontal activation while appetitive and aversive contingencies competed for human choice (N=23). A novel approach-avoidance choice task was used in which a monetary reward appeared alongside a conditioned aversive stimulus (CS threat) that signaled increasing probability of money loss. Across trials, reward was fixed while CS threat level varied unpredictably. On each trial, choosing to approach produced the reward or probabilistic loss, while choosing to avoid prevented US delivery. Increasing the CS threat level produced a switch from approach to avoidance. Importantly, inverted U-shaped changes in activation were found in dorsal frontal regions while U-shaped changes in activation were observed in ventral frontal regions. These new findings show parallel dorsal-ventral frontal circuits support gating of human approach-avoidance behavior where dorsal signals inversely correlate with value differences between contingencies while ventral frontal signals correlate with response-outcome predictability. Such results also highlight operant behavior is supported by multiple parallel brain circuits.

 
18. Discovering Biomarkers for Anxiety: Competing Contingencies Uncover Altered Dorsal and Ventral Frontal Lobe Reactivity in Anxious Children
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL W. SCHLUND (University of North Texas), Cecile Ladouceur (University of Pittsburg)
Discussant: James Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center/Tulane Na)
Abstract:

Pediatric anxiety disorders are characterized by increased brain activation in limbic brain structures, such as the amygdala. However, findings are routinely obtained using tasks that present threatening faces or provocative words, which may limit the search for biomarkers of anxiety. New approaches are especially needed for assessing regions farther downstream from the amygdala which support behavioral regulation. This investigation used functional MRI (fMRI) to examine dorsal and ventral frontal lobe reactivity in children diagnosed with (N=30) and without (N=18) an anxiety disorder. Using a discrete trial procedure, we measured activation to a threat cue that prompted avoidance maintained by negative reinforcement and a reward cue that prompted approach maintained by positive reinforcement. Critically, a conflict cue was also presented in which both threat and reward cues were presented, creating a competition for behavior. Anxious children compared to controls exhibited hyperactivation in dorsal and hypoactivation in ventral frontal regions to the conflict cue, even though group performances were similar. Our findings suggest pediatric anxiety is associated with altered dorsal and ventral frontal lobe processes and illustrates how responses to contingencies can contribute to anxiety research.

 
19. Using Scatterplot to Monitor Behavioural Changes During Discontinued Psychotropic Drugs
Area: BPN; Domain: Service Delivery
JORN ARVE VOLD (Raade Administrative Area), Malin Terese Thoegersen (Raade Administrative Area), Herdis Johannson (Raade Administrative Area)
Discussant: James Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center/Tulane Na)
Abstract:

In the care of elderly people with dementia is one of the main schalenges how to treat problem behaviour. The medical model dominates the treatment of people with dementia who exhibit different types of problem behaviour. Use of psychotropic medication is often the main solution, despite there is growing evidence that this type of medication are contraindicated in many cases. Possibilities for dangerous side effects and increase in the mortality is high with increased dosages to prevent problem behaviour (Weiner, 2009). One of the reason for abundant use of medication is that doctors often regulate type of medicament and the dosage from verbal feedback from caretakers or relatives. Disturbing behaviours, ana specially attacks on staff or fellow patients increase demand for drug treatment. This poster is presenting how to use an easy administered scatterplot in a ward for people with dementia and problem behaviour to track changes in behaviour during a 20 weeks discounting of sobril� and risperdal�, for one patient. The result show that this method is useful and easy to administrate in the wards without increased workload to the staff, and methods like these, can support the verbal reports in the medical treatment of people with dementia and difficult manageable problem behaviour.

 
20. Psychotropic Medication and Behavioral Intervention Outcomes for Individuals in a Residential Treatment Facility
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER PETRELLI (Bancroft), Sonam G Dubal (Bancroft), Lisa Alberts (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Patrick Thulen (Bancroft)
Discussant: James Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center/Tulane Na)
Abstract:

Psychotropic medications are frequently utilized in the treatment of challenging behavior in children diagnosed with autism (Weeden, Ehrhardt, & Poling, 2010). In combination with the potential for adverse side effects (Matson & Dempsey, 2008) and a lack of consistency in evaluating medication effectiveness on behavioral progress (Matson & Neal, 2009) demonstrates a need for additional research on medication effects in combination with behavioral treatment. The current review utilizes number of psychotropic medications and percent reduction in target behaviors at discharge for children with developmental and intellectual disabilities residing in a facility for the treatment of severe problem behaviors. Preliminary results demonstrate that the majority of participants had decreased psychotropic medications at discharge. Additionally, greater reductions in target behaviors were associated with fewer psychotropic medications at the time of discharge for the majority of participants.Medication effects will be discussed in terms of both number and classification of medications from admission to discharge, as well as differentiated terms of behavioral function (i.e., social or automatic).

 
20a. Disinhibitory Effects of Alcohol on Human Behavior: Effects of Alcohol on Punished Responding and Response Inhibition
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), MORAN AMIT DAHAN (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Alcohol consumption has been linked to heightened risk-taking and aggression, and alcohol-related accidents, violence, and crime continue to be considerable public health problems. Understanding why alcohol increases problem behavior is an important step towards preventing harmful outcomes that can occur when people consume alcohol. Many studies have investigated alcohols effects on response inhibition in go-stop and go/no-go tasks in which participants must inhibit a pre-potent response. Alcohol typically increases this type of inhibited responding. There has been very little research with humans investigating alcohols effects on punished responding. Studying the effects of alcohol on punished behavior is important for understanding why alcohol increases problem behavior in situations in which responding produces rewards but also potentially dire consequences (e.g., driving while intoxicated, engaging in risky sexual behavior). This project will investigate the effects of alcohol on responding during a conflict (punishment) task. Performance will be measured concurrently on a response inhibition task (i.e.,a stop-signal task) to determine whether alcohol affects performance on the two task types similarly. This comparison will indicate whether response inhibition should be conceptualized as a unitary construct. Four adults have completed the study so far. On the punishment task participants pressed buttons on a multiple schedule of money gain and money gain plus losses (reinforcement only or reinforcement plus punishment). On the stop-signal task, participants were instructed to respond to target stimuli to earn money, but to withhold the response when a stop signal (tone) was presented. Performance was compared across placebo and alcohol conditions (0.45 g/kg). Three of the participants showed increases in punished responding under alcohol. Only one showed an increase in stop-signal reaction times (greater disinhibition); thus the measures did not appear to be well correlated. Although preliminary, these data suggest that punished behavior and response inhibition may not be similarly affected by alcohol.

 
 
 
Poster Session #542
EAB Tuesday PM
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University)
21. Assessment of Treatment Integrity Errors in the Treatment of Pediatric Food Refusal
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
GABRIELLA ULLOA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Discussant: Kathryn Kestner (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Feeding disorders are commonly treated using behavioral treatment packages that consist of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) and escape extinction. Escape extinction and DRA typically involve preventing the child from escaping the feeding situation (e.g., implementing nonremoval of the spoon by holding the bite of food to the child’s lip until it is accepted) and providing reinforcement for accepting and swallowing a bite, respectively. However, the effectiveness of behavioral interventions is inextricably linked to the integrity with which the procedures are conducted. Although previous research has evaluated the effects of treatment integrity failures in many areas of applied behavior analysis, the effects of these failures in the area of pediatric feeding disorders remain unknown. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of commission and omission errors on the treatment of pediatric food refusal. A parametric analysis will be conducted to assess the effects of different frequencies of errors on the treatment efficacy of DRA. Results are expected to replicate previous research on treatment integrity that demonstrates that errors of commission and omission can have a detrimental effect on treatment if the schedule of reinforcement favors inappropriate behavior.
 
22. Decreasing Pausing During Mealtime Transitions Through Meal Restructuring
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JAMIE FINK (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Kathryn Kestner (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Under multiple fixed-ratio (FR) schedule arrangements, extended pausing may occur when an organism transitions from a rich context (e.g., large magnitude reinforcer) to a lean context (e.g., small magnitude reinforcer). In application, when the time to complete the ratio requirement is essential to positive clinical outcomes, pausing can be maladaptive. Children with pediatric feeding disorders often pause during transitions between preferred and less-preferred foods. Preliminary data by Luffman, Borrero, and Borrero (2015) demonstrated that an increase in other inappropriate behavior may coincide with pausing and that excessive pausing may drive meals to exceed clinically acceptable durations. In the current study, we replicated the procedures used by Luffman et al. to highlight problematic transitions during meals. Subsequently, a meal restructuring intervention was implemented in which the number of pause-inducing transitions during mealtime will be decreased. Results support the utility of restructuring meals to include less pause-inducing transitions during meals to produce orderly pause duration across transitions, reduce overall meal duration, and reduce other inappropriate mealtime behavior. To date, one individual has participated in this study.

 
23. The Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior on Response Persistence
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
KAYLA CROOK (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Kathryn Kestner (West Virginia University)
Abstract: This study evaluated the effects differential reinforcement of alternative behavior on response persistence. A total of four participants from a local 2nd grade classroom participated in this study. A two component multiple schedule that included baseline (i.e., reinforcement of a target response) and DRA (i.e., reinforcement of an alternative response and reinforcement of the target response) conditions was conducted. Attempts were made to keep rates of reinforcement as similar as possible across components. Extinction was then implemented in the context associated with each component, and response persistence was measured. Results indicated three distinct patterns of responding: 1) alternative behavior was never emitted during the DRA component (two participants), 2) only the alternative behavior was emitted during the DRA component (one participant), and 3) both the target and the alternative behaviors were emitted during the DRA component (one participant). Overall, the results of this study indicated that DRA could result in inadvertent strengthening of target behavior. However, that strengthening may be mitigated if reinforcer rates are similar.
 
24. Effects of a Brief Mindfulness-Based Training on Heart Rate Change
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE L. AHOLT (Missouri State University), Michael C. Clayton (Missouri State University), D. Wayne Mitchell (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Kathryn Kestner (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

A growing body of research has shown mindfulness-based interventions to be related to reduced stress, increased psychological flexibility, and increased job satisfaction in health care professionals. The current preliminary investigation sought to investigate and extend previous findings by examining the short-term effects of a mindfulness training in undergraduate psychology students. By replicating the procedures developed by Steven Hayes (2012) and Kabat-Zinn (1982), the study evaluated heart rate change in response to a brief mindfulness-based intervention. The Acceptance and Action Questionnaire and the Perceived Stress Scale were also used as pre and post measures to evaluate perceived changes in stress, mindful attention and psychological flexibility. The results found for some individuals, participation in the mindfulness intervention helped regulate emotions and heart rate. Findings suggest more frequent, but brief interventions incorporating mindful attention can be an effective means of managing stress. Results also warrant further investigation of physiological measures to evaluate mindfulness-based interventions.

 
26. Using Eye-Tracking Technology to Operantly Condition Gaze Behaviour of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs)
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
AIDEEN MCPARLAND (Ulster University), Stephen Gallagher (University of Ulster), Michael Keenan (Ulster University)
Discussant: Kathryn Kestner (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Atypical gaze behaviour in response to a face has been well documented in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs). Eye movements are a uniquely promising target for studies investigating gaze behaviour and are measured, objectively, using eye-tracking technology. However, eye-tracking studies to date have been restrictive in the quality and scope of social stimuli used to assess gaze behaviour in children with ASD, often using static black and white faces or a coloured image of a face. The present eye-tracking study used an original compilation of static black and white, colour, 3D and anime faces when assessing the gaze behaviour of eleven participants with ASD and eleven Typically Developing (TD) controls. Additionally, an intervention was implemented in an attempt to teach participants with ASD and TD participants to increase their gaze behaviour towards faces using principles of behaviour analysis. Therefore, each time a participant looked at a face, this behaviour was immediately reinforced by showing a cartoon clip of their preferred choice. Results of this single-subject design showed that all but one TD participant and half of ASD participants gaze behaviour increased between baseline and re-test. Participants now fixated towards faces more quickly and dwelled on them for longer. For those participants who did not show an overall improvement in gaze behaviour between baseline and re-test, analyses during the training stage showed that they still responded to reinforcement by fixating towards faces with reduced latency despite this behaviour change not being maintained in the re-test stage. Results also found that 90% of participants with ASD fixated on anime faces the most compared to other face stimuli. These findings suggest that including a broader range of face stimuli allows a better understanding of what determines the gaze behaviour of children with ASD. Most importantly, these findings confirm that gaze behaviour of children with ASD can be improved using principles of behaviour analysis and hold promise in enhancing the quality of social interactions in their daily lives.

 
27. Timing in the VPA Rat Model of Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Pilot Study
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JOSEPH LICATA (St. Lawrence University), Rebecca Briggs (St. Lawrence University), Depika Singha (St. Lawrence University), Bill DeCoteau (St. Lawrence University), Adam E. Fox (St. Lawrence University)
Discussant: Kathryn Kestner (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) affects approximately 1 in 68 children. Individuals with ASD may experience time as passing more quickly and with less precision than typically developing same-age peers. These differences in timing may be related to social and behavioral deficits characteristic of ASD. In this pilot study, the valproic acid (VPA) rat model of ASD was compared with a control group on a task designed to measure timed behaviora fixed-interval temporal bisection task. There were no statistically significant differences between the groups across multiple iterations of the task. However, the VPA rats consistently timed intervals faster than the control group, which is promising for future research.
 
28. Assessment of Progressively Delayed Prompts on Guided Skill Learning in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALLISTON K. REID (Wofford College), Sara Futch (Wofford College), Katherine Ball (Wofford College), Aubrey Knight (Wofford College), Martha Tucker (Wofford College; Mercer University)
Discussant: Kathryn Kestner (West Virginia University)
Abstract: We examined the controlling factors that allow a prompted skill to become autonomous in a discrete-trials implementation of Touchette’s (1971) progressively delayed prompting procedure, but our subjects were rats rather than handicapped children. Following training to complete the prompted skill, a left-right lever-press sequence guided by panel lights, we manipulated (a) the effectiveness/difficulty of the guiding lights prompt and (b) the presence or absence of a progressively delayed prompt in four groups of rats. The less effective/more difficult prompt yielded greater autonomy than the more effective/less difficult prompt. Sequence accuracy was reliably higher in unprompted trials than in prompted trials, and this difference was maintained in the two groups which received no prompts but yielded equivalent trial durations. Sequence accuracy decreased systematically as trial duration increased. The observed differences in overall reinforcement rates in each group were consistent with the hypothesis that shorter trials and greater accuracy combined to produce higher overall reinforcement rates for faster responding, and waiting for delayed prompts lowered overall reinforcement rates by both decreasing accuracy and by lengthening trials. These findings replicate and extend results from previous studies regarding the controlling factors in delayed prompting procedures applied to handicapped children.
 
29. Headbanging by Pigeons: V. Further Extension of an Animal Model of Psychopathology
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Alex Schlee (Northern Michigan University), Emily Nordlund (Northern Michigan University), PAUL THOMAS THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Kathryn Kestner (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Headbanging is a self-injurious behavior clinically associated with developmental and personality disorders, as well as a variety of mental illnesses. Initial suggestions that such disturbing behavior might have been influenced by its consequences was met often with vigorous counter-arguments; clinical observers often denied any social benefits that might have maintained such self-injury. Nevertheless, a number of successful interventions have been devised on the basis of functional analyses revealing some self-injurious behavior as producing important reinforcing consequences for individuals engaging in it. The present study systematically replicates the initial findings of Layng, Andronis, & Goldiamond (1997), and Hahn & Andronis (2010), and extends them to include a substantially different history of behavioral contingencies, potentially strengthening the heuristic value of this animal model for the study of self-injurious behavior. The animals were trained to bang their heads without ever having had their headbangs reinforced by food, only by presentation of lights associated with inception of a VT schedule of food deliveries.

 
30. Timeout and Sham Timeout From Positive Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CORY WHIRTLEY (West Virginia University), Forrest Toegel (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Timeout from positive reinforcement is a component of common behavioral interventions in homes, schools, and clinical settings. Our research explores the aversive function of timeout and adds to previous research by incorporating some experimental controls. Rats lever pressing was maintained by a variable-interval 30-s schedule of food reinforcement. On a variable-ratio 2 or 5 schedule, some presses were followed by a 30-s timeout during which the lever was retracted, a tone sounded, and the food schedule was suspended (extinction). To assess the effects of the stimulus events associated with the timeouts, a control condition replaced the timeouts with sham timeouts in which the lever was retracted, a tone sounded, and food was delivered according to a variable-time 30-s schedule. The timeouts reduced lever pressing rates relative to those under both the variable-interval baseline condition and the sham-timeout condition. To assess the effects of the overall reduction in reinforcement rate caused by the timeouts, another control condition currently underway removes the timeout schedule and yokes the food schedule to the interreinforcement intervals in the timeout condition. These outcomes will help to clarify the conditions under which timeout from positive reinforcement functions as an aversive event in a punishment paradigm.

 
31. Effects of Reinforcement Delay on Food Accumulation by Rats Using a Free Operant
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Andrea Flores (National University of Mexico), CARLOS A. BRUNER (National University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Studies done in our laboratory using a discrete-trials procedure have shown that food accumulation by rats is an increasing function of lengthening delay of reinforcement. In our latest experiment a retractable lever was intruded periodically into the chamber for 20 s. Presses only programmed the delivery of an equal number of pellets after a wait period of either 0, 1, 4, 16 or 32 s, when the lever was intruded again. We found that the number of pellets (and responses) increased as the wait period was lengthened, suggesting that delay of reinforcement may result in increasing response gradients. The present investigation tried to replicate these results using a free-operant situation, with a lever constantly available. A mixed schedule alternated a 30 s food-procurement component with a wait component of either 0, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 s. For three rats each pressing during the procurement component programmed delivery of an equal number of food pellets after the wait component. For three different rats pressing during the procurement component resulted in the delivery of a single pellet after the wait period. We found an increasing response gradient for the food-accumulation condition and a decreasing gradient for the single pellet condition. Our findings suggest that the effects of reinforcement delay depend on reinforcement magnitude.

 
32. The Effects of Variable-Interval Schedules on Location of Pigeon's Pecking Response
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MASANORI KONO (Meisei University)
Abstract:

Several studies have investigated the relationship between spatial dimensions of responses and reinforcement schedules. For example, Kono (2015) investigated the spatial location of pigeons responses under a fixed-interval (FI) schedule. Results showed that the response location pattern had a clumpy distribution, and variability of response location increased as FI requirement. These results suggest the possibility that response location might be a useful index for analyzing performance during certain reinforcement schedules. The present study investigated pigeons response location during a variable-interval (VI) schedule. Two pigeons (MP1101 and MP1201) were exposed to VI 30s schedule. A circular response area (22.5 cm in diameter) was used so that pecking responses would be effective over a wide range. Results indicated that non-reinforced responses were distributed around the reinforced responses. Additionally, an L-function, which was calculated based on Ripleys K-function, revealed that the response location pattern had a clumpy distribution, as noted by the positive L(r) value. These results suggest that VI schedules produced the clumpy pattern as with FI schedules.

 
33. An Engagement Bout Analysis of the Effects of Effort
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALYSSA MOORE (University of North Texas), Emily Hilz (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Operant response rate can be viewed as bouts, periods of alternating engagement and disengagement with ongoing schedules of reinforcement. Relatively few studies have examined the role of force and effort on engagement bouts. Moreover, those examining effort have used switch closure devices to define the response. Switch closures tend to underestimate the effect of effort because increasing the force requirement excludes low-force responses that previously activated the switch. In the present study, we examined the effects of effort using a force transducer, which allows continued recording of criterion responses that meet the force requirement and subcriterion responses that do not. The current study was conducted using four male Sprague Dawley rats. Each rat was run through a series of four conditions, each with a different combination of variable interval schedules (VI 30s, VI 120s) and force requirements (5.6g, 32g). Log survivor analyses of bout structure showed that increased force requirements decreased the rate of bout initiations. Additionally, when log-survivor functions were computed using only criterion responses, shifts in the function were less extreme than when all measured responses were used; the latter finding suggests exclusion of “subcriterion” responses in prior work has underestimated the effects of force on bout structure.
 
34. The Effects of Meal-Size Variation and Food Deprivation Level on Feeding-Elicited Drinking in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Ambreen Shahabuddin (Eastern Michigan University), Leanna Gonzalez (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Previous research by the first author has shown that the unique eat-drink pattern of behavior seen in rats with schedule-induced polydipsia (SIP) can be elicited indefinitely by single, temporally isolated food deliveries. That is, once SIP is strongly established, drinking can be elicited at any time by the delivery of same kind of meal used to generate SIP. These individual drinks have the same duration and latency as drinks under SIP, but are not seen in rats without an history of SIP. Since these post-food drinks occur outside of a conventional schedule of food delivery (e.g., fixed-time 60 seconds), we use the term “feeding-elicited drinking.” This study, involving groups of four male Sprague-Dawley rats about four months of age, investigates the relationship between meal size and feeding-elicited drinking for comparison to studies of meal size in SIP. After SIP is established using the fixed-time one-minute delivery of 45mg food pellets in standard operant chambers all the rats are switched to daily single-pellet food deliveries. Earlier research suggested that the various properties of drinking (e.g., probability, duration, post-food latency) are insensitive to meal size, and any effects seen were probably the result of the time required to consume the meal rather than the size of the meal per se. The present study investigates this in greater detail by measuring the quantity of water consumed, the number of licks, the drinking duration, post-food drinking latency, and probability of drinking. In addition to varying the size of meals, food deprivation level will be altered between free-feeding and 80% of free-feeding weight. The results may have implications for obsessive-compulsive disorder.
 
35. White Leghorn Chicks Approach Responses as Operant Behavior Reinforced by an Imprinted Stimulus
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LISA KAZAMA (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Abstract:

Newly hatched chicks emit their approach and/or following behavior towards artificial objects they first encountered. Skinner (1969) suggested that only chicks susceptibilities to contingencies of reinforcement were innate. His suggestion remains to be tested experimentally. The present study aimed at investigating whether newly hatched chicks approach responses to their imprinted stimulus could be reinforced by reduction in distance between them and the stimulus. Eight chicks were divided into two groups after hatching. Group AT (n=4) could approach to a stationary red cylinder and touch the stimulus during six experimental sessions. Group ANT (n=4) could approach the stimulus but could not touch the stimulus. After the sessions, all chicks were tested on their imprinting using both the stimulus and a novel green ball. Figure 1 shows the probability of approach response for each chick of both groups over the sessions. Most of them showed increasing tendencies of the response. From the results, the chicks approach responses could be reinforced by decrease in distance between them and the stimulus. The chicks whose approach responses were reinforced showed strong imprinting. From these results we conclude imprinting is a behavioral process established by contingencies of reinforcement for chicks approach responses to their imprinted stimulus.

 
36. Pausing in Variable Ratio Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ROBERT W. ALLAN (Lafayette College)
Abstract: Previous research suggests that post-reinforcement pausing (PRP) occurs primarily in fixed interval and fixed ratio schedules of reinforcement. The methodology of these experiments was to establish schedule control for a fixed schedule value (e.g., FI 10"), to then increase the schedule value (e.g., FI 15") until some maximal value is obtained (e.g., FI 60"). Experimental data suggest that there is a positive linear function relating PRP (measured in s) and schedule value. Ferster and Skinner (1957) noted that pausing in VR and VI schedules was minimal and that the pauses did not seem to be related to reinforcement. The present study examined PRPs in VR schedules using pigeons and a computer touch screen. The purpose of this study was to help delineate the source of the PRP and to provide evidence that, under specified conditions, PRPs may be observed in variable schedules. The data from this study suggest that, in VR schedules there is a break point along the schedule-value continuum, after which pausing begins to increase. The data also suggest that it is the upcoming response requirement that controls PRP duration.
 
37. P3A Brain Responses Under Fixed Ratio and Variable Ratio Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DANIELE ORTU (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: A relevant development in the study of brain-behavior relations comes from experiments that measure neural activity using Electroencephalography (EEG). In a technique called Event Related Potentials (ERPs), EEG activity is time-locked to experimentally relevant events, such as stimuli presented to the subject, thereby isolating specific neural responses of interest. A brain response distributed anteriorly on the human scalp, has been described as the P3A. The label derives from the response consisting of a positive peak, occurring at approximately 300ms post stimulus presentation. The P3A response is typically obtained in a discrete trial three stimulus oddball in which a frequent stimulus occasioning a response (target) is alternated with an infrequent stimulus (nontarget). A third kind of stimulus - unrelated to the task (e.g. a dog barking) is presented, originating a P3A response. The P3A has been interpreted in the past as a response indicative of “novelty processing” or of an orienting response (e.g. Wetzel, N., Schröger, E., & Widmann, A. 2013). While previous research on the P3A was carried out in discrete trial procedures, we opted for a a free operant procedure consisting of alternation of FR5 and VR5 schedules of reinforcement. Five (4 males) native English speakers participated for compensation. Our results are partially inconsistent with the traditional interpretation of the P3A, showing a P3A response following the stimulus preceding the consummatory response, larger in the VR5 condition compared to the FR5 condition. In our experiment the stimulus preceding the consummatory response does not differ in probability or physical stimulus properties across experimental conditions compared to traditional P3A experiments, pointing to the relevance of schedule effects in eliciting the P3A response and more generally to the importance of free operant procedure in characterizing neuroscientific events.
 
38. Effects of General and Accurate Instructions on the Execution at the Tower of London Task in Children and Adults
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HORTENSIA HICKMAN (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México, FES-Iztacala), Maria Luisa Cepeda Islas (FES Iztacala UNAM), Maráa Bautista (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, FES-Iztacala), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Diana Moreno Rodriguez (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract:

The aim of this study was to compare the effects of two types of instructions -General vs. Accurrate- on the execution in the Tower of London task in children and adults. 20 children and 20 college students were assigned to one of two experimental groups. An 2X2 factorial design was used, defined according to the two types of instruction evaluated: general and accurate and; two populations, children and adults. As dependent variables were measured: a) the latency and, b) correct trials. The experiment consisted in one training session of 24 trials divided into three blocks of eight trials each one, and two test sessions, divided into two blocks of six trials the first one, and three blocks of four trials the second one. The data was analyzed in terms of: 1) a descriptive analysis based on mean and standard deviations from the correct tests and instructional latency condition and age group, and 2) an inferential analysis with the aim of: two types of data analysis were conducted assess potential data differences referrals. The adults had a higher average of correct trials [t = -2.85 (df = 18), p <.01] and latency [t = -2.70 (df = 18), p <.01], regardless of the type of instruction to which they were subjected, compared with children.

 
39. College Students' Performance Drafting Abstracts of Experimental Papers With Exposure to Implicit Achievement Criteria
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NAYELI INES VEGA ALCANTARA (University of Guadalajara), Maria Antonia Padilla Vargas (University of Guadalajara), Cristiano Dos Santos (University of Guadalajara)
Abstract:

In this study, we analyzed the performance of college students writing abstracts of experimental papers with exposure to an implicit achievement criterion. Forty college students were asked to read an experimental paper, to select sentences from it, and to write an abstract for that paper. After that, they were exposed to a compendium of five abstracts of experimental papers (implicit achievement criterion) and were asked to repeat the task with another paper. One group of participants could read the compendium of abstracts only once, whereas another could review the compendium while drafting the abstract of the second paper. Participants allowed to review the compendium permanently showed the best performance in the number and order of the elements included in the abstract (objective, sample, task, results, etc.). The importance of further studies to identify the variables involved in drafting abstracts of experimental papers is discussed. Keywords: abstract, experimental papers, implicit achievement criteria, college students.

 
39a. The Effect of a Refundable Bottle of Beer in the Estimation of Price
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Reginaldo Pedroso (Faculdades Associadas de Ariquemes), Simone Kleinschmitt (Faculdades Associadas de Ariquemes), CRISTIANO COELHO (Pontifícia Universidade Catolica de Goias)
Abstract:

The present concern about questions on human impact on environment is related to the exacerbated consumption. Services and product consumption has become permanent and inevitable everyday. It's increasingly the amount of products that recycling materials are needed. But, the use of new technologies demand industrial investments, and so, more expensive products. So, nowadays, sustainable reinforcers have a higher prices to those non sustainable substitutes, and the technology lonely will not be the only way, unless the consumers are concerned about other parameters than price. In order to estimate the amount of money the consumers are disposed to pay for a sustainable parameter, 80 Brazilian participants were asked to inform how much they would pay for a long neck beer. The group with minimal instruction was confronted with the question the long neck beer costs R$8,00. It the bottle was refundable, in the case you give the bottle to have a beer, how much did you pay for the beer? For the group with full instructions, the experimenter previously showed an instruction that informed the environmental problems due to the time needed for the glass decomposition. The results showed that only five participants in the full instructions group responded to pay more money due to the bottle refunding, while the others responded they pay an amount smaller than R$8,00. The group data showed that the participants in the full instructions payed a significative higher amount for the beer than the minimal instructions participants. These results showed that in this case, the sustainable behavior was related to the individual monetary consequences instead the impact to the environment.

 
 
 
Poster Session #543
EDC Tuesday PM
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Jonathan Burt (University of Louisville)
40. The Effects of Individualized Positive Behavior Support on the Aggressive Behavior and on-Task Behavior of a High School Student With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DAEYONG KIM (Busan National University), Eunhee Paik (Kongju National Univ.)
Discussant: Sarah Pinkelman (George Mason University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to find out the effects of individualized positive behavior support(PBS) on the aggressive behavior and on-task behavior of a male high school student with Autism Spectrum Disorder(ASD). The research questions were whether individualized PBS intervention affects the on-task behavior and aggressive behavior of a high school student with ASD. The subjects of this study showed the self-injurious behavior and aggressiveness toward others physically. The on-task behavior in this study involves following direction, and task performance in classroom. Functional behavior assessment was conducted using direct observation, interview with parents and teachers, motivational checklist and student's personal file. For intervention the antecedent strategies were environmental reconstruction, increasing probabilities of responses, and modifying the task contents. Alternative behavioral strategies were funtional communication training and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). Consequent strategies were differential reinforcement. As a research design, this study utilized multiple probe baseline design across settings(cafeteria, gymnasium and classroom). Twenty minutes of observation using a partial interval recording was utilized as a recording system. The results showed that individualized PBS intervention increased the rates of on-task behavior and reduced the rates of aggressive behavior of a student with Autism Spectrum Disorder in 3 settings, cafeteria(lunch time), gymnasium(the P.E. class) and classroom(the Korean language class). Further study need to examine of behavior analyzing the functional relationship between on-task behavior and aggressive behavior across various settings and subjects.

 
41. Increasing Teachers' Intervention Adherence Through a Multi-Tiered System of Support
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN MCKINLEY (University of Cincinnati), Richard Trent Marsicano (Central Washington University)
Discussant: Sarah Pinkelman (George Mason University)
Abstract:

A multiple baseline design across teachers was used to evaluate the effects of a systematic, Multi-Tiered System of Support (MTSS) approach for decision-making to provide the optimal amount of instructional and intervention support to teachers as they implemented a schoolwide video-modeling social skills program. Participants included 59 students enrolled in an alternative school serving students with emotional and behavior disorders and seven teachers. Teachers who did not implement the program with high levels of adherence following schoolwide positive behavior support training for all staff (primary intervention tier) were provided with targeted training support (secondary tier), and, when necessary, more individualized assistance (tertiary tier). Secondary support included direct observations of intervention implementation twice per week and daily feedback meetings with the consultant while tertiary support included daily observations of intervention implementation and daily feedback meetings with both the consultant and a school administrator. Results of this study indicated that providing performance feedback within a MTSS approach is an effective method for improving adherence. In addition, data are being analyzed to examine relationship between adherence and student behavior.

 
42. Family-Centered Positive Behavior Support Training for Pre-Service Teacher Education Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Szu-Yin Chu (National Hsinchu University of Education), CHIH-HSUAN CHEN (National Taitung University)
Discussant: Sarah Pinkelman (George Mason University)
Abstract:

This session is to present information regarding the process of practicing family-centered positive behavior support for pre-service teacher education students in Taiwan. Participants in this study are 21 pre-service teachers, 7 children with disabilities and their families. The process included two phases. The emphasis of first phase is to provide foundational knowledge. The second phase is to implement center-based practical trainings. The students received 42 hours of lectures related to behavioral techniques as well as positive behavior support approach. All students received practical trainings to strengthen their professional confidence. The Goal Attainment Scaling and self-made checklists have been utilizing to ensure the outcomes for each stage of trainings. By the end of this session, participants will gain information about: (a) identifying the importance of providing systematic training and support for potential professionals in the field of early intervention; and (b) understanding the needs of developing family-centered intervention program based on evidence-based practices.

 
43. Evaluation of a Counselor Implemented Video Self-Modeling Intervention to Increase Compliance in Two School-Based Settings
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
COREY MILES COHRS (Unviversity of Nebraska Medical Center), Ray Burke (Apex Children’s Center), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Sarah Pinkelman (George Mason University)
Abstract:

Research investigating the use of video modeling has often been limited to highly controlled situations and rarely involved implementation by teachers or other school-based practitioners. We conducted two studies which evaluated use of video self-modeling (VSM) to increase compliance in school settings. Study one was conducted in a general education classroom with a 4th grade male diagnosed with ADHD. Study two was conducted in an alternative education classroom with 4th and 6th grade males, both diagnosed with ODD. A multiple baseline across settings, with an embedded reversal design was used in both studies. The primary dependent variable was compliance with school rules. Additionally, in study two, we assessed VSM distal effects on daily minutes of aggressive behavior directed towards staff and peers. Students in both studies presented low rates of compliance during Baseline, an immediate, marked, and sustained improvement in compliance during VSM, decrease of compliance rates during reversal, and an increase in compliance during second VSM condition. Changes in rates of aggression mirrored compliance results. Results from both studies suggest that VSM can (a) be developed and implemented by licensed school counselors, (b) have positive effects with students with multiple diagnoses, and (c) produce residual effects on non-targeted behaviors.

 
44. Improving the Transition Behavior of High School Students With a Randomized Interdependent Group Contingency
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RENEE HAWKINS (University of Cincinnati), Hilary B. Denune (University of Cincinnati), Wallace Larkin (University of Cincinnati), Nathan Fite (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Sarah Pinkelman (George Mason University)
Abstract:

The current study evaluated the effects of an interdependent group contingency with randomized components on student behavior during the transition from lunch to class. The study was conducted in three high school classrooms in an alternative school setting for students with EBD using an ABAB withdrawal design. During intervention, the teacher informed students that it was time for class to begin and then scanned the room to count the number of students ready (i.e., seated at assigned desk, eyes directed at the teacher/front of room, and not being physically or verbally disruptive). The teacher randomly selected a criterion number of students who needed to be ready to start instruction. If the class met the criterion, the teacher randomly selected a reward. Dependent variables included the percentage of students ready to begin instruction within 5 min of the official class start time and the number of mins past the official start time that class actually began (i.e., teacher directed students to an academic task or explicitly said class was starting). Across all classrooms, results indicated significant improvements in student transition behavior. Discussion focuses on the practical implications for providing intervention supports to students with problem behavior.

 
45. Using an Online Digital Token Economy Management System to Improve Pro-Social Student Behaviors
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Sara Moore Snyder (University of Georgia), RACHEL CAGLIANI (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Sarah Pinkelman (George Mason University)
Abstract:

Token economies are widely used within schools as a behavior management tool. Despite widespread use, more evidence is needed to establish token economies as an evidenced based practice. Many token economies utilize physical tokens, such as poker chips. Physical tokens can be cumbersome to administer and susceptible to counterfeit. ClassDojo is a widely used digital token economy system. ClassDojo allows teachers to give digital points to individual students contingent upon demonstration of preferred behaviors. Teachers can give points using the website or the mobile application on any smart device, which allows teachers to give points in any environment with relative ease compared to the effort required give physical tokens. Despite this, no research has been done on the efficacy of a digital token economy management system. The purpose of the current study was to identify the effect of a digital token economy management and token exchange system on student prosocial behaviors. This study was conducted in the general education setting in a public middle school. A multiple baseline across behaviors design was used to evaluate the effect on student behavior. Results indicate that the implementation of ClassDojo increased prosocial student behaviors in the classroom.

 
46. Effect of Programmed Errors on Skill Acquisition During a Match-to-Sample Task
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NIKKI CONROD (New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Sarah Pinkelman (George Mason University)
Abstract: Implementing programs at less than full procedural integrity may be detrimental to desired outcomes; however, implementation of programs in practice often includes some degree of errors. We evaluated the effects of programmed errors of implementation of reinforcement, prompting, and error correction on skill acquisition during a Match-to-Sample procedure. Using an alternating treatments design, 8 neuro-typical adults were taught 3 similar sets of stimuli. For all of the participants, 1 set was taught with 100% procedural integrity using an immediate point cue that was systematically faded across sessions, as well as an error correction procedure. The control set and was taught without prompting, reinforcement, or error correction. The test condition set varied across participants, but included prescribed errors of omission/commission in reinforcement, prompting, and/or error correction. IOA and reliability were collected in 25% of all sessions with 100% agreement. All the participants acquired the sets in the test condition as quickly as they did in the 100% procedural integrity condition, though generally with more errors. Acquisition did not occur in the control condition. These results suggest that, for neuro-typical adults, as long as either reinforcement, prompting, or error correction is provided consistently, errors may have little impact on acquisition.
 
47. Teaching a Preschooler to Share Toys Using a Video-Model
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SOPHIE REBECCA FURSA (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Robert Wyse (Central Michigan University)
Discussant: Sarah Pinkelman (George Mason University)
Abstract:

Interventions taking little time, effort, and few resources are highly sought after in the schools. Video-modeling, where the student watches a video of someone modeling proper behavior, is cost-efficient and easy for teachers to implement. This study used a video-model to teach a four-year-old boy how to share and respond to sharing requests appropriately. An ABA design was used where the intervention elements were presented and then removed. In intervention, the student was taught directly how to share and respond to requests using a model-lead-test format the first week, and each day he watched a one-minute video showing correct sharing before playtime. Compared to baseline, the students percentage of appropriate sharing increased and frequency of grabbing toys from other students decreased. Additionally, he played appropriately alongside peers rather than alone after the intervention was implemented, although this did not maintain once the video-model was removed. Overall, video-modeling was successful for increasing desired play behaviors and decreasing undesirable ones.

 
48. An Evaluation of a Three-Component Multiple Schedule to Indicate Attention Availability
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTINA VARGO (Sam Houston State University), Maria Nava (Sam Houston State University), Misti Babino (Sam Houston State University)
Discussant: Paula Chan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Students may engage in high rates of social approach responses at inappropriate times throughout the school day. One intervention that has been used to teach students appropriate and inappropriate times to access attention is a multiple schedule of reinforcement. A multiple schedule of reinforcement involves two or more independent schedules of reinforcement alternating randomly, each with a unique discriminative stimulus. In this study, we evaluated the efficacy of a multiple schedule indicative of when attention was available or not available in a bilingual preschool classroom during small-group instruction. This study differed from previous studies in that we used a three component multiple schedule to signal when teacher attention was available for all students, no students, and students located only at a small group work table. Results showed that the intervention was effective in bringing students’ social approaches under stimulus control. That is, students engaged in higher rates of social approaches during periods in which teacher attention was available, and lower rates of social approaches when teacher attention was not available.
 
49. Systematically Fading an Intervention Plan While Maintaining Low Rates of Target Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
PATRICK WINFIELD HAREN (Haugland Learning Center/Western Michigan University), Amanda Fishley (Haugland Learning Center), Alaina C Valentine (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Paula Chan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Though some research has included variable interval differential reinforcement of other behavior (VI DRO) schedules, and other research has looked at schedule thinning, little has been done to look at thinning the schedule of a VI DRO completely. The participant of this study, a 16-year-old student diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder – Not Otherwise Specified (PDD-NOS), had previously engaged in high rates of problem behaviors, including aggression toward peers and adults, instigation of peers, elopement, and non-compliance, requiring multiple support staff to maintain safety. Over the course of two school years, implementation of a VI DRO plan led to low levels of the target behaviors. This research aimed to systematically fade the VI DRO schedule for the student in order to remove their individualized behavior support plan. As the participant met predetermined criteria, the components of the intervention were faded through ten different phases. Target behaviors were maintained at low rates, including aggression being maintained at zero levels throughout the duration of the study.
 
50. Generalized Reinforcer Versus Self-Evaluation Intervention: Effects on Active Responding of Students With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SHIRI AYVAZO (David Yellin Academic College), Avner Fraidlin (MATIA Holon-Azur, MATIA Tel Aviv, Israel), Ronit Kankazil (MATIA Holon-Azur, Israel), Shiri Cohen (Niv Elementary School, Holon, Israel)
Discussant: Paula Chan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Token economy and self-evaluation are behavioral interventions documented in the literature as strategies implemented in special education classroom to promote academic engagement and social interactions. Active student responding (ASR) is a variable linked to increased academic engagement and learning. While each of the aforementioned behavioral interventions could impact students' active responding, the differential effects of each one compared to the other are unknown. The current research used an alternating treatment design to compare changes in ASR under a generalized reinforcer (GR) and a self-evaluation (SE) condition. The study was conducted in a fifth grade special education classroom during language studies over 41 days. Participants were two girls and two boys diagnosed with emotional-behavioral disorder and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. ASR was measured using an event recording method and presented as percentage of response. Results show students' ASR improved from an average of 27% during baseline to 48% in the GR condition and 51 % in the SE condition. No clear and sustained differences were inspected between the GR and SE conditions. Discussion will offer suggestions for absence of differences between the two independent variables and discuss implications related to teaching self-evaluation to students with emotional and behavioral disorders.

 
51. A Comparison of Video Modelling Techniques to Enhance the Social-Communication Skills of Two School Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BRETT EDWARD FURLONGER (Monash University), Veronica Sullivan (Monash University), Maximillian White (Monash University), Dennis W. Moore (Monash University), Angelika Anderson (Monash University)
Discussant: Paula Chan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

This study compared video modelling with and without embedded narration on the social communication skills of four typical school children. Target behaviours were appropriate conversational turn taking and correct conversational body posture. The differential effects of the two video modelling procedures were assessed using Alternating Treatments with target behaviours and treatment conditions counterbalanced. Responding on both target behaviours was below normative levels during baseline assessment but improved across the alternating treatments phase, and remained at or above normative levels across an optimal treatments phase and in follow-up. Video modelling with narration was more efficient than video modelling without narration for all four participants and more effective for two. Implications of the findings and suggestions for future research are discussed.

 
53. Disabilities in Children of Saudi Families Studying in the United States
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SHAYMA QAHWAJI (Webster University)
Discussant: Paula Chan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The purpose of this research is to explore the process that Saudi parents, living in the US with their child coping with varying disabilities, went through in order to determine and help their children’s with disability. The study involves a phone interview after recruiting parents through the social network websites.
 
53a. The Effects of Scoring Feedback and Verbal Praise on the Acquisition of the Transfer Assistance Technique
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ATSUSHI KISHIMURA (Graduate School of Health Care Sciences, Jikei Institute), Itoko Tobita (Graduate School of Health Care Sciences, Jikei Institute), Kazuo Yonenobu (Graduate School of Health Care Sciences, Jikei Institute), Masato Ito (Osaka City University)
Abstract:

Object: The preset study was designed to examine the effects of scoring feedback and verbal praise on the acquisition of the safe transfer assistance technique using a sliding board. Method: Thirty four students were assigned either to the intervention group (n=14) or the control group (n=20). In the former group, an intervention program, consisted of baseline and intervation phases, was provided, whereas in the latter group, only baseline phase was provided. For the baseline phase, verbal instructions and modeling the technique by using a video recording were given, while for the intervention phase, scoring feedback of the evaluation with verbal praise was given. There were two sequences of transfer assistance, that is, the transfer from bed to wheelchair (B?W) and from wheelchair to bed (W?B). The acquisition rate of transfer assistance technique was evaluated based on video scoring by two independent reviewers. Results: The averaged acquisition rates of the baseline phase were about less than 55% for the both groups and both sequences. In the intervention phase, however, it was more than 70% for the intervention group and less than 65% for the control group in the both sequence. Conclusion: These results reveal that the students skill for the safe transfer assistance can be improved by using scoring feedback and verbal praise.

 
 
 
Poster Session #544
OBM Tuesday PM
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
54. Increasing Distance-Based Provider Accountability Through Performance Feedback
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
PAIGE BOYDSTON (Integrated Behavioral Technologies, Inc.), Katrina Ostmeyer (Integrated Behavioral Technologies, Inc.)
Discussant: Byron Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: As Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) continue to increase in prevalence (CDC, 2014), there continues to be a call for an increase in the availability of evidence-based treatment services such as Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). This has led to an issue of demand outpacing the supply of qualified service providers, especially in historically underserved rural areas (Hartley, Britain, & Sulzbacher, 2002; Walrath et al., 2003). When working in rural areas, center-based programming may be difficult to obtain and may be infeasible altogether due to the geographic spread of clients. For this reason, home and community based intensive ABA services are frequently utilized in rural areas; oftentimes with a distance-based consultation model. Distance-based consultation models often present with unique challenges that are not seen in center-based programs or are intensified by geographic isolation. Among these are the supervision and direction of behavioral technicians, especially when high turnover is an issue in the field (Aarons, Sommerfield, Hecht, Silovsky & Chaffin, 2009; Leaf et al., 2011). Performance feedback and goal setting can be a relatively low effort and effective means of improving employee performance and productivity (Jung, Schneider, & Valacich, 2010). This study assesses the effect of a self-monitoring, goal setting, and provider feedback using permanent product data as a low-effort way of increasing behavioral technician productivity as measured by presenting sufficient opportunities to respond across and within programming in the home and community based setting.
 
55. Increasing Staff Task Completion Through Peer Mediation and Behavioral Skills Training
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
RENEE HARTZ (Melmark New England), Brittany Butler (Melmark New England), Kerrianne Natale (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Byron Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Past research has focused on the use of intervention strategies with direct care staff to increase job performance. Staff training models are often evaluated as part of such research. Peer mediation has been found to be an effective means of teaching skills in some populations, but research is limited on using this strategy amongst staff. This study evaluated the effects of using a multi-component intervention plan (behavioral skills training and peer mediation) to increase task completion (well-body checks) amongst direct care staff at a private school serving individuals with disabilities. A reversal design was utilized to compare performance in baseline conditions versus treatment conditions. Results suggest that this intervention package was effective in increasing staff performance. Further research is suggested to analyze the most effective components of this treatment package, and to assess prompt fading strategies.
 
56. Acceptability of ABA Training in a TBI Rehabilitation Center
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL ARMSTRONG (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Byron Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the introduction of a 90-minute introductory ABA training in terms of acceptability by direct care staff employed at a residential rehabilitation treatment center for individuals with moderate to severe TBI. Of the 102 direct care staff, 24.5% (n = 25) received their initial employee training, while 31.4% (n = 32) returned for their annual employee retraining. In summary, the majority of direct care staff indicated that the training was “very interesting” (n = 43, 42.2%), “very important” (n = 64, 62.7%), and that they would utilize “all” of the information (n = 53, 52.0%). Perceived interest, importance and usefulness of the provided information depended upon whether staff were receiving their initial or their annual training. Principles of reinforcement and punishment were endorsed as the most preferred topics (22.2%), and data recording was noted to be the least preferred (38.2%). Most employees indicated that group discussions were their preferred training format (53.4%), while lecture and written exercises were less preferred (39%). Strategies for introducing direct care staff training in settings that traditionally have not relied on principle and measurement-based behavioral interventions will be offered.
 
57. Culture Change in an In-Patient Child-Adolescent Mental Health Unit: CALM
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
RUTH M. HURST (Central Regional Hospital; Department of Psychology and Neuroscience, Duke University; Department of Psychology, UNCW), Terrance Adams (Central Regional Hospital), Quincy Peterson (Central Regional Hospital), Sara Keane-Jordon (Keystone Behavioral Pediatrics)
Discussant: Byron Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Restrictive interventions are used to prevent aggression by children and adolescents hospitalized due to severe behavior disorders and mental illness. Positive reinforcement and organizational behavior management systems were used to reduce restrictive interventions without increasing the frequency of aggression. A behavior analyst, nursing manger, and staff for 3 patient care units (38 patient beds) designed a positively-based behavioral system (CALM). During baseline, staff were provided with competency-based training on delivering praise and working with groups. After baseline, patients were provided with frequent praise for pro-social behavior and also received back-up reinforcers. Staff were provided with performance feedback. An ABC design was used. The performance monitoring component of the system was the intervention. Frequency of restrictive interventions, behavioral incidents, and percent correct for staff performance were dependent measures. A reduction in the number of restrictive interventions in comparison to baseline occurred with the implementation of monitoring and feedback. An even greater reduction in use of restrictive interventions followed increased monitoring and feedback (see Figure 1). The ratio of restrictive interventions to behavioral incidents also showed clear improvement (see Figure 2). That is, while the number of restrictive interventions decreased, the number of behavioral incidents did not increase. Thus, the system reduced restrictive interventions without increasing behavioral incidents. Anecdotal evidence also suggests that a positive change in the culture of the unit also occurred.

 
58. Examining the Role of Staff Values in Increasing Social Engagement in Non Vocal Adults
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MARIELA CASTRO (Southern Illinois University), William Root (Southern Illinois University), Megan Fults (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Byron Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is an empirically based form of behavior therapy that has been shown to help decrease direct care worker burnout and increase rehabilitation workers’ health and wellbeing. The purpose of the current study was to use three 45 minute Values training session exercises (i.e., working towards being the best direct care worker one can be, helping others, being an important part of the company, continually growing financially with the company, etc.) to not only help staff clarify why they value their current career, but to also help them be present in the stressful moments of their day and act in a direction that will lead them to overall increase in health and well-being. A multiple baseline across participants was used to determine the frequency of staff engagement before and after the values workshop was delivered to non vocal adults. Results may demonstrate the effect that these training sessions will have on the frequency of staff engagement with non vocal clients, while working in a direct care setting.
 
59. Performance Development Plans, Preferences, and Performance Matrices: Implementing a Full Treatment Integrity Monitoring Package to Behavioral Staff
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Rocco G Catrone (SIU-Carbondale), DANIKA STONE (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, inc.)
Discussant: Byron Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The quality of treatment has a significant impact on the effectiveness of behavioral treatment for those on the autism spectrum (LeBlanc, Ricciardi, & Luiselli, 2005). Paraprofessional staff do not have the extensive training, both scholarly and clinical, that Board Certified Behaviors Analysts possess. However, the training of these staff is paramount in order to implement useful behavioral procedures to a greater population. As a result, treatment integrity is a worthwhile measure to implement as it can dictate the level of effective treatment (Peter, Horner, & Wonderlich, 1982; Gongola, Barton, Gongola, Rosales, and Speece, 2014; Wheeler, Baggett, Fox, and Blevins 2006). Self-monitoring procedures have been an effective tool to increase the treatment integrity among behavioral therapists (LeBlanc et. al, 2005; Mowery, Miltenberger, Weil, 2010; Richman, Riordan, Reiss, Pyles, and Bailey, 1988). This study examined the reliability and utility of using a performance development plan (PDP) to dictate the goals on staff and employer self-monitored Performance Matrix to increase treatment integrity among its participants.

 
60. Group Staff Management: Incentive Based on Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSE CARRINGTON (Behavior Technician), Jeana L. Koerber (Great Lakes Center for Autism Treatment and Research)
Discussant: Byron Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The purpose of this intervention was to heighten staff awareness and increase the number of learning opportunities for children with autism receiving early intervention applied behavior analysis services at an outpatient program in southwest Michigan. The behavior technicians (staff) were provided a goal for the number of learning opportunities to provide in a half hour interval, a sheet to record the total number of trials per half hour interval, and a frequency clicker to track their current trial rates. Baseline data indicated that the children were receiving less than the target goal of learning opportunities, per half hour interval. Thus, a group goal was set for 80% of the children receiving services to have a five percent increase in learning opportunities over baseline per half hour. If staff met their group goal of 80% of children with the five percent increase across four consecutive weeks, they were entered into a prize drawing for a five dollar gift card of their choice.

 
61. Mobile Learning and Gamification: The Case of Educating Healthcare Professionals
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Marit Gulliksen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), ASLE FAGERSTRØM (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts, Communication and Technology), Tor-Morten Grønli (Westerdals Oslo School of Arts, Communication and Technology)
Discussant: Byron Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The aim of this study was to test the impact of the use of mobile learning and gamification in educating healthcare professionals. A mobile learning app was developed consisting of 20 flip cards with questions and answers. The learning program was related to a vital paragraph regulating healthcare professionals working with mentally and socially handicapped people in Norway. A between-subjects design was used with a randomized selection divided into one control group and two test groups. Both test groups used the mobile learning app. In addition, Test Group 2 used social media and Test Group 1 did not use social media. The Control Group was given ordinary teaching. Level of knowledge (dependent variable) was measured in a pre-test before the intervention and in a post-test after the intervention. Results show that level of knowledge for Test Group 1 and Test Group 2 increased significantly compared to level of knowledge for the Control Group. This study demonstrates that gamification can increase learning, and mobile learning technology are easy accessible for the users. Our conclusion is that elements from gamification and behavioral principles when designing mobile learning program may give a more effective learning process. Implications for healthcare educators as well as suggestions for future research are given.
 
62. Implementation Errors for Task Interspersal Procedures: Impact of Training Methods
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
SUMMER BOTTINI (Binghamton University), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Binghamton University), Raymond G. Romanczyk (SUNY at Binghamton)
Discussant: Byron Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Task interspersal is a common technique demonstrated to facilitate learning in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (Koegel et al., 2010; Chong & Carr, 2005; Kelly & Holloway, 2015). However, this technique can be difficult to implement, with some teachers attaining as low as 67% treatment integrity in controlled, internally valid studies. Errors in implementation can negatively impact outcomes for children (Worsdell et al, 2005). The present study examines the types of errors incurred, compares two methods of staff training as to how these impact treatment integrity, and assesses whether modified data sheets reduce implementation errors. Seventy-eight undergraduate participants were trained to implement task interspersal and then video recorded while conducting three task interspersal sessions. One third of participants received behavioral skills training (i.e., description, video modeling, live modeling, and role play with feedback), 1/3 received an abbreviated training (i.e., role play with feedback), and 1/3 received the abbreviated training with modified data sheets. Initial analysis for 10 participants (complete analysis will be completed before the conference) revealed task interspersal schedule, material layout, and reinforcement to be the most frequent errors (Table 1). Findings will inform methods to improve efficiency of training staff to minimize implementation errors.

 
63. An Analysis of the Classes and Training Offered in Organizational Behavior Management Programs
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
YNGVI F. EINARSSON (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Byron Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The purpose of this analysis is to get an overview of the type of graduate training in Organizational Behavior Management is being provided to students in the field. All programs listed on www.obmnetwork.com as graduate training programs in Organizational Behavior Management were included in the analysis. Currently, there are no specific standards a program has to meet in order to be included on the website. The analysis focused on three criteria. Primarily identifying classes specific to solving organizational issues and are required in the graduate program. Then classifying whether or not those required classes have a foundation in the philosophy of behavior analysis. Lastly, counting how many optional classes in the program are specific to solving organizational issues based on the philosophy of behavior analysis. Online materials from each program were first included in the analysis and each program was then contacted for verification. Lastly, a description or preferably a syllabus was asked for each class meeting the criteria of the study.
 
64. The Effects of a Remote Behavioral Skills Training Package on Staff Performance in Conducting Functional Analyses
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA RENEE WISKIRCHEN (Western Michigan University), Denice Rios (Western Michigan University), Yannick Schenk (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Byron Wine (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The present study seeks to extend the current literature on utilizing behavioral skills training (BST) to teach practitioners how to implement functional analyses (FA). Using a multiple baseline design across participants, this study will measure the effects of using a remote BST package on accurate implementation of FA procedures. Specifically, researchers will use the latest HIPAA-secure teleconsultation technology and BST when training practitioners who have no previous training in FA methodologies. Each participant will experience four phases, which include baseline (only instructions with simulated clients), BST (instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback with simulated clients), post training probes (probes with simulated clients), and generalization probes (probes with actual clients). We will evaluate the effects of a remote BST package on levels of performance in simulated conditions as well as the effects of the remote BST on performance in generalization probes with actual clients.

 
 
 
Poster Session #545
CBM Tuesday PM
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University)
65. Intensity of Pharmacological Intervention Across Individuals Who Engage in Self-Injury
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CHRIS DILLON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Andrew Bonner (Arcus community resources), Chloe J. McKay (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Discussant: Thomas Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Psychiatric medication is frequently prescribed alongside behavioral intervention for individuals who engage in self-injurious behavior (SIB). The treatment intensity rating form (TIRF) is a 10-item scale with three sub-categories. One of the sub-categories includes measures of pharmacological intervention. The two scales of pharmacological intervention examine 1) the number of medication trials a patient had over the course of their admission; and 2) the number of medications that were in place at discharge. Participants included 74 individuals who received treatment on an inpatient unit for severe problem behavior including SIB. Variables related to function of problem behavior (automatic vs. social) were examined to determine if individuals whose SIB is maintained by automatic reinforcement undergo more intensive pharmacological intervention. Four broad classes of medications are examined in more detail including antipsychotics, benzodiazepines, antidepressants, and anticonvulsants. Results indicate that patients whose SIB is maintained by automatic reinforcement received significantly more medication trials during admission and were more frequently prescribed antidepressants. Patients whose SIB is maintained by social consequences were more frequently prescribed antipsychotics and anticonvulsant medications. Finally, medications at discharge are examined across subtype of automatic reinforcement (Hagopian, Rooker, & Zarcone, 2015).

 
66. Comparing Health Delivery Models for Treatment of Behavioral Disorders in Children Identified in Pediatric Practice
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN HELLER (Rowan University), Kristen Thomsen (Rowan University), Lynne Farbman (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University)
Discussant: Thomas Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

The current pilot study compared the outcomes of four distinct service delivery modalities of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT), an evidence-based intervention for externalizing behavior disorders consistent with the principles of behavior analysis. Twenty participants ranging between ages 2 and 8 were recruited from a pediatricians office. Participants were eligible to take part in the study if they scored a 9 or above on the externalizing behavior section of Pediatric Symptom Checklist. Participants were randomly assigned to receive PCIT sessions either at their home, at the pediatricians office, in a university setting, or through a web-based video conferencing program. Outcome measures collected at baseline and 3-month follow-up included the Eyberg Child Behavior Inventory (ECBI) completed by the parent, and direct observation of parent behavior in three play conditions with the child. A satisfaction report regarding the study was also completed at the 3-month follow up. Results of the ECBI indicated that there was a significant decrease in the intensity of child problem behavior from baseline to 3-month follow up and a significant decrease in the problem behavior rating dependent on service delivery method. Results of the direct observations indicated an increase in parent skills from baseline to 3-month follow-up.

 
67. Applied Behavior Analysis Can, and Should, Be More Actively Promoted for Saving Lives in Mainstream Public Health Problems
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
RICHARD COOK (Penn State University)
Discussant: Thomas Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Saving Lifes and Greater Focus on Applying ABA to Mainstream Problems have been foci of recent ABAI presidents messages. Yet, as evidenced by the lectures and research presentations of past ABAI meetings, ABA, with its powerful behavior changing tools, is arguably underused in addressing many of the great public health problems, arguably crises, confronting societies today. The panels of this poster presentation will make a case for focusing greater attention upon these socially valid areas thru panels highlighting the epidemiology of such problems, as well as key facets of the application of ABA principles for public health crises including but not limited to smoking cessation, alcohol intoxication, injury control, domestic violence, family/marital dysfunction, and dementia. By presenting such information, this poster might serve as a motivation establishing operation for any of those who review or discuss it, by showing how ABA principles are directly applicable, and effective, in addressing component behavior chains in these complex public health problems. There is no reason to believe that programs and methodologies of ABA principles, well applied, could be as revolutionary and life altering for these problems and the individuals and societies that suffer from them as they have been for those with autism and other disabilities.

 
68. Beyond Percent Reduction: Global Outcomes of Interventions for Problem Behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
WHITNEY TURBYFIELD (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory Healthcare), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory Healthcare), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory Healthcare)
Discussant: Thomas Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Individuals who engage in problem behavior are likely to experience a number of negative outcomes both for the individual engaging in the problem behavior as well as the caregivers/families of these individuals (Estes et al., 2013; Sikora et al., 2013). Several studies show that interventions employing applied behavior analysis techniques are effective at reducing the rates of problem behaviors in these individuals (Von Schulz, 2014). However, little research has examined the broader impact of these interventions (e.g., impacts upon adaptive behavior of the individual or family stress levels). The current study examined the use of structured observations, clinical interviews, and self-report indirect assessments to evaluate the global impact of interventions for problem behavior across the individuals adaptive behavior, social responsiveness, perceived severity of their problem behavior, and caregiver stress to measure the impact of interventions for problem behaviors beyond a reduction in the rates of targeted problem behavior. Results suggest that this preliminary effort at identifying the collateral benefits of behavioral treatments for problem behavior show that positive outcomes extend beyond reducing problem behavior. Future research may benefit from identifying further measures that capture the range of domains impacted as well as identifying optimal times to conduct such measures.

 
69. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy: Effects of Contingent Responding on "Positive" Behavioral Change
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT HUNTER (University of Nevada, Reno), Timothy Kely Feeney (University of Nevada, Reno  ), Natalie Bennett (University of Nevada, Reno), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Thomas Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is a relatively new and aspiring intervention which may improve the treatment of individuals with interpersonal difficulties. The fundamental element of FAP is its mechanism of change, wherein the therapist consistently provides the client with contingent shaping, which dually reinforces effective behavior and reduces counterproductive behavior. This study intends to add to the field of research with an analysis of therapist-client interactions that specifically tests the hypothesis that contingent responding is a highly effective mechanism of change due to its acute attention to the basic processes of learning. This hypothesis will be tested by coding every therapist-client interaction for a single subject over the course of treatment, and using a lag-sequential analysis to determine if contingent responding indeed leads to an increase in desired behavior compared to rates of change not induced by contingent responding. Expected results will indicate that contingent responding from the therapist optimizes behavioral output from the client for in-session behavior, with early data analysis showing a 95% confidence interval. Contingent responding produces positive behavioral change during therapeutic sessions, and in theory, such shaping will translate into the client's life outside the session, positing that contingent responding in therapeutic sessions could be a highly effective mechanism for improving overall client behavior.

 
70. An Evaluation of Impulsivity in Alcohol Use and Academic Work
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JOSEPH D. DRACOBLY (Eastern Connecticut State University), Stephanie Ferreira (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Discussant: Thomas Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Many college students find drinking alcohol to be a fun and positive activity; however, there are also dangers in this practice. In the United States in 2001, one college student died per day due to alcohol use (Hingson, Heeren, Winter, & Wechsler, 2005). Researchers have reliably found that individuals who make impulsive choices are likely to have high levels of harmful alcohol use (e.g., Finn et al., 2005; Papchristou et al., 2012; Smith et al., 2010). This is particularly problematic in college students because harmful alcohol use is likely to affect both their personal life and academic work. The current study sought to examine the relationship between impulsivity and harmful alcohol use among undergraduate students. First, each participant completed self-report questionnaires that measured their impulsivity and harmful alcohol use. Second, each participant completed two simple tasks designed to measure their temporal discounting of alcohol access and future positive academic outcomes. Overall, even at a shorter delay, future positive academic outcomes were substantially less valuable than future alcohol access. Based on these results, rather than directly targeting alcohol use, it may be useful for colleges arrange more immediate contingencies for desirable academic behavior, which could indirectly decrease risky alcohol use.
 
71. Job Stress Sources Perception and its Effects in University Teachers
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ALFONSO VALADEZ RAMÍREZ (National University of Mexico), Cristina Bravo González (Universida Nacional Autónoma de México), Jos� Esteban Vaquero C�zares (Universidad Nacional Aut�noma de M�xico), Patricia Ortega Silva (National University of Mexico), Patricia Plancarte (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Romano Torres Hugo (Universida Nacional Autónoma de México)
Discussant: Thomas Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Stress is a general problematic situation that impacts several work activities, but specifically in the case of teaching, has alarming evolutionary connotations. In a few years, the educative institution has been affected by numerous changes; these transformations have affected both, the teachers and the conditions in which they exercise their teaching. The main objectives were to identify the sources of stress in university teaching and analyze their impact on the teacher. 418 university professors participated in this study (men, women). They were selected through an intentional non-probabilistic sampling process. 59% of the participants work in a public university and the rest in a private university. The Inventory of Perceived Stress in University Teachers (IPEPU) and Stress Effect in University Teachers Inventory (EEPU) were used. The data showed that the mean score of the perceived level of stress is a little stressful. However, about 30% of teachers reported a significant amount of stress. Among the stressful situations, the organizations aspects are the most stressful, and the cognitive area is the one that has most of the effects. Currently it has been observed that stress occurs most often in people who work as teachers. The Teaching, one of the most widespread professions and more in touch with people, is considered a stressful and exhausting occupation.

 
72. Evaluating the Effect of Delays on Perceptions of Treatments for Challenging Behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JOCELYN SHIEH (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Thomas Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Delayed discounting is the decrease in the value or effectiveness of a consequence when its presentation after the occurrence of a behavior is delayed. Delayed discounting has generally been studied with monetary reinforcers, but researchers have hypothesized that the concept would generalize to a wide array of potential consequences. The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of delayed discounting on caregivers perception of treatment effects for high and low intensity problem behavior. A group of college students (N=112) were presented with hypothetical vignettes to evaluate choices made when delayed discounting is applied to the value of monetary rewards and to the effectiveness of treatment for problem behaviors. Participants selected a course of treatment based on both the immediacy of improvement and the degree to which the childs problem behavior improves. Results include a comparison of monetary discounting to discounting of treatment effects. The following variables within the treatment vignette were also evaluated: whether the participant responds as a parent or a teacher and whether the participant makes treatment choices for a child with high intensity or low intensity problem behaviors.

 
73. Comparing Functional Analyses of Refusal for Solids and Liquids in Children With Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA RILL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Denise Pichardo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Thomas Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Function-based treatments are effective in decreasing refusal in children with pediatric feeding disorders. In order to determine the function(s) of refusal, conducting functional analyses is advised. However, conducting separate functional analyses for refusal of solids and liquids is not commonly described in the literature. And in practice, the results of the functional analysis for solid refusal may just be applied to liquids. But what if the functions differ? The purpose of this study was to determine if the function(s) for refusal differed for solids and liquids in three children with pediatric feeding disorders. Mark was a 13-year-old male with autism, intellectual disability, laryngomalacia, and hypotonia; Ally was a 4-year-old female with autism; and John was a 3-year-old male with autism. All participants were admitted to an intensive feeding program for treatment of food and drink refusal. Functional analyses for refusal were conducted separately for solids and liquids for each participant. Although the function(s) of refusal differed across participants, each participant�s own refusal of solids and liquids was maintained by the same function(s). John�s refusal of solids and liquids was maintained by escape, while Ally and Mark�s refusal of solids and liquids was maintained by escape and attention.

 
74. Effect of a Brief RNT-Focused Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Protocol in Treating Emotional Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Francisco Jose Ruiz-Jimenez (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Diana Riaño (Fundación Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Juan Suárez (Universidad Nacional de Educación a Distancia), CARMEN LUCIANO (Universidad de Almería)
Discussant: Thomas Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

The current study aims to analyze the effect of a 4-session acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) intervention focused on disrupting worry and rumination in the treatment of emotional disorders. Both worry and rumination usually serve an experiential avoidance function and have been robustly identified as transdiagnostic factors implicated in the onset and maintenance of emotional disorders. A multiple baseline design was implemented with 5 participants suffering from depression and/or generalized anxiety disorder. Dependent variables were daily measures of repetitive thinking and weekly self-reports of emotional symptoms, worry, rumination, negative thoughts, valued living, experiential avoidance, cognitive fusion, and generalized pliance. This is an ongoing study that will collect data for a 3-month follow-up. To date, we have collected the posttreatment data from 3 participants who showed significant improvements in emotional symptoms for all participants. The results will be discussed highlighting the need to conduct a randomized clinical trial comparing the effect of this protocol with a standard ACT protocol to treat emotional disorders.

 
75. Comparing Novel Versus Extant Responses When Assessing Sensitivity to Attention
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
PHILLIP ORCHOWITZ (Kennedy Krieger Instittue), Sara Deinlein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Marissa Erin Daly (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute/ Johns Hopkins Universit)
Discussant: Thomas Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Reinforcer assessments evaluate the effects of stimuli on rates of responding, and may hold some utility as an analogue format for predicting rates of problem behavior under specific contingencies. The purpose of this study was to determine if a novel response, button pressing, was sensitive to the same consequences as attention maintained problem behavior, for a 16-year-old male. In phase 1, a button press resulted in one of four consequences (praise, statement of concern, physical, or no attention). During phase 2, problem behavior produced the specific consequences. Across phases, a reversal design was used to compare responding during high or low quality attention. When results were compared, differential responding was observed, but unique patterns emerged based on the target behavior. Specifically, for button pressing, regardless of the quality of the attention, responding was highest for praise and statements of concern. However, when low quality attention was provided for problem behavior, responding was elevated in all conditions except when attention was not provided. Discussion will focus on the advantages and disadvantages of using novel responses as an alternative to problem behavior to determine sensitivity to contingencies. The percentage of sessions with interobserver agreement averaged 39.4% and was adequate for all behaviors.

 
 
 
Poster Session #546
PRA Tuesday PM
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
76. Interobserver Agreement for Chewing Skills in Children With Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS MULDERINK (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins School of Medicine)
Discussant: Robert Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

For children with feeding disorders, typical chewing patterns often do not develop naturally (Sheppard, 2008). Children with feeding disorders frequently engage in inefficient chewing practices such as mashing food, swallowing prematurely, packing food, or immature munching patterns. One major complication in the treatment of chewing skills is the measurement of functional chewing. Interobserver agreement (IOA) for chewing is complicated by patient use of atypical chewing patterns and closed-mouth chewing. Alternatively, methods such as mastication checks require teaching a child to delay swallowing and show the feeder the chewed bite (Volkert et al., 2013). This study explores the reliability of four measures of chewing: occurrence, frequency, duration, and mastication. Two groups of trained participants observed videos of children receiving treatment for chewing. One group of observers collected data on one specific chewing behavior (low demand) while the other group (high demand) coded all relevant behaviors during the feeding session (e.g., coughing, gagging, acceptance, etc.). IOA increased across all four measures for the low demand group; however, frequency and duration demonstrated relatively low IOA across both groups. Additional research will be presented exploring how a brief training for observers impacts the reliability of observations of these four measures of chewing.

 
77. Using AB Designs for Clinical Decision Making: An Examination of the Impact of Phase Length
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal)
Discussant: Robert Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: When working with clients, practicing behavior analysts have the ethical obligation to rigorously assess the effects of their interventions. The simplest single-case design to assess treatment effectiveness is the AB design. Because historical and maturational effects are not controlled, one concern of using the AB design is that the observed changes may be the result of confounding variables. The purpose of the study was to examine the probability of observing changes in the absence of the introduction of an independent variable (i.e., false positives) using previously published baseline data. To this end, we produced a series of 16,554 datasets with differing phase lengths from previously published studies and analyzed the graphs using the conservative dual-criterion method. Our results indicate that collecting three baseline data points is generally sufficient to minimize false positives (i.e., > .05) as long as the practitioner conducts at least five treatment sessions. Moreover, increasing the length of the treatment phase has typically more pronounced and beneficial effects than increasing the length of the baseline. Our results strongly support the validity of using the AB design as a decision-making tool within practical settings.
 
78. A Descriptive Study on the Work Experiences of Behavior Support Providers Across Tennessee
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
JOHN E. STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Maria Mello (Vanderbilt University, Peabody College, Special Education Department), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
Discussant: Robert Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

As new Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) enter the field of behavior analysis, it is crucial to determine where, how, and what populations BCBAs are serving. We conducted an online survey to determine the potential gaps in behavior support services. The online survey link was disseminated through behavior service organizations/associations. The 94 participants in the survey were primarily white females with an average age of 36.74 years, who had been working for an average of 4.32 years as a BCBA in non-rural settings. While most BCBAs worked primarily in the top most populated counties, they reported traveling to provide services (76.1%), with a minimum distance of 12.83 miles and maximum of 61.90 miles. On a scale from 1 (never) to 5 (always), participants reported mostly working with younger children with autism, intellectual disability, and developmental delay. The results of this descriptive study show that there are different areas, both in population and location, where BCBAs can expand in regards to service provision. Service provision gaps still remain in regards to older adults, disabilities beyond IDD, and rural areas.

 
79. Differential Reinforcement for Low Rates of Behavior and Token Reinforcement to Reduce Bizarre Speech in an Adolescent Female
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
MELYSSA MCDONOUGH (REM Minnesota)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement for low rates of behavior (DRL) and token reinforcement were used as a behavior intervention protocol for an eleven-year-old female who engaged in speaking to imaginary people and animals. A brief functional assessment consisting of behavioral interviews and direct observation suggested non-functional vocalizations was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A changing criterion DRL procedure backed by a token economy was implemented and partial interval recording method was used to assess the percentage of intervals the individual engaged in vocalizations from baseline (83%) to termination of the intervention (-0%).

 
80. Relationship of Severity of Behavior Problems to Impact on Quality of Life: A Pilot Study of Two New Measures
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
ROSEMARY A. CONDILLAC (Brock University), Whitney Kerr (Brock University), Meagan Elizabeth Scott (Brock University)
Discussant: Robert Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Condillac (2009) designed a system of program evaluation measures for publicly funded ABA programs serving individuals with ASD/DD. The Behavioural Assessment and Treatment Taxonomy (BATT) tracks ABA assessment and intervention techniques and behavioural outcomes. The Target Behavior Severity Scale (TBSS) measures caregivers’ reports of the severity of problem behaviour across the dimensions of frequency, intensity, duration, and discrimination. The Impact on Quality of Life Scale (IQOL) measures the impact of problem behaviour on quality of life for the individual and those in their environment. This poster will focus on the development of the IQOL. Caregivers of 25 individuals with ASD/DD receiving community based ABA treatment for problem behaviour completed the IQOL and the TBSS. Preliminary results suggest that the I-QOL is easy to use, has good face validity, and has acceptable internal consistency (.871 for individual, .950 for caregiver, and .949 for full scale). Correlations between the TBSS total score and IQOL scores reveal modest positive relationships (.53 to .67, p<.01) and account for between 28%-45% of the variance suggesting that the IQOL and TBSS are measuring overlapping but relatively unique concepts. These results provide support for field-testing the IQOL and TBSS within a program evaluation pilot.
 
81. Reliability and Validity of the Target Behaviour Severity Scale: A Measure of Social Validity
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
WHITNEY KERR (Brock University), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University)
Discussant: Robert Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) relies on the scientific method to decrease problem behaviour and increase skills for individuals with developmental disabilities. Program evaluation determines whether desired outcomes are being met within ABA services. However, program evaluation is inherently difficult and rarely completed due to individualized programming and lack of available measures to capture specific changes in problem behaviour. This study examined the face validity, usability, and reliability of the Target Behaviour Severity Scale (TBSS) completed by consultants and caregivers. The instrument was found to have acceptable internal consistency (consultant α= .714, caregiver α= .730) and was reported to be easy to use. When significant differences between consultant and caregivers were found, caregivers typically rated problem behaviour as more severe. Results suggest that the TBSS holds significant promise for future use in program evaluation, though some further revision is likely necessary to improve internal consistency of the scale measuring duration.
 
82. Self-Reinforcement With Behavioral Checklist in Patient With Schizophrenia
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
TAKAYUKI KAWAGUCHI (Kitasato University), Makoto Suzuki (Kitasato Univers), Aki Watanabe (Kitasato University), Michinari Fukuda (School of Allied Health Sciences, Kitasato University)
Discussant: Robert Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Patients with schizophrenia who cannot perform daily living behaviors independently become a burden to their family members and show poor integration into the community. The purpose of this study was to explore the effect of self-reinforcement on daily activity and participation in a patient with schizophrenia. The target behaviors were bathing frequency related to daily activity and work time related to participation. A single subject experimental multiple baseline design where baseline with verbal prompts by occupational therapist, intervention with self-reinforcement using checklists of bathing and working was implemented. Self-reinforcement using checklists increased the bathing frequency (baseline: 1 time per week, intervention: 1-3 times per week; change in level = 3.0; binominal test, p = 0.006) and working time (baseline: 0-60 hours per week, intervention: 60-180 hours per week, change in level = 1.0; binominal test, p < 0.001). These results suggest that the self-reinforcement using checklists had an effect on bating frequency and working time in a patient with schizophrenia.

 
83. Increasing Self-Feeding Skills Using Backward Chaining
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
DENISE PICHARDO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Kate Rubio (Georgia State University), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Robert Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

It is common that children with feeding disorders lack age-appropriate eating skills, as they may have missed opportunities to develop typical feeding skills, such as self-feeding. Intervention may be necessary to teach these skills regardless of whether refusal results from a motivational or skill deficit. When a target behavior is rare or absent, tasks can be shaped using forward or backward chaining by targeting a pre-existing step within an individuals behavioral repertoire. Research has shown that backward chaining can shape cup-drinking and using manual guidance to complete the chain familiarizes clients with the untrained steps and may increase mastery. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to extend the use of backward chaining to increase self-feeding of solids for a child with a feeding disorder when alternative methods failed to increase consistent self-feeding. Participation criteria and self-feeding steps were established, and backward chain procedures were initiated. Once the participant accurately completed the targeted step in the chain at least 80% of the time for 3 consecutive sessions, a baseline probe was conducted to establish experimental control, and then the subsequent step was introduced. This procedure was effective in teaching to self-feed independently when other methods failed.

 
84. On the Relation Between Treatment Efficacy and Patient Preference for Behavioral Interventions
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
Catherine K. Martinez (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), KISSEL JOSEPH GOLDMAN (University of Florida), Nathalie Fernandez (University of Florida), Elizabeth Schieber (University of Florida)
Discussant: Robert Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

In recent years, behavior analysts have conducted several comparative analyses that have examined the efficacy of two or more procedures designed to produce the same outcome, as well as participants preferences among the procedures. We aggregated these studies to ask questions about the relation between treatment efficacy and treatment preference. Twenty-one published studies met our criteria for inclusion in the analysis, yielding 92 distinct data sets for 83 participants. Roughly 74% of the sample showed clear differences in both efficacy and preference for the procedures. When we considered only those data sets that showed a clear difference in both preference and efficacy, the participants preferred the most effective intervention in over 75% of the analyses, with correspondence as high as 90% when data sets were further divided into categories of behavior. We discuss these results, several secondary analyses, and observed trends in preference in terms of possible reasons for this high degree of correspondence and potential implications for the selection of behavioral interventions.

 
85. Evaluating Caregiver Compliance With Different Data Collection Methodologies
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
PAUL W. HEERING (May Institute)
Discussant: Robert Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Data collection is an important component of providing behavior analysis services. When providing consultation to families in real world settings it can be difficult to get families to consistently complete data collection forms. This study evaluated caregiver compliance with collecting data using two different data collection methodologies: a traditional pen and paper data sheet and an online form. During the first phase of the study families used traditional pen and paper data sheets. The second phase of the study involved families completing online forms that were created using free online software. The families filled out these forms using smartphones or tablets. A multiple baseline across families design was used to determine which data collection system was associated with higher rates of parent compliance. The results of the study showed that parent compliance was higher using online data collection systems. The latency for the consultant to have access to the data and parent satisfaction for each system were also examined. This study has many implications for the use of free, simple, and easily accessible technology in everyday settings.
 
85a. Experimental Functional Analysis: Training & Implementation by Board Certified Behavior Analysts
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
HANNA C. RUE (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Chisato Komatsu (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Christine Seubert (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Tino LoVullo (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Andrea Ridgeway (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

The current study aims to identify Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) experiences with experimental functional analyses (EFAs). Additionally, data collected will evaluate the impact of a training protocol on BCBAs ability to generalize skills necessary to conduct a trial-based functional analysis. Specifically, BCBAs reporting no experience implementing an EFA will participate in a one-day training on implementation of a traditional EFA protocol. Data will be collected regarding the participants ability to conduct an EFA with a client. Participants will then conduct a trial-based EFA to determine whether or not acquired skills generalized to a different EFA technique (i.e., traditional EFA and trial-based EFA). Results of the current study indicate that of 33 practicing BCBAs surveyed only 39% had experience implementing an EFA and 21% received training in EFA methodology outside of graduate level coursework. Preliminary results indicate in-vivo training is necessary to implement an EFA with acceptable levels of integrity. Additional results will be discussed in terms of generalization of skills and the need for EFAs to be completed during practicum placements.

 
 
 
Poster Session #547
DDA Tuesday PM
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
86. Enhanced Caregiver Discrimination of Problem Behavior Following Caregiver-Implemented Functional Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JONATHAN R. MILLER (University of Colorado School of Medicine; Children's Hospital Colorado), Fan Yu (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher E. Bullock (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Amanda Duva (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
Abstract:

Caregivers are frequently involved in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. As part of this process, clinicians may charge caregivers with collecting data on the occurrence of problem behavior. However, data collection can place an additional burden on caregivers and accuracy of obtained information may be questionable. This investigation sought to examine caregivers' accuracy using a simple data collection procedure as compared to data collected by trained observers. Four caregivers of children with intellectual/developmental disabilities recorded data using a simple rating scale while observing and participating as therapists in the assessment (functional analysis) and treatment of their child's problem behavior. Caregivers were not provided feedback on accuracy of data, but did receive feedback concerning correct implementation of session contingencies when serving as therapist. Trained observer data were converted to the rating scale used by caregivers and served as the gold standard. Caregiver ratings were compared to trained observer ratings prior to (Inexperienced) and following (Experienced) serving as therapist. Results suggest that accuracy increased following experience as a therapist for 3 of 4 caregivers. We hypothesize that experience providing consequences contingent upon problem behavior in sessions may have enhanced caregiver discrimination of the behaviors and thereby increased accuracy.

 
88. Using Differing Reinforcement Schedules to Break a Response Chain That Resulted in Self-Injurious Behavior During Independent Tasks
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALLAINA SHELTROWN (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Andrew Bulla (Western Michigan University), Thomas Ratkos (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Amanda Duva (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
Abstract:

In 2014, Western Michigan University began collaborating with the Van Buren Intermediate School District, and worked with various teachers in different classrooms to identify students in need of services. The student, whose data are represented on the graph, was selected because of the severity of his self-injurious behavior (SIB) during independent mastered tasks. Upon assessment, it was determined that the behavior was part of a response chain. Systematically, the WMU team faded from a dense schedule of blocking and delivery of praise to a time-based schedule. The team incorporated a MotivAider to serve as a prompt to praise the student after an average of 30 seconds had passed. Although reported from the teacher to be more feasible, the MotivAider prompt schedule did not reduce SIB to near zero rates. The team then included a priming period at the beginning of instruction along with the MotivAider prompt schedule. The priming period included praising the student on the first two tasks during the independent work time (i.e. each priming period took no longer than 15 to 20 seconds). The incorporation of the priming and prompt schedule reduced SIB to near zero levels.

 
89. Generalization of Mealtime Protocols Through Free Access Meals With Preferred vs. Non-Preferred Foods
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH A. MASLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Borgen (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Amanda Duva (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
Abstract:

Children with feeding disorders may be able to consume age-appropriate volumes of a variety of foods with function-based treatment of refusal; however, implementation of the childs treatment is not always possible, such as when the child is at school or in the community. In these settings, modifications to the treatment or foods provided may be needed. The purpose of the current study was to determine whether identification and provision of more preferred foods during free access meals would assist in generalization of treatment. The participant was a 5-year-old girl with autism admitted to an inpatient feeding program for the assessment and treatment of feeding difficulties, who consumed an age-appropriate volume of a variety of foods using a function-based mealtime protocol consisting of escape extinction and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. Three preferred (i.e., consumption = 60%) and three non-preferred (consumption = 40%) foods were identified through a paired-choice edible preference assessment. When presented with these foods in free access meals, consumption of preferred foods averaged 87.5% and consumption of non-preferred foods averaged 6.2%. These results suggest that following effective treatment of food refusal, more preferred foods may be used to generalize meals to more natural settings.

 
90. Behavioral Interventions for Trichotillomania in Individuals With Developmental Disorders: A Systematic Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINE DREW (University of Oregon), Dana Dawson (Texas State University), Katherine Ledbetter-Cho (The University of Texas), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Amanda Duva (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
Abstract:

Trichotillomania is the recurrent pulling out of ones hair resulting in noticeable hair loss that cannot be better accounted for by another condition, and the disturbance causes clinically significant distress/impairment in important functional areas. In both typically developing adults and those with intellectual and developmental disability (IDD), symptoms can persist across the lifespan with varying severity and can cause alopecia, skin infections, scalp bleeding or irritation, and carpel tunnel syndrome. While there is evidence that 5% of those with IDD in residential facilities engage in this behavior, there is no consensus on best course of treatment. The authors systematically reviewed the literature and fourteen studies matched inclusion criteria. These studies were evaluated based on participants, settings, use of functional assessment, treatment, results, certainty of evidence, and social validity and included 16 participants with ages 3-57 years. Seven studies attempted to address operant function, but only 4 used functional analysis. Treatment methods included: (a) punishment procedures, (b) reinforcement procedures, (c) response blocking or interruption, (d) awareness training, and (e) environmental enrichment. While few interventions met criteria for evidence-based best practice, reinforcement strategies/interventions appear to be effective. Recommendations for treatment are made based on available evidence, and future research suggestions are offered.

 
91. Restricted and Repetitive Behaviors Exhibited by Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: A Descriptive Literature Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JOSE MARTINEZ (University of Florida), Maureen Conroy (University of Florida), Debra A. Prykanowski (University of Florida), Brittany Werch (University of Florida)
Discussant: Amanda Duva (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
Abstract:

Restrictive and repetitive behaviors (RRBs) frequently dominate the daily activities of individuals with developmental disabilities, and often significantly impact these individuals ability to learn and develop adaptive behaviors and skills. RRBs may interfere considerably with these individuals successful inclusion into broad societal contexts. Identifying effective techniques and interventions to assess and treat RRBs is a worthy area of research to improve the academic, behavioral, and social outcomes of individuals with developmental disabilities. The purpose of this poster is threefold: 1) to present the findings from a comprehensive literature review conducted; 2) describe research on the treatment of RRBs in individuals with developmental disabilities; and 3) make recommendations for practitioners/researchers in identifying effective treatments, and gaps in this literature. Reviewed studies were published between 1970 and 2015, employed a single-case experimental design, and included individuals 363 years old. Findings suggest that several antecedent-based and consequence-based interventions are effective in reducing lower order RRBs (e.g., stereotypies) and increasing socially appropriate behaviors (e.g., engagement) in individuals with developmental disabilities. However, there is a lack of research focused on interventions aimed at decreasing higher order RRBs (e.g., circumscribed interests) in these individuals. Directions for future research and practice will also be discussed.

 
92. Effects of a Token System, Functional Communication Training, and Supportive Communication with a 3½-Year-Old, Non-Vocal/Verbal Boy
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
HAILEY BABIN (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), Jennifer Neyman (Gonzaga University)
Discussant: Amanda Duva (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of a token system that incorporated functional communication training (FCT) to decrease screaming behavior and increase communication with a 3 year old non-vocal/verbal boy. The study measured screaming behavior within a single subject reversal design. Communication skills such as manding tacting, listener responding, motor imitation, and match to sample were part of a treatment package designed to improve communication skills. The researcher used the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) to assess current performance (pretest) at the beginning of the study and again at the end of the study (posttest) to identify general progress. The study found that the token system combined with FCT was effective at reducing screaming behavior to acceptable rates (less than 10%). During the reversal, screaming behavior returned to baseline rates. When intervention was reapplied, appropriate levels of screaming behavior reduced back to less than 10%. Some areas of the VB-MAPP were not directly trained, yet results still showed marked improvement from baseline. All communication skills improved on the VB-MAPP assessment from pretest measures.

 
93. Rules and Statements of Reinforcer Loss in Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NOOR JAVED (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), Julia Iannaccone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Amanda Duva (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
Abstract:

Providing the individual with a rule regarding consequences for behavior has been suggested to increase the efficacy of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedures in the treatment of severe problem behavior. Watts et al. (2013) demonstrated this phenomenon targeting high preferred toy play as an analogue for automatically maintained problem behavior in children. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend the experiment by Watts et al. by assessing the efficacy of rules and statements of reinforcer loss (SRL) in DRO procedures in the treatment of severe problem behavior. Conditions included baseline, no rule DRO, rule DRO, and rule DRO with SRL. For two participants, neither the no rule DRO, nor rule DRO condition produced reductions in problem behavior. For the third, problem behavior was reduced during the no-rule DRO and rule DRO conditions, with a more rapid reduction observed in the rule DRO condition. A substantial decrease from baseline was observed in problem behavior for all participants in the rule with statement of reinforcer loss DRO condition suggesting that a consequent rule enhances the efficacy of DRO procedures.

 
94. Teaching to Wait for the Completion of Instruction Delivery
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
ANTHONY CONCEPCION (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), Melissa Theodore (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Amanda Duva (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
Abstract: No known study to date has examined how to teach children with autism to wait for complete instructions prior to responding. Responding during instruction delivery is one of four (i.e., incorrect responding prior to, after, during, and no response to instruction) possible forms of incorrect responding during discrete trial training. However, error correction procedures typically target all forms of errors at once. Failure to wait for instructions may often lead to unintended and incorrect responding. Children who tend to respond too quickly also may take up additional training time requiring staff to reset materials, restate directions, and correct errors. In the current study we taught a child with autism to wait for the removal of a stimulus card prior to attempting to respond to directions. Training to wait to emit vocal responses was only successful after waiting to emit motor responses was taught. Post-intervention conditions included generalization and stimulus fading. Behavioral processes describing the emergence of incorrect responding and probable mechanisms of a successful intervention also are discussed.
 
95. Effects of Listening to a Favorite Music on Mentally Disabled Adults' Sorting Behavior of Coffee Beans
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NOBUHIRO WATANABE (Tokiwa University), Nobuhiro Watanabe (Isoen), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Discussant: Amanda Duva (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to investigate whether three mentally disabled adults in a welfare facility could sort appropriately coffee beans into good and bad ones by listening to an instrumental music while they sorted beans. The participants engaged in the sorting task as a task for job assistance. They received two experiments. The first one was based on ABAB design with multiple-baseline-across participants design. The second experiment was based on a version of alternating-treatment design. In both experiments, the independent variable was the presentation of an instrumental music which was favorite one to all participants. The music was presented via earphone to each participant. The dependent variable was a total amount of beans classified appropriately by each participant during the sorting task. In the baseline phase of each experiment, the participants engaged in the sorting task without the music. In the intervention phase, they were exposed to the music during the task. Fig. 1 shows the results of the first experiment and Fig. 2 shows those of the second experiment. From these results, it is clear that all participants could sort more coffee beans appropriately with the music than without the music.

 
96. Examining the Role of Peer Modeling vs. Staff Modeling in a Chained Task With Adults With Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARIELA CASTRO (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Amanda Duva (Services for the UnderServed, Inc.)
Abstract:

Bandura (1961) defined observational learning as the ability of an organism to acquire new behaviors as a result of viewing the behavior of a model. While the ability to acquire new behaviors through observation has been identified by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, it has yet been focused the type of models that are typically used for learning new skills. The purpose of the current study was to examine whether learning a daily living skill would be acquired faster by observing a peer or a staff model. An alternating treatment design across participants was used to determine the acquisition skill of making coffee and oatmeal by a peer or staff model. Results may demonstrate that a daily living skill may be easier to learn when an individual observes peers in a naturalistic setting.

 
 
 
Poster Session #548
AUT Tuesday PM
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East
Chair: Nicole Heal (Biddeford School District)
97. The Effectiveness of Contingency Discrimination Training for Observational Learning of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Yuen Tsai (National ChangHua University of Education), HUA FENG (National ChangHua University of Education)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to investigate the effect on observational learning abilities of children with autism spectrum disorder by contingency discrimination training. The participants were two 6-year-old children with autism. A single-subject experimental design of multiple baseline design across subjects was used. The independent variable of the study was contingency discrimination training. The dependent variables were the percentage of correction in the performance, maintenance and generalization of discrimination and progression of observational learning abilities. Visual analysis and the information from observation was used to analyze the effect of contingency discrimination training on the participants. Through the questionnaires and interviewed the subjects parents and teachers to confirm the social validity of the study. The results showed that the contingency discrimination training: (1) could enhance, maintain and generalize the skills of discriminating contingencies, (2) could enhance the observational learning abilities in acquiring new skills, and (3) provided social validity to show the agreement of this outcomes from the caregivers of the participants. Implications for teaching discrimination of contingencies to children with autism are discussed. Key words:

 
98. Use of Escape Extinction and Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior in the Treatment of Food Selectivity and Inappropriate Meal Time Behaviour
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TRACEY FEENSTRA (Saint Cloud State University/ Semiahmoo Behavior Analyst Inc.), Joan Broto (Semiahmoo Behaviour Analysts, Inc.), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Food selectivity and inappropriate meal time behaviors occur at higher rates with individuals with autism spectrum disorder than typically developed individuals. Food selectivity may lead to an inadequate calorie intake, malnutrition, weight loss, delay in development, and when severe, more medically invasive treatments may be needed. We implemented an escape extinction and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) procedure to successfully treat food selectivity and inappropriate meal time behaviors in a 4-year-old student diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Baseline data indicated the student did not consume foods that were presented during meal times. Results from the intervention indicated that the escape extinction and DRA increased food acceptance, decreased the latency of food consumption, as well decreased inappropriate mealtime behaviours. A post intervention follow up demonstrated that the student consumed all foods presented by caregivers within a mean latency of 6s, and inappropriate meal time behaviours had decreased to rates of 0 events. Caregivers also reported the student acquired a net weight gain of 6 pounds following the intervention.

 
99. Reducing Negative Aggressive Behaviors With Escape Extinction, Desensitization Program, and Introducing Replacement Behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ASHLEE HIGHLEY (Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Billie Isaacs (Applied Behavior Center for Autism)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

The purpose of this poster was to demonstrate the effects of using escape extinction for escape maintained negative behaviors and the effects of using replacement behaviors or FCT (functional communication training) for attention maintained behaviors. This poster will be based on one subject. He was evaluated using an A-B treatment design. When a demand was placed on the subject and negative aggressive behaviors were displayed, escape extinction was used. When another patient went into a negative behavior and caused the subject to display negative aggressive behaviors, then the desensitization program was utilized. Finally, for attention maintained negative aggressive behaviors, replacement behavior or FCT (Functional Communication Training) was used and was functionally equivalent to their negative aggressive behaviors, but were easier for them. Results showed that during the treatment phase, the aggressive behaviors that were displayed decreased in rates. This proves that Escape extinction, desensitization programs, and replacement behaviors are effective in decreasing negative aggressive behaviors.

 
100. Teaching Peer Engagement and Participation to Children With Autism in a Full-Inclusion, Community Day Camp Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LISA M. CYMBOR (Marcus Autism Center), Chiara M. Cunningham (Marcus Autism Center at Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Peyton Groff (Georgia Neurobehavioral Associates), Dana Zavatkay (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), William Walton (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Georiga; Marcus Autism Center), Courtney Sievers (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Social skill deficits in autism impact an individuals ability to form meaningful friendships, to participate in a fully inclusive setting, and to participate in community activities with peers and family (e.g., sports events, restaurants). Although a known deficit significantly impacting quality of life for these individuals, social skills are often not the focus of significant clinical attention for children with high functioning autism when successful academically and not displaying significant disruptive or dangerous behaviors. This presentation describes a model for providing social skills instruction to children with autism imbedded in a full-inclusion summer day camp. Clinical goals were selected to increase peer engagement and activity participation for campers with autism to levels commensurate with typically developing peers. Specifically, five sub-goals representing component skills of each were defined in hierarchical levels from foundational to advanced. Intervention packages addressed individualized goals for each camper through use of behavioral skills training, social stories, and systematic in-vivo prompting. Partial interval data were simultaneously recorded for both target camper and typically developing, same age/gender peers to allow for comparison while controlling for setting and other environmental factors. These data are shown as evidence of effective approaches to increasing participation and engagement in a natural environment.

 
101. School-Based Application of Synthesized Functional Analysis and Treatment
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KATE RAFTERY (Nashoba Learning Group), Jessica Slaton (Nashoba Learning Group)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract: We conducted interview-informed synthesized contingency analyses (IISCAs) on the problem behavior of two students who attended a day school for children with autism. For one student, problem behavior was maintained by escape to music and child-directed interaction; for the other, problem behavior was maintained by escape to toys. We implemented a treatment package for each student consisting of FCT and EXT. Treatment was implemented during short daily sessions at school, and problem behavior during these sessions was reduced to near-zero for both students. The required complexity of the functional communication response (FCR) was shaped from a short phrase to a full conversational exchange. Both students now use the FCR independently and give an appropriate response to denial with multiple therapists and in multiple settings within the school. One student also completes a short series of demands during the delay to reinforcement, and tolerates at least one situation that previously evoked problem behavior (hearing repeated instructions). These data indicate successful school-based treatment developed from an IISCA.
 
102. The Repetitive Behavior Interference Scale - Revised as a Measure of Interference in Academic and Leisure Contexts
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NOOR JAVED (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erica Lozy (Kennedy Kreiger Insitute), Andrew Bonner (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Approximately 90% of individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) engage in some form of repetitive behavior that appears to serve no adaptive function. The Repetitive Behavior Interference Scale-Revised (RBIS-R) is a questionnaire developed as a brief rating scale to capture the degree to which repetitive behaviors interfere with functioning in specific contexts. Caregivers of 13 individuals with ASD admitted to an inpatient unit were asked to complete the questionnaire independently. Results from the questionnaire indicated that the individuals repetitive behaviors interfered severely within the social and learning contexts. Specifically, these behaviors interfered with the learning of novel tasks, completing academics, and participating in leisure and group based activities. Of the 13 participants, direct observation data of repetitive behavior were collected for 8 individuals in leisure and academic settings. Operational definitions of repetitive behaviors were formed based on the information provided by caregivers on the questionnaire. Results indicate that on average, ratings on the RBIS-R scale matched the observations of repetitive behaviors with academic tasks and leisure activities.

 
103. Increasing the Speech Sound Inventory of a 5-Year-Old With Autism Using Fluency Based Instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Elizabeth Lefebre (Organization for Research and Learning), Jessica Aldous (Organization for Research and Learning), EUNICE BARRON (Organization for Research and Learning)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

For learners with autism spectrum disorder and speech-language delays, deficits in speech sound production have an immense impact on their ability to communicate effectively with familiar and novel listeners. Nearly all of the current literature on behavioral interventions for improving articulation in learners with ASD reports on the use of discrete-trial teaching or naturalistic approaches (cf. Dyer, 2010). There currently is limited research on use of frequency aims and outcome checks for skill retention, endurance, stability, and application (RESA) (Johnson & Layng, 2002; Fabrizio & Moors 2003) as criteria for mastery of speech sounds. This poster presents the effects of the use of fluency-based instruction on increasing the speech sound inventory of a 5-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and a severe speech and language delay. Treatment targets included direct imitation of all consonant-vowel (CV) and vowel-consonant (VC) combinations in Standard American English, in addition to single and multisyllabic functional words that the learner would likely encounter in his environment. The learner received daily practice of imitating these targets, given a daily improvement goal based on the previous days performance. Data were charted on the Standard Celeration Chart, and were validated across therapists and supervisory staff.

 
104. Treating Food-Approval-Seeking Behavior: One Bite at a Time
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SARAH R. JENKINS (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health - Monterey Bay)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract: The prevalence of feeding problems in children with autism is high (Volkert & Vaz, 2010). These problems may include food refusal, food selectivity based on food type and texture, and problem behavior during meals (Sharp et al., 2013). The current investigation was a treatment of a unique presentation of food refusal. Hans was a 6 year old boy with autism who ate a variety of foods, but had become prompt dependent and reliant upon approval from adults for consumption of every bite of food across all meals. The intervention to address this unique behavior was based on providing an instruction to eat his meal with a specification of how many bites to eat before the next prompt. The number of bites specified in the instruction was systematically increased. As Hans became more independent during meal times, the instruction became less specific to an eventual terminal instruction of “eat your lunch.” Independent bites increased from a baseline level of 0% to a final phase level of almost 100%, suggesting the intervention was effective. At the conclusion of the study, Hans was delivering self-rules to eat his lunch and rarely required prompts from an adult.
 
105. Function-Based Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior Evoked by the Presence of People
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MARK KRUGER (Nashoba Learning Group), Jessica Slaton (Nashoba Learning Group), Cortney Lynn (Nashoba Learning Group), Kate Raftery (Nashoba Learning Group)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract: We completed an interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) for a teenager with autism who engaged in severe problem behavior and extreme social avoidance (i.e. preferred to be isolated at all times). Problem behavior was maintained by escape from social interaction to solitary activities. A functional communication response (FCR) was taught to access the reinforcer of having the therapist leave the room, and a changing criterion design was used to shape FCR complexity. Once the therapist could enter the room without evoking problem behavior, we faded therapist proximity from the doorway to within arm’s length of the participant so the FCR occurred at an appropriate distance and without problem behavior or agitated body language (e.g., wincing). We then introduced denial of the FCR and short delays to reinforcement. Data show near-elimination of problem behavior in the context of brief social interaction, and tolerance for denial of time alone has been established for very short periods of time. Data indicate the beginning of an effective treatment for problem behavior maintained by escape from social interaction, and show efficacy of procedures similar to Hanley et al. in a school setting.
 
106. Bagels and Pizza Are Not Enough! Increasing a Student's Food Repertoire
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA SEEMAN (NYC Autism Charter School), Hannah Miller (NYC Autism Charter School), Leah Finigan (NYC Autism Charter School), Nicole Pearson (NYC Autism Charter School)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Food selectivity is a common problem among children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) (Bandini et al., 2010). A significant amount of research has looked at procedures for increasing food acceptance among individuals in in-patient or day treatment settings for severe cases of food selectivity. Less research has examined the use of procedures to expand an individuals diet in school settings where time and resources may be limited. The current study investigates the use of a picture schedule with access to a highly preferred food to expand the food repertoire of a 14-year-old girl with ASD exhibiting food selectivity. All treatment sessions are being implemented in her school setting. Intervention procedures are systematically introduced for increasing amounts of each target food using a multiple baseline design across foods. The consumption of four target foods is being assessed. Once acceptance of a novel food is demonstrated, the picture schedule will be removed and foods will be presented in a more natural meal-time arrangement. Preliminary data suggest that the use of this procedure is effective in increasing the acceptance of novel foods by the participant in the school setting.

 
107. Using a Behaviour Skills Model to Teach Job Skills to a Young Man With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTEN COPELAND (Spectrum Intervention Group), Lynne Thibodeau (Spectrum Intervention Group, Ottawa)
Discussant: Aimee Giles (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Applied research focusing on adults with autism is underrepresented in our field. As the number of individuals diagnosed with autism continues to increase, more emphasis will need to be put on the lifespan of the individual and ways to find meaningful engagement with the community. The purpose of this program was to determine if a behaviour skills model (BST) was effective at teaching job skills to a young man with autism. The behaviour skills training model was applied one hour per week to three jobs in our centre. Skills were explained and modelled before the learner practiced the skill and received feedback. The learner acquired all three jobs within 12 weeks and maintained at least 80% of the steps in follow up probes. We found the behaviour skills training model was easy for the staff to implement and resulted in the acquisition of job skills in a short period of time. However, ways to assure maintenance of the skill and generalization to other environments is necessary.

 
108. Collaborative School-Home Approach: Generalization of Skills Across Settings for an 8-Year-Old With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JULIYA KRASNOPOLSKY (Melmark New England), Barbara O'Malley Cannon (Melmark New England), Catherine Judkins (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

It has been well-established that children with autism need consistent programming across environments to learn and maintain skills. Difficulties in picking up cues from the environment, as well as generalizing across environments, make well coordinated, systematic interventions essential. The National Research Council points to programming for generalization as a necessary feature of best practice (National Research Council, 2001). Combining home and school services allows consistent delivery and generalization across settings, which is well supported within the literature (Stokes & Baer, 1977; Rincover & Koegel, 1975; Valdimarsodottir, Halldorsdottir, & Sigurdardottir, 2010). The data from this study further adds to the body of research showing successful learning and generalization across settings for an eight-year old boy with autism. With a collaborative approach that allowed for consistent teaching procedures across settings and instructors, the student showed progress with several acquisition programs in the areas of daily living and leisure skills, such as tooth brushing and following a leisure schedule. These findings support home consultation services and effective home-school collaboration for students with autism. Correlation was found between initiation of home services and positive outcomes in regards to rate of acquisition and generalization of skills across settings.

 
109. A Reverse Translation of "An Insistence on Sameness" in Children With Autism: Assessing Preference for Fixed- Versus Variable-Ratio Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ANDREA HUDSPETH (Hope Reach; Florida Institute of Technology), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), Scott Braud (Hope Reach)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

The current study examined the preference for fixed-ratio (FR) or mixed-ratio (MR) schedules of reinforcement in two preschoolers with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Preference for the MR or FR schedules was evaluated using a repeated-measurement concurrent-operants design for the reinforcement schedules. In the first analysis, a comparison of FR10 vs. MR10 was completed. Both participants demonstrated undifferentiated responding. The second analysis compared FR10 vs. MR5 schedules of reinforcement. In the second analysis Child 1 demonstrated undifferentiated responding between the FR10 and MR5 schedules of reinforcement, however, Child 2 demonstrated a strong preference for the FR10 schedule. These results suggest that Child 2 engaged in more work behavior to access the FR10 schedule. The MR5 schedule resulted in a denser schedule of reinforcement overall, however, the characteristic Insistence on Sameness (IS) behavior in children and adults with ASD may result in a preference for a predictable FR schedule rather than an unpredictable VR or MR schedule. The results from the second analysis indicate that individuals with ASD may have unique preferences for schedules of reinforcement and that social validity measures should be implemented to evaluate these preferences and the results applied to intervention and treatment packages.

 
110. Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior of a Child With Autism in a Home-Based Therapy Session
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NICOLE G VANEGAS (Hope Reach), Scott Braud (Hope Reach), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

It has been estimated that as many as one-third of children diagnosed with autism will display problem behavior at clinically significant levels. Treatments based on formal functional analyses have been proven as the most effective for these behaviors (Campbell, 2003), however functional analyses are not often used as a primary assessment in clinical settings due to multiple variables. Based on procedures described by Hanley, Jin, Vanselow and Hanratty (2014), this study examines the effectiveness and accessibility of completing a formal functional assessment in a clinical setting. This study also outlines a comprehensive and effective assessment and treatment process for the severe problem behavior of a child with autism that was completed during home therapy sessions. After a 16-week intervention process, significantly lower levels of problem behavior were recorded. Appropriate replacement behaviors that did not occur during baseline (i.e. functional communication and compliance with demands) occurred regularly after delay tolerance training. Generalization data demonstrate a continual decrease of problem behavior throughout therapy sessions in the home. Keywords: functional analyses, autism, problem behavior, functional communication, delay-tolerance

 
111. Collateral Behavioral Effects Produced During Two Different Mand Training Procedures: In Vivo and Video Modeling
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY MORIN (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Determining the most effective and efficient teaching procedure for children with ASD is of great importance. The present study is investigating the collateral behavioral effects produced during two mand training procedures; in vivo and video modeling for three preschool children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) through video analysis. The present investigation obtained videos from a previous study whose purpose was to compare in vivo and video modeling mand training procedures on acquisition of mands for children with ASD. This study seeks to determine differences between the two mand training procedures for the collateral behaviors of increased engagement and decreased disruptions and tantrums for each participant. Visual inspection of graphed data will be used to determine social significance. The hypothesized outcomes for this study are more frequent and longer periods of engagement, fewer disruptions and shorter durations of tantrums in the video modeling condition over the in vivo condition.

 
112. A Comparison of Fixed and Rotating Error Correction Procedures on Skill Acquisition During Receptive Identification
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN ASHLEY LEVESQUE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated the importance of using error-correction procedures to facilitate skill acquisition during discrete-trial instruction, but the best way to implement error correction remains in question. We used an adapted-alternating-treatments design to compare the effects of two error-correction procedures on skill acquisition during a receptive-identification task for a child diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Following baseline, we introduced a constant-prompt delay with error-correction procedure to teach the skill. Following errors of commission or omission, we conducted an error-correction trial in which we presented the comparison stimuli either in fixed positions (i.e., identical to the positions in the original trial) or in a randomly rotated position (i.e., with the stimuli randomly assigned to different positions from the original trial). During the treatment comparison, both conditions increased correct responding to clinically significant levels, but the fixed condition did so more efficiently (i.e., in fewer sessions). These preliminary findings are encouraging as most clinicians use fixed positions during error-correction trials. Nevertheless, we continue to implement this protocol and collect data with additional participants to provide a more definitive comparison of these two error-correction procedures.
 
113. Experimental Evaluation of an iPad-Based Augmentativeand Alternative Communication Program for Young Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Ariana Azzato (Purdue University), OLIVER WENDT (Purdue University), Ning Hsu (Purdue University), Katelyn Warner (Purdue University), Hannah Opat (Purdue University), Anna Goss (Purdue University)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

A multiple probe design was replicated across four individuals with severe, non-verbal autism to investigate the efficacy of a modified protocol of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) implemented via an iPad application. Target measures included increases in requesting skills, natural speech production, and social-communicative skills. Results suggest beneficial effects of such a treatment package, if implemented with high fidelity. All four participants were able to consistently request for desired items by activating the tablet device. Generalization probes suggest that the newly acquired requesting skills generalize to untrained items. However, individuals may not be able to complete all phases of the modified PECS protocol. Facilitative effects are more noticeable for social interaction than for natural speech development; if speech improvements occur, they seem more likely for participants with some pre-treatment speech ability (such as early vocalizations or babbling). For the three participants that made speech gains, they occurred during phase 4 of treatment. Although these speech effects may seem negligible, such patterns are consistent with previous PECS research. These results provide evidence-based support for the efficacy of this treatment package combining the instructional framework of the PECS approach with an iPad application.

 
114. Using Positive Behavior Supports Within a Specialized Learning Center and Inclusion Setting in Public Schools
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
EMILY BIDDLE (Olentangy Local School District)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

As an Intervention Specialist, we look for ways to include our kids with special needs in inclusion settings as much as possible. However, it is often challenging for students who display behaviors. The procedures discussed in this poster were used in both inclusion and a Specialized Learning Center to decrease problem behaviors. Three positive behavior support plans were put in place that used strategies such as Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviors and Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates of Behavior, use of a how does your engine run scale, and social stories. Behaviors targeted in these plans include out of seat behavior, off task behavior, and disruptive behaviors. All three of the students who were included in this poster have a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder. Two students spent between 20-60% of their day in inclusion and the third student participated in full inclusion with aide support. Outcomes showed a decrease in problem behaviors and an increase in appropriate behaviors for one of the students.

 
115. Teaching Character Role Switches and Play Scheme Combinations to a Child Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MOLLIE ANN RICHERT (Autism Concepts, Inc.), Nancy J. Champlin (Autism Concepts, Inc.), Melissa Schissler (ACI Learning Centers)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Symbolic play, which encompasses role play, dress-up, and object substitution, is the foundation for children's development in sustained independent play and sociodramatic play. Children on the autism spectrum commonly engage in preservative and stereotypic play, which often leads to a deficit in language, appropriate play interactions, and social engagement. The purpose of this study was to evaluate errorless teaching as an intervention to improve the independent play skills of a six-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. The participant was taught to combine two different play schemes and switch between character roles. Play combinations involved the participant maintaining engagement in the current play scheme while incorporating a second play scheme. Character role switches involved the participant switching between two characters in different play schemes while maintaining the overall play theme. Errorless teaching was used to teach the participant a sequence of 12 actions and corresponding vocalizations, including four character role switches. The outcome of this study demonstrated the efficacy of errorless teaching as an intervention to teach combining play schemes. Additionally, generalization to new play scheme combinations was evaluated.

 
116. Mindfulness, Stress, and Well-Being in Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RENEE CACHIA (Monash University), Angelika Anderson (Monash University), Dennis W. Moore (Monash University)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Parenting a child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is often associated with reduced quality of life, high stress, depression and anxiety due to the ongoing nature of care. This review systematically investigated the efficacy of mindfulness interventions in reducing stress and increasing psychological wellbeing in parents of children with ASD. A comprehensive electronic database search was conducted for relevant articles. Only studies investigating parental stress or a measure of psychological wellbeing in parents of children with ASD post a mindfulness-based intervention were included. Ten studies met inclusion criteria; each was examined for treatment fidelity. All included studies contributed at least one self-report finding supporting the efficacy of mindfulness interventions in reducing stress and increasing psychological wellbeing. Three studies included physiological measures of reduced stress and emotional responses. Two reported concomitant improvements in child behavior. Mindfulness-based interventions potentially have long-term positive effects on stress levels and psychological wellbeing of parents of children with ASD, in addition to enhancing their childs behavior. Future research is needed to develop a cost and time effective intervention aimed at maximising efficacy of current interventions in children with ASD and their parents.

 
117. Disseminating Applied Behavior Analysis: Impact of Provider and Caregiver Training on Youth With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Alacia Stainbrook (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center), ASHLEY VOGEL (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center TRIAD), Amanda Spiess (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center TRIAD), Kristin Dorris (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center TRIAD), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Zachary Warren (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center and the Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

The increasing need for accessible early behavioral intervention warrants further investigation into the effectiveness and social validity of caregiver and provider training protocols within existing community-based services. Through this study, children, caregivers, and early intervention providers received brief behavior analytic services focused on building caregiver and provider capacity to teach young children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Eligible families participated in a diagnostic evaluation for a child between 18 and 34 months of age, and lived within 120 miles of the originating clinic site. Three caregiver training models varying in length and location of service were examined. Each training session focused on providing caregivers with descriptions, models, and guided practice using behavior analysis to support child skill acquisition. Early intervention providers attended at least one-third of caregiver sessions. Pre/post data were collected on caregivers, early intervention providers, and behavior analysts perceptions of change as a result of participating in these services. Preliminary results suggest caregivers, their children, providers benefitted from participation in each service model. The results suggest caregiver training supported by trained early intervention providers may play some role in mitigating the inaccessibility of behavioral services. Data will continue to be collected on approximately 50 families through May, 2016.

 
118. Peer Mediated Pivotal Response Treatment for Korean Children With Autism and the Community
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUNYOUNG KIM (University of Alamaba)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

There is a growing need to consider the cultural responsiveness of behavioral interventions for individuals with disabilities, given increasing diversity in the United States. The primary purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of peer-mediated pivotal response treatment (PRT) on social behaviors of Korean-American children with autism, an understudied yet growing part of the group of Asians who have been overrepresented in autism. In addition, this study also investigated the social validity of the intervention, using a post-treatment questionnaire to gather stakeholders' perceptions (i.e., members of the focus children’s community who had a direct relationship with the children). A multiple baseline design across four dyads was used. Results indicated that peer-mediated PRT effectively increased social interactions between focus children and their peers. Additional findings implied that stakeholders were satisfied with the intervention procedures and outcomes, particularly for the intervention’s flexibility and applicability as well as children’s natural social experiences with peers. Recommendations and implications for future researchers and practitioners are presented.

 
119. Use of Preference Assessments and Peer Training to Promote Cooperative Play in a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DIANA HAYES (Shenandoah University/Grafton Integrated Health), Brandon Greene (Shenandoah University)
Discussant: Richard Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

One of the characteristics of children with autism is their lack of social interaction with their peers. There is extensive research on strategies to promote social interaction with this population, many of which focus on peer training. There is also extensive research on methods to determine the preference of children with autism and other disabilities for certain stimuli, typically in preparation for using those stimuli as reinforcers during training. In the present study, stimuli (toys) preferred by a child with autism were identified to determine the extent to which those stimuli might set the occasion for, or affect, social interaction with typically developing peers. Specifically, a multi-element analysis was undertaken to examine the impact of most-preferred versus least-preferred stimuli (determined using a brief multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment) plus peer training on the cooperative and isolate play of a three-year-old boy with autism. The results indicated that his most preferred stimuli was associated with higher levels of cooperative play and less isolate play than least preferred stimuli. The effects were observed both during structured period of play facilitated by the therapist and free play situations that did not involve a therapist. The findings suggest the preference of an item can increase the occasion for a child with autism to participate in cooperative play with peers.

 
120. Increasing Food Acceptance: Assessment, Intervention, Generalization
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL LAM (Aspiration and Discoveries), Tammy Frazer (Behavior Analyst), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), James C K Porter (Hamilton Health Sciences)
Discussant: Richard Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the factors that contribute to and maintain feeding problems with a child with autism and to develop a feeding program to increase overall food acceptance. A parent food log was completed to identify preferred and non-preferred foods. Series of assessments were then completed to assess whether participant was texture selective, type selective, novelty of the food selective, or a combination of above selectivity. Intervention included 2 phases: phase 1 to desensitize the novelty of foods presented and accepted and increased food acceptance with preferred food in different form, phase 2 to increase acceptance of novel food. An 18-step task analysis (8 eating behaviors shaping steps and 10 food introduced steps) with Differential Reinforcement of alternate behavior (DRA) and Escape extinction were used during intervention. Generalization phases were conducted at the end of the study, consisting of phase 1 eating regular size food and phase 2 eating with caregivers. Significant results were demonstrated across all phases of the study.
 
121. Teaching a Mediating Response and Providing Alternative Items to Facilitate Tolerance to Delayed Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ODESSA LUNA (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University)
Discussant: Richard Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: A mand is a verbal operant that is that is controlled by a motivating operation and is reinforced by the delivery of the specified stimulus. When individuals have deficits in verbal behavior, it is recommended that mands be reinforced immediately and on a continuous schedule of reinforcement. However, caregivers are unlikely to maintain these contingencies in the natural environment, and delays to requested items might result in a weak response-reinforcer relationship, decreasing the likelihood of an appropriate request and increasing the likelihood of problem behavior. Delay fading has been used to teach tolerance to delayed reinforcement following mand training, which encompasses the therapist gradually introducing a delay between the request and the delivery of the requested item. Delay fading can be enhanced by providing access to stimuli during delay periods (Austin & Tiger, 2015 & Hagopian et al., 2005). The purpose of the present study is to evaluate the effects of teaching a mediating response (i.e., “Okay”) when instructed to “wait” and providing alternative items during gradually increasing delays to reinforcement with a 5-year-old girl with a developmental delay. Preliminary data indicate that following training of a mediating response, problem behaviors are less likely and appropriate engagement to alternative items increases during delay fading.
 
122. Training a Young Child With Autism and His Mother to Hold Hands While Walking
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YUMIKO SASADA (Hamamatsu-city Welfare and Medical Center for Development), Kenji Okuda (Academy of Behavioral Coaching)
Discussant: Richard Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

To examine the effectiveness of a treatment package aimed at increasing the probability of holding hands while walking appropriately. The participant has a diagnosis of autism and a history of squatting on the floor and refusing to walk when instructed to hold his mothers hand. Transitions typically required intrusive physical guidance or carrying. Design: A multiple-probe design across situations was used. Participant: A 4-year-old boy with autism and his mother Target behavior: Appropriate walking while holding hands in two contexts: 1) walking from the parking lot to kindergarten, 2) walking from kindergarten to the parking lot. Baseline: We measured distance walked while holding hands in both targeted contexts (i.e., in both directions between kindergarten and the parking lot). Intervention 1: In his kindergarten facility, teachers who were supervised by the behavior analyst trained the child and his mother to walk a distance of 5 meters while holding hands. Probe 1: When leaving school for the day, the childs teacher brought him to a location approximately 25 meters away from the parking lot. From here, she handed him off to his mother and measured the distance that he appropriately walked while holding his mothers hand. Probe 2: Same as Probe 1, but the approximate distance from the parking lot was increased from 25 meters to 55 meters. Result: The child successfully walked 55 meters to the parking lot while holding his mothers hand during 100% of probes following training. However, this performance did not generalize to the context of walking from the parking lot to the school. Intervention 2: At a distance of approximately 25 meters from the kindergarten, the teacher provided verbal prompts to the mother to guide her through successfully transitioning the child from the parking lot to the kindergarten facility while holding hands. Probe: We measured the distance the boy and mother were able to walk from the parking lot to the school while holding hands. Result: The child successfully walked from the parking lot to the kindergarten facility while holding his mothers hand during 100% of probes following training. This performance was maintained during 1-month follow-up probes. Discussion: To facilitate maintenance of appropriate walking and generalization to novel contexts, additional parent training and support is suggested.

 
123. Treatment of Feeding Problems in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Applied Behavior Analysis Versus Wait-List Control
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KERRI P NOWELL (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Christopher W Engler (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Richard Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display feeding problems, and food selectivity, defined as consumption of a limited variety of foods (Schreck, Williams, & Smith, 2004), is the most commonly reported feeding problem. Results of studies have shown that treatments based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) are effective as treatment for feeding disorders in the general pediatric population (e.g., Piazza, Patel, Gulotta, Sevin, & Layer, 2003; Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Although ABA treatments have empirical support for feeding problems, and ABA also has empirical support for the treatment of the core symptoms of ASD, there are no ABA randomized clinical trials with a well-defined cohort of children with ASD and food selectivity. We are currently conducting a randomized clinical trial of ABA treatment of food selectivity in children with ASD relative to a wait-list control group. Data for the 2 children who completed the trial showed that the ABA treatment increased acceptance of 16 novel target foods.

 
124. A Systematic Review of Social Communication Interventions: A Focus on Generalization of Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
REBECCA FRANTZ (University of Oregon), Sarah Hansen (University of Oregon), Buket Erturk (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Richard Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Despite the growing body of literature on social communication interventions for young children with autism spectrum disorder, there is a significant lack of studies programming for generalization to natural environments and agents. Appropriate assessment of generalization is critical to ensure that clinic based interventions have utility in natural settings. This poster presents the results of a systematic review of the literature on intervention studies targeting social communication skills for young children (birth-8 years) with autism spectrum disorder that also collected generalization data. For the purpose of this review, generalization is defined as programming for generalization across people, settings, or target behaviors. A systematic search was conducted using three electronic databases (ERIC, PsychINFO, and Academic Search Premier) and a combination of key terms. A total of 24 studies were returned with an assessment of generalization. The following variables are reported: (a) methodology (b) child participants (age, gender, severity of autism), (d) intervention (type/components, age, setting), (e) dependent variables, (e) results (outcome measures, tau-u), (d) generalization of social communication skills, and (e) rigor of generalization procedures. Limitations of the current studies and areas for future research are discussed.
 
125. Planned Ignoring Procedure to Reduce Automatically Reinforced Echolalia in Both a Typically Sighted and a Visually Impaired Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALFRED ROYAL TUMINELLO JR. (McNeese State University), Evan Delahaye (McNeese State University), Amberlee Kron (McNeese State University)
Discussant: Richard Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Although echolalia has been recognized as a significant challenge to overcome, little literature related to the reduction and elimination of the behavior is available. The purpose of the present study is to investigate the use of a planned ignoring procedure and its effects on the production of echolalia of therapist instructions. Participants were two children (one sighted, one visually impaired) with echolalia maintained by automatic reinforcement who both independently engaging in frequent appropriate bids for attention. Our procedure systematically utilized two sets of instructions, one which was highly likely to result in an echolalia response and a second that was unlikely to result in an echolalia response. Participants were provided with therapist attention for occasions in which echolalia was not emitted following an instruction. When echolalia was emitted, participant responses were ignored. Results indicate that, for individuals with whom attention is highly reinforcing, removal of attention following production of automatically reinforced echolalia may result in reduced instances of echolalia. Behavior change was shown to occur more quickly and with more complete reduction of behavior for the sighted participant, as opposed to the visually impaired participant. Possible explanations for particular behavior reduction challenges with the visually impaired participant will be discussed.

 
126. Treatment Evaluation of Problem Behavior Maintained by Mand Compliance
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANA RAMIREZ (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley), Mayra Perez (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley), Leonilo Gonzalez (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley), Zina A. Eluri (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley)
Discussant: Richard Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effectiveness of a token system to treat problem behavior maintained by mand compliance. Prior to the treatment evaluation, a functional analysis was conducted and it was determined that the function of problem behavior was mand compliance, which was first identified in the literature by Bowman and colleagues (1997). After that a token system with response cost will be implemented following procedures similar to Eluri, Andrade, Trevino, & Mahmoud (in press). Treatment will be evaluated using a multiple baseline design across behaviors. Results of the treatment evaluation will be presented and the implications of this treatment will be discussed as it relates to increasing tolerance of adult directed mands.

 
127. A Comparison Between Tangible and Mand Compliance Conditions in a Functional Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL GONZALEZ (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley), Noemi Trevino (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley), Ana Ramirez (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley), Leonilo Gonzalez (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley), Zina A. Eluri (University of Texas - Rio Grande Valley)
Discussant: Richard Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

An analogue functional analysis is used to determine the reinforcing consequences of problem behavior. In the current project, we conducted a standard functional analysis, following procedures published by Iwata and colleagues (1982/1994), of a 13-year-old Hispanic male with autism who was considered to be high functioning and exhibited severe aggressive behaviors, property destruction, and elopement. We then incorporated a mand compliance condition following procedures first implemented by Bowman and colleagues (1997) to evaluate the differences in problem behavior when provided one tangible reinforcer or a variety under the mand compliance condition. Results will be evaluated under both conditions and among other potential functions. Last, we will discuss the implications of using alternative functions that allow for more flexibility in offering reinforcing consequences for high functioning children with autism.

 
128. Comparison of Training Components for Teaching Saudi Arabian Parents to Conduct Discrete-Trial Teaching With Their Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AHMAD KHAMIS EID (University of Nevada, Reno), AlAnoud Al Saud (Center For Autism Research, King Faisal Specialist Hospital), Sarah Mohammed Aljaser (Center For Autism Research, King Faisal Specialist Hospital), Sultana Asfahani (University of Nevada, Reno), Ohud Alhaqbani (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Richard Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Abstract: Applied behavior analytic (ABA) services for children with autism in Saudi Arabia are presently scarce, and many children who could benefit from such services are unable to obtain them. Parent training in the implementation of certain ABA techniques is a potential means by which more children may benefit from ABA treatment. This poster describes our initial efforts to establish a parent training program at the King Faisal Specialist Hospital and Research Centres Center for Autism Research in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. We conducted an additive component analysis with counterbalanced teaching phases to compare the respective effects of instructions only, modeling, and corrective feedback to teach four parents to conduct discrete-trials teaching (DTT) with their children diagnosed with autism. Measures of parent performance were compared with child progress in the skills being taught. Our results indicated that instructions and modeling produced moderate improvements in parents DTT performances, but these improvements were relatively small compared to gains achieved through in situ corrective feedback. Improvements in child performance commensurate with improvements in parent performance were observed for 3 of the 4 children. We discuss the implications of these outcomes in expanding the reach of the limited ABA resources in Saudi Arabia.

 
130. Teaching to the Function of Off-Task Behaviors in a Public School Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BROOKE GREENE (Missouri State University), Alyssa Deusar (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Michelle Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract: A functional behavior assessment (FBA) was employed to asses a seventh grade student diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder/Attention Deficit Hyperactive Disorder who exhibited off-task behaviors 50.98% of the time in the classroom. Based upon the triangulation of data from direct classroom observations, indirect assessments (Motivation Assessment Scale and Problem Behavior Questionnaire), and a classroom experimental analysis, the experimenters hypothesized dual functions of attention and escape function were formulated. An ABAB single subject withdrawal design was used to assess the research-based intervention package to teach to both functions of academic escape and attention. The independent variable package included: re-teaching addition and subtraction using regrouping with the Concrete-Representational-Abstract (CRA) method in the math curriculum, the use of self-monitoring to reinforce on-task behaviors, and the use of a picture activity schedule to reduce off-task behaviors during transition periods. The independent variable increased the on-task behavior to 93.66% for this seventh grade student.
 
131. Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior Occurring During Transitions From Activity to Activity
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STACY COHEN (New England Center for Children), Clelia Deltour (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Michelle Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Transitions have been noted to present challenges for children and adults with autism and related disabilities (Davis, 1987). The present study assessed problem behavior during transitions from activity to activity using a functional analysis. Three students, aged 13-21, two diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder and one diagnosed with traumatic brain injury who were reported by their teachers to engage in problem behavior during transitions participated. We conducted questionnaires, direct observations, and a preference assessment to identify activities of varied preferences. We then conducted a functional analysis of problem behavior occurring during transitions between the identified activities. Transitions were arranged from either a preferred, neutral, or nonpreferred activity to either a preferred, neutral, or nonpreferred activity and problem behavior during the activity and transition between activities was measured. Problem behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from the nonpreferred activity for all three participants and also by positive reinforcement in the form of access to the preferred activity for two participants.

 
132. Effects of Echoic-to-Mand Procedure and Establishing Operation on Inducing First Vocal Words in Toddlers With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HYE-SUK LEE PARK (Seoul Municipal Children's Hospital), Jeewon Yoon (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Minyoung Kim (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Jiyun Yoo (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Kyungmi Oh (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital)
Discussant: Michelle Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

The present study examined effects of using echoic-to-mand procedure with establishing operation (EO) in place on inducing first vocal word (mands) (in approximations). The study was conducted in an 1:1 instructional setting of an Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention program of a childrens hospital in Seoul. Four 3 - or 4-year old boys with ASD who didnt have prior reinforcement history with echoics or functional uses of vocal words were participated. A delayed multiple baselines across behaviors design was used in the study. Data on independent or prompted vocal requests were collected. First, preferred items such as edibles or books were identified with naturalistic free operant observations for each participant. During the baselines, EOs for target items were contrived with brief deprivations of the items by withholding them before the sessions started. During the baselines, the target items would be provided contingent upon emissions of vocal words (or in approximations) for the items and no prompts or error corrections were provided. During intervention phases, echoic prompts were provided and faded. For incorrect responses or no response, echoics were provided as a correction procedure and corrected responses were not reinforced. For correct responses, target items were delivered immediately. The results of the study demonstrated that utilizing echoic-to-mand procedure along with EO in place was effective in inducing their first vocal words ( or in approximations) with all of the participants.

 
133. Effects of Learn Units with Establishing Operation on Expanding Mands in Toddlers With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HYE-SUK LEE PARK (Seoul Municipal Children's Hospital), Kim Hyun Ok (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Ahn Hyo Min (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Kim Da Yun (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Minyoung Kim (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Jeewon Yoon (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Jiyun Yoo (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital)
Discussant: Michelle Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

The present study examined effects of providing learn units to establish reinforcement history for using full-sentence mands. Establishing operation (EO) was in place as an antecedent condition. The study was conducted in an Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention class of a childrens hospital in Seoul. Three 4-year old boys and one 3-year old girl with ASD participated. A delayed multiple baselines across settings design was used and data on independent or prompted vocal requests in full sentences were collected in 1:1 settings, in a small group activity, and in free-plays. Target items for mands in 1:1 settings and free-plays were identified with naturalistic free operant observations for each participant. For a small group activity, an art activity in which participants were required to cut, paste, color, and use stickers was provided. During the baselines, EOs were contrived with brief deprivations of the preferred items or with interrupted chain procedures by withholding the target preferred items or items they needed in order to complete the activity or play. During the baselines, the target items would be provided contingent upon emissions of full-sentence mands. No prompts or error corrections were provided during the baselines. During intervention phases, learn units were delivered by providing participants with three-term contingencies for using full sentence mands. That is, echoic prompts were provided using 1-second time delay procedure with EOs for target items in place; for incorrect responses or no response, a vocal modeling was provided as a correction and no reinforcement was provided for the corrected response; for correct responses, target items were delivered immediately. The results of the study demonstrated that providing learn units along with EO in place was effective in expanding vocal mands across settings with all of the participants.

 
134. Investigation of the Effects of Prelinguistic Milieu Teaching Implemented in a Classroom for Preschoolers With or at Risk for Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ASHLEY DUBIN (University of Georgia; Devereux), Rebecca Lieberman (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Georgia), Erinn Whiteside (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Michelle Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Much research exists supporting the efficacy of naturalistic behavioral interventions on increasing social communication skills for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), however; these evidence based interventions are not consistently utilized in preschool classrooms. Prelinguistic Milieu Teaching (PMT; Yoder & Warren, 1998) was used to teach early intentional communication (i.e., purposeful and coordinated use of vocalizations, gestures, and eye contact) to three preschool students with or at risk for ASD. The present study extends prior research demonstrating the effects of PMT in increasing intentional communication (e.g., Yoder & Warren, 1998; Yoder & Stone, 2006) through implementation in a preschool special education classroom, measurement of collateral gains related to PMT targets, and measurement of maintenance and generalization of gains. Teacher use of naturalistic behavioral strategies and student communication during interactions with their teacher were also explored. Results indicate students increased their rates of intentional communication upon introduction of PMT. These gains maintained over time for two students. Teachers were observed to use strategies both consistent and in conflict with PMT. Present study results have implications for future research and practice regarding teacher training and the efficacy and feasibility of implementing PMT in preschool classrooms.

 
135. Effects of Skillstreaming and Video Modeling on Social Skills During Game Play With Peers
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BRITTANY WILLIAMS (Western Illinois University/Quad Cities Autism Center), Dana F. Lindemann (Western Illinois University/Quad Cities Autism Center)
Discussant: Michelle Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Because of the social deficits that people with autism may experience and the potential associated negative impact on the individual, it is imperative teachers and clinicians alike find effective, researched-based programs for teaching socials skills. To this end, this study examines the effects of modified Skillstreaming and video-modeling on social skills maintenance and generalization, specifically during game-play with peers. Participants are 3 males (7 and 9 years old) diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (data collection is ongoing and expected end March 2016). Participants range from intermediate- to high-functioning (VB-MAPP Levels 2 and 3) and were first taught correct game play. Appropriate game play, appropriate interactions with peers during game play, and problem behavior exhibited during game play were operationally defined and recorded during each of 3 conditions: Baseline, Modified Skillstreaming, and Video Modeling. Baseline levels of the dependent variables have been established and the introduction of the skillstreaming intervention has occurred (see Table 1). Upon completion of this study, the data may support use of skillstreaming and/or video modeling as potentially effective ways to teach social skills to children with autism, thereby increasing their interactions with others and, in turn improving their overall wellbeing and quality of life.

 
136. Treatment of Stereotypy and Problem Behavior Maintained by Access to Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Michelle Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract: A 6 year-old boy with Autism displayed stereotypy in the form of opening and closing doors. A functional analysis confirmed that he also emitted problem behavior in the form of elopement that was maintained by access to stereotypy. Interventions were implemented separately to address the automatically maintained stereotypy and the elopement maintained by access to stereotypy. To address stereotypy, we compared noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), functional-communication training (FCT), and the combination of the two. Results showed that the combination of NCR and FCT was more effective at reducing stereotypy than either intervention on its own. To address problem behavior maintained by access to stereotypy, we compared NCR, FCT, and the combination of the two. Results showed that NCR on its own was ineffective at decreasing elopement, but that the combination of FCT and NCR was no more effective than FCT. Together, these results suggest that combinations of interventions may be better indicated for behavior of different functions (automatic versus socially mediated) and/or topographies (stereotypy versus elopement).
 
137. Increasing Functional Leisure Engagement for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSEA KREMER (Marcus Autism Center), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), Heidi Morgan (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Michelle Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exhibit deficits in appropriate and functional play. Studies show typical play skills facilitate language and cognitive skills, as well as foster social interactions with peers (Pierucci, Barber, Gilpin, Crisler, & Klinger, 2015). For two children with ASD functional engagement was evaluated using free operant preference assessments. The pre and post-free operant preference assessments were conducted and staggered in accordance with a multiple baseline design across participants. An intervention to increase functional engagement, consisting of backwards chaining, was provided to teach participants correct play with three common toys. A changing criterion design was used to evaluate the effects of the functional engagement intervention for each toy. Following mastery of all toys results showed participants demonstrated an increase in functional engagement during free operant preference assessments. These results have important implications regarding the role of functional engagement in facilitating a functional play repertoire for children with ASD.

 
138. The Use of Telemedicine to Broaden Service Delivery
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA ALLER (TACT, LLC), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (TACT, LLC)
Discussant: Michelle Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract: Home-based Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services are a vital component of treatment for individuals with Autism. Because the number of clients needing treatment exceeds the number of clinicians available, some clients may not receive adequate treatment. Telemedicine is one potential solution, because it affords clinicians more time with clients by reducing travel time. Via telemedicine, we replicated the Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Approach (IISCA) described Hanley et al., 2014. The participant was referred for treatment due to a history of aggressive and destructive behavior. After the functional analysis (FA) indicated that problem behavior was maintained by access to preferred items and escape from demands, we evaluated the effects of Functional Communication Training (FCT) via a multiple baseline across parents design. During FCT, functional communication increased and concurrent reductions in problem behavior were observed. Our data suggest that telemedicine was a viable option for service delivery, because it afforded us the opportunity to provide treatment for a client whom otherwise may not have received it. Inter-observer agreement data were collected for 46 % of sessions (M= 97.16%) (Range 90%-100%).
 
139. The Effects of a Responsivity-Based Parent Training Program on Teaching Episodes, Play, Communication, Social Attending, Child Turn Taking, and Synchronous Engagement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MERANDA O'GORMAN (University of North Texas), Jessica Leslie Broome (ACCL All Children Can Learn), Shahla Susan Ala'i-Rosales (UNT)
Discussant: Michelle Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract: As professionals are able to diagnosis autism spectrum disorder (ASD) at earlier ages, the need for EIBI (Early and Intensive Behavioral Interventions) is growing. However, long wait lists and increasing costs are often barriers to families with children with autism. Sunny Starts, a service-learning project, was created to specifically meet the needs of families with young toddlers with autism. The primary focus of Sunny Starts is to enhance the quality of the parent-child relationship by teaching parents a basic teaching interaction and to arrange the child’s environment in ways that are mutually reinforcing. The purpose of this experiment is to evaluate the effects of a parent training program on parent behavior (teaching episodes) and parent-child interactions (engagement and synchronous engagement). Collateral measures of child behaviors including play, communication, social attending, and turn taking will further evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. Participants included two parent-child dyads. The parents were taught a basic Teaching Interaction to teach social, communication, and play behaviors. The parent training package was taught using video self-observation, modeling, practice, feedback, and home integration. Results indicate parent behavior (total teaching episodes) increased during the intervention phase.
 
140. The Effect of a Treatment Package of Food Selectivity
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRYSTIE FLECK (Simmons College/UMASS Lowell), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (TACT, LLC)
Discussant: Michelle Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract: Food selectivity is common a problem among children with autism (Seiverling, Kokitus, and Williams 2012). This study evaluated the effects of a treatment package on food selectivity in a 10-year-old male diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). During baseline, the participant consumed 0% of foods presented. Treatment then began which consisted of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), response cost, and non removal of the food. Continuous access to preferred tangibles was granted during the sessions.. Four foods were presented five times each, with each session consisting of twenty trials. Once the food was presented, the trial continued until the food was consumed or 10 min had lapsed. If the item was not consumed within 30s of presentation or was expelled, the reinforcer was removed until the food was consumed or the time criteria was met. All problem behavior was ignored. Once five sets of four foods were consumed at greater than 80% of presentations, maintenance trials were conducted. Data indicated that all three components were effective for intervention, but NCR alone was not sufficient for maintenance. Non-removal of the food appeared to be required to maintain treatment effects. An independent observer evaluated a total of 37% of sessions with overall agreement of 95%.
 
141. Pica Exchange With a Young-Boy With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DEVA CARRION (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Kristy DePalma (University of Iowa), Jennifer Andersen (University of Iowa), Gunsung Lee (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Many individuals with developmental disabilities engage in pica (i.e. the consumption of nonfood items). Pica can have many consequences, including damage to or blockage of the digestive tract, and/or the ingestion of toxic substances, which can lead to illness and even death. We present data from an outpatient clinic on a 6-year-old boy, Trent, diagnosed with autism, intellectual disability, and traumatic brain injury who engaged in pica with a variety of nonfood items (e.g., leaves, cardboard, paper). An antecedent analysis was conducted in a baited room (e.g. multiple pica items in room) and two conditions were evaluated: Free Play and Alone. Trent engaged in pica during both conditions, indicating that pica was not maintained by social variables. A pica exchange treatment was implemented in which Trent was taught to hand a caregiver a pica item in exchange for a preferred edible. A most-to-least prompting sequence was used and resulted in a reduction in pica and increase in independent exchange. Generalization probes were conducted to ensure that Trent would exchange pica items in more natural contexts.

 
142. An Assessment of the Ability and Extent to Which Preferred Items Function as Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN ERION (PAAL), Jennifer Morrison (PAAL), Lena Handley (PAAL), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Kaitlin Ross (PAAL)
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Preference assessments are widely utilized to determine items and activities with which individuals may readily engage, with an unproven assumption that those highly preferred stimuli will actually function as reinforcers in increasing future rates of the behaviors they follow. However, the ability of those stimuli to actually function as reinforcement requires further support. The purpose of this research was to assess the efficacy and strength of preferred items to function as reinforcement for given tasks. Researchers utilized a forced-choice preference assessment to rank order known preferred items of an 18 year old adolescent female with Autism. The top three items were compared in an alternating treatment design to assess the efficacy of these items when made contingent on completion of a simple assigned task (sorting items by color). For the items that increased rates of responding, the complexity and effort required to complete the assigned task was systematically increased in order to determine the strength of each item to function as reinforcement and at what point contingent access to the item no longer resulted in increased task completion. Results will be discussed in terms of behavioral economics and relationship between value and effort.

 
143. Using a Gestural Cue Plus Blocking to Decrease Finger Sucking Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIC OVERLEY (The University of Memphis), James Nicholson Meindl (The University of Memphis)
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Finger sucking is a behavior that is seen in 23% to 46% of children ages 1-4 and 55% of children age 6 (Ellingson, Miltenberger, Stricker & Rapp,2000; Saloviita, Pennanen, 2003). This behavior is common among children and can have long term risks if the behavior is not decreased. Previous research has found that the most common function for finger sucking behavior is sensory stimulation (Ellingson, Miltenberger, Stricker, Garlinghouse, Roberts, Galensky, & Rapp, 2000). Researchers have treated this behavior with a combination of procedures or treatment packages such as response cost and DRO/A and simplified habit reversal (includes social reinforcement, DRI, and awareness training). These procedures can be difficult to implement in a larger classroom which calls for the development of simpler procedures. The current studys purpose was to evaluate the effectiveness of a gestural cue and response blocking on finger sucking behavior in a 4 year old child with autism.

 
144. Utilizing Stimulus Delta to Reduce the Rate of Requesting Food and Drink Items
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNE ANDREWS (Thrive Autism Collaborative), Hannah Embree (Thrive Autism Collaborative)
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract:

High rates of requesting food and drink items can impede a person's ability to engage in other activities and may occasion behaviors targeted for reduction as a consequence of denied access. The current intervention provided a nonverbal, seven-year-old boy who has a diagnosis of Autism discrimination training signaling when the behavior of requesting food and drink items would (discriminative stimulus) and would not (stimulus delta) be reinforced. During baseline this client requested food and drink items an average of 4.64 times per hour. Following intervention this client demonstrated understanding of discriminative stimulus and stimulus delta by reducing the rate of requesting food and drink items to an average of 0.54 times per hour when the discriminative stimulus was present, and an average of 0.34 times per hour when the stimulus delta was present during the last 30 days of treatment. The data show this intervention as effective in reducing the rate of requesting food and drink items with a high degree of confidence. The effective reduction in the rate of requesting food and drink items provided more opportunities for the client to engage in other activities during his day and likely contributed to decreased rates of behaviors targeted for reduction.

 
145. Using Shaping and Peer Modeling to Reduce Food Selectivity in Young Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILEE HARBIN (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract: Food selectivity is defined as consumption of a limited number of foods and is a common problem for children with disabilities. Food selectivity is correlated with poor nutrition, challenging behavior, and family stress, yet little research exists investigating non-invasive treatment techniques. In this study, we used peer modeling and shaping, implemented during classroom snack time, to increase consumption of non-preferred food by a 3-year old with food selectivity and autism-like characteristics. The peer-modeling component involved the child watching a same-age peer complete a feeding behavior and receive edible reinforcement. Then, the researcher requested that the target child complete the same behavior to receive reinforcement. The shaping procedure included 1) tolerating food on the plate, 2) touching, smelling, and tasting the food and 3) eating the food. Then, bites eaten were systematically increased from an initial single bite to a terminal value of 10 bites. At the conclusion of intervention, the child was eating 10 bites of a non-preferred food, indicating that use of this procedure may lead to an increase in variety of accepted foods in typical environments. Successful noninvasive techniques may be more easily implemented, allow children to participate in normal mealtime routines, increase nutrition, and decrease caregiver stress.
 
146. A Comparison of Treatments for Decreasing Prompt Dependence During Matrix Training for an Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ELLA M GORGAN (UW-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee)
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Childrens dependence on adult prompts may lead to low levels of independent responding and decrease the efficiency of treatment. The current study compared the efficacy and efficiency of three treatments during matrix training to increase independent responding for a 14-year-old male with ASD. We verified that the participant could tact each animal and action prior to treatment. Correct responses in differential reinforcement, vocal prompt fading, and extended response interval conditions were compared to a control condition in an alternating treatments design during matrix training. We arranged similar 3x3 matrices of animal-action tacts across conditions and trained three of the nine exemplars in the matrix in each condition. Probes of untrained matrix exemplars occurred prior to intervention and following mastery. The participants correct, independent responding reached the mastery criterion (two consecutive sessions with correct independent responses during at least 90% of trials) in the differential reinforcement condition. The participants responding has not yet reached the mastery criterion in the other intervention or control conditions. The participant responded correctly to 67% of untrained matrix exemplars from the differential reinforcement condition during the post-intervention probe. We are currently conducting differential reinforcement with the remaining conditions to replicate the efficacy of this procedure.

 
147. Pilot Evaluation of Parent-Implemented Interventions for Autism Spectrum Disorder Delivered via a Web-Based Videoconferencing Platform
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MICHELE LYNN SIMON (Rowan University), Jacqueline Eggink (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University)
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Parent-implemented interventions for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have the ability to increase access to effective behavior analytic interventions; however, the necessary training for parents is not readily accessible. Web-based technology has the potential to remove barriers to dissemination of effective parent-implemented treatment. The purpose of this pilot study was to evaluate the web-based delivery of a parent-implemented intervention based on the science of Applied Behavior Analysis and Skinners analysis of verbal behavior (ABA/VB). Three parent-child dyads were provided with an individualized ABA/VB intervention via a web-based videoconferencing platform. Parents were coached over the course of 10-sessions in the implementation of verbal acquisition strategies for 1 hour each session by trained graduate student therapists. Dependent measures included parent implementation fidelity and child language outcomes. In addition to single-subject data collected during the intervention, pre- and post- data from the Dyadic Parent-Child Interaction Coding System-3rd edition (DPICS-3) including codes for verbal behavior, vocal behavior, and physical behavior will be presented from direct observation of parent-child interactions. Finally, the DPICS-3 outcomes of the ABA/VB intervention will be compared with data from three separate parent-child dyads receiving Parent Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) via a web-based video conferencing platform.

 
148. Teaching Early Perspective Taking Skills Using the PEAK-T Curriculum
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CALEB STANLEY (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Maureen O'Connor (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract: Perspective taking, or deictic relational responding, is central in the development of theory of mind and is a common deficit experienced by individuals with autism and related disabilities. The present study evaluated the efficacy of a relational training package used to promote derived relational responding on teaching a variety of foundational perspective taking skills. Multiple programs from the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Transformation curriculum were conducted with children with autism and related disabilities, and the results suggest that the methods described in the PEAK-T curriculum were effective for promoting the emergence of I-You, Here-There, and Now-Then sub-types of deictic relational responding. Subsequent improvements were observed on a standardized perspective taking task. Taken together, the results provide a demonstration of how a standardized package available to parents, teachers, and clinicians, can be used to teach foundational perspective taking skills to children with autism. The implications of the results in terms of a broader curriculum for children with autism is discussed.
 
149. Identifying Skills Relating to Performance on Auditory-Visual Conditional Discriminations
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PATRICIA ZEMANTIC (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Shaji Haq (University of Oregon/ Marcus Autism Center), Megan Ledoux (San Diego State University), Sarah Partridge (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract: Auditory-visual (A-V) conditional discrimination training is a common focus of early intervention programs. Prior research suggests that skills including matching, imitation, scanning, auditory discrimination, and visual discrimination may relate to performance on A-V conditional discriminations (Kodak et al., 2015; Saunders & Spradlin, 1989, 1990). In the present study, these skills were assessed through a brief experimental analysis using procedures similar to Kodak et al. (2015) for one participant. The participant demonstrated mastery-level responding for imitation, scanning, and visual discrimination but not for matching or auditory discrimination. Chance-level responding occurred during probes of A-V conditional discriminations following the initial assessment. Subsequently, training with a prompt delay with differential reinforcement produced mastery-level responding for matching, which generalized across two stimulus sets. Mastery of matching did not correspond with improvements in A-V conditional discriminations. These data suggest that teaching only one of the two missing skills related to performance on A-V conditional discriminations may not be sufficient to produce improved performance on A-V conditional discrimination tasks, and training on auditory discriminations is warranted.
 
150. Using Matrix Training to Teach Expressive Labeling of Third Person Pronouns to Children With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAMIE COHEN (Marcus Autism Center), Cassondra M Gayman (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Hansen (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Sacha Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Studies have found pronoun reversals as a noted deficit for children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD; Wilkinson, 1998). Matrix training has been used to produce generalization of untrained skills and involves direct teaching of diagonal targets followed by probes of untaught targets (Pauwels, Ahearn, and Cohen, 2015). In the following study, a multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of matrix training on the acquisition of third person pronouns. Baseline data were collected for three sets of pronoun matrices. Each matrix consists of nine targets, three verbs (e.g., sleeping) and three third person pronouns (e.g., he, she, and they). Three diagonal targets were targeted for intervention and six non diagonal targets were used to assess generalization. Once baseline data for Matrix sets 1, 2, and 3 were collected, training for the diagonal targets of Matrix Set 1 (e.g., he is eating) began. Following mastery of diagonal targets in set 1, post test data were collected for all targets in Matrix sets 1-3. Non-diagonal targets in set 1 were taught until correct responding occurred for untrained targets. Results of one participant demonstrate generalization to untrained sets following Matrix training. Additional results are forthcoming and will be discussed.

 
 
 
Special Event #549
ABAI Social
Tuesday, May 31, 2016
9:00 PM–1:00 AM
Crystal Ballroom and Foyer, Hyatt Regency, Green West
Chair: Martha Hübner (University of São Paulo)

Please join us, your friends and colleagues for music and dancing

Keyword(s): Dancing, Music, Social
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}